HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
N-4/A, 1999-04-12
Previous: MARK VII INC, SC 13G, 1999-04-12
Next: HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO, N-4/A, 1999-04-12



<PAGE>

   
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 12, 1999.
    

                                                           File No. 333-69485
                                                                     811-4732

                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                       Washington, D. C. 20549

                              FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          [X]
   
      Pre-Effective Amendment No.  1                             [X]
    
      Post-Effective Amendment No.                               [ ]

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
   
      Amendment No. 107                                          [X]
    

                    HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                       (Exact Name of Registrant)

                   HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         (Name of Depositor)

                           P. O. Box 2999
                      Hartford, CT  06104-2999
             (Address of Depositor's Principal Offices)

                       (860) 843-4891
       (Depositor's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

                        Brian Lord
              Hartford Life Insurance Company
                      P. O. Box 2999
                 Hartford, CT  06104-2999
         (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
   
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after 
the effective date of the registration statement.
    
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
   
      _____ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

      _____ on ____________  , 1998 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

            60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

      _____ on ___________  , 1998 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

      _____ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a 
            previously filed post-effective amendment.
    

   
PURSUANT TO 24F-2(a) UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, THE REGISTRANT 
HAS REGISTERED AN INDEFINITE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES.
    

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or 
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant 
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this 
registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with 
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration shall 
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 
8(a), may determine.

<PAGE>


                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                            Pursuant To Rule 495(A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

N-4 Item No.                               Prospectus Heading
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>
1. Cover Page                              Hartford Life Insurance Company -
                                           Separate Account Two

2. Definitions                             Glossary of Special Terms

3. Synopsis or Highlights                  Summary

4. Condensed Financial Information         Yield Information

5. General Description of Registrant       Hartford Life Insurance Company, The Separate
                                           Account, The Fixed Accounts, and The Funds

6. Deductions                              Contract Charges

7. General Description of                  The Contract, The Separate Account, The Fixed
   Annuity Contracts                       Accounts, and Surrenders

8. Annuity Period                          Settlement Provisions

9. Death Benefit                           Death Benefits

10. Purchases and Contract Value           The Contract, and Contract Value

11. Redemptions                            Surrenders

12. Taxes                                  Federal Tax Considerations

13. Legal Proceedings                      Legal Matters and Experts

14. Table of Contents of the               Table of Contents to
    Statement of Additional                Statement of Additional
    Information                            Information

15. Cover Page                             Part B; Statement of Additional Information

16. Table of Contents                      Table of Contents

17. General Information and History        Summary

<PAGE>


18. Services                               None

19. Purchase of Securities being           Distribution of Contracts
    Offered

20. Underwriters                           Distribution of Contracts

21. Calculation of Performance Data        Calculation of Yield and Return

22. Annuity Payments                       Settlement Provisions

23. Financial Statements                   Financial Statements

24. Financial Statements and Exhibits      Financial Statements and Exhibits

25. Directors and Officers of the          Directors and Officers of the Depositor
    Depositor

26. Persons Controlled by or Under         Persons Controlled by or Under
    Common Control with the                Common Control with the Depositor
    Depositor or Registrant                or Registrant

27. Number of Contract Owners              Number of Contract Owners

28. Indemnification                        Indemnification

29. Principal Underwriters                 Principal Underwriters

30. Location of Accounts and Records       Location of Accounts and Records

31. Management Services                    Management Services

32. Undertakings                           Undertakings

</TABLE>


<PAGE>






                                       Part A




<PAGE>
 
   
                         THE DIRECTOR VARIABLE ANNUITY
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 5085
                       HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
                      Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract
                                    Owners)
[LOGO]            1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase Series
VII of The Director variable annuity. Please read it carefully.
    
 
   
The Director variable annuity is a Contract between you and Hartford Life
Insurance Company where you agree to make at least one payment to us and we
agree to make a series of annuity payments to you at a later date. This annuity
is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both
individuals and groups. It is:
    
 
X  Flexible, because you may add premium payments at any time.
 
X  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
    until we start to make annuity payments to you.
 
X  Variable, because the value of your annuity will fluctuate with the
    performance of the underlying funds.
 
At purchase, you allocate your premium payment, which is any purchase payment
less any Premium Taxes, to "Sub-Accounts". These are subdivisions of our
Separate Account, an account that keeps your annuity assets separate from our
company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up
exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These
funds are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or
through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and
the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This annuity offers you
funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you
may pick those funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The
Sub-Accounts and the funds are listed below:
 
- - Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Advisers
  HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Bond Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Bond HLS Fund,
  Inc.
 
- - Capital Appreciation Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Dividend and Growth Sub-Account which purchase shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Dividend and Growth HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Global Leaders Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Global Leaders HLS Fund
 
- - Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Growth and Income HLS Fund
 
- - High Yield Sub-Account which purchases shares of class IA of Hartford High
  Yield HLS Fund
 
- - Index Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Index HLS
  Fund, Inc.
 
- - International Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - International Opportunities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - MidCap Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford MidCap HLS
  Fund, Inc.
 
- - Money Market Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Money
  Market HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Mortgage Securities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Mortgage Securities HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Small Company Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Small
  Company HLS Fund, Inc.
 
- - Stock Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Stock HLS
  Fund, Inc.
 
   
You may also allocate some or all of your premium payment to one of the "Fixed
Accumulation Features", which pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain
time period from the time the payment is made. Premium payments put in a Fixed
Accumulation Feature are not segregated from our company assets like the assets
of the Separate Account.
    
 
If you decide to buy this annuity, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us at 1-800-862-6668 to get a Statement of Additional
Information, free of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains
more information
<PAGE>
   
about this annuity and, like this prospectus, is filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. We have included the Table of Contents for the Statement of
Additional Information at the end of this prospectus.
    
 
   
Although we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commission doesn't approve or
disapprove these securities or determine if the information is truthful or
complete. Anyone who represents that the Securities and Exchange Commission does
these things may be guilty of a criminal offense.
    
 
   
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV).
    
 
This annuity IS NOT:
 
 -  A bank deposit or obligation
 
 -  Federally insured
 
 -  Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
 
This annuity may not be available for sale in all states.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
 <S>                                                                     <C>
 GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.............................................    4
 FEE TABLE SUMMARY.....................................................    5
 EXAMPLE...............................................................    6
 SUMMARY...............................................................    7
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.......................................    9
 THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................................................    9
 THE FUNDS.............................................................    9
 PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION.......................................   11
 THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES.......................................   12
 THE CONTRACT..........................................................   13
   Contract Value -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date..............   14
   Contract Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement
    Date...............................................................   14
   Surrenders..........................................................   15
   Contract Charges....................................................   16
   Death Benefits......................................................   18
 SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS.................................................   19
   Annuity Payments....................................................   20
   Other Information...................................................   22
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   22
 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   26
   How Contracts Are Sold..............................................   26
   Year 2000...........................................................   27
   Legal Matters.......................................................   27
   Experts.............................................................   28
   More Information....................................................   28
 APPENDIX I -- INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS....   29
 APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT- EXAMPLES.......................   32
 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   33
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
4                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
 
   
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate values before we begin
to make annuity payments to you.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Located at 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. The
mailing address is Post Office Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085.
 
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments made since
that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
since that anniversary.
 
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge for annuities having a value of
less than $50,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary or when the annuity is
Surrendered in full. The charge is deducted proportionately from the funds in
use at the time.
 
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is based. The Annuitant may not
be changed.
 
ANNUITY: A Contract issued by us that provides, in exchange for premium
payments, a series of annuity payments.
 
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate your first annuity payment.
 
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date we start to make annuity payments to you.
 
ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate the value of the annuity
payments we make to you.
 
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN ("AIR"): The investment return, either 3%, 5% or 6%,
which we base your variable dollar amount payments on. You select the AIR before
we start to make annuity payments.
 
BENEFICIARY: The person or persons you designate to receive payment of the death
benefit upon the death of the Contract Owner.
 
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before we begin making annuity payments.
 
CONTRACT: The contract is the individual Annuity contract and any endorsements
or riders. If you have a group annuity, you will receive a certificate rather
than a contract.
 
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The annual anniversary of the date we issued your annuity.
If your contract anniversary falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, then
the next Valuation Day will be your Contract Anniversary for that year.
 
   
CONTRACT OWNER(S) OR YOU: The owner(s) or holder(s) of this Annuity.
    
 
   
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of your Annuity that we get by adding up the
value of each of your Sub-Accounts and Fixed Accumulation Features on any
Valuation Day.
    
 
CONTRACT YEAR: The 12 months following the date you purchased your annuity and
from any Contract Anniversary.
 
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ("DCA"): Systematic transfers from one Account to another.
 
   
DCA PROGRAM FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES: Fixed Accumulation Features we
establish to use for dollar cost averaging programs. These are part of our
General Account.
    
 
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount we pay when the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.
 
DUE PROOF OF DEATH: A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court
of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof acceptable to us.
 
   
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE: This is an account that is part of our General
Account. You may allocate all or a portion of your premium payments or transfer
of Contract Value to this account.
    
 
   
FUNDS: The Funds described in this prospectus or any supplements to the
prospectus.
    
 
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT: Our General Account that includes our company assets and your
annuity assets allocated to any of the Fixed Accumulation Features or DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
HARTFORD OR WE: Hartford Life Insurance Company.
    
 
INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE: This is the amount which we use for the purpose of
calculating the optional interest accumulation death benefit.
 
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE: This is the highest Anniversary Value prior the
deceased's 81st birthday or the date of death, if earlier.
 
PAYEE: The person or party designated by you to receive annuity payments.
 
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on premium payments.
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: An account that we establish to separate the assets for your
annuity Sub-Accounts from our company assets. Hartford Life Insurance Company
Separate Account Two.
 
SUB-ACCOUNT: Divisions established within the Separate Account.
 
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal or distribution from your annuity.
 
SURRENDER VALUE: What we pay you if you terminate your annuity before we begin
to make annuity payments.
 
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
value of the Separate Account is determined as of the close of the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
 
VALUATION PERIOD: The period between the close of business on successive
Valuation Days.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   FEE TABLE
                                    SUMMARY
 
                        Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                               (All Sub-Accounts)
 
<TABLE>
 <S>                                                                 <C>
 Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of premium
   payments).......................................................    None
 Exchange Fee......................................................        $0
 Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amounts
   Surrendered)(1)
     First Year (2)................................................       7%
     Second Year...................................................       6%
     Third Year....................................................       6%
     Fourth Year...................................................       5%
     Fifth Year....................................................       4%
     Sixth Year....................................................       3%
     Seventh Year..................................................       2%
     Eighth Year...................................................       0%
 Annual Maintenance Fee (3)........................................     $30
 Annual Expenses -- Separate Account (as a percentage of daily
   Sub-Account value)
     Mortality and Expense Risk....................................    1.25%
 Optional Charges
     Optional Interest Accumulation Death Benefit (as a percentage
      of daily Sub-Account value)..................................     .15%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed on partial Surrenders
    which do not exceed 15% of premium payments each Contract year, on a
    non-cumulative basis.
 
(2) Length of time from each premium payment.
 
   
(3) The Annual Maintenance Fee is a single $30 charge deducted on each Contract
    Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value is less than $50,000. It
    is deducted proportionally from the investment options in use at the time of
    the charge.
    
 
   
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that your will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. We will deduct any
Premium Taxes that apply.
    
 
   
                         Annual Fund Operating Expenses
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL FUND
                                                    MANAGEMENT                OPERATING
                                                       FEES                    EXPENSES
                                                    (INCLUDING     OTHER      (INCLUDING
                                                     WAIVERS)     EXPENSES     WAIVERS)
                                                  --------------  --------  --------------
 <S>                                              <C>             <C>       <C>
 Hartford Bond HLS Fund..........................     0.482%       0.021%       0.503%
 Hartford Stock HLS Fund.........................     0.439%       0.018%       0.457%
 Hartford Money Market HLS Fund..................     0.433%       0.015%       0.448%
 Hartford Advisers HLS Fund......................     0.616%       0.018%       0.634%
 Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund..........     0.623%       0.019%       0.642%
 Hartford Mortgage Securities HLS Fund...........     0.432%       0.030%       0.462%
 Hartford Index HLS Fund.........................     0.382%       0.019%       0.401%
 Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund...     0.681%       0.090%       0.771%
 Hartford Dividend & Growth HLS Fund.............     0.641%       0.018%       0.659%
 Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund........     0.755%       0.108%       0.863%
 Hartford MidCap HLS Fund........................     0.759%       0.034%       0.793%
 Hartford Small Company HLS Fund.................     0.753%       0.019%       0.772%
 Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund.............     0.767%       0.040%       0.807%
 Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund (1)............     0.487%       0.120%       0.607%
 Hartford High Yield HLS Fund (1)................     0.487%       0.035%       0.522%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are new
    Funds. "Total Fund Operating Expenses" are based on annualized estimates of
    such expenses to be incurred in the current fiscal year. HL Investment
    Advisors, LLC has agreed to waive its fees for these until the assets of the
    Funds (excluding assets contributed by companies affiliated with HL
    Investment Advisors, LLC) reach $20 million. Absent this waiver, the
    Management Fees and Total Fund Operating Expenses would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund...      0.775%          0.120%            0.895%
    Hartford High Yield HLS Fund.......      0.775%          0.035%            0.810%
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
6                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Bond.........................  $ 83   $ 116   $ 143    $ 231     $ 20   $  62   $ 106    $ 230     $ 20   $  62   $ 107    $ 231
 Stock........................    83     115     140      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     104      226
 Money Market.................    83     114     140      225       19      60     103      224       20      60     104      225
 Advisers.....................    84     120     150      224       21      66     113      244       21      66     114      244
 Capital Appreciation.........    85     120     150      245       21      66     113      244       22      66     114      245
 Mortgage Securities..........    83     115     141      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     105      226
 Index........................    82     113     137      220       18      58     101      219       19      59     101      220
 International
   Opportunities..............    86     124     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      70     121      259
 Dividend & Growth............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 International Advisers.......    87     127     161      268       23      73     125      267       24      73     125      268
 MidCap.......................    86     125     158      261       22      71     121      260       23      71     122      261
 Small Company................    86     125     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      71     121      259
 Growth and Income............    86     126     159      262       23      71     122      262       23      72     123      262
 High Yield...................    83     117     N/A      N/A       20      62     N/A      N/A       20      63     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    84     119     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS NOT ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you Surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not Surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Bond.........................  $ 82   $ 112   $ 135    $ 214     $ 18   $  57   $  98      214     $ 19   $  58   $  99      214
 Stock........................    81     110     133      209       17      55      96      209       18      56      97      209
 Money Market.................    81     110     132      208       17      55      95      208       18      56      96      208
 Advisers.....................    83     116     142      229       19      61     105      228       20      62     106      229
 Capital Appreciation.........    83     116     142      229       19      61     106      229       20      62     106      229
 Mortgage Securities..........    81     110     133      210       18      56      96      209       18      56      97      210
 Index........................    81     108     130      203       17      54      93      203       18      54      94      203
 International
   Opportunities..............    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Dividend & Growth............    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 International Advisers.......    85     123     154      253       22      68     117      252       22      69     118      253
 MidCap.......................    85     121     150      245       21      66     113      245       22      67     114      245
 Small Company................    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Growth and Income............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 High Yield...................    82     112     N/A      N/A       18      57     N/A      N/A       19      58     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    83     115     N/A      N/A       19      60     N/A      N/A       20      61     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
HOW DO I PURCHASE THIS ANNUITY?
 
   
You must complete our application or order request and submit it to us for
approval with your first premium payment. Your first premium payment must be at
least $1,000 and subsequent premium payments must be at least $500. The minimum
premium payment requirements may differ if you are participating in our
automatic investing ("InvestEase-Registered Trademark-") program.
    
 
 -  For a limited time, usually within ten days after you receive your annuity,
    you may cancel your annuity without paying a Contingent Deferred Sales
    Charge. You bear the investment risk for your premium payment prior to our
    receipt of your request for cancellation.
 
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
 
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
 
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
 
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
 
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
 
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
 
Yes. We deduct this $30 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you
completely Surrender your annuity, if, on either of those dates, the value of
your annuity is less than $50,000.
 
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
 
   
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay two different types of
charges each year. The first type of charge is the fee you pay for insurance.
This charge is:
    
 
    A mortality and expense risk charge that is subtracted daily and is equal to
an annual charge of 1.25% of your Contract Value invested in the Funds.
 
    The second type of charge is the fee you pay for the Funds.
 
   
    Currently, total fund operating expenses with waivers range from 0.401% to
0.863% of the average daily value of the amount you have invested in the fund.
See the Annual Operation Expense Table for more complete information and the
funds' prospectuses attached to this prospectus.
    
 
   
    If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge
daily from your Contract Value and is equal to 0.15% per year of your Contract
Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
 
You can partially or fully Surrender your Contract subject to a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). You can partially Surrender your Contract without
any CDSC applied to the Surrender under the following conditions:
 
- - Surrenders which don't exceed 15% of premium payments per Contract Year
  (Annual Withdrawal Amount);
 
- - Surrenders made from premium payments invested more than seven years;
 
- - 100% Surrender of earnings after the seventh Contract Year;
 
- - Surrenders under the nursing home waiver (described as Eligible Confinement in
  the Contract); or
 
- - Surrenders eligible for disability waiver under a group qualified plan.
 
WILL HARTFORD PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
 
Your Contract has a Death Benefit and we offer an Optional Interest Accumulation
Death Benefit ("Optional Death Benefit") that you can elect for an additional
fee. There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner, joint owner or Annuitant,
die before we begin to make annuity payments. The Death Benefit will remain
invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions (unless
otherwise mutually specified by your Beneficiaries) and will be subject to
market fluctuations.
 
    IF YOU DO NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
<PAGE>
8                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
 
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
 
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
 
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries, of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a
Contract Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments
made since that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial
Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum Anniversary Value is equal to the
greatest Anniversary Value attained from this series of calculations.
 
    IF YOU ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we will
calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater of:
 
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
 
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
 
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is the highest Anniversary Value
    before the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death; or
 
4)  Your Interest Accumulation Value.
 
    The INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. The
Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II". If you elect the Optional Death
Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge daily from your Contract Value
equal to .15% of the Sub-Account value.
 
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's
spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract Owner, unless the
spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the
Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the
Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit
payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. This provision will only apply one time
for each Contract.
 
WHAT ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
 
When you purchase your annuity, you may choose one of the following annuity
payment options, or receive a lump sum payment:
 
    LIFE ANNUITY where we make scheduled payments for the Annuitant's life.
 
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
 
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the life of the
Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to the
Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due Proof
of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the Contract
Value, less any applicable Premium Taxes, applied to this annuity payment
option.
 
 -  This option is only available if you select a variable dollar amount payment
    with the 5% AIR or fixed dollar amount annuity payments.
 
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make payments for
the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed payments for a time
period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 100 years minus
your annuitant's age.
 
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
 
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during the lifetimes
of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the Joint Annuitant.
At the time of electing this annuity payment option, the Contract Owner may
elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
 
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
 
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN
where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 -  If the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay the value of the remaining payments to your
    Beneficiary, either in a lump sum or we will continue payments until the end
    of the period selected.
 
    PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments for a
specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during the
first two Contract Years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary. The
maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
 
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
 
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
 
   
    You must begin to take payments before the Annuitant's 90th birthday or the
end of the 10th Contract Year, which ever comes later, unless you elect a later
date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect and our approval. If you do not tell us what annuity payment option you
want before that time, we will pay you under the Life Annuity with a 10 year
period certain. You and Hartford can agree to start payments at a later date if
the laws in effect allow us to defer payment and we agree to allow you to defer.
The Annuity Commencement Date in New York may be different. Please consult your
Registered Representative or call us
    
 
                                 HARTFORD LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states
of the United States as well as the District of Columbia. We were originally
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently
redomiciled to Connecticut. Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut;
however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085. We are
ultimately controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the
largest financial service providers in the United States.
    
 
                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     EFFECTIVE DATE
RATING AGENCY                          OF RATING     RATING             BASIS OF RATING
- -----------------------------------  --------------  ------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>      <C>
A.M. Best and Company, Inc.........        1/1/99      A+     Financial performance
Standard & Poor's..................        6/1/98     AA      Insurer financial strength
Duff & Phelps......................      12/21/98     AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    
 
                              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
    The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of
our annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was
established on June 2, 1986 and is registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration does not involve
supervision by the Commission of the management or the investment practices of
the Separate Account or Hartford. The Separate Account meets the definition of
"Separate Account" under federal securities law. This Separate Account holds
only assets for variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account:
 
- - Holds assets for the benefit of you and other Contract Owners, and the persons
  entitled to the payments described in the Contract.
 
- - Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Hartford
  may conduct.
 
- - Is not affected by the rate of return of Hartford's General Account or by the
  investment performance of any of Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
 
   
- - May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account which
  holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the Separate
  Account which are not described in this prospectus.
    
 
- - Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not realized,
  from the assets it holds.
 
    We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is
no assurance that the value of your Annuity will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
 
                                   THE FUNDS
 
   
    All of the Funds are sponsored and administered by Hartford Life Insurance
Company. HL Investment Advisors, Inc. ("HL Advisors") serves as the investment
adviser to each of the Funds. Wellington Management Company, LLP ("Wellington
Management") and The Hartford Investment Management Company ("HIMCO") serve as
sub-investment advisers and provide day to day investment services.
    
 
   
    Each Fund, except for the Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford
Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund, is a separate
Maryland corporation registered with the Securities and Exchange
    
<PAGE>
10                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Commission as an open-end management investment company. The Hartford Global
Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High
Yield HLS Fund are diversified series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc., a Maryland
corporation, also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
open-end management investment company. The shares of each Fund have been
divided into Class IA and Class IB. Only Class IA shares are available in this
Annuity.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds.
Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject
to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses are more fully described
in the accompanying Funds' prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,
which may be ordered from us. The Funds' prospectus should be read in
conjunction with this prospectus before investing.
    
 
    The Funds may not be available in all states.
 
    The investment goals of each of the Funds are as follows:
 
    HARTFORD ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total rate of return
by investing in common stocks and other equity securities, bonds and other debt
securities, and money market instruments. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
 
   
    HARTFORD BOND HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent with
preservation of capital by investing primarily in investment grade fixed-income
securities. Up to 20% of the total assets of this Fund may be invested in debt
securities rated in the highest category below investment grade ("Ba" by Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. or "BB" by Standard & Poor's) or, if unrated, are
determined to be of comparable quality by the Fund's investment adviser.
Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information concerning the
risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer to the section
in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford Bond Fund, Inc."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
    HARTFORD CAPITAL APPRECIATION HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing in equity securities selected solely on the basis of potential for
capital appreciation. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
 
   
    HARTFORD DIVIDEND AND GROWTH HLS FUND -- Seeks a high level of current
income consistent with growth of capital by investing primarily in dividend
paying equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GLOBAL LEADERS HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by U.S. companies and non-U.S. high
quality growth companies worldwide that, in the opinion of Wellington
Management, are leaders within their respective industries as indicated by an
established market presence and strong competitive position on a global,
regional or country basis. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD HIGH YIELD HLS FUND -- Seeks high current income by investing in
non-investment grade fixed-income securities. Growth of capital is a secondary
objective. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as
"high yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information
concerning the risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer
to the section in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford
High Yield HLS Fund." Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GROWTH AND INCOME HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital and current
income by investing primarily in equity securities with earnings growth
potential and steady or rising dividends. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
    HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- Seeks to provide investment results that
approximate the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in
the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index.* Sub-advised by HIMCO.
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total
return by investing in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities.
Securities in which the Fund invests primarily will be denominated in non-U.S.
currencies and will be traded in non-U.S. markets. Sub-advised by Wellington
Management.
    
 
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
 
   
    HARTFORD MIDCAP HLS FUND -- Seeks to achieve long-term capital growth
through capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies with market capitalizations within the range represented by the
Standard & Poor's Mid-Cap 400 Index. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
    HARTFORD MORTGAGE SECURITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income
consistent with safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity by investing
primarily in mortgage-related securities, including securities issued by the
Government National Mortgage Association. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
 
* "STANDARD & POOR'S," "S&P-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "S&P
  500-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "STANDARD & POOR'S 500," AND "500" ARE TRADEMARKS
  OF THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC. AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE BY HARTFORD.
  THE INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY STANDARD &
  POOR'S AND STANDARD & POOR'S MAKES NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE
  ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE INDEX FUND.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    HARTFORD SMALL COMPANY HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities within the range represented by the Russell 2000
Index selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Sub-advised
by Wellington Management.
    
 
    HARTFORD STOCK HLS FUND -- Seeks long-term growth by investing primarily in
equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
 
    HARTFORD MONEY MARKET HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent
with liquidity and preservation of capital. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
 
   
    MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds are sold to our other
Separate Accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other Separate Accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another Fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding,
as disclosed in the funds' prospectus.
    
 
    VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the
Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder
meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we
will:
 
   
- - Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
  Contract may be voted.
    
 
   
- - Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
  how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
    
 
   
- - Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
  Owners.
    
 
- - Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
  received from you, and
 
- - Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same
  proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
 
   
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may
decide to do so. You may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for
your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payments to you, the
number of votes you have will decrease.
    
 
    SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right,
subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered
under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New
Funds will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we determined
appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional payments or
transfers from existing Sub-Accounts.
 
    We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of any of the Funds for any
reason and to substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, substitutions of
shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have
the approval of the Commission and we have notified you of the change.
 
   
    In the event of any substitution or change, We may, by appropriate
endorsement, make such changes in the Contract as may be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such substitution or change. If we decide that it is in
the best interest of the Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated
as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law,
may be de-registered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no
longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.
    
 
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
 
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
 
   
    When a Sub-Account advertises its STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN, it will usually
be calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant
periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the
Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the
investment at the end of the period and assumes that the Optional Death Benefit
has not been elected.
    
 
    The Separate Account may also advertise NON-STANDARD TOTAL RETURNS THAT
PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. These non-standardized
total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions
for charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. These
non-standardized returns must be accompanied by standardized total returns.
<PAGE>
12                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise YIELD IN ADDITION TO TOTAL
RETURN. The yield will be computed in the following manner: the net investment
income per unit earned during a recent one month period, divided by the unit
value on the last day of the period. This figure reflects the recurring charges
at the Separate Account level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Money Market Fund Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield.
The yield of a Sub-Account is based upon the income earned by the Sub-Account
over a seven-day period and then annualized; i.e., the income earned in the
period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week period and stated
as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is calculated similarly but
when annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested
in Sub-Account units and thus compounded in the course of a 52-week period.
Yield and effective yield reflect the recurring charges at the Separate Account
level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also disclose yield for periods prior to the date
the Separate Account commenced operations. For periods prior to the date the
Separate Account commenced operations, performance information for the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated based on the performance of the underlying Funds
and the assumption that the Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods
as those of the underlying Funds, with a level of charges equal to those
currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. No yield disclosure for periods
prior to the date of the Separate Account will be used without the yield
disclosure for periods as of the inception of the Separate Account.
    
 
    We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and
prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, dollar cost averaging and
asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred
and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios,
financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment
alternatives, including comparisons between the Contracts and the
characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
 
   
                        THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW: THIS PORTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING
TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES IS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES ARE NOT REGISTERED AS
INVESTMENT COMPANIES UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940 ACT"). NONE
OF THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES OR ANY OF THEIR INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT, AND THE STAFF OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF
DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Payments and Contract Values allocated to a Fixed Accumulation Feature
become a part of our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
General Accounts. We have more than one Fixed Accumulation Feature. The standard
Fixed Accumulation Feature (the "Fixed Accumulation Feature") and then a number
of DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features, which we collectively refer to as
the "Fixed Accumulation Features".
    
 
   
    Currently, we guarantee that we will credit interest at a rate of not less
than 3% per year, compounded annually, to amounts you allocate to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to credit
interest at a rate in excess of 3% per year. You assume the risk that interest
credited to the Fixed Accumulation Feature may not exceed the minimum guarantee
of 3% for any given year.
    
 
   
    We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates
currently in effect. There is no specific formula for the determination of
interest rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether
to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of return
currently available and anticipated on our investments, regulatory and tax
requirements and competitive factors. We will account for any deductions,
Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a "first-in",
"first-out" basis. For Contracts issued in the State of New York, Fixed
Accumulation Feature interest rates may vary from other states.
    
 
    From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners
under certain programs established at our sole discretion.
 
   
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS") PROGRAM -- These programs will use
designated DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features. Currently, Contract Owners
may enroll in a special pre-authorized transfer program known as our Dollar Cost
Averaging Plus Program (the "Program"). Under this Program, Contract Owners who
enroll may allocate a minimum of $5,000 of their payment into the appropriate
DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature (we may allow a lower minimum premium
payment for qualified plan transfers or rollovers, including IRAs) and
pre-authorize transfers to any of the Sub-Accounts under
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
either the 6 Month Transfer Program or 12 Month Transfer Program. The 6-Month
Transfer Program and the 12-Month Transfer Program will generally have different
credited interest rates. Under the 6 Month Transfer Program, the interest rate
can accrue up to 6 months and all payments and accrued interest must be
transferred from the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature in use to the
selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6 months. Under the 12-Month Transfer Program, the
interest rate can accrue up to 12 months and all payments and accrued interest
must be transferred to the selected Sub-Accounts in 7 to 12 months. This will be
accomplished by monthly transfers for the period selected and a final transfer
of the entire amount remaining in the Program, which will generally be less than
the prior monthly transfer amounts. Contract Owners who purchase their Contracts
in New York have a different DCA Plus Program, which includes different credited
interest rates. Currently, only one DCA Plus Program transfer period is
available in New York, but that period allows transfers to selected Sub-Accounts
in 3 to 12 months.
    
 
   
    The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days after we receive the
initial Program payment and complete enrollment instructions. If We do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will transfer any remaining amounts to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and you will receive the Fixed Accumulation Feature's
current effective interest rate. Any subsequent payments we receive within the
Program period selected will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts over the remainder
of that Program transfer period, unless otherwise directed by You.
    
 
   
    You may only have one dollar cost averaging program in place at one time,
this means one standard dollar cost averaging plan or one Dollar Cost Averaging
Plus Program.
    
 
   
    You may elect to terminate the pre-authorized transfers by calling or
writing us of your intent to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation
of enrollment in the Program, you will no longer receive the increased interest
rate and unless we receive instructions to the contrary, the amounts remaining
in the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature may be transferred to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and accrue the interest rate currently in effect.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to discontinue, modify or amend the Program or any
other interest rate program established by Hartford. Any change to the Program
will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. This Program
may not be available in all states; please contact us to determine if it is
available in your state.
    
 
                                  THE CONTRACT
 
    THE CONTRACT OFFERED -- The Contracts are individual or group tax-deferred
variable annuity contracts. They are designed for retirement planning purposes
and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including; (a) any
trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a), or
403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (which includes Section 401(k)); (b) annuity
purchase plans adopted by public school systems and certain tax-exempt
organizations according to Section 403(b) of the Code; (c) Individual Retirement
Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code; (d) employee pension
plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state,
or an agency or instrumentality of either a state or a political subdivision of
a state, and (e) certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in
Section 457 of the Code ("Qualified Contracts").
 
    PURCHASING A CONTRACT -- A prospective Contract Owner may purchase a
Contract by completing and submitting an application or an order request along
with an initial premium payment to the Administrative Office of the Company. The
maximum age for Annuitant, Owner and Joint Owner on the Contract Issue Date is
85. Generally, the minimum premium payment is $1,000. The minimum subsequent
premium payment is $500. Certain plans may be allowed to make smaller periodic
premium payments. Unless we give our prior approval, we will not accept a
premium payment in excess of $1,000,000. Each premium payment, which is your
premium payment after the deduction of any applicable Premium Taxes, may be
split among the various Accounts subject to minimum amounts then in effect. We
will send you a confirmation notice upon receipt and acceptance of your premium
payment.
 
    RIGHT TO EXAMINE THE CONTRACT -- If you are not satisfied with your
purchase, you may cancel the Contract by returning it within 10 days (or longer
in some states) after you receive it. You must send a written request for
cancellation along with the Contract. We will, without deduction for any CDSC
normally assessed, pay you an amount equal to the Contract Value. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE PERIOD PRIOR TO OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR REQUEST FOR
CANCELLATION. We will refund the premium paid only for Individual Retirement
Annuities, if returned within seven days of receipt, and in those states where
required by law.
 
    CREDITING AND VALUATION -- Your premium payment, which is the balance
remaining after the deduction of any Premium Tax, is credited to your Contract
within two business days of receipt by us at our Administrative Office of a
properly completed application or an order to purchase a
<PAGE>
14                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Contract and the premium payment. The payment will be credited to the Accounts
according to the instructions we receive from you.
 
    If your application or other information is incomplete when received, your
payment will be credited to the Accounts within five business days of receipt of
complete information. If the payment is not credited within five business days,
it will be immediately returned to you unless you have been informed of the
delay and tell us not to return it.
 
    Subsequent premium payments are priced on the Valuation Day we receive the
payment in our Administrative Office, provided it is received before the New
York Stock Exchange closes. Unless otherwise specified, We will allocate any
subsequent payments to Accounts according to your most recent instructions.
 
             CONTRACT VALUE -- BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
   
    Your Contract Value reflects interest rate credited any amounts allocated to
the Fixed Accumulation Features and the investment performance of the
Sub-Accounts where you have payments allocated.
    
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- Your Sub-Account Values on the date we issue your
Contract is the amount of your premium payment allocated to any Sub-Account.
After that, we determine your Sub-Account value by determining the Accumulation
Unit value for each Sub-Account, and then multiplying that value by the number
of those units. Sub-Account Value reflects any variation of the interest income,
dividends, net capital gains or losses, realized or unrealized, and any amounts
transferred into or out of that Sub-Account.
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNITS -- When Premium Payments are credited to your
Sub-Accounts, they are converted into accumulation Units by dividing the amount
of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you put into your Contract, the
more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation
Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account,
settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
    
 
    ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE -- The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account
was arbitrarily set initially at $1 when the Sub-Account began operations. After
that, the Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will equal (a) the
Accumulation Unit value at the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by
(b) the Net Investment Factor (see the definition below) for the Valuation Day
for which the Accumulation Unit value is being calculated.
 
    You will be advised, at least semiannually, of the number of Accumulation
Units credited to each Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, and
the total value of your Contract.
 
    THE NET INVESTMENT FACTOR (BEFORE AND AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT
DATE) -- The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure the investment
performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each
Sub-Account, the Net Investment Factor reflects the investment performance of
the Fund in which that Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that
Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is calculated by
dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:
 
(a) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in that Sub-Account, determined at
    the end of the current Valuation Period (plus the per share amount of any
    dividends or capital gains distributions made by that Fund);
 
(b) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at
    the beginning of the Valuation Period;
 
(c) Is a daily factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and any
    optional charges deducted from the Sub-Account, adjusted for the number of
    days in the Valuation Period.
 
                   CONTRACT VALUE TRANSFERS BEFORE AND AFTER
                         THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
   
    You may transfer your Contract Values from one or more Accounts to another
Account free of charge. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF TRANSFERS TO
12 PER CONTRACT YEAR, WITH NO 2 TRANSFERS OCCURRING ON CONSECUTIVE VALUATION
DAYS. Transfers by telephone may be made by you or by your attorney-in-fact
pursuant to a power of attorney by calling us at 1-800-862-6668 or by the agent
of record by calling 1-800-862-7155 . Telephone transfers may not be permitted
by some states. There may be limitations on transfers to and from the Fixed
Accumulation Features that are described in your Contract. Some states may allow
us to limit the dollar amount transferred.
    
 
    We, or our agents and affiliates will not be responsible for losses
resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be genuine.
We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
by telephone are genuine. The procedure we follow for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers provide certain information for
identification purposes. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-
recorded.
 
    We may permit you to pre-authorize transfers under certain circumstances.
Transfers between the Accounts may
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
be made both before and after the Annuity Commencement Date. Generally, the
minimum allocation to any Sub-Account may not be less than $500. All percentage
(%) allocations must be in whole numbers (e.g., 1%). No minimum balance is
presently required in any Account.
 
    IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL CONFIRMATIONS OF
TRANSFERS AND TO PROMPTLY ADVISE US IN OUR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES OF ANY
INACCURACIES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE YOU RECEIVE YOUR CONFIRMATION.
 
    The right to reallocate Contract Values is subject to modification if we
determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise of that right by one or more
Contract Owners is, or would be, to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners.
Any modification could be applied to transfers to or from some or all of the
Accounts and could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum
time period between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent
acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, or
limiting the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts by
you at any one time. SUCH RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED IN ANY MANNER REASONABLY
DESIGNED TO PREVENT ANY USE OF THE TRANSFER RIGHT WHICH WE CONSIDER TO BE TO THE
DISADVANTAGE OF OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS.
 
    For Contracts issued in the STATES OF NEW YORK, FLORIDA, MARYLAND OR OREGON,
the reservation of rights set forth in the preceding paragraph is limited to:
(i) requiring up to a maximum of 10 Valuation Days between each transfer; (ii)
limiting the amount to be transferred on any one Valuation Day to no more than
$2 million; and (iii) upon 30 days prior written notice, to only accepting
transfer instructions from you and not from your representative, agent or person
acting under a power of attorney for you.
 
    Currently, we will not accept instructions from agents acting under a power
of attorney of multiple Contract Owners whose Accounts aggregate more than $2
million, unless the agent has entered into a third party transfer services
agreement with us.
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
                                   SURRENDERS
 
    Contract Owners should consult their tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of a Surrender.
 
 -  A Surrender made before age 59 1/2 may result in adverse tax consequences,
    including a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of the Surrender
    Value. (See "Federal Tax Considerations")
 
    PAYMENT OF SURRENDER AMOUNTS -- Payment of any request for a full or partial
Surrender from the Accounts will be made as soon as possible and in any event no
later than seven days after we receive the request at our Administrative Office.
 
    There may be postponement in the payment of Surrender Amounts whenever (a)
the New York Stock Exchange is closed; (b) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted as determined by the Commission; (c) the Commission
permits postponement and so orders; or (d) the Commission determines that an
emergency exists making valuation of the amounts or disposal of securities not
reasonably practicable.
 
    FULL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- At any time prior
to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to fully Surrender the
Contract. In such event, the Surrender Value of the Contract may be taken in the
form of a lump sum cash payment.
 
    The Surrender Value of the Contract is equal to the Contract Value less any
Premium Taxes, the Annual Maintenance Fee and any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, if applicable. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount
of the payments made to your Contract.
 
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may make a
partial Surrender of your Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount Surrendered is at least equal to our
minimum amount rules then in effect. Additionally, if the remaining Contract
Value following a Surrender is less than $500, we may terminate the Contract and
pay the Surrender Value. For Contracts issued in TEXAS, the Contract will not be
terminated when the remaining Contract Value after a Surrender is less than $500
unless there were no payments made during the previous 2 Contract Years.
 
    WHEN REQUESTING A PARTIAL SURRENDER, YOU SHOULD SPECIFY THE ACCOUNT(S) FROM
WHICH THE PARTIAL SURRENDER WILL BE TAKEN; OTHERWISE, THE SURRENDER WILL BE
TAKEN ON A PRO RATA BASIS ACCORDING TO THE VALUE IN EACH ACTIVE ACCOUNT.
 
    We may permit you to pre-authorize partial Surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect. We permit partial Surrenders by telephone subject to
dollar amount limitations in effect at the time you request the Surrender. To
request partial Surrenders by telephone, you must have completed and returned to
us a Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form authorizing telephone
Surrenders. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize us to accept
telephone instructions and agree that We may accept telephone instructions for
partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Partial Surrender requests will
not be honored until we receive all required documents in proper form.
<PAGE>
16                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    Telephone authorization will remain valid until (a) we receive written
notice of revocation by you, or, in the case of joint Contract Owners, written
notice from either Contract Owner; (b) we discontinue the privilege; or (c) we
have reason to believe that you have entered into a market timing agreement with
an investment adviser and/or broker/ dealer.
 
    We may record any telephone calls to verify data concerning transactions and
may adopt other procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising out of telephone
instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
 
    In order to obtain that day's unit values on Surrender, We must receive
telephone Surrender instructions prior to the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m.).
 
    We may modify, suspend, or terminate telephone transaction privileges at any
time.
 
    SURRENDERS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may fully Surrender
your Contract on or after the Annuity Commencement Date if you elect the Payment
For a Period Certain Settlement Option. We pay you the commuted value that is
equal to the present value of the remaining payments we are scheduled to make
less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The commuted value is
determined as of the date we receive your written request for Surrender at our
Administrative Office.
 
   
    Partial Surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date if you
elect the Payment for a Period Certain Settlement Option, but check with your
tax advisor because there may be adverse tax consequences.
    
 
    IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION -- THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION
403(B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1988, ALL SECTION 403(B)
ANNUITIES HAVE LIMITS ON FULL AND PARTIAL SURRENDERS. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
CONTRACT MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND ANY INCREASES IN CASH VALUE AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1988 MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED UNLESS THE CONTRACT OWNER/EMPLOYEE HAS
A) ATTAINED AGE 59 1/2, B) SEPARATED FROM SERVICE, C) DIED, D) BECOME DISABLED
OR E) EXPERIENCED FINANCIAL HARDSHIP (CASH VALUE INCREASES MAY NOT BE
DISTRIBUTED FOR HARDSHIPS PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2). DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO AGE
59 1/2 DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE MAY STILL BE SUBJECT
TO A PENALTY TAX OF 10%. WE WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING
WHETHER A SURRENDER IS PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT TAX PENALTY, IN ANY
PARTICULAR SITUATION; OR IN MONITORING SURRENDER REQUESTS REGARDING PRE OR POST
JANUARY 1, 1989 CONTRACT VALUES. ANY FULL OR PARTIAL SURRENDER DESCRIBED ABOVE
MAY AFFECT THE CONTINUING TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS OF SOME CONTRACTS OR PLANS AND
MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE CONTRACT OWNER. THE CONTRACT
OWNER, THEREFORE, SHOULD CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE UNDERTAKING ANY SUCH
SURRENDER. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS")
 
                                CONTRACT CHARGES
 
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
 
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
 
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
 
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
 
PAYMENTS NOT SUBJECT TO CDSC
 
   
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- During the first seven Contract years, you may
make a partial Surrender of Contract Values of up to 15% of the premium payments
each Contract Year on a non-cumulative basis, as determined on the date of the
requested Surrender, without the application of the CDSC. After the seventh
Contract Year, you may make a partial Surrender each Contract Year of 15% of
premium payments made during the seven years prior to the Surrender and 100% of
the Contract Value less the premium payments made during the seven years prior
to the Surrender. These amounts are different for group unallocated contracts
and contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.
    
 
    EXTENDED SURRENDER PRIVILEGE -- This privilege allows Annuitants who attain
age 70 1/2 with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b)
plan to Surrender an amount equal to the required minimum distribution for the
stated Contract without incurring any CDSC.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
WAIVERS OF CDSC
 
    CONFINEMENT IN A NURSING HOME, HOSPITAL OR LONG TERM CARE
FACILITY -- (described as Eligible Confinement in the Contract) -- We will waive
any CDSC applicable to a partial or full Surrender if the Annuitant, Contract
Owner or joint annuitant is confined, at the recommendation of a physician for
medically necessary reasons, for at least 180 calendar days to: a hospital
recognized as a general hospital by the proper authority of the state in which
it is located; or a hospital recognized as a general hospital by the Joint
Commission on the Accreditation of Hospitals; or a facility certified as a
hospital or long-term care facility; or a nursing home licensed by the state in
which it is located and offers the services of a registered nurse 24 hours a
day.
 
    The Annuitant, Contract Owner or joint annuitant cannot be confined at the
time the Contract is purchased in order to receive this waiver and the Contract
Owner(s) must have been the Contract Owner(s) continuously since the Contract
issue date. You must provide written proof of confinement satisfactory to
Hartford and you must request the partial or full Surrender within 91 calendar
days of the last day of confinement.
 
    This waiver may not be available in all states. Please contact your
registered representative or contact Us to determine availability.
 
    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR CONTRACT OWNER OR PAYMENTS UNDER AN ANNUITY
OPTION -- No CDSC otherwise applicable will be assessed in the event of death of
the Annuitant, death of the Contract Owner or if payments are made under an
Annuity option (other than a Surrender of variable payments for a Period Certain
Annuity option) provided for under the Contract.
 
    OTHER PLANS OR PROGRAMS -- Certain plans or programs established by us from
time to time may have different Surrender privileges.
 
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- For assuming risks under the Contract,
We deduct a daily charge at the rate of 1.25% per year against all Contract
Values held in the Accounts during the life of the Contract. Although variable
annuity payments made under the Contracts will vary in accordance with the
investment performance of the underlying Fund shares held in the Sub-Account(s),
the payments will not be affected by (a) our actual mortality experience among
Annuitants before or after the Annuity Commencement Date or (b) our actual
expenses, if greater than the deductions provided for in the Contracts because
of the expense and mortality undertakings by us.
 
    There are two types of mortality risks: those made during the accumulation
or deferral phase and those made during the annuity payout phase. The mortality
risk we take in the accumulation phase is that we may experience a loss
resulting from the assumption of the mortality risk relative to the death
benefit in event of the death of an Annuitant or Contract Owner before
commencement of Annuity payments, in periods of declining value. The mortality
risk we take during the annuity payout phase is to make monthly Annuity payments
(determined in accordance with the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table and
other provisions contained in the Contract) to Annuitants regardless of how long
an Annuitant may live, and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group may
live. These mortality undertakings are based on our determination of expected
mortality rates among all Annuitants. If actual experience among Annuitants
during the Annuity payment period deviates from our actuarial determination of
expected mortality rates among Annuitants because, as a group, their longevity
is longer than anticipated, we must provide amounts from our general funds to
fulfill our contractual obligations. We will bear the loss in such a situation.
 
    During the accumulation phase, we also provide an expense undertaking. We
assume the risk that the Annual Maintenance Fee for maintaining the Contracts
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date may be insufficient to cover the actual
cost of providing such items.
 
    ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Each year, on each Contract Anniversary on or
before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee,
if applicable, from Contract Values to reimburse us for expenses relating to the
maintenance of the Contract and Accounts. If during a Contract Year the Contract
is Surrendered for its full value, we will deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee at
the time of such Surrender. The fee is a flat fee that will be due in the full
amount regardless of the time of the Contract Year that Contract Values are
Surrendered. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $30 per Contract Year for Contracts
with less than $50,000 Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary. Fees will be
deducted on a pro rata basis according to the value in each Account under a
Contract.
 
    WAIVERS OF THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Annual Maintenance Fees are waived
for Contracts with Contract Value equal to or greater than $50,000. In addition,
we will waive one Annual Maintenance Fee for Contract Owners who own one or more
Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $50,000 up to $100,000. If you have
multiple Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $100,000 or greater, we
will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee on all Contracts. However, we reserve the
right to limit the number of Annual Maintenance Fee waivers to a total of six
Contracts. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under other
conditions.
 
    PREMIUM TAXES -- Charges are also deducted for Premium Tax, if applicable,
imposed by state or other governmental entity. Certain states impose a Premium
Tax, currently ranging up to 3.5%. Some states assess the tax at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess the tax at the time of annuitization.
We will pay Premium Taxes at
<PAGE>
18                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
the time imposed under applicable law. At our sole discretion, we may deduct
Premium Taxes at the time we pay such taxes to the applicable taxing
authorities, at the time the Contract is Surrendered, at the time a death
benefit is paid, or at the time the Contract annuitizes.
    
 
   
    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEE -- If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we
will deduct daily from your Contract Value an additional charge which equals
 .15% per year of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
    EXCEPTIONS TO CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACT -- We may offer, at our discretion,
reduced fees and charges including, but not limited to, CDSC, the mortality and
expense risk charge, administration charges, optional charges and the Annual
Maintenance Fee for certain sales (including employer sponsored savings plans)
under circumstances which may result in savings of certain costs and expenses.
Reductions in these fees and charges will not be unfairly discriminatory against
any Contract Owner.
 
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
 
DEATH BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
    DETERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARY -- If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay a Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary.
 
- - IF THE CONTRACT OWNER DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, any surviving
  joint Contract Owner becomes the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving joint
  Contract Owner, the designated Beneficiary will be the Beneficiary. If the
  Contract Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the spouse may elect, in lieu
  of receiving the Contract Value, to be treated as the Contract Owner. If the
  Annuitant is not living and there is no Contingent Annuitant, the spouse will
  be presumed to be the Contingent Annuitant. If no Beneficiary designation is
  in effect or if the Beneficiary has predeceased the Contract Owner, the
  Contract Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
 
- - IF THE ANNUITANT DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
  Annuitant will become the Annuitant. If either (a) there is no Contingent
  Annuitant, (b) the Contingent Annuitant predeceases the Annuitant, or (c) if
  any sole Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
  Beneficiary, as determined under the Contract control provisions, will receive
  the Death Benefit. However, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
  Commencement Date and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner shall
  be the Beneficiary. In that case, the rights of any designated Beneficiary
  shall be void.
 
DETERMINATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
 
    IF YOU DID NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, Your Death Benefit, which
we will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be
calculated as follows:
 
    If the deceased HAD NOT REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, the Death Benefit is
the greater of:
 
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to the Contract, reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders, or
 
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
 
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
 
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
 
    IF THE DECEASED REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, then the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
 
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders, or
 
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
 
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value.
 
    IF YOU DID ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
 
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders;
 
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
 
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value; or
 
4)  The Interest Accumulation Value, which is described below.
 
    The Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. We stop
compounding interest on the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. After
that date, the Interest
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Accumulation Value will be adjusted by adding any subsequent payments and
subtracting proportional adjustments for any partial Surrenders. The Optional
Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II".
 
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Death Benefit beneficiary is the
Contract Owner's spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract
Owner, unless the spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. This provision will only apply
one time for each Contract.
 
    CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Commencement Date and a Death Benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive
written notification of Due Proof of Death. THE DEATH BENEFIT REMAINS INVESTED
IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCORDING TO YOUR LAST INSTRUCTIONS UNTIL THE PROCEEDS
ARE PAID OR WE RECEIVE NEW SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE BENEFICIARY. DURING
THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN OUR RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF DUE PROOF OF
DEATH AND OUR RECEIPT OF THE COMPLETE SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, THE CALCULATED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATIONS. UPON RECEIPT OF COMPLETE
SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WE WILL CALCULATE THE PAYABLE AMOUNT.
 
    Any Annuity payments made on or after the date of death, but before receipt
of written notification of Due Proof of Death will be recovered by us from the
Payee.
 
DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
If, on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract Owner dies and the
Annuitant is living, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner. If the
Annuitant dies and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner becomes the
Beneficiary.
 
    If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death
Benefit may be paid or payments may continue under the following annuity payment
options:
 
X  Life Annuity with Cash Refund
 
X  Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain
 
X  Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain and
 
X  payments for a Period Certain.
 
   
    Proceeds from the Death Benefit may be left with us for at least 5 years
from the date of the Contract Owner's death if the death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. These proceeds will remain in the Account(s) to which
they were allocated at the time of death unless the Beneficiary elects to
reallocate them. Full or partial Surrenders may be made at any time. In the
event of a complete Surrender, the remaining value will equal the Contract Value
of the proceeds left with us, minus any partial Surrenders. This option may not
be available under certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.
    
 
                             SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
 
    You select an Annuity Commencement Date which will not be deferred beyond
the Valuation Day immediately following the later of the Annuitant's 90th
birthday or the end of the tenth Contract Year. You may elect a later Annuity
Commencement Date if we allow and subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect. If the Contract is sold as part of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the
Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday. The
Annuity Commencement Date may be changed from time to time, but ANY CHANGE MUST
BE WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE SCHEDULED TO
BEGIN.
 
    You also elect in writing an annuity payment option, which may be any of the
options described below or any annuity payment option then being offered by us.
The annuity payment option may not be changed on or after the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract contains the six annuity payment options
described below and the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option.
 
    For Qualified Contracts, the following annuity payment options are only
available if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of
the Annuitant at the time the option becomes effective. The Annuity Proceeds
Settlement option is available for Qualified Contracts only if the guaranteed
payment period is less than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary at the time
the option becomes effective. Such life expectancies are computed on the basis
of the mortality table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the
mortality table in use by us. If you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount
annuity payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date,
under the Life Annuity Payment Option.
 
   
    For Non-Qualified Contracts, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar
amount annuity payments will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement
Date under the annuity payment option Life Annuity with payments for a Period
Certain of 10 years. For Qualified Contracts and Contracts issued in Texas, if
you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount annuity payments will begin
automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date, under the Life Annuity Payment
Option.
    
<PAGE>
20                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    With the exception of the option Payments for a Period Certain, if the
variable dollar amount payment is selected, no Surrenders are permitted after
annuity payments begin.
 
ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS
 
    OPTION 1 -- LIFE ANNUITY where we make Annuity payments for as long as the
Annuitant lives.
 
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
 
    OPTION 2 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the
life of the Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to
the Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due
Proof of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the
Contract Value less any applicable Premium Taxes applied to this annuity payment
option.
 
 -  This option is only available if you select payments using a VARIABLE DOLLAR
    AMOUNT PAYMENT OPTION WITH THE 5% AIR OR FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS.
 
    OPTION 3 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make
payments to you for the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed
payments for a time period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a
maximum of 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
 
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
 
    OPTION 4 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during
the lifetimes of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the
Joint Annuitant. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
 
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
 
    OPTION 5 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD
CERTAIN where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is not less than 5 years and no more than 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
 
 -  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuity die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining
    payments, either in a lump sum payment or We will continue payments until
    the end of the period selected.
 
    OPTION 6 -- PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments
for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during
the first two Contract years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary.
The maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
 
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
 
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
 
   
    WE MAY OFFER OTHER ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME.
    
 
                                ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    When you decide to begin to take payments, we calculate your Contract Value
minus any Premium Tax which we must pay and, unless you instruct us otherwise,
we apply that amount to a variable annuity with the same Sub-Account values. You
may however, choose to have your Contract Value applied to a fixed annuity
instead.
 
    IMPORTANT -- YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE QUESTION OF ALLOCATION OF CONTRACT
VALUES (LESS APPLICABLE PREMIUM TAXES) AMONG ACCOUNTS TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT
ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVE BEST SUITED TO YOUR
NEEDS FOR RETIREMENT.
 
    ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The minimum Annuity payment is $50. No election may be
made which results in a first payment of less than $50. If at any time Annuity
payments are or become less than $50, we have the right to change the frequency
of payment to intervals so that payments will at least be $50. For Contracts
issued in the State of New York, the minimum monthly Annuity payment is $20. If
any amount due is less than the minimum amount per year, we make such other
settlement as may be equitable to the Payee.
 
    All Annuity payments under any option will occur the same day of the month
as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the payment frequency selected by
you. Available payment frequencies include monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and
annual. The payment frequency may be changed within 30 days prior to the
anniversary of your Annuity Commencement Date.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You select the Annuity Commencement Date in
your application or order request. The Annuity Calculation Date will be no more
than five Valuation Days before the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE -- On the Annuity Calculation Date, your Contract
Value less any applicable Premium Tax is applied to purchase Annuity Units of
the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The first Annuity payment is computed using
the value of these Annuity Units as of the Annuity Calculation Date.
 
    INCOME PAYMENT DATES -- All Annuity payments after the first Annuity payment
are computed and payable as of the Income Payment Dates. These dates are the
same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the Annuity
payment frequency selected by you. They are also shown on the specification page
of your Contract. You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
payments. The Annuity payment frequency may not be changed once selected by you.
 
    IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DO NOT SELECT A PAYMENT FREQUENCY, ANNUITY PAYMENTS
WILL BE MADE MONTHLY.
 
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    THE FIRST VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT -- Variable Annuity payments are periodic
payments we pay to your designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one
Income Payment Date to the next as a function of the net investment performance
of the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The dollar amount of the first Variable
Annuity payment depends on the annuity payment option chosen, the age of the
Annuitant, the gender of the Annuitant (if applicable), the amount of Contract
Value less applicable Premium Tax applied to purchase the Annuity payments, and
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table using projection scale G projected to the year 2000 and an AIR
of not less than 3.0%.
 
    The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Contract Value
less applicable Premium Tax applied to that Sub-Account on the Annuity
Calculation Date by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor in
the Contract for the selected annuity payment option. The dollar value of the
first Variable Annuity payment is the sum of the first Variable Annuity payments
attributable to each Sub-Account.
 
    ANNUITY UNITS -- The number of Annuity Units attributable to a Sub-Account
is derived by dividing the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to that
Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account for the Valuation
Period ending on the Annuity Calculation Date or during which the Annuity
Calculation Date falls if the Valuation Period does not end on such date. The
number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract
remains fixed unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
 
    SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The dollar amount of each subsequent
Variable Annuity payment attributable to each Sub-Account is calculated on the
Income Payment Date. It is determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:
 
(a) is the number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account credited under the
    Contract and
 
(b) is the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account.
 
    The total subsequent Variable Annuity payments equal the sum of the amounts
attributable to each Sub-Account.
 
    When an Income Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, the
Income Payment is computed as of the prior Valuation Day. If the date of the
month elected does not occur in a given month, i.e., the 29th, 30th, or 31st of
a month, the payment will be computed as of the last Valuation Day of the month.
 
    The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal
to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) where:
 
(a) is the Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity
    Unit value is being calculated;
 
(b) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
 
(c) is the Annuity Unit Factor
 
    The Annuity Unit Factor neutralizes the AIR percentage (3%, 5%, or 6%). The
daily Annuity Unit Factor corresponding to the AIR percentages of 3%, 5%, and 6%
are 0.999919, 0.999866, and 0.999840, respectively
 
    THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR) -- The Annuity Unit value will increase
or decrease from one Income Payment Date to the next in direct proportion to the
net investment return of the Sub-Account(s) supporting the Variable Annuity
payments, less an adjustment to neutralize the selected AIR. Dividing what would
otherwise be the Annuity Unit value by the AIR factor is necessary in order to
adjust the change in the Annuity Unit value (resulting from the Net Investment
Factor) so that the Annuity Unit value only changes to the extent that the Net
Investment Factor represents a rate of return greater than or less than the AIR
selected by you. Without this adjustment, the Net Investment Factor would
decrease the Annuity Unit value to the extent that such value represented an
annualized rate of return of less than 0.0% and increase the Annuity Unit value
to the extent that such value represented an annualized rate of return of
greater than 0.0%.
<PAGE>
22                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    The Contract permits Contract Owners to select one of three AIRs: 3%, 5% or
6%. A higher AIR will result in a higher initial payment, a more slowly rising
series of subsequent payments when actual investment performance (minus any
deductions and expenses) exceeds the AIR, and a more rapid drop in subsequent
payments when actual investment performance (minus any deductions and expenses)
is less than the AIR. The following examples may help clarify the impact of
selecting one AIR over another:
 
- - If you select a 3% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 3% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 3% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 3%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
 
- - If you select a 5% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 5% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 5% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 5%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
 
- - If you select a 6% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 6% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 6% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 6%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
 
    LEVEL VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS WOULD BE PRODUCED IF THE INVESTMENT RATE
RETURNS REMAINED CONSTANT AND EQUAL TO THE AIR. IN FACT, PAYMENTS WILL VARY UP
OR DOWN AS THE INVESTMENT RATE VARIES UP OR DOWN FROM THE AIR.
 
    EXCHANGE (TRANSFER) OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date,
you may exchange (i.e., transfer) the dollar value of a designated number of
Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of
Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the transfer, the dollar
amount of a Variable Annuity payment generated from the Annuity Units of either
Sub-Account would be the same. Transfers are executed as of the day Hartford
receives a written request for a transfer. For guidelines refer to Sub-Account
Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- Fixed Annuity payments are determined at
annuitization by multiplying the Contract Value (less applicable Premium Taxes)
by a rate to be determined by Hartford which is no less than the rate specified
in the Fixed Annuity option tables in the Contract. The Annuity payment will
remain level for the duration of the Annuity. Any Fixed Annuity allocation may
not be changed.
 
                               OTHER INFORMATION
 
    ASSIGNMENT -- Ownership of this Contract is generally assignable. However,
if the Contracts are issued pursuant to some form of Qualified Plan, it is
possible that the ownership of the Contracts may not be transferred or assigned
depending on the type of tax-qualified retirement plan involved. An assignment
of a Non-Qualified Contract may subject the Contract Values or assignment
proceeds to income taxes and certain penalty taxes.
 
    CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed; however, the
Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date by sending us written notice. We may modify the Contract, but
no modification will effect the amount or term of any Contract unless a
modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable Federal or State
law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are
determined.
 
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    What are some of the federal tax consequences which affect these Contracts?
 
   
  A. GENERAL
    
 
   
    Since federal tax law is complex, the tax consequences of purchasing this
contract will vary depending on your situation. You may need tax or legal advice
to help you determine whether purchasing this contract is right for you.
    
 
   
    Our general discussion of the tax treatment of this contract is based on our
understanding of federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. A
detailed description of all federal income tax consequences regarding the
purchase of this contract cannot be made in the prospectus. We also do not
discuss state, municipal or other tax laws that
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
may apply to this contract. For detailed information, you should consult with a
qualified tax adviser familiar with your situation.
    
 
   
  B. TAXATION OF HARTFORD AND
     THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of Hartford which is taxed as a life
insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a
"regulated investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.
Investment income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate
Account are reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of
the Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units"). As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
    
 
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Contracts.
 
   
  C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL
     PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER
     THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
    Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
 
   
 1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC.
    
 
   
    Code Section 72 contains provisions for contract owners which are not
natural persons. Non-natural persons include corporations, trusts, limited
liability companies, partnerships and other types of legal entities. The tax
rules for contracts owned by non-natural persons are different from the rules
for contracts owned by individuals. For example, the annual net increase in the
value of the contract is currently includible in the gross income of a non-
natural person, unless the non-natural person holds the contract as an agent for
a natural person. There are additional exceptions from current inclusion for:
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by structured settlement companies,
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by an employer with respect to a terminated qualified
  retirement plan and
    
 
   
- - certain immediate annuities.
    
 
    A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes
will not be subject to income tax as a result of this provision.
 
   
    If the contract owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is
treated as the contract owner in applying mandatory distribution rules. These
rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of the contract
owner. A change in the primary annuitant is also treated as the death of the
contract owner.
    
 
 2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS).
 
    A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract
until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum
payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
 
    The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity
contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14,
1982.
 
    A. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
 
 i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
    gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
    Code.
 
   
 ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
     charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
     contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract."
    
 
   
 iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
      Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to come first from any
      such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in the contract,"
      and for these purposes such "income on the contract" shall be computed by
      reference to any aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result,
      any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in
      gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such
      "income on the contract," and (2) shall not be includable in gross income
      to the extent that such amount does exceed any such "income on the
      contract." If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received
      there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because the gross value of the
      Contract does not exceed the "investment in the contract" and no
      aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received
      will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the
      "investment in the contract."
    
 
 iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
     pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
     amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
     subparagraph b.
 
 v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
    consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
    subparagraph a.
<PAGE>
24                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to
    certain transfers of property between spouses or incident to divorce.
 
    B. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
 
    Annuity payments made periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are
includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount
determined by the application of the ratio of the "investment in the contract"
to the total amount of the payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement
Date (the "exclusion ratio").
 
   
 i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
    exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
    Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be
    entirely includable in gross income.
    
 
 ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
     as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
     income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
     contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
     unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
     year of the Annuitant.
 
   
 iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received after the
      Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
      shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
      after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
      surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
      includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
      referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
    
 
   
    C. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS.
    
 
   
    Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated
insurer) to the same Contract Owner within the same calendar year (other than
certain contracts held in connection with a tax-qualified retirement
arrangement) will be treated as one annuity Contract for the purpose of
determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity
contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new Contract for this
purpose. Hartford believes that for any annuity subject to such aggregation, the
values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added
together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts
received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals
will first be treated as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all
such Contracts is withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are no
regulations interpreting this provision.
    
 
   
    D. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
       PAYMENTS.
    
 
 i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
    after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
    to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
    unless an exception applies.
 
 ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions
     (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan involved):
 
   
    1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the
        age of 59 1/2.
    
 
    2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
        holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
 
    3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming disabled.
 
   
    4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or
        life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
        expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's designated
        Beneficiary).
    
 
    5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in the
        contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
 
    E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
       EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO
       AUGUST 14, 1982.
 
   
    If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come
(1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract" prior to August
14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior Contract, (2)
then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well
as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such
pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on the contract" and
(4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract." As a result, to the
extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such
pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income. In
addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on the
contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty
tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-
exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this
subparagraph 3.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    F. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
 
 i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
 
        Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in
    ii or iii below:
 
    1.  If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
        before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
        remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
        rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
        such death;
 
    2.  If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
        entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after
        such death; and
 
    3.  If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or
        2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as
        the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be
        treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the
        individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
        affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
 
 ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
 
   
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is
    payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary
    may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend
    beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election must be
    made and payments must begin within a year of the death.
    
 
   
 iii. Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the
    benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
    living, such spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion
    for purposes of section i. above. This spousal continuation shall apply only
    once for this contract.
    
 
 3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
 
   
    The Code requires that investments supporting your contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817 provides that a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments
made by the separate account or underlying fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Department's diversification regulations require, among other
things, that:
    
 
   
- - no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
  account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
    
 
   
- - no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
    
 
   
- - no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
    
 
   
- - no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
    
 
   
    In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities
of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
    
 
   
    A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards
on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter
ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the company
or the contract owner must agree to pay the tax due for the period during which
the diversification requirements were not met.
    
 
   
    We monitor the diversification of investments in the separate accounts and
test for diversification as required by the Code. We intend to administer all
contracts subject to the diversification requirements in a manner that will
maintain adequate diversification.
    
 
   
 4. OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets
in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned
by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. It is unclear under what
circumstances an investor is considered to have enough control over the assets
in the separate account to be considered the owner of the assets for tax
purposes.
    
 
   
    The IRS has issued several rulings discussing investor control. These
rulings say that certain incidents of ownership by the contract owner, such as
the ability to select and control investments in a separate account, will cause
the contract owner to be treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
 
   
    In its explanation of the diversification regulations, the Treasury
Department recognized that the temporary regulations "do not provide guidance
concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a
segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather
    
<PAGE>
26                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
than the insurance company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the
account." The explanation further indicates that "the temporary regulations
provide that in appropriate cases a segregated asset account may include
multiple sub-accounts, but do not specify the extent to which policyholders may
direct their investments to particular sub-accounts without being treated as the
owners of the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will be
provided in regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d), relating to the
definition of variable contract."
    
 
   
    The final regulations issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance
regarding investor control, and as of the date of this prospectus, guidance has
yet to be issued. We do not know if additional guidance will be issued. If
guidance is issued, we do not know if it will have a retroactive effect.
    
 
   
    Due to the lack of specific guidance on investor control, there is some
uncertainty about when a contract owner is considered the owner of the assets
for tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract, as necessary, to
prevent you from being considered the owner of assets in the separate account.
    
 
   
  D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    
 
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
   
 1. NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS.
    
 
   
    The portion of a non-periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax withholding unless the recipient elects
not to have taxes withheld. If there is no election to waive withholding, 10% of
the taxable distribution will be withheld as federal income tax. Election forms
will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the necessary
election forms are not submitted to Hartford, Hartford will automatically
withhold 10% of the taxable distribution.
    
 
 2. PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN ONE
    YEAR).
 
    The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income will
be subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were married
claiming three exemptions. A recipient may elect not to have income taxes
withheld or have income taxes withheld at a different rate by providing a
completed election form. Election forms will be provided at the time
distributions are requested.
 
   
  E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING
     QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to Appendix I for information relative to the types of plans
for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such
plans.
    
 
   
  F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT
    ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
    The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal
income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or
residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be
subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on annuity distributions at a
30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be
subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that
may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence.
Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser
regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity purchase.
    
 
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
 
                             HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD
 
   
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately controlled by
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal business address of
HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
 
    The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives of
Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.
 
    HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.
 
    Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.
 
   
    Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for variable
insurance
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
compensation. Compensation is generally based on premium payments made by
policyholders or contract owners. This compensation is usually paid from the
sales charges described in this prospectus.
    
 
    In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance products.
These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers or financial
institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford out of their own
assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the policyholders or contract
owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable insurance products.
 
                                   YEAR 2000
 
   
    IN GENERAL -- The Year 2000 issue relates to the ability or inability of
computer hardware, software and other information technology (IT) systems, as
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment and machinery with imbedded chips and
microprocessors, to properly process information and data containing or related
to dates beginning with the year 2000 and beyond. The Year 2000 issue exists
because, historically, many IT and non-IT systems that are in use today were
developed years ago when a year was identified using a two-digit date field
rather than a four-digit date field. As information and data containing or
related to the century date are introduced to date sensitive systems, these
systems may recognize the year 2000 as "1900", or not at all, which may result
in systems processing information incorrectly. This, in turn, may significantly
and adversely affect the integrity and reliability of information databases of
IT systems, may cause the malfunctioning of certain non-IT systems, and may
result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to a company. In addition, Year
2000 problems that occur with third parties with which a company does business,
such as suppliers, computer vendors, distributors and others, may also adversely
affect any given company.
    
 
   
    The integrity and reliability of Hartford's IT systems, as well as the
reliability of its non-IT systems, are integral aspects of Hartford's business.
Hartford issues insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds and other financial
products to individual and business customers, nearly all of which contain date
sensitive data, such as policy expiration dates, birth dates and premium payment
dates. In addition, various IT systems support communications and other systems
that integrate Hartford's various business segments and field offices. Hartford
also has business relationships with numerous third parties that affect
virtually all aspects of Hartford's business, including, without limitation,
suppliers, computer hardware and software vendors, insurance agents and brokers,
securities broker-dealers and other distributors of financial products, many of
which provide date sensitive data to Hartford, and whose operations are
important to Hartford's business.
    
 
   
    INTERNAL YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Beginning in 1990, Hartford
began working on making its IT systems Year 2000 ready, either through
installing new programs or replacing systems. Since January 1998, Hartford's
Year 2000 efforts have focused on the remaining Year 2000 issues related to IT
and non-IT systems in all of Hartford's business segments. These Year 2000
efforts include the following five main initiatives: (1) identifying and
assessing Year 2000 issues; (2) taking actions to remediate IT and non-IT
systems so that they are Year 2000 ready; (3) testing IT and non-IT systems for
Year 2000 readiness; (4) deploying such remediated and tested systems back into
their respective production environments; and (5) conducting internal and
external integrated testing of such systems. As of December 31, 1998, Hartford
substantially completed initiatives (1) through (4) of its internal Year 2000
efforts. Hartford has begun initiative (5) and management currently anticipates
that such activity will continue into the fourth quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    THIRD PARTY YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Hartford's Year 2000 efforts
include assessing the potential impact on Hartford of third parties' Year 2000
readiness. Hartford's third party Year 2000 efforts include the following three
main initiatives: (1) identifying third parties which have significant business
relationships with Hartford, including, without limitation, insurance agents,
brokers, third party administrators, banks and other distributors and servicers
of financial products, and inquiring of such third parties regarding their Year
2000 readiness; (2) evaluating such third parties' responses to Hartford's
inquiries; and (3) based on the evaluation of third party responses (or a third
party's failure to respond) and the significance of the business relationship,
conducting additional activities with respect to third parties as determined to
be necessary in each case. These activities may include conducting additional
inquiries, more in-depth evaluations of Year 2000 readiness and plans, and
integrated IT systems testing. Hartford has completed the first third party
initiative and, as of early 1999, had substantially completed evaluating third
party responses received. Hartford has begun conducting the additional
activities described in initiative (3) and management currently anticipates that
it will continue to do so through the end of 1999. However, notwithstanding
these third party Year 2000 efforts, Hartford does not have control over these
third parties and, as a result, Hartford cannot currently determine to what
extent future operating results may be adversely affected by the failure of
these third parties to adequately address their Year 2000 issues.
    
 
   
    YEAR 2000 COSTS -- The costs of Hartford's Year 2000 program that were
incurred through the year ended December 31, 1997 were not material to
Hartford's financial condition or results of operations. The after-tax costs of
Hartford's Year 2000 efforts for the year ended
    
<PAGE>
28                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
December 31, 1998 were approximately $3 million. Management currently estimates
that after-tax costs related to the Year 2000 program to be incurred in 1999
will be less than $10 million. These costs are being expensed as incurred.
    
 
   
    RISKS AND CONTINGENCY PLANS -- If significant Year 2000 problems arise,
including problems arising with third parties, failures of IT and non-IT systems
could occur, which in turn could result in substantial interruptions in
Hartford's business. In addition, Hartford's investing activities are an
important aspect of its business and Hartford may be exposed to the risk that
issuers of investments held by it will be adversely impacted by Year 2000
issues. Given the uncertain nature of Year 2000 problems that may arise,
especially those related to the readiness of third parties discussed above,
management cannot determine at this time whether the consequences of Year 2000
related problems that could arise will have a material impact on Hartford's
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    Hartford is in the process of developing certain contingency plans so that
if, despite its Year 2000 efforts, Year 2000 problems ultimately arise, the
impact of such problems may be avoided or minimized. These contingency plans are
being developed based on, among other things, known or reasonably anticipated
circumstances and potential vulnerabilities. The contingency planning also
includes assessing the dependency of Hartford's business on third parties and
their Year 2000 readiness. Hartford currently anticipates that internal and
external contingency plans will be substantially complete by the end of the
second quarter of 1999. However, in many contexts, Year 2000 issues are dynamic,
and ongoing assessments of business functions, vulnerabilities and risks must be
made. As such, new contingency plans may be needed in the future and/or existing
plans may need to be modified as circumstances warrant.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    There are no material legal proceedings pending to which the Separate
Account is a party.
 
    Counsel with respect to federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue
and sale of the Contracts and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Hartford Life
Insurance Company, P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104-2999.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
 
                                MORE INFORMATION
 
    You may call your Representative if you have any questions or write or call
us at the address below:
 
 Hartford Life Insurance Company
 Attn: Individual Annuity Services
 P.O. Box 5085
 Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
 
 Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)
           1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                   APPENDIX I
              INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
   
    This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about
the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a
tax-qualified retirement plan. Because of the complexity of the federal tax
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
    
 
   
    The federal tax rules applicable to owners of Contracts under tax-qualified
retirement plans vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Contract owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person may be
controlled by the terms and conditions of the tax-qualified retirement plan
itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of a Contract. We are not bound
by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms conflict with
a Contract, unless we specifically consent to be bound.
    
 
   
    Some tax-qualified retirement plans are subject to distribution and other
requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures.
Contract owners, participants and beneficiaries are responsible for determining
that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable
law. Tax penalties may apply to transactions with respect to tax-qualified
retirement plans if applicable federal income tax rules and restrictions are not
carefully observed.
    
 
   
    We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types
of tax-qualified retirement plans discussed below and may not offer the
Contracts for all types of tax-qualified retirement plans in the future.
    
 
   
    1. TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLANS -- Eligible employers can
establish certain tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans under section
401 of the Code. Rules under section 401(k) of the Code govern certain "cash or
deferred arrangements" under such plans. Rules under section 408(k) govern
"simplified employee pensions". Tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans
are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons
who may be eligible to participate and the time when distributions must
commence. Employers intending to use the Contracts in connection with
tax-qualified pension or profit-sharing plans should seek competent tax and
other legal advice.
    
 
   
    2. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B) -- Public schools and
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations, as
specified in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, can purchase tax-sheltered annuity
contracts for their employees. Tax-deferred contributions can be made to
tax-sheltered annuity contracts under section 403(b) of the Code, subject to
certain limitations. Generally, such contributions may not exceed the lesser of
$10,000 (indexed) or 20% of the employee's "includable compensation" for such
employee's most recent full year of employment, subject to other adjustments.
Special provisions under the Code may allow some employees to elect a different
overall limitation.
    
 
   
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CONTRACT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT, unless such
distribution is made:
    
 
   
- - after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - upon separation from service;
    
 
   
- - upon death or disability; or
    
 
   
- - in the case of hardship (and in the case of hardship, any income attributable
  to such contributions may not be distributed).
    
 
   
    Generally, the above restrictions do not apply to distributions attributable
to cash values or other amounts held under a section 403(b) contract as of
December 31, 1988.
    
 
   
    3. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 -- A governmental employer
or a tax-exempt employer other than a governmental unit can establish a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code. For these purposes, a
"governmental employer" is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State.
Employees and independent contractors performing services for a governmental or
tax-exempt employer can elect to have contributions made to a Deferred
Compensation Plan of their employer in accordance with the employer's plan and
section 457 of the Code.
    
 
   
    Deferred Compensation Plans that meet the requirements of section 457(b) of
the Code are called "eligible" Deferred Compensation Plans. Section 457(b)
limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on
contributions is 33 1/3% of a participant's includable compensation (typically
25% of gross compensation) or, for 1999, $8,000 (indexed), whichever is less.
The plan may provide for additional "catch-up" contributions during the three
taxable years ending before the year in which the participant attains normal
retirement age.
    
<PAGE>
30                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    All of the assets and income of an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan
established by a governmental employer after August 20, 1996, must be held in
trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For
this purpose, custodial accounts and certain annuity contracts are treated as
trusts. Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans that were in existence on August
20, 1996 may be amended to satisfy the trust and exclusive benefit requirements
any time prior to January 1, 1999, and must be amended not later than that date
to continue to receive favorable tax treatment. The requirement of a trust does
not apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt
(non-governmental) employer. In addition, the requirement of a trust does not
apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer
if the Deferred Compensation Plan is not an eligible plan within the meaning of
section 457(b) of the Code. In the absence of such a trust, amounts under the
plan will be subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
    
 
   
    In general, distributions from an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan are
prohibited under section 457 of the Code unless made after the participating
employee:
    
 
   
- - attains age 70 1/2,
    
 
   
- - separates from service,
    
 
   
- - dies, or
    
 
   
- - suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency as defined in the Code.
    
 
   
    Under present federal tax law, amounts accumulated in a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code cannot be transferred or rolled
over on a tax-deferred basis except for certain transfers to other Deferred
Compensation Plans under section 457 in limited cases.
    
 
   
    4. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS") UNDER SECTION 408
    
 
   
    TRADITIONAL IRAS -- Eligible individuals can establish individual retirement
programs under section 408 of the Code through the purchase of an IRA. Section
408 imposes limits with respect to IRAs, including limits on the amount that may
be contributed to an IRA, the amount of such contributions that may be deducted
from taxable income, the persons who may be eligible to contribute to an IRA,
and the time when distributions commence from an IRA. Distributions from certain
tax-qualified retirement plans may be "rolled-over" to an IRA on a tax-deferred
basis.
    
 
   
    SIMPLE IRAS -- Eligible employees may establish SIMPLE IRAs in connection
with a SIMPLE IRA plan of an employer under section 408(p) of the Code. Special
rollover rules apply to SIMPLE IRAs. Amounts can be rolled over from one SIMPLE
IRA to another SIMPLE IRA. However, amounts can be rolled over from a SIMPLE IRA
to a Traditional IRA only after two years have expired since the employee first
commenced participation in the employer's SIMPLE IRA plan. Amounts cannot be
rolled over to a SIMPLE IRA from a qualified plan or a Traditional IRA. Hartford
is a non-designated financial institution for purposes of the SIMPLE IRA rules.
    
 
   
    ROTH IRAS -- Eligible individuals may establish Roth IRAs under section 408A
of the Code. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. Subject to special
limitations, a Traditional IRA may be converted into a Roth IRA or a
distribution from a Traditional IRA may be rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, a
conversion or a rollover from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is not excludable
from gross income. If certain conditions are met, qualified distributions from a
Roth IRA are tax-free.
    
 
   
    5. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES AND WITHHOLDING -- Distributions from tax-qualified
retirement plans are generally taxed as ordinary income under section 72 of the
Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable from
income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution that bears the
same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
    
 
   
    (A) PENALTY TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes an additional penalty tax equal to 10% of
the taxable portion of a distribution from certain tax-qualified retirement
plans. However, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distributions that is:
    
 
   
- - Made on or after the date on which the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - Made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the employee) on or after the death
  of the employee;
    
 
   
- - Attributable to the employee's becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);
    
 
   
- - Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
  than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the
  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his or her
  designated beneficiary;
    
 
   
- - Except in the case of an IRA, made to an employee after separation from
  service after reaching age 55; or
    
 
   
- - Not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for
  eligible medical expenses during the taxable year.
    
 
   
    IN ADDITION, THE 10% PENALTY TAX DOES NOT APPLY TO A DISTRIBUTION FROM AN
IRA THAT IS:
    
 
   
- - Made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health
  insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
    
 
   
- - Not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses,
  as defined by section 72(t)(7) of the Code; or
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - A qualified first-time homebuyer distribution meeting the requirements
  specified at section 72(t)(8) of the Code.
    
 
   
    If you are a participant in a SIMPLE IRA plan, you should be aware that the
10% penalty tax is increased to 25% with respect to non-exempt early
distributions made from your SIMPLE IRA during the first two years following the
date you first commenced participation in any SIMPLE IRA plan of your employer.
    
 
   
    (B) MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX
    
 
   
    If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution for
the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that was
not properly distributed.
    
 
   
    An individual's interest in a tax-qualified retirement plan generally must
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required
Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of:
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2; or
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual retires from service with the
  employer sponsoring the plan.
    
 
   
    The Required Beginning Date for an individual who is a five (5) percent
owner (as defined in the Code), or who is the owner of an IRA, is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the individual attains age
70 1/2.
    
 
   
    The entire interest of the Participant must be distributed beginning no
later than the Required Beginning Date over:
    
 
   
- - the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and the
  Participant's designated beneficiary, or
    
 
   
- - over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's designated
  beneficiary.
    
 
    Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the applicable
life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value
as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. In
addition, minimum distribution incidental benefit rules may require a larger
annual distribution.
 
   
    If an individual dies before reaching his or her Required Beginning Date,
the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed within five years
of the individual's death. However, this rule will be deemed satisfied, if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of the beneficiary). If the beneficiary is the individual's surviving
spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have attained
age 70 1/2.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies after reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or
after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must generally be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the time of the individual's death.
    
 
   
    (C) WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    In general, regular wage withholding rules apply to distributions from IRAs
and plans described in section 457 of the Code. Periodic distributions from
other tax-qualified retirement plans that are made for a specified period of 10
or more years or for the life or life expectancy of the participant (or the
joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and beneficiary) are
generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were
married claiming three exemptions. The recipient of periodic distributions may
generally elect not to have withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld
at a different rate by providing a completed election form.
    
 
   
    Mandatory federal income tax withholding at a flat rate of 20% will
generally apply to other distributions from such other tax-qualified retirement
plans unless such distributions are:
    
 
   
- - the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
    
 
   
- - required minimum distributions; or
    
 
   
- - direct transfer distributions. (Direct transfer distributions are direct
  payments to an IRA or to another eligible retirement plan under Code section
  401(a)(31).
    
 
   
    (Certain states require withholding of state taxes when federal income tax
is withheld.
    
<PAGE>
32                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
               APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES
 
EXAMPLE 1
 
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you made no Surrenders during the year, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $105,000, calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<C>           <S>
$100,000      Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
   5,000      Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
- --------
$105,000      Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
 
    If you elected the Optional Death Benefit, you would be guaranteed a Death
Benefit payment equal to at least $105,000.
 
EXAMPLE 2
 
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you Surrendered $10,000 on January 1, 1999 and your Contract Value immediately
prior to the partial Surrender was $100,000, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $94,500, calculated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>
 $100,000       Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
    5,000       Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
 ($10,500)      Adjustment for partial Surrender*
- ---------
  $94,500       Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
* The Adjustment for the partial Surrender reduces the Interest Accumulation
  Value by an amount equal to the proportion of the partial Surrender to the
  Contract Value prior to the partial Surrender. Therefore, in this example, the
  $10,500 reduction to the Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by dividing
  the amount of the Surrender, $10,000, by the Contract Value paid prior to the
  Surrender, $100,000. This ratio (Surrender DIVIDED BY Contract Value prior to
  Surrender) is multiplied by the Interest Accumulation Value prior to
  Surrenders and results in the adjustment for the partial Surrender.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Interest Accumulation Value prior to Surrenders........  $105,000
Multiplied by ratio of Surrenders  DIVIDED BY Contract
 Value prior to Surrenders
 ($10,000 DIVIDED BY 100,000)..........................   X   .10
                                                         --------
Adjustment for the partial Surrender...................  $ 10,500
</TABLE>
 
    The Surrender reduced the Interest Accumulation Value by $10,500 ($105,000 -
94,500).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SECTION                                                                   PAGE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----
 <S>                                                                       <C>
 DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY..........................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS...................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS..........................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS...............................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN.........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS.................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
This form must be completed for all tax sheltered annuities.
 
                     SECTION 403(b)(11) ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
 
    The Hartford Variable Annuity Contract which you have recently purchased is
subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
Contributions to the Contract after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash
value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed to you unless you have:
 
    a. attained age 59 1/2,
 
    b. separated from service,
 
    c. died, or
 
    d. become disabled.
 
Distributions of post December 31, 1988 contributions (excluding any income
thereon) may also be made if you have experienced a financial hardship.
 
Also, there may be a 10% penalty tax for distributions made prior to age 59 1/2
because of financial hardship or separation from service.
 
   
Also, please be aware that your 403(b) Plan may also offer other financial
alternatives other than the Director Variable Annuity. Please refer to your
Plan.
    
 
    Please complete the following and return to:
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
 
Name of Contract Owner/Participant
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Address
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
City or Plan/School District
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Date:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Contract No:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Signature:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
    To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form
below and mail to:
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Attn: Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
 
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Series VII of The
Director Variable Annuity to me at the following address:
 
- ----------------------------------------------------
                            Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                          Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                        Zip
Code
<PAGE>
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                       PART B


<PAGE>


                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
                          HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                      SERIES VII OF DIRECTOR VARIABLE ANNUITY

This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The 
information contained herein should be read in conjunction with the 
prospectus.

To obtain a prospectus, send a written request to Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Attn:  Individual Annuity Services, P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT  
06102-5085.

Date of Prospectus:  May 3, 1999

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  May 3, 1999




















333-69485
    

<PAGE>

                                         -2-

                                          
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                          
                                          
SECTION                                                                 PAGE
- -------                                                                 ----
DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>
                                      -3-

                   DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   
Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in 
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all 
states of the United States and the District of Columbia.  We were originally 
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and 
subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut.  Our offices are located in 
Simsbury, Connecticut; however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 2999, 
Hartford, CT 06104-2999.  We are ultimately controlled by The Hartford 
Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest financial service 
providers in the United States.

                                 HARTFORD'S RATINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 EFFECTIVE
        RATING AGENCY          DATE OF RATING         RATING        BASIS OF RATING
        -------------          --------------         ------        ---------------
<S>                            <C>                    <C>           <C>
 A.M. Best and Company, Inc.      1/1/99                 A+         Financial performance
 Standard & Poor's                6/1/98                AA          Insurer financial strength
 Duff & Phelps                   12/21/98               AA+         Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    

                                 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Separate Account is held by Hartford.  The assets 
are kept physically segregated and are held separate and apart from 
Hartford's general corporate assets.  Records are maintained of all purchases 
and redemptions of Fund shares held in each of the Sub-Accounts.

                             INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included 
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, 
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect 
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm 
as experts in giving said reports.  The principal business address of Arthur 
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

   
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal 
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account.  
HSD is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately 
controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.  The principal 
business address of HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
<PAGE>

                                      -4-

   
The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as 
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives 
of Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.

HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc.

Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium 
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional 
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.

Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a 
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for 
variable insurance compensation.   Compensation is generally based on premium 
payments made by policyholders or contract owners.  This compensation is 
usually paid from the sales charges described in the prospectus.

In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive 
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other 
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation 
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on 
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance 
products. These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers 
or financial institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford 
out of their own assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the 
policyholders or contract owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable 
insurance products.

Hartford currently pays HSD underwriting commissions for its role as 
Principal Underwriter of all variable annuities associated with this Separate 
Account. For the past three years, the aggregate dollar amount of 
underwriting commissions paid to HSD in its role as Principal Underwriter has 
been: 1998: $61,629,500, 1997: $64,851,026 and 1996: $59,896,541. HSD has 
retained none of these commissions.
    

                        CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

   
YIELD OF THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT.  As summarized in the prospectus 
under the heading "Performance Related Information," the yield of the Money 
Market Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period (the "base period") will be 
computed by determining the "net change in value" (calculated as set forth 
below) of a hypothetical account having a balance of one accumulation unit of 
the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical 
charge reflecting deductions from Contract Owner accounts, and dividing the 
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to 
obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the base period return by 
365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.  Net changes in value of a hypothetical account will include net 
investment income of the account (accrued daily dividends as declared by the 
underlying funds, less daily expense charges of the account) for the period, 
but will not include realized gains or losses or unrealized appreciation or 
depreciation on the underlying fund shares.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -5-

The effective yield is calculated by compounding the base period return by 
adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1 from 
the result, according to the following formula:

                                                 365/7
     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)      ] - 1

THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT'S YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD WILL VARY IN 
RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES AND IN THE EXPENSES OF THE 
SUB-ACCOUNT. THE CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD REFLECT RECURRING CHARGES 
ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

   
The yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 
1998 for the Money Market Fund Sub-Account was as follows ($30 Annual 
Maintenance Fee):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                           YIELD                EFFECTIVE YIELD
- -----------                           -----                ---------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
Money Market*                         3.52%                     3.59%
</TABLE>

*Yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 1998.

YIELDS OF BOND FUND, HIGH YIELD FUND, AND MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
SUB-ACCOUNTS. As summarized in the prospectus under the heading "Performance 
Related Information," yields of the above Sub-Accounts will be computed by 
annualizing a recent month's net investment income, divided by a Fund share's 
net asset value on the last trading day of that month.  Net changes in the 
value of a hypothetical account will assume the change in the underlying 
mutual fund's "net asset value per share" for the same period in addition to 
the daily expense charge assessed, at the sub-account level for the 
respective period.  The Sub-Accounts' yields will vary from time-to-time 
depending upon market conditions and, the composition of the underlying 
funds' portfolios. Yield should also be considered relative to changes in the 
value of the Sub-Accounts' shares and to the relative risks associated with 
the investment objectives and policies of the underlying Fund.
    

THE YIELD REFLECTS RECURRING CHARGES ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING
THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

<PAGE>

                                     -6-
   
Yield calculations of the Sub-Accounts used for illustration purposes reflect 
the interest earned by the Sub-Accounts, less applicable asset charges 
assessed against a Contract Owner's account over the base period.  Yield 
quotations based on a 30-day period were computed by dividing the dividends 
and interest earned during the period by the maximum offering price per unit 
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:
    

Example:

                                                             6
Current Yield Formula for the Sub-Account  2[((A-B)/(CD) + 1)  - 1]

Where     A = Dividends and interest earned during the period.
          B = Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
          C = The average daily number of units outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends.
          D = The maximum offering price per unit on the last day of 
              the period.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNTS                                                    YIELD
- ------------                                                    -----
<S>                                                             <C>
Bond**                                                          4.61%
High Yield**                                                    7.56%
Mortgage Securities**                                           4.84%

</TABLE>

**Yield quotation based on a 30-day period ended December 31, 1998.

The method of calculating yields described above for these Sub-Accounts 
differs from the method used by the Sub-Accounts prior to May 1, 1989.  The 
denominator of the fraction used to calculate yield was previously the 
average unit value for the period calculated.  That denominator will 
hereafter be the unit value of the Sub-Accounts on the last trading day of 
the period calculated.

CALCULATION OF TOTAL RETURN.  As summarized in the prospectus under the 
heading "Performance Related Information," total return is a measure of the 
change in value of an investment in a Sub-Account over the period covered and 
assumes that the Optional Death Benefit has not been elected.  The formula 
for total return used herein includes three steps:  (1) calculating the value 
of the hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 as of the end of the period 
by multiplying the total number of units owned at the end of the period by 
the unit value per unit on the last trading day of the period; (2) assuming 
redemption at the end of the period and deducting any applicable contingent 
deferred sales charge and (3) dividing this account value for the 
hypothetical investor by the initial $1,000 investment and annualizing the 
result for periods of less than one year.  Total return will be calculated 
for one year, five years and ten years or some other relevant periods if a 
Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -7-

   
The following are the standardized average annual total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.  

  STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       INCEPTION                                            SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT              DATE          1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR      INCEPTION 
- -----------           ---------       ------      ------    -------      ---------
<S>                   <C>             <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>

Advisers                 6/2/86      13.11%       13.11%     11.53%        N/A
Bond                     6/2/86      -3.20%        2.25%      5.13%        N/A
Capital Appreciation     6/2/86       4.04%       13.47%     15.27%        N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94       4.97%        N/A        N/A         17.82%
Global Leaders          9/30/98       N/A          N/A        N/A         21.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98       N/A          N/A        N/A          8.18%
High Yield              9/30/98       N/A          N/A        N/A         -6.51%
Index                    5/1/87      16.47%       19.00%     14.92%        N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95       1.94%        N/A        N/A          6.90%
International            7/2/90       1.72%        2.48%      N/A          2.96%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97      15.00%        N/A        N/A         16.89%
Money Market             6/2/86      -6.04%        0.04%      1.46%        N/A
Mortgage Securities      6/2/86      -4.61%        1.94%      4.53%        N/A
Small Company            8/9/96       0.23%        N/A        N/A          8.61%
Stock                    6/2/86      21.82%       19.02%     14.97%        N/A
</TABLE>

   STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                            WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE       1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR    INCEPTION 
- -----------             ---------    ------      ------    -------    ---------
<S>                     <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Advisers                 6/2/86      12.92%      12.92%     11.44%       N/A
Bond                     6/2/86      -3.36%       2.07%      4.84%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     6/2/86       3.87%      13.29%     15.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94       4.80%       N/A        N/A        17.64%
Global Leaders          9/30/98       N/A         N/A        N/A        21.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98       N/A         N/A        N/A         8.07%
High Yield              9/30/98       N/A         N/A        N/A        -6.55%
Index                    5/1/87      16.28%      18.81%     14.72%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95       1.77%       N/A        N/A         6.72%
International            7/2/90       1.56%       2.30%      N/A         2.75%
Opportunities                       
MidCap                  7/30/97      14.82%       N/A        N/A        16.70%
Money Market             6/2/86      -6.19%      -0.13%      1.43%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      6/2/86      -4.77%       1.77%      4.16%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96       0.07%       N/A        N/A         8.43%
Stock                    6/2/86      21.62%      18.83%     14.78%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

                                     -8-

In addition to the standardized total return, the Sub-Account may advertise a 
non-standardized total return.  This figure will usually be calculated for 
one year, five years, and ten years or other periods. Non-standardized total 
return is measured in the same manner as the standardized total return 
described above, except that the contingent deferred sales charge and the 
Annual Maintenance Fee are not deducted and the time periods used to 
calculate return are based on the inception date of the underlying Funds.  
Therefore, non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account is higher than 
standardized total return for a Sub-Account. 
   

The following are the non-standardized annualized total return 
quotations for the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. 

  NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR      INCEPTION
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Advisers                3/31/83    23.11%      16.24%     13.66%        N/A
Bond                    8/31/77     6.80%       5.92%      7.51%        N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84    14.04%      16.43%     17.08%        N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94    14.97%       N/A        N/A         20.65%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         31.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         18.18%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A          3.49%
Index                    5/1/87    26.47%      21.84%     16.89%        N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95    11.94%       N/A        N/A         10.68%
International            7/2/90    11.72%       6.12%      N/A          6.00%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    25.00%       N/A        N/A         24.85%
Money Market            6/30/80     3.96%       3.79%      4.21%        N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85     5.39%       5.59%      6.93%        N/A
Small Company            8/9/96    10.23%       N/A        N/A         14.20%
Stock                   8/31/77    31.82%      21.93%     17.01%        N/A
</TABLE>

   NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF
                THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                            WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT                DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION
- -----------             ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Advisers                3/31/83     22.92%      16.06%     13.49%        N/A
Bond                    8/31/77      6.64%       5.76%      7.34%        N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84     13.87%      16.25%     16.91%        N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     14.80%       N/A        N/A         20.48%
Global Leaders          9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         31.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         18.07%
High Yield              9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A          3.45%
Index                    5/1/87     26.28%      21.66%     16.72%        N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     11.77%       N/A        N/A         10.52%
International            7/2/90     11.56%       5.96%      N/A          5.84%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97     24.82%       N/A        N/A         24.66%
Money Market            6/30/80      3.81%       3.64%      4.05%        N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85      5.23%       5.43%      6.77%        N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     10.07%       N/A        N/A         14.03%
Stock                   8/31/77     31.62%      21.75%     16.84%        N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

                                      -9-


                              PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

   
YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
total return in advertisements or in information furnished to present or 
prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
yield and total return in advertisements or information furnished to present 
or prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include 
in advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain 
Sub-Accounts) the ranking of those performance figures relative to such 
figures for groups of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services 
and Morningstar, Inc. as having the same investment objectives.
    

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the 
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices 
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index 
of 500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a market value-weighted and unmanaged index 
showing the changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks relative to 
the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is composed almost entirely of common 
stocks of companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, although the 
common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock Exchange or 
traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500 companies represented include 
400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial services concerns.  The 
S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Composite Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market 
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate 
market value of approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 
100.00 on February 5, 1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common 
stocks of companies traded over-the-counter and often through the National 
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  
Only those over-the-counter stocks having only one market maker or traded on 
exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an 
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock 
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index 
is weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy 
representation in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Shearson Lehman Government Bond Index (the "SL Government Index") is a 
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; 
all publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all 
quasi-federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government. Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted 
issues are not included in the SL Government Index.

The Shearson Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "SL 
Government/Corporate Index") is a measure of the market value of 
approximately 5,300 bonds with a face value currently in excess of $1.3 
trillion.  To be included in the SL Government/Corporate Index, an issue must 
have amounts outstanding in excess of $1 million, have at least one year to 
maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher ("investment grade") by a nationally 
recognized rating agency.

The Composite Index for Hartford Advisers Fund is comprised of the S&P 500 
(55%), the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (35%), both mentioned 
above, and 90 Day U.S. Treasury Bills (10%).
<PAGE>
 
   
                      THE BB&T DIRECTOR VARIABLE ANNUITY
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 5085
                       HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
                      Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract
                                    Owners)
[LOGO]            1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase Series
II of The BB&T Director variable annuity. Please read it carefully.
    
 
   
The BB&T Director variable annuity is a Contract between you and Hartford Life
Insurance Company where you agree to make at least one payment to us and we
agree to make a series of annuity payments to you at a later date. This annuity
is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both
individuals and groups. It is:
    
 
   
X  Flexible, because you may add premium payments at any time.
    
 
   
X  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
    until we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
X  Variable, because the value of your annuity will fluctuate with the
    performance of the underlying funds.
    
 
   
At purchase, you allocate your premium payment, which is any purchase payment
less any Premium Taxes, to "Sub-Accounts". These are subdivisions of our
Separate Account, an account that keeps your annuity assets separate from our
company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up
exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These
funds are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or
through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and
the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This annuity offers you
funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you
may pick those funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The
Sub-Accounts and the funds are listed below:
    
 
   
- - Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Advisers
  HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Bond Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Bond HLS Fund,
  Inc.
    
 
   
- - Capital Appreciation Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Dividend and Growth Sub-Account which purchase shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Dividend and Growth HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Global Leaders Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Global Leaders HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Growth and Income HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - High Yield Sub-Account which purchases shares of class IA of Hartford High
  Yield HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Index Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Index HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Opportunities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - MidCap Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford MidCap HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Money Market Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Money
  Market HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Mortgage Securities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Mortgage Securities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Small Company Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Small
  Company HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Stock Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Stock HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - BB&T Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of the BB&T Growth
  and Income Fund of the Variable Insurance Funds.
    
 
   
You may also allocate some or all of your premium payment to one of the "Fixed
Accumulation Features", which pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain
time period from the time the payment is made. Premium payments put in a Fixed
Accumulation Feature are not segregated from our company assets like the assets
of the Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
   
If you decide to buy this annuity, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us at 1-800-862-6668 to get a Statement of Additional
Information, free of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains
more information about this annuity and, like this prospectus, is filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. We have included the Table of Contents for
the Statement of Additional Information at the end of this prospectus.
    
 
   
Although we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commission doesn't approve or
disapprove these securities or determine if the information is truthful or
complete. Anyone who represents that the Securities and Exchange Commission does
these things may be guilty of a criminal offense.
    
 
   
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV).
    
 
   
This annuity IS NOT:
    
 
   
 -  A bank deposit or obligation
    
 
   
 -  Federally insured
    
 
   
 -  Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
    
 
   
This annuity may not be available for sale in all states.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
 <S>                                                                     <C>
 GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.............................................    4
 FEE TABLE SUMMARY.....................................................    5
 EXAMPLE...............................................................    6
 SUMMARY...............................................................    8
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.......................................   10
 THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................................................   10
 THE FUNDS.............................................................   10
 PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION.......................................   12
 THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES.......................................   13
 THE CONTRACT..........................................................   14
   Contract Value -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date..............   15
   Contract Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement
    Date...............................................................   15
   Surrenders..........................................................   16
   Contract Charges....................................................   17
   Death Benefits......................................................   19
 SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS.................................................   20
   Annuity Payments....................................................   21
   Other Information...................................................   23
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   23
 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   27
   How Contracts Are Sold..............................................   27
   Year 2000...........................................................   28
   Legal Matters.......................................................   29
   Experts.............................................................   29
   More Information....................................................   29
 APPENDIX I -- INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS....   30
 APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES.....................   33
 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   34
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
4                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
    
 
   
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate values before we begin
to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Located at 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. The
mailing address is Post Office Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085.
    
 
   
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments made since
that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
since that anniversary.
    
 
   
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge for annuities having a value of
less than $50,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary or when the annuity is
Surrendered in full. The charge is deducted proportionately from the funds in
use at the time.
    
 
   
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is based. The Annuitant may not
be changed.
    
 
   
ANNUITY: A Contract issued by us that provides, in exchange for premium
payments, a series of annuity payments.
    
 
   
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate your first annuity payment.
    
 
   
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate the value of the annuity
payments we make to you.
    
 
   
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN ("AIR"): The investment return, either 3%, 5% or 6%,
which we base your variable dollar amount payments on. You select the AIR before
we start to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
BENEFICIARY: The person or persons you designate to receive payment of the death
benefit upon the death of the Contract Owner.
    
 
   
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    
 
   
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before we begin making annuity payments.
    
 
   
CONTRACT: The contract is the individual Annuity contract and any endorsements
or riders. If you have a group annuity, you will receive a certificate rather
than a contract.
    
 
   
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The annual anniversary of the date we issued your annuity.
If your contract anniversary falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, then
the next Valuation Day will be your Contract Anniversary for that year.
    
 
   
CONTRACT OWNER(S) OR YOU: The owner(s) or holder(s) of this Annuity.
    
 
   
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of your Annuity that we get by adding up the
value of each of your Sub-Accounts and Fixed Accumulation Features on any
Valuation Day.
    
 
   
CONTRACT YEAR: The 12 months following the date you purchased your annuity and
from any Contract Anniversary.
    
 
   
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ("DCA"): Systematic transfers from one Account to another.
    
 
   
DCA PROGRAM FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES: Fixed Accumulation Features we
establish to use for dollar cost averaging programs. These are part of our
General Account.
    
 
   
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount we pay when the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.
    
 
   
DUE PROOF OF DEATH: A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court
of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof acceptable to us.
    
 
   
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE: This is an account that is part of our General
Account. You may allocate all or a portion of your premium payments or transfer
of Contract Value to this account.
    
 
   
FUNDS: The Funds described in this prospectus or any supplements to the
prospectus.
    
 
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT: Our General Account that includes our company assets and your
annuity assets allocated to any of the Fixed Accumulation Features or DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
HARTFORD OR WE: Hartford Life Insurance Company.
    
 
   
INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE: This is the amount which we use for the purpose of
calculating the optional interest accumulation death benefit.
    
 
   
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE: This is the highest Anniversary Value prior the
deceased's 81st birthday or the date of death, if earlier.
    
 
   
PAYEE: The person or party designated by you to receive annuity payments.
    
 
   
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on premium payments.
    
 
   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: An account that we establish to separate the assets for your
annuity Sub-Accounts from our company assets. Hartford Life Insurance Company
Separate Account Two.
    
 
   
SUB-ACCOUNT: Divisions established within the Separate Account.
    
 
   
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal or distribution from your annuity.
    
 
   
SURRENDER VALUE: What we pay you if you terminate your annuity before we begin
to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
value of the Separate Account is determined as of the close of the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
    
 
   
VALUATION PERIOD: The period between the close of business on successive
Valuation Days.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   FEE TABLE
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
                        Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                               (All Sub-Accounts)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                                                                 <C>
 Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of premium
   payments).......................................................    None
 Exchange Fee......................................................        $0
 Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amounts
   Surrendered)(1)
     First Year (2)................................................       7%
     Second Year...................................................       6%
     Third Year....................................................       6%
     Fourth Year...................................................       5%
     Fifth Year....................................................       4%
     Sixth Year....................................................       3%
     Seventh Year..................................................       2%
     Eighth Year...................................................       0%
 Annual Maintenance Fee (3)........................................     $30
 Annual Expenses -- Separate Account (as a percentage of daily
   Sub-Account value)
     Mortality and Expense Risk....................................    1.25%
 Optional Charges
     Optional Interest Accumulation Death Benefit (as a percentage
      of daily Sub-Account value)..................................     .15%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
 
   
(1) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed on partial Surrenders
    which do not exceed 15% of premium payments each Contract year, on a
    non-cumulative basis.
    
 
   
(2) Length of time from each premium payment.
    
 
   
(3) The Annual Maintenance Fee is a single $30 charge deducted on each Contract
    Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value is less than $50,000. It
    is deducted proportionally from the investment options in use at the time of
    the charge.
    
 
   
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that your will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. We will deduct any
Premium Taxes that apply.
    
 
   
                         Annual Fund Operating Expenses
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL FUND
                                                    MANAGEMENT                OPERATING
                                                       FEES                    EXPENSES
                                                    (INCLUDING     OTHER      (INCLUDING
                                                     WAIVERS)     EXPENSES     WAIVERS)
                                                  --------------  --------  --------------
 <S>                                              <C>             <C>       <C>
 BB&T Growth and Income Fund (1).................     0.550%       0.360%       0.910%
 Hartford Bond HLS Fund..........................     0.482%       0.021%       0.503%
 Hartford Stock HLS Fund.........................     0.439%       0.018%       0.457%
 Hartford Money Market HLS Fund..................     0.433%       0.015%       0.448%
 Hartford Advisers HLS Fund......................     0.616%       0.018%       0.634%
 Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund..........     0.623%       0.019%       0.642%
 Hartford Mortgage Securities HLS Fund...........     0.432%       0.030%       0.462%
 Hartford Index HLS Fund.........................     0.382%       0.019%       0.401%
 Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund...     0.681%       0.090%       0.771%
 Hartford Dividend & Growth HLS Fund.............     0.641%       0.018%       0.659%
 Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund........     0.755%       0.108%       0.863%
 Hartford MidCap HLS Fund........................     0.759%       0.034%       0.793%
 Hartford Small Company HLS Fund.................     0.753%       0.019%       0.772%
 Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund.............     0.767%       0.040%       0.807%
 Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund (2)............     0.487%       0.120%       0.607%
 Hartford High Yield HLS Fund (2)................     0.487%       0.035%       0.522%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
 
   
(1) Absent fee waivers and expense reimbursements, Branch Banking and Trust
    Company's management fees are 0.740%, other expenses are 0.500% and total
    fund operating expenses are 1.240%. Fee waivers and expense reimbursements
    may be terminated at any time at the option of BB&T Growth and Income Fund.
    
<PAGE>
6                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
(2) Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are new
    Funds. "Total Fund Operating Expenses" are based on annualized estimates of
    such expenses to be incurred in the current fiscal year. HL Investment
    Advisors, LLC has agreed to waive its fees for these until the assets of the
    Funds (excluding assets contributed by companies affiliated with HL
    Investment Advisors, LLC) reach $20 million. Absent this waiver, the
    Management Fees and Total Fund Operating Expenses would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund...      0.775%          0.120%            0.895%
    Hartford High Yield HLS Fund.......      0.775%          0.035%            0.810%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ASSUMES THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH BENEFIT WAS
ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract       If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable          Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the      following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000          investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%                annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 BB&T Growth and Income.......  $ 87   $ 129   $ 164    $ 273     $ 20   $  62   $ 106    $ 230     $ 20   $  62   $ 107    $ 231
 Bond.........................    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 Stock........................    83     115     140      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     104      226
 Money Market.................    83     114     140      225       19      60     103      224       20      60     104      225
 Advisers.....................    84     120     150      224       21      66     113      244       21      66     114      244
 Capital Appreciation.........    85     120     150      245       21      66     113      244       22      66     114      245
 Mortgage Securities..........    83     115     141      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     105      226
 Index........................    82     113     137      220       18      58     101      219       19      59     101      220
 International
   Opportunities..............    86     124     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      70     121      259
 Dividend & Growth............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 International Advisers.......    87     127     161      268       23      73     125      267       24      73     125      268
 MidCap.......................    86     125     158      261       22      71     121      260       23      71     122      261
 Small Company................    86     125     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      71     121      259
 Growth and Income............    86     126     159      262       23      71     122      262       23      72     123      262
 High Yield...................    83     117     N/A      N/A       20      62     N/A      N/A       20      63     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    84     119     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ASSUMES THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH BENEFIT WAS
NOT ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you Surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not Surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 BB&T Growth and Income.......  $ 86   $ 124   $ 156    $ 258     $ 22   $  69   $ 119    $ 257     $ 23   $  70   $ 120      258
 Bond.........................    82     112     135      214       18      57      98       14       19      58      99      214
 Stock........................    81     110     133      209       17      55      96      209       18      56      97      209
 Money Market.................    81     110     132      208       17      55      95      208       18      56      96      208
 Advisers.....................    83     116     142      229       19      61     105      228       20      62     106      229
 Capital Appreciation.........    83     116     142      229       19      61     106      229       20      62     106      229
 Mortgage Securities..........    81     110     133      210       18      56      96      209       18      56      97      210
 Index........................    81     108     130      203       17      54      93      203       18      54      94      203
 International
   Opportunities..............    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Dividend & Growth............    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 International Advisers.......    85     123     154      253       22      68     117      252       22      69     118      253
 MidCap.......................    85     121     150      245       21      66     113      245       22      67     114      245
 Small Company................    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Growth and Income............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 High Yield...................    82     112     N/A      N/A       18      57     N/A      N/A       19      58     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    83     115     N/A      N/A       19      60     N/A      N/A       20      61     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
8                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
HOW DO I PURCHASE THIS ANNUITY?
    
 
   
You must complete our application or order request and submit it to us for
approval with your first premium payment. Your first premium payment must be at
least $1,000 and subsequent premium payments must be at least $500. The minimum
premium payment requirements may differ if you are participating in our
automatic investing ("InvestEase-Registered Trademark-") program.
    
 
   
 -  For a limited time, usually within ten days after you receive your annuity,
    you may cancel your annuity without paying a Contingent Deferred Sales
    Charge. You bear the investment risk for your premium payment prior to our
    receipt of your request for cancellation.
    
 
   
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
    
 
   
Yes. We deduct this $30 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you
completely Surrender your annuity, if, on either of those dates, the value of
your annuity is less than $50,000.
    
 
   
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
    
 
   
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay two different types of
charges each year. The first type of charge is the fee you pay for insurance.
This charge is:
    
 
   
    A mortality and expense risk charge that is subtracted daily and is equal to
an annual charge of 1.25% of your Contract Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
    The second type of charge is the fee you pay for the Funds.
    
 
   
    Currently, total fund operating expenses with waivers range from 0.401% to
0.910% of the average daily value of the amount you have invested in the fund.
See the Annual Operation Expense Table for more complete information and the
funds' prospectuses attached to this prospectus.
    
 
   
    If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge
daily from your Contract Value and is equal to 0.15% per year of your Contract
Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
    
 
   
You can partially or fully Surrender your Contract subject to a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). You can partially Surrender your Contract without
any CDSC applied to the Surrender under the following conditions:
    
 
   
- - Surrenders which don't exceed 15% of premium payments per Contract Year
  (Annual Withdrawal Amount);
    
 
   
- - Surrenders made from premium payments invested more than seven years;
    
 
   
- - 100% Surrender of earnings after the seventh Contract Year;
    
 
   
- - Surrenders under the nursing home waiver (described as Eligible Confinement in
  the Contract); or
    
 
   
- - Surrenders eligible for disability waiver under a group qualified plan.
    
 
   
WILL HARTFORD PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
    
 
   
Your Contract has a Death Benefit and we offer an Optional Interest Accumulation
Death Benefit ("Optional Death Benefit") that you can elect for an additional
fee. There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner, joint owner or Annuitant,
die before we begin to make annuity payments. The Death Benefit will remain
invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions (unless
otherwise mutually specified by your Beneficiaries) and will be subject to
market fluctuations.
    
 
   
    IF YOU DO NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries, of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF YOU ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we will
calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is the highest Anniversary Value
    before the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death; or
    
 
   
4)  Your Interest Accumulation Value.
    
 
   
    The INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. The
Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II". If you elect the Optional Death
Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge daily from your Contract Value
equal to .15% of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's
spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract Owner, unless the
spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the
Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the
Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit
payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. This provision will only apply one time
for each Contract.
    
 
   
WHAT ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
    
 
   
When you purchase your annuity, you may choose one of the following annuity
payment options, or receive a lump sum payment:
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY where we make scheduled payments for the Annuitant's life.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the life of the
Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to the
Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due Proof
of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the Contract
Value, less any applicable Premium Taxes, applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select a variable dollar amount payment
    with the 5% AIR or fixed dollar amount annuity payments.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make payments for
the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed payments for a time
period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 100 years minus
your annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during the lifetimes
of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the Joint Annuitant.
At the time of electing this annuity payment option, the Contract Owner may
elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant and Joint
    Annuitant, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN
where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing
    
<PAGE>
10                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner may elect reduced payments over the
remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay the value of the remaining payments to your
    Beneficiary, either in a lump sum or we will continue payments until the end
    of the period selected.
    
 
   
    PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments for a
specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during the
first two Contract Years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary. The
maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    You must begin to take payments before the Annuitant's 90th birthday or the
end of the 10th Contract Year, which ever comes later, unless you elect a later
date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect and our approval. If you do not tell us what annuity payment option you
want before that time, we will pay you under the Life Annuity with a 10 year
period certain. You and Hartford can agree to start payments at a later date if
the laws in effect allow us to defer payment and we agree to allow you to defer.
The Annuity Commencement Date in New York may be different. Please consult your
Registered Representative or call us.
    
 
   
                                 HARTFORD LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states
of the United States as well as the District of Columbia. We were originally
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently
redomiciled to Connecticut. Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut;
however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085. We are
ultimately controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the
largest financial service providers in the United States.
    
 
   
                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     EFFECTIVE DATE
RATING AGENCY                          OF RATING     RATING             BASIS OF RATING
- -----------------------------------  --------------  ------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>      <C>
A.M. Best and Company, Inc.........        1/1/99      A+     Financial performance
Standard & Poor's..................        6/1/98     AA      Insurer financial strength
Duff & Phelps......................      12/21/98     AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of
our annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was
established on June 2, 1986 and is registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration does not involve
supervision by the Commission of the management or the investment practices of
the Separate Account or Hartford. The Separate Account meets the definition of
"Separate Account" under federal securities law. This Separate Account holds
only assets for variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account:
    
 
   
- - Holds assets for the benefit of you and other Contract Owners, and the persons
  entitled to the payments described in the Contract.
    
 
   
- - Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Hartford
  may conduct.
    
 
   
- - Is not affected by the rate of return of Hartford's General Account or by the
  investment performance of any of Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
- - May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account which
  holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the Separate
  Account which are not described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
- - Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not realized,
  from the assets it holds.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is
no assurance that the value of your Annuity will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
    
 
   
                                   THE FUNDS
    
 
   
    All of the Funds are sponsored and administered by Hartford Life Insurance
Company. HL Investment Advisors, Inc. ("HL Advisors") serves as the investment
adviser to each of these Funds. Wellington Management Company, LLP ("Wellington
Management") and The Hartford Investment Management Company ("HIMCO") serve as
sub-investment advisors and provide day to day investment services.
    
 
   
    Each Fund, except for the Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford
Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund, is a separate
Maryland
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
corporation registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
open-end management investment company. The Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund,
the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are
diversified series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation, also
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an open-end management
investment company. The share of each Fund have been divided into Class IA and
Class IB. Only Class IB shares are available in this Annuity.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds.
Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject
to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses are more fully described
in the accompanying Funds' prospectus and Statement of Additional Information,
which may be ordered from us. The Funds' prospectus should be read in
conjunction with this prospectus before investing.
    
 
   
    The Funds may not be available in all states
    
 
   
    The investment goals of each of the Funds are as follows:
    
 
   
    HARTFORD ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total rate of return
by investing in common stocks and other equity securities, bonds and other debt
securities, and money market instruments. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD BOND HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent with
preservation of capital by investing primarily in investment grade fixed-income
securities. Up to 20% of the total assets of this Fund may be invested in debt
securities rated in the highest category below investment grade ("Ba" by Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. or "BB" by Standard & Poor's) or, if unrated, are
determined to be of comparable quality by the Fund's investment adviser.
Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information concerning the
risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer to the section
in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford Bond Fund, Inc."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD CAPITAL APPRECIATION HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing in equity securities selected solely on the basis of potential for
capital appreciation. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD DIVIDEND AND GROWTH HLS FUND -- Seeks a high level of current
income consistent with growth of capital by investing primarily in dividend
paying equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GLOBAL LEADERS HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by U.S. companies and non-U.S. high
quality growth companies worldwide that in the opinion of Wellington Management,
are leaders within their respective industries as indicated by an established
market presence and strong competitive position on a global, regional or country
basis. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD HIGH YIELD HLS FUND -- Seeks high current income by investing in
non-investment grade fixed-income securities. Growth of capital is a secondary
objective. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as
"high yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information
concerning the risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer
to the section in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford
High Yield HLS Fund." Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GROWTH AND INCOME HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital and current
income by investing primarily in equity securities with earnings growth
potential and steady or rising dividends. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- Seeks to provide investment results that
approximate the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in
the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index.* Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total
return by investing in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities.
Securities in which the Fund invests primarily will be denominated in non-U.S.
currencies and will be traded in non-U.S. markets. Sub-advised by Wellington
Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MIDCAP HLS FUND -- Seeks to achieve long-term capital growth
through capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies with market capitalizations within the range presented by the Standard
& Poor's Mid-Cap 400 Index. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MORTGAGE SECURITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income
consistent with safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity by investing
primarily in mortgage-related securities, including securities issued by the
 
* "STANDARD & POOR'S," "S&P-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "S&P
  500-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "STANDARD & POOR'S 500," AND "500" ARE TRADEMARKS
  OF THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC. AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE BY HARTFORD.
  THE INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY STANDARD &
  POOR'S AND STANDARD & POOR'S MAKES NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE
  ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE INDEX FUND.
    
<PAGE>
12                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Government National Mortgage Association. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD SMALL COMPANY HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities within the range represented by the Russell 2000
Index selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Sub-advised
by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD STOCK HLS FUND -- Seeks long-term growth by investing primarily in
equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MONEY MARKET HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent
with liquidity and preservation of capital. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds are sold to our other
Separate Accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other Separate Accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another Fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding,
as disclosed in the funds' prospectus.
    
 
   
    VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the
Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder
meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we
will:
    
 
   
- - Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
  Contract may be voted.
    
 
   
- - Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
  how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
    
 
   
- - Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
  Owners.
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
  received from you, and
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same
  proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
    
 
   
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may
decide to do so. You may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for
your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payments to you, the
number of votes you have will decrease.
    
 
   
    SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right,
subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered
under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New
Funds will be will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we
determined appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional
payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of any of the Funds for any
reason and to substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, substitutions of
shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have
the approval of the Commission and we have notified you of the change.
    
 
   
    In the event of any substitution or change, We may, by appropriate
endorsement, make such changes in the Contract as may be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such substitution or change. If we decide that it is in
the best interest of the Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated
as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law,
may be de-registered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no
longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
    
 
   
    When a Sub-Account advertises its STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN, it will usually
be calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant
periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the
Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the
investment at the end of the period and assumes that the Optional Death Benefit
has not been elected.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also advertise NON-STANDARD TOTAL RETURNS THAT
PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. These non-standardized
total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions
for charges equal to those currently
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
assessed against the Sub-Accounts. These non-standardized returns must be
accompanied by standardized total returns.
    
 
   
    If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise yield in addition to total
return. The yield will be computed in the following manner: the net investment
income per unit earned during a recent one month period, divided by the unit
value on the last day of the period. This figure reflects the recurring charges
at the Separate Account level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Money Market Fund Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield.
The yield of a Sub-Account is based upon the income earned by the Sub-Account
over a seven-day period and then annualized; i.e., the income earned in the
period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week period and stated
as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is calculated similarly but
when annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested
in Sub-Account units and thus compounded in the course of a 52-week period.
Yield and effective yield reflect the recurring charges at the Separate Account
level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also disclose yield for periods prior to the date
the Separate Account commenced operations. For periods prior to the date the
Separate Account commenced operations, performance information for the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated based on the performance of the underlying Funds
and the assumption that the Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods
as those of the underlying Funds, with a level of charges equal to those
currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. No yield disclosure for periods
prior to the date of the Separate Account will be used without the yield
disclosure for periods as of the date of the inception of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
    We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and
prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, dollar cost averaging and
asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred
and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios,
financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment
alternatives, including comparisons between the Contracts and the
characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
    
 
   
                        THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW: THIS PORTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING
TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES IS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES ARE NOT REGISTERED AS
INVESTMENT COMPANIES UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940 ACT"). NONE
OF THE FIXED ACCOUNTS OR ANY OF THEIR INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OR
RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT, AND THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURES. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FIXED ACCUMULATION
FEATURES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE
FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Payments and Contract Values allocated to a Fixed Accumulation Feature
become a part of our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
General Accounts. We have more than one Fixed Accumulation Feature. The standard
Fixed Accumulation Feature (the "Fixed Accumulation Feature") and then a number
of DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features, which we collectively refer to as
the "Fixed Accumulation Features".
    
 
   
    Currently, we guarantee that we will credit interest at a rate of not less
than 3% per year, compounded annually, to amounts you allocate to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to credit
interest at a rate in excess of 3% per year. You assume the risk that interest
credited to the Fixed Accumulation Feature may not exceed the minimum guarantee
of 3% for any given year.
    
 
   
    We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates
currently in effect. There is no specific formula for the determination of
interest rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether
to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of return
currently available and anticipated on our investments, regulatory and tax
requirements and competitive factors. We will account for any deductions,
Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a "first-in",
"first-out" basis. For Contracts issued in the State of New York, Fixed
Accumulation Feature interest rates may vary from other states.
    
 
   
    From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners
under certain programs established at our sole discretion.
    
 
   
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS") PROGRAM -- These programs will use
designated DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features. Currently, Contract Owners
may enroll in a special pre-authorized transfer program known as our Dollar Cost
Averaging Plus Program (the "Program"). Under this Program, Contract Owners who
enroll may allocate a minimum of $5,000 of their payment into the appropriate
DCA Program Fixed Accumulation
    
<PAGE>
14                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Feature (we may allow a lower minimum premium payment for qualified plan
transfers or rollovers, including IRAs) and pre-authorize transfers to any of
the Sub-Accounts under either the 6 Month Transfer Program or 12 Month Transfer
Program. The 6-Month Transfer Program and the 12-Month Transfer Program will
generally have different credited interest rates. Under the 6 Month Transfer
Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 6 months and all payments and
accrued interest must be transferred from the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation
Feature in use to the selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6 months. Under the 12-Month
Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 12 months and all payments
and accrued interest must be transferred to the selected Sub-Accounts in 7 to 12
months. This will be accomplished by monthly transfers for the period selected
and a final transfer of the entire amount remaining in the Program, which will
generally be less than the prior monthly transfer amounts. Contract Owners who
purchase their Contracts in New York have a different DCA Plus Program, which
includes different credited interest rates. Currently, only one DCA Plus Program
transfer period is available in New York, but that period allows transfers to
selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 12 months.
    
 
   
    The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days after we receive the
initial Program payment and complete enrollment instructions. If We do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will transfer any remaining amounts to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and you will receive the Fixed Accumulation Feature's
current effective interest rate. Any subsequent payments we receive within the
Program period selected will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts over the remainder
of that Program transfer period, unless otherwise directed by You.
    
 
   
    You may only have one dollar cost averaging program in place at one time,
this means one standard dollar cost averaging plan or one Dollar Cost Averaging
Plus Program.
    
 
   
    You may elect to terminate the pre-authorized transfers by calling or
writing us of your intent to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation
of enrollment in the Program, you will no longer receive the increased interest
rate and unless we receive instructions to the contrary, the amounts remaining
in the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature may be transferred to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and accrue the interest rate currently in effect.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to discontinue, modify or amend the Program or any
other interest rate program established by Hartford. Any change to the Program
will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. This Program
may not be available in all states; please contact us to determine if it is
available in your state.
    
 
   
                                  THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    THE CONTRACT OFFERED -- The Contracts are individual or group tax-deferred
variable annuity contracts. They are designed for retirement planning purposes
and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including; (a) any
trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a), or
403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (which includes Section 401(k)); (b) annuity
purchase plans adopted by public school systems and certain tax-exempt
organizations according to Section 403(b) of the Code; (c) Individual Retirement
Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code; (d) employee pension
plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state,
or an agency or instrumentality of either a state or a political subdivision of
a state, and (e) certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in
Section 457 of the Code ("Qualified Contracts").
    
 
   
    PURCHASING A CONTRACT -- A prospective Contract Owner may purchase a
Contract by completing and submitting an application or an order request along
with an initial premium payment to the Administrative Office of the Company. The
maximum age for Annuitant, Owner and Joint Owner on the Contract Issue Date is
85. Generally, the minimum premium payment is $1,000. The minimum subsequent
premium payment is $500. Certain plans may be allowed to make smaller periodic
premium payments. Unless we give our prior approval, we will not accept a
premium payment in excess of $1,000,000. Each premium payment, which is your
premium payment after the deduction of any applicable Premium Taxes, may be
split among the various Accounts subject to minimum amounts then in effect. We
will send you a confirmation notice upon receipt and acceptance of your premium
payment.
    
 
   
    RIGHT TO EXAMINE THE CONTRACT -- If you are not satisfied with your
purchase, you may cancel the Contract by returning it within 10 days (or longer
in some states) after you receive it. You must send a written request for
cancellation along with the Contract. We will, without deduction for any CDSC
normally assessed, pay you an amount equal to the Contract Value. You bear the
investment risk during the period prior to our receipt of your request for
cancellation. We will refund the premium paid only for Individual Retirement
Annuities, if returned within seven days of receipt, and in those states where
required by law.
    
 
   
    CREDITING AND VALUATION -- Your premium payment, which is the balance
remaining after the deduction of any
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Premium Tax, is credited to your Contract within two business days of receipt by
us at our Administrative Office of a properly completed application or an order
to purchase a Contract and the premium payment. The payment will be credited to
the Accounts according to the instructions we receive from you.
    
 
   
    If your application or other information is incomplete when received, your
payment will be credited to the Accounts within five business days of receipt of
complete information. If the payment is not credited within five business days,
it will be immediately returned to you unless you have been informed of the
delay and tell us not to return it.
    
 
   
    Subsequent premium payments are priced on the Valuation Day we receive the
payment in our Administrative Office, provided it is received before the New
York Stock Exchange closes. Unless otherwise specified, We will allocate any
subsequent payments to Accounts according to your most recent instructions.
    
 
   
                      CONTRACT VALUE -- BEFORE THE ANNUITY
                               COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    Your Contract Value reflects interest rate credited any amounts allocated to
the Fixed Accumulation Features and the investment performance of the
Sub-Accounts where you have payments allocated.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- Your Sub-Account Values on the date we issue your
Contract is the amount of your premium payment allocated to any Sub-Account.
After that, we determine your Sub-Account value by determining the Accumulation
Unit value for each Sub-Account, and then multiplying that value by the number
of those units. Sub-Account Value reflects any variation of the interest income,
dividends, net capital gains or losses, realized or unrealized, and any amounts
transferred into or out of that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNITS -- When Premium Payments are credited to your
Sub-Accounts, they are converted into accumulation Units by dividing the amount
of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you put into your Contract, the
more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation
Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account,
settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE -- The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account
was arbitrarily set initially at $1 when the Sub-Account began operations. After
that, the Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will equal (a) the
Accumulation Unit value at the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by
(b) the Net Investment Factor (see the definition below) for the Valuation Day
for which the Accumulation Unit value is being calculated.
    
 
   
    You will be advised, at least semiannually, of the number of Accumulation
Units credited to each Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, and
the total value of your Contract.
    
 
   
    THE NET INVESTMENT FACTOR (BEFORE AND AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT
DATE) -- The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure the investment
performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each
Sub-Account, the Net Investment Factor reflects the investment performance of
the Fund in which that Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that
Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is calculated by
dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:
    
 
   
(a) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in that Sub-Account, determined at
    the end of the current Valuation Period (plus the per share amount of any
    dividends or capital gains distributions made by that Fund);
    
 
   
(b) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at
    the beginning of the Valuation Period;
    
 
   
(c) Is a daily factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and any
    optional charges deducted from the Sub-Account, adjusted for the number of
    days in the Valuation Period.
    
 
   
                   CONTRACT VALUE TRANSFERS BEFORE AND AFTER
                         THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    You may transfer your Contract Values from one or more Accounts to another
Account free of charge. We reserve the right to limit the number of transfers to
12 per Contract Year, with no 2 transfers occurring on consecutive Valuation
Days. Transfers by telephone may be made by you or by your attorney-in-fact
pursuant to a power of attorney by calling us at 1-800-862-6668 or by the agent
of record by calling 1-800-862-7155 . Telephone transfers may not be permitted
by some states. There may be limitations on transfers to and from the Fixed
Accumulation Features that are described in your Contract. Some states may allow
us to limit the dollar amount transferred.
    
 
   
    We, or our agents and affiliates will not be responsible for losses
resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be genuine.
We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
by telephone are genuine. The procedure we follow for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers provide certain information for
identification purposes. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-
recorded.
    
<PAGE>
16                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize transfers under certain circumstances.
Transfers between the Accounts may be made both before and after the Annuity
Commencement Date. Generally, the minimum allocation to any Sub-Account may not
be less than $500. All percentage (%) allocations must be in whole numbers
(e.g., 1%). No minimum balance is presently required in any Account.
    
 
   
    IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL CONFIRMATIONS OF
TRANSFERS AND TO PROMPTLY ADVISE US IN OUR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES OF ANY
INACCURACIES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE YOU RECEIVE YOUR CONFIRMATION.
    
 
   
    The right to reallocate Contract Values is subject to modification if we
determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise of that right by one or more
Contract Owners is, or would be, to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners.
Any modification could be applied to transfers to or from some or all of the
Accounts and could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum
time period between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent
acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, or
limiting the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts by
you at any one time. SUCH RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED IN ANY MANNER REASONABLY
DESIGNED TO PREVENT ANY USE OF THE TRANSFER RIGHT WHICH WE CONSIDER TO BE TO THE
DISADVANTAGE OF OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS.
    
 
   
    For Contracts issued in THE STATES OF NEW YORK, FLORIDA, MARYLAND OR OREGON,
the reservation of rights set forth in the preceding paragraph is limited to:
(i) requiring up to a maximum of 10 Valuation Days between each transfer; (ii)
limiting the amount to be transferred on any one Valuation Day to no more than
$2 million; and (iii) upon 30 days prior written notice, to only accepting
transfer instructions from you and not from your representative, agent or person
acting under a power of attorney for you.
    
 
   
    Currently, we will not accept instructions from agents acting under a power
of attorney of multiple Contract Owners whose Accounts aggregate more than $2
million, unless the agent has entered into a third party transfer services
agreement with us.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
                                   SURRENDERS
    
 
   
    Contract Owners should consult their tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of a Surrender.
    
 
   
 -  A Surrender made before age 59 1/2 may result in adverse tax consequences,
    including a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of the Surrender
    Value. (See "Federal Tax Considerations")
    
 
   
    PAYMENT OF SURRENDER AMOUNTS -- Payment of any request for a full or partial
Surrender from the Accounts will be made as soon as possible and in any event no
later than seven days after we receive the request at our Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    There may be postponement in the payment of Surrender Amounts whenever (a)
the New York Stock Exchange is closed; (b) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted as determined by the Commission; (c) the Commission
permits postponement and so orders; or (d) the Commission determines that an
emergency exists making valuation of the amounts or disposal of securities not
reasonably practicable.
    
 
   
    FULL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- At any time prior
to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to fully Surrender the
Contract. In such event, the Surrender Value of the Contract may be taken in the
form of a lump sum cash payment.
    
 
   
    The Surrender Value of the Contract is equal to the Contract Value less any
Premium Taxes, the Annual Maintenance Fee and any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, if applicable. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount
of the payments made to your Contract.
    
 
   
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may make a
partial Surrender of your Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount Surrendered is at least equal to our
minimum amount rules then in effect. Additionally, if the remaining Contract
Value following a Surrender is less than $500, we may terminate the Contract and
pay the Surrender Value. For Contracts issued in TEXAS, the Contract will not be
terminated when the remaining Contract Value after a Surrender is less than $500
unless there were no payments made during the previous 2 Contract Years.
    
 
   
    WHEN REQUESTING A PARTIAL SURRENDER, YOU SHOULD SPECIFY THE ACCOUNT(S) FROM
WHICH THE PARTIAL SURRENDER WILL BE TAKEN; OTHERWISE, THE SURRENDER WILL BE
TAKEN ON A PRO RATA BASIS ACCORDING TO THE VALUE IN EACH ACTIVE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize partial Surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect. We permit partial Surrenders by telephone subject to
dollar amount limitations in effect at the time you request the Surrender. To
request partial Surrenders by telephone, you must have completed and returned to
us a Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form authorizing telephone
Surrenders. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize us to accept
telephone instructions and agree that We may accept telephone instructions for
partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Partial Surrender requests will
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
not be honored until we receive all required documents in proper form.
    
 
   
    Telephone authorization will remain valid until (a) we receive written
notice of revocation by you, or, in the case of joint Contract Owners, written
notice from either Contract Owner; (b) we discontinue the privilege; or (c) we
have reason to believe that you have entered into a market timing agreement with
an investment adviser and/or broker/ dealer.
    
 
   
    We may record any telephone calls to verify data concerning transactions and
may adopt other procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising out of telephone
instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
    
 
   
    In order to obtain that day's unit values on Surrender, We must receive
telephone Surrender instructions prior to the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m.).
    
 
   
    We may modify, suspend, or terminate telephone transaction privileges at any
time.
    
 
   
    SURRENDERS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may fully Surrender
your Contract on or after the Annuity Commencement Date if you elect the Payment
For a Period Certain Settlement Option. We pay you the commuted value that is
equal to the present value of the remaining payments we are scheduled to make
less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The commuted value is
determined as of the date we receive your written request for Surrender at our
Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    Partial Surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date if you
elect the Payments for a Period Certain Settlement Option, but check with your
tax adviser because there may be adverse tax consequences.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION -- THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION
403(B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1988, ALL SECTION 403(B)
ANNUITIES HAVE LIMITS ON FULL AND PARTIAL SURRENDERS. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
CONTRACT MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND ANY INCREASES IN CASH VALUE AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1988 MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED UNLESS THE CONTRACT OWNER/EMPLOYEE HAS
A) ATTAINED AGE 59 1/2, B) SEPARATED FROM SERVICE, C) DIED, D) BECOME DISABLED
OR E) EXPERIENCED FINANCIAL HARDSHIP (CASH VALUE INCREASES MAY NOT BE
DISTRIBUTED FOR HARDSHIPS PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2). DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO AGE
59 1/2 DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE MAY STILL BE SUBJECT
TO A PENALTY TAX OF 10%.
    
 
   
    WE WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A SURRENDER IS
PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT TAX PENALTY, IN ANY PARTICULAR SITUATION; OR IN
MONITORING SURRENDER REQUESTS REGARDING PRE OR POST JANUARY 1, 1989 CONTRACT
VALUES. ANY FULL OR PARTIAL SURRENDER DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY AFFECT THE CONTINUING
TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS OF SOME CONTRACTS OR PLANS AND MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THE CONTRACT OWNER. THE CONTRACT OWNER, THEREFORE, SHOULD
CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE UNDERTAKING ANY SUCH SURRENDER. (SEE "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS").
    
 
   
                                CONTRACT CHARGES
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PAYMENTS NOT SUBJECT TO CDSC
    
 
   
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- During the first seven Contract years, you may
make a partial Surrender of Contract Values of up to 15% of the premium payments
each Contract Year on a non-cumulative basis, as determined on the date of the
requested Surrender, without the application of the CDSC. After the seventh
Contract Year, you may make a partial Surrender each Contract Year of 15% of
premium payments made during the seven years prior to the Surrender and 100% of
the Contract Value less the premium payments made during the seven years prior
to the Surrender. These amounts are different for group unallocated Contracts
and Contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.
    
 
   
    EXTENDED SURRENDER PRIVILEGE -- This privilege allows Annuitants who attain
age 70 1/2 with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b)
plan to
    
<PAGE>
18                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Surrender an amount equal to the required minimum distribution for the stated
Contract without incurring any CDSC.
    
 
   
WAIVERS OF CDSC
    
 
   
    CONFINEMENT IN A NURSING HOME, HOSPITAL OR LONG TERM CARE FACILITY
(DESCRIBED AS ELIGIBLE CONFINEMENT IN THE CONTRACT) -- We will waive any CDSC
applicable to a partial or full Surrender if the Annuitant, Contract Owner or
joint annuitant is confined, at the recommendation of a physician for medically
necessary reasons, for at least 180 calendar days to: a hospital recognized as a
general hospital by the proper authority of the state in which it is located; or
a hospital recognized as a general hospital by the Joint Commission on the
Accreditation of Hospitals; or a facility certified as a hospital or long-term
care facility; or a nursing home licensed by the state in which it is located
and offers the services of a registered nurse 24 hours a day.
    
 
   
    The Annuitant, Contract Owner or joint annuitant cannot be confined at the
time the Contract is purchased in order to receive this waiver and the Contract
Owner(s) must have been the Contract Owner(s) continuously since the Contract
issue date. You must provide written proof of confinement satisfactory to
Hartford and you must request the partial or full Surrender within 91 calendar
days of the last day of confinement.
    
 
   
    This waiver may not be available in all states. Please contact your
registered representative or contact Us to determine availability.
    
 
   
    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR CONTRACT OWNER OR PAYMENTS UNDER AN ANNUITY
OPTION -- No CDSC otherwise applicable will be assessed in the event of death of
the Annuitant, death of the Contract Owner or if payments are made under an
Annuity option (other than a Surrender of variable payments for a Period Certain
Annuity option) provided for under the Contract.
    
 
   
    OTHER PLANS OR PROGRAMS -- Certain plans or programs established by us from
time to time may have different Surrender privileges.
    
 
   
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- For assuming risks under the Contract,
We deduct a daily charge at the rate of 1.25% per year against all Contract
Values held in the Accounts during the life of the Contract. Although variable
annuity payments made under the Contracts will vary in accordance with the
investment performance of the underlying Fund shares held in the Sub-Account(s),
the payments will not be affected by (a) our actual mortality experience among
Annuitants before or after the Annuity Commencement Date or (b) our actual
expenses, if greater than the deductions provided for in the Contracts because
of the expense and mortality undertakings by us.
    
 
   
    There are two types of mortality risks: those made during the accumulation
or deferral phase and those made during the annuity payout phase. The mortality
risk we take in the accumulation phase is that we may experience a loss
resulting from the assumption of the mortality risk relative to the death
benefit in event of the death of an Annuitant or Contract Owner before
commencement of Annuity payments, in periods of declining value. The mortality
risk we take during the annuity payout phase is to make monthly Annuity payments
(determined in accordance with the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table and
other provisions contained in the Contract) to Annuitants regardless of how long
an Annuitant may live, and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group may
live. These mortality undertakings are based on our determination of expected
mortality rates among all Annuitants. If actual experience among Annuitants
during the Annuity payment period deviates from our actuarial determination of
expected mortality rates among Annuitants because, as a group, their longevity
is longer than anticipated, we must provide amounts from our general funds to
fulfill our contractual obligations. We will bear the loss in such a situation.
    
 
   
    During the accumulation phase, we also provide an expense undertaking. We
assume the risk that the Annual Maintenance Fee for maintaining the Contracts
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date may be insufficient to cover the actual
cost of providing such items.
    
 
   
    ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Each year, on each Contract Anniversary on or
before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee,
if applicable, from Contract Values to reimburse us for expenses relating to the
maintenance of the Contract and Accounts. If during a Contract Year the Contract
is Surrendered for its full value, we will deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee at
the time of such Surrender. The fee is a flat fee that will be due in the full
amount regardless of the time of the Contract Year that Contract Values are
Surrendered. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $30 per Contract Year for Contracts
with less than $50,000 Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary. Fees will be
deducted on a pro rata basis according to the value in each Account under a
Contract.
    
 
   
    WAIVERS OF THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Annual Maintenance Fees are waived
for Contracts with Contract Value equal to or greater than $50,000. In addition,
we will waive one Annual Maintenance Fee for Contract Owners who own one or more
Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $50,000 up to $100,000. If you have
multiple Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $100,000 or greater, we
will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee on all Contracts. However, we reserve the
right to limit the number of Annual Maintenance Fee waivers to a total of six
Contracts. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under other
conditions.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    PREMIUM TAXES -- Charges are also deducted for Premium Tax, if applicable,
imposed by state or other governmental entity. Certain states impose a Premium
Tax, currently ranging up to 3.5%. Some states assess the tax at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess the tax at the time of annuitization.
We will pay Premium Taxes at the time imposed under applicable law. At our sole
discretion, we may deduct Premium Taxes at the time we pay such taxes to the
applicable taxing authorities, at the time the Contract is Surrendered, at the
time a death benefit is paid, or at the time the Contract annuitizes.
    
 
   
    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEE -- If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we
will deduct daily from your Contract Value an additional charge which equals
 .15% per year of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    EXCEPTIONS TO CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACT -- We may offer, at our discretion,
reduced fees and charges including, but not limited to, CDSC, the mortality and
expense risk charge, administration charges, optional charges and the Annual
Maintenance Fee for certain sales (including employer sponsored savings plans)
under circumstances which may result in savings of certain costs and expenses.
Reductions in these fees and charges will not be unfairly discriminatory against
any Contract Owner.
    
 
   
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
    
 
   
DEATH BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    DETERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARY -- If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay a Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE CONTRACT OWNER DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, any surviving
  joint Contract Owner becomes the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving joint
  Contract Owner, the designated Beneficiary will be the Beneficiary. If the
  Contract Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the spouse may elect, in lieu
  of receiving the Contract Value, to be treated as the Contract Owner. If the
  Annuitant is not living and there is no Contingent Annuitant, the spouse will
  be presumed to be the Contingent Annuitant. If no Beneficiary designation is
  in effect or if the Beneficiary has predeceased the Contract Owner, the
  Contract Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE ANNUITANT DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
  Annuitant will become the Annuitant. If either (a) there is no Contingent
  Annuitant, (b) the Contingent Annuitant predeceases the Annuitant, or (c) if
  any sole Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
  Beneficiary, as determined under the Contract control provisions, will receive
  the Death Benefit. However, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
  Commencement Date and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner shall
  be the Beneficiary. In that case, the rights of any designated Beneficiary
  shall be void.
    
 
   
DETERMINATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, Your Death Benefit, which
we will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be
calculated as follows:
    
 
   
    If the deceased HAD NOT REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, the Death Benefit is
the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to the Contract, reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF THE DECEASED REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, then the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value.
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value; or
    
 
   
4)  The Interest Accumulation Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for
    
<PAGE>
20                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will reduce the Optional Death Benefit
proportionally for the Surrenders. We stop compounding interest on the
deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. After that date, the Interest
Accumulation Value will be adjusted by adding any subsequent payments and
subtracting proportional adjustments for any partial Surrenders. The Optional
Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II".
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Death Benefit beneficiary is the
Contract Owner's spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract
Owner, unless the spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. This provision will only apply
one time for each Contract.
    
 
   
    CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Commencement Date and a Death Benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive
written notification of Due Proof of Death. THE DEATH BENEFIT REMAINS INVESTED
IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCORDING TO YOUR LAST INSTRUCTIONS UNTIL THE PROCEEDS
ARE PAID OR WE RECEIVE NEW SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE BENEFICIARY. DURING
THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN OUR RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF DUE PROOF OF
DEATH AND OUR RECEIPT OF THE COMPLETE SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, THE CALCULATED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATIONS. UPON RECEIPT OF COMPLETE
SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WE WILL CALCULATE THE PAYABLE AMOUNT.
    
 
   
    Any Annuity payments made on or after the date of death, but before receipt
of written notification of Due Proof of Death will be recovered by us from the
Payee.
    
 
   
DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
If, on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract Owner dies and the
Annuitant is living, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner. If the
Annuitant dies and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner becomes the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death
Benefit may be paid or payments may continue under the following annuity payment
options:
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with Cash Refund
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain
    
 
   
X  Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain and
    
 
   
X  payments for a Period Certain.
    
 
   
    Proceeds from the Death Benefit may be left with us for at least 5 years
from the date of the Contract Owner's death if the death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. These proceeds will remain in the Account(s) to which
they were allocated at the time of death unless the Beneficiary elects to
reallocate them. Full or partial Surrenders may be made at any time. In the
event of a complete Surrender, the remaining value will equal the Contract Value
of the proceeds left with us, minus any partial Surrenders. This option may not
be available under certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.
    
 
   
                             SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
    
 
   
    You select an Annuity Commencement Date which will not be deferred beyond
the Valuation Day immediately following the later of the Annuitant's 90th
birthday or the end of the tenth Contract Year. You may elect a later Annuity
Commencement Date if we allow and subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect. If the Contract is sold as part of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the
Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday. The
Annuity Commencement Date may be changed from time to time, but any change must
be within 30 days prior to the date on which Annuity payments are scheduled to
begin.
    
 
   
    You also elect in writing an annuity payment option, which may be any of the
options described below or any annuity payment option then being offered by us.
The annuity payment option may not be changed on or after the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract contains the six annuity payment options
described below and the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option.
    
 
   
    For Qualified Contracts, the following annuity payment options are only
available if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of
the Annuitant at the time the option becomes effective. The Annuity Proceeds
Settlement option is available for Qualified Contracts only if the guaranteed
payment period is less than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary at the time
the option becomes effective. Such life expectancies are computed on the basis
of the mortality table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the
mortality table in use by us. If you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount
annuity payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date,
under the Life Annuity Payment Option.
    
 
   
    For Non-Qualified Contracts, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar
amount annuity payments will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement
Date under the annuity payment option Life Annuity with
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
payments for a Period Certain of 10 years. For Qualified Contracts and Contracts
issued in Texas, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount annuity
payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date, under the
Life Annuity Payment Option.
    
 
   
    With the exception of the option Payments for a Period Certain, if the
variable dollar amount payment is selected, no Surrenders are permitted after
annuity payments begin.
    
 
   
ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS
    
 
   
    OPTION 1 -- LIFE ANNUITY where we make Annuity payments for as long as the
Annuitant lives.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 2 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the
life of the Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to
the Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due
Proof of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the
Contract Value less any applicable Premium Taxes applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select payments using a VARIABLE DOLLAR
    AMOUNT PAYMENT OPTION WITH THE 5% AIR OR FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
    OPTION 3 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make
payments to you for the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed
payments for a time period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a
maximum of 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 4 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during
the lifetimes of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the
Joint Annuitant At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 5 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD
CERTAIN where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is not less than 5 years and no more than 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuity die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining
    payments, either in a lump sum payment or We will continue payments until
    the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 6 -- PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments
for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during
the first two Contract years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary.
The maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    WE MAY OFFER OTHER ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME.
    
 
   
                                ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    When your decide to begin to take payments, we calculate your Contract Value
minus any Premium Tax which we must pay and, unless you instruct us otherwise,
we apply that amount to a variable annuity with the same Sub-Account values. You
may however, choose to have your Contract Value applied to a fixed annuity
instead.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT -- YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE QUESTION OF ALLOCATION OF CONTRACT
VALUES (LESS APPLICABLE PREMIUM TAXES) AMONG ACCOUNTS TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT
ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVE BEST SUITED TO YOUR
NEEDS FOR RETIREMENT.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The minimum Annuity payment is $50. No election may be
made which results in a first payment of less than $50. If at any time Annuity
payments are or become less than $50, we have the right to change the frequency
of payment to intervals so that payments will at least be $50. For Contracts
issued in the State of New York, the minimum monthly Annuity payment is $20. If
any amount due is less than the minimum amount per year, we make such other
settlement as may be equitable to the Payee.
    
 
   
    All Annuity payments under any option will occur the same day of the month
as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the payment frequency selected by
you.
    
<PAGE>
22                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Available payment frequencies include monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and
annual. The payment frequency may be changed within 30 days prior to the
anniversary of your Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You select the Annuity Commencement Date in
your application or order request. The Annuity Calculation Date will be no more
than five Valuation Days before the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE -- On the Annuity Calculation Date, your Contract
Value less any applicable Premium Tax is applied to purchase Annuity Units of
the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The first Annuity payment is computed using
the value of these Annuity Units as of the Annuity Calculation Date.
    
 
   
    INCOME PAYMENT DATES -- All Annuity payments after the first Annuity payment
are computed and payable as of the Income Payment Dates. These dates are the
same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the Annuity
payment frequency selected by you. They are also shown on the specification page
of your Contract. You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
payments. The Annuity payment frequency may not be changed once selected by you.
    
 
   
    IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DO NOT SELECT A PAYMENT FREQUENCY, ANNUITY PAYMENTS
WILL BE MADE MONTHLY.
    
 
   
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    THE FIRST VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT -- Variable Annuity payments are periodic
payments we pay to your designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one
Income Payment Date to the next as a function of the net investment performance
of the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The dollar amount of the first Variable
Annuity payment depends on the annuity payment option chosen, the age of the
Annuitant, the gender of the Annuitant (if applicable), the amount of Contract
Value less applicable Premium Tax applied to purchase the Annuity payments, and
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table using projection scale G projected to the year 2000 and an AIR
of not less than 3.0%.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Contract Value
less applicable Premium Tax applied to that Sub-Account on the Annuity
Calculation Date by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor in
the Contract for the selected annuity payment option. The dollar value of the
first Variable Annuity payment is the sum of the first Variable Annuity payments
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY UNITS -- The number of Annuity Units attributable to a Sub-Account
is derived by dividing the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to that
Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account for the Valuation
Period ending on the Annuity Calculation Date or during which the Annuity
Calculation Date falls if the Valuation Period does not end on such date. The
number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract
remains fixed unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The dollar amount of each subsequent
Variable Annuity payment attributable to each Sub-Account is calculated on the
Income Payment Date. It is determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:
    
 
   
(a) is the number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account credited under the
    Contract and
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    The total subsequent Variable Annuity payments equal the sum of the amounts
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    When an Income Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, the
Income Payment is computed as of the prior Valuation Day. If the date of the
month elected does not occur in a given month, i.e., the 29th, 30th, or 31st of
a month, the payment will be computed as of the last Valuation Day of the month.
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal
to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) where:
    
 
   
(a) is the Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity
    Unit value is being calculated;
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
    
 
   
(c) is the Annuity Unit Factor
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit Factor neutralizes the AIR percentage (3%, 5%, or 6%). The
daily Annuity Unit Factor corresponding to the AIR percentages of 3%, 5%, and 6%
are 0.999919, 0.999866, and 0.999840, respectively
    
 
   
    THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR) -- The Annuity Unit value will increase
or decrease from one Income Payment Date to the next in direct proportion to the
net investment return of the Sub-Account(s) supporting the Variable Annuity
payments, less an adjustment to neutralize the selected AIR. Dividing what would
otherwise be the Annuity Unit value by the AIR factor is necessary in order to
adjust the change in the Annuity Unit value (resulting from the Net Investment
Factor) so that the Annuity Unit value only changes to the extent that the Net
Investment Factor represents a rate of return greater than or less than the AIR
selected by you. Without this adjustment, the Net Investment Factor would
decrease the Annuity Unit value to the extent that such value represented an
annualized rate of
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
return of less than 0.0% and increase the Annuity Unit value to the extent that
such value represented an annualized rate of return of greater than 0.0%.
    
 
   
    The Contract permits Contract Owners to select one of three AIRs: 3%, 5% or
6%. A higher AIR will result in a higher initial payment, a more slowly rising
series of subsequent payments when actual investment performance (minus any
deductions and expenses) exceeds the AIR, and a more rapid drop in subsequent
payments when actual investment performance (minus any deductions and expenses)
is less than the AIR. The following examples may help clarify the impact of
selecting one AIR over another:
    
 
   
- - If you select a 3% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 3% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 3% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 3%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 5% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 5% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 5% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 5%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 6% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 6% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 6% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 6%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
    LEVEL VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS WOULD BE PRODUCED IF THE INVESTMENT RATE
RETURNS REMAINED CONSTANT AND EQUAL TO THE AIR. IN FACT, PAYMENTS WILL VARY UP
OR DOWN AS THE INVESTMENT RATE VARIES UP OR DOWN FROM THE AIR.
    
 
   
    EXCHANGE (TRANSFER) OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date,
you may exchange (i.e., transfer) the dollar value of a designated number of
Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of
Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the transfer, the dollar
amount of a Variable Annuity payment generated from the Annuity Units of either
Sub-Account would be the same. Transfers are executed as of the day Hartford
receives a written request for a transfer. For guidelines refer to Sub-Account
Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- Fixed Annuity payments are determined at
annuitization by multiplying the Contract Value (less applicable Premium Taxes)
by a rate to be determined by Hartford which is no less than the rate specified
in the Fixed Annuity option tables in the Contract. The Annuity payment will
remain level for the duration of the Annuity. Any Fixed Annuity allocation may
not be changed.
    
 
   
                               OTHER INFORMATION
    
 
   
    ASSIGNMENT -- Ownership of this Contract is generally assignable. However,
if the Contracts are issued pursuant to some form of Qualified Plan, it is
possible that the ownership of the Contracts may not be transferred or assigned
depending on the type of tax-qualified retirement plan involved. An assignment
of a Non-Qualified Contract may subject the Contract Values or assignment
proceeds to income taxes and certain penalty taxes.
    
 
   
    CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed; however, the
Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date by sending us written notice. We may modify the Contract, but
no modification will effect the amount or term of any Contract unless a
modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable Federal or State
law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are
determined.
    
 
   
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    What are some of the federal tax consequences which affect these Contracts?
    
 
   
  A. GENERAL
    
 
   
    Since federal tax law is complex, the tax consequences of purchasing this
contract will vary depending on your situation. You may need tax or legal advice
to help you determine whether purchasing this contract is right for you.
    
 
   
    Our general discussion of the tax treatment of this contract is based on our
understanding of federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. A
detailed description of all federal income tax consequences regarding the
purchase of this contract cannot be made in the prospectus. We also do not
    
<PAGE>
24                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
discuss state, municipal or other tax laws that may apply to this contract. For
detailed information, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser familiar
with your situation.
    
 
   
  B. TAXATION OF HARTFORD AND
     THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of Hartford which is taxed as a life
insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a
"regulated investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.
Investment income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate
Account are reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of
the Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units"). As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
    
 
   
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Contracts.
    
 
   
  C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL
     PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER
     THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
    
 
   
 1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC.
    
 
   
    Code Section 72 contains provisions for contract owners which are not
natural persons. Non-natural persons include corporations, trusts, limited
liability companies, partnerships and other types of legal entities. The tax
rules for contracts owned by non-natural persons are different from the rules
for contracts owned by individuals. For example, the annual net increase in the
value of the contract is currently includible in the gross income of a
non-natural person, unless the non-natural person holds the contract as an agent
for a natural person. There are additional exceptions from current inclusion
for:
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by structured settlement companies,
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by an employer with respect to a terminated qualified
  retirement plan and
    
 
   
- - certain immediate annuities.
    
 
   
    A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes
will not be subject to income tax as a result of this provision.
    
 
   
    If the contract owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is
treated as the contract owner in applying mandatory distribution rules. These
rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of the contract
owner. A change in the primary annuitant is also treated as the death of the
contract owner.
    
 
   
 2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS)
    
 
   
    A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract
until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum
payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
    
 
   
    The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity
contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14,
1982.
    
 
   
    A. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
    
 
   
 i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
    gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
    Code.
    
 
   
 ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
     charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
     contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract."
    
 
   
 iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
      Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to come first from any
      such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in the contract,"
      and for these purposes such "income on the contract" shall be computed by
      reference to any aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result,
      any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in
      gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such
      "income on the contract," and (2) shall not be includable in gross income
      to the extent that such amount does exceed any such "income on the
      contract." If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received
      there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because the gross value of the
      Contract does not exceed the "investment in the contract" and no
      aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received
      will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the
      "investment in the contract."
    
 
   
 iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
     pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
     amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
     subparagraph b.
    
 
   
 v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
    consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
    subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not
    apply,
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
   however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident to
    divorce.
    
 
   
    B. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
    
 
   
    Annuity payments made periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are
includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount
determined by the application of the ratio of the "investment in the contract"
to the total amount of the payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement
Date (the "exclusion ratio").
    
 
   
 i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
    exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
    Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be
    entirely includable in gross income.
    
 
   
 ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
     as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
     income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
     contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
     unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
     year of the Annuitant.
    
 
   
 iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received after the
      Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
      shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
      after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
      surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
      includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
      referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
    
 
   
    C. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS.
    
 
   
    Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated
insurer) to the same Contract Owner within the same calendar year (other than
certain contracts held in connection with a tax-qualified retirement
arrangement) will be treated as one annuity Contract for the purpose of
determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity
contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new Contract for this
purpose. Hartford believes that for any annuity subject to such aggregation, the
values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added
together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts
received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals
will first be treated as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all
such Contracts is withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are no
regulations interpreting this provision.
    
 
   
    D. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
       PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
 i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
    after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
    to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
    unless an exception applies.
    
 
   
 ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions
     (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan involved):
    
 
   
    1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the
        age of 59 1/2.
    
 
   
    2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
        holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
    
 
   
    3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming disabled.
    
 
   
    4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or
        life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
        expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's designated
        Beneficiary).
    
 
   
    5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in the
        contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
    
 
   
    E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
       EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO
       AUGUST 14, 1982.
    
 
   
    If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come
(1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract" prior to August
14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior Contract, (2)
then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well
as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such
pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on the contract" and
(4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract." As a result, to the
extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such
pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income., In
addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on the
contract" attributable thereto, such amount is
    
<PAGE>
26                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
not subject to the 10% penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received or
deemed received from such post-exchange Contracts are generally subject to the
rules described in this subparagraph 3.
    
 
   
    F. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
 i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
    
 
   
    Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in ii
    or iii below:
    
 
   
    1.  If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
        before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
        remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
        rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
        such death;
    
 
   
    2.  If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
        entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after
        such death; and
    
 
   
    3.  If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or
        2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as
        the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be
        treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the
        individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
        affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
    
 
   
 ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
    
 
   
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is
    payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary
    may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend
    beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election must be
    made and payments must begin within a year of the death.
    
 
   
 iii. Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the
    benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
    living, such spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion
    for purposes of section i. above. This spousal continuation shall apply only
    once for this contract.
    
 
   
 3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
    
 
   
    The Code requires that investments supporting your contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817 provides that a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments
made by the separate account or underlying fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Department's diversification regulations require, among other
things, that:
    
 
   
- - no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
  account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
    
 
   
- - no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
    
 
   
- - no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
    
 
   
- - no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
    
 
   
    In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities
of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
    
 
   
    A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards
on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter
ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the company
or the contract owner must agree to pay the tax due for the period during which
the diversification requirements were not met.
    
 
   
    We monitor the diversification of investments in the separate accounts and
test for diversification as required by the Code. We intend to administer all
contracts subject to the diversification requirements in a manner that will
maintain adequate diversification.
    
 
   
 4. OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets
in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned
by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. It is unclear under what
circumstances an investor is considered to have enough control over the assets
in the separate account to be considered the owner of the assets for tax
purposes.
    
 
   
    The IRS has issued several rulings discussing investor control. These
rulings say that certain incidents of ownership by the contract owner, such as
the ability to select and control investments in a separate account, will cause
the contract owner to be treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    In its explanation of the diversification regulations, the Treasury
Department recognized that the temporary regulations "do not provide guidance
concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a
segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather than the insurance
company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the account." The
explanation further indicates that "the temporary regulations provide that in
appropriate cases a segregated asset account may include multiple sub-accounts,
but do not specify the extent to which policyholders may direct their
investments to particular sub-accounts without being treated as the owners of
the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will be provided in
regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d), relating to the definition
of variable contract."
    
 
   
    The final regulations issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance
regarding investor control, and as of the date of this prospectus, guidance has
yet to be issued. We do not know if additional guidance will be issued. If
guidance is issued, we do not know if it will have a retroactive effect.
    
 
   
    Due to the lack of specific guidance on investor control, there is some
uncertainty about when a contract owner is considered the owner of the assets
for tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract, as necessary, to
prevent you from being considered the owner of assets in the separate account.
    
 
   
  D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    
   
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
    
 
   
 1. NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS.
    
 
   
    The portion of a non-periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax withholding unless the recipient elects
not to have taxes withheld. If there is no election to waive withholding, 10% of
the taxable distribution will be withheld as federal income tax. Election forms
will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the necessary
election forms are not submitted to Hartford, Hartford will automatically
withhold 10% of the taxable distribution.
    
 
   
 2. PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN ONE
    YEAR).
    
 
   
    The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income will
be subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were married
claiming three exemptions. A recipient may elect not to have income taxes
withheld or have income taxes withheld at a different rate by providing a
completed election form. Election forms will be provided at the time
distributions are requested.
    
 
   
  E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING
     QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to Appendix I for information relative to the types of plans
for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such
plans.
    
 
   
  F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT
    ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
    The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal
income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or
residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be
subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on annuity distributions at a
30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be
subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that
may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence.
Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser
regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity purchase.
    
 
   
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
    
 
   
                             HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD
    
 
   
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately controlled by
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal business address of
HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
 
   
    The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives of
Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.
    
 
   
    HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.
    
 
   
    Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.
    
 
   
    Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for variable
insurance
    
<PAGE>
28                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
compensation. Compensation is generally based on premium payments made by
policyholders or contract owners. This compensation is usually paid from the
sales charges described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
    In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance products.
These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers or financial
institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford out of their own
assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the policyholders or contract
owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable insurance products.
    
 
   
                                   YEAR 2000
    
 
   
    IN GENERAL -- The Year 2000 issue relates to the ability or inability of
computer hardware, software and other information technology (IT) systems, as
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment and machinery with imbedded chips and
microprocessors, to properly process information and data containing or related
to dates beginning with the year 2000 and beyond. The Year 2000 issue exists
because, historically, many IT and non-IT systems that are in use today were
developed years ago when a year was identified using a two-digit date field
rather than a four-digit date field. As information and data containing or
related to the century date are introduced to date sensitive systems, these
systems may recognize the year 2000 as "1900", or not at all, which may result
in systems processing information incorrectly. This, in turn, may significantly
and adversely affect the integrity and reliability of information databases of
IT systems, may cause the malfunctioning of certain non-IT systems, and may
result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to a company. In addition, Year
2000 problems that occur with third parties with which a company does business,
such as suppliers, computer vendors, distributors and others, may also adversely
affect any given company.
    
 
   
    The integrity and reliability of Hartford's IT systems, as well as the
reliability of its non-IT systems, are integral aspects of Hartford's business.
Hartford issues insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds and other financial
products to individual and business customers, nearly all of which contain date
sensitive data, such as policy expiration dates, birth dates and premium payment
dates. In addition, various IT systems support communications and other systems
that integrate Hartford's various business segments and field offices. Hartford
also has business relationships with numerous third parties that affect
virtually all aspects of Hartford's business, including, without limitation,
suppliers, computer hardware and software vendors, insurance agents and brokers,
securities broker-dealers and other distributors of financial products, many of
which provide date sensitive data to Hartford, and whose operations are
important to Hartford's business.
    
 
   
    INTERNAL YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Beginning in 1990, Hartford
began working on making its IT systems Year 2000 ready, either through
installing new programs or replacing systems. Since January 1998, Hartford's
Year 2000 efforts have focused on the remaining Year 2000 issues related to IT
and non-IT systems in all of Hartford's business segments. These Year 2000
efforts include the following five main initiatives: (1) identifying and
assessing Year 2000 issues; (2) taking actions to remediate IT and non-IT
systems so that they are Year 2000 ready; (3) testing IT and non-IT systems for
Year 2000 readiness; (4) deploying such remediated and tested systems back into
their respective production environments; and (5) conducting internal and
external integrated testing of such systems. As of December 31, 1998, Hartford
substantially completed initiatives (1) through (4) of its internal Year 2000
efforts. Hartford has begun initiative (5) and management currently anticipates
that such activity will continue into the fourth quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    THIRD PARTY YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Hartford's Year 2000 efforts
include assessing the potential impact on Hartford of third parties' Year 2000
readiness. Hartford's third party Year 2000 efforts include the following three
main initiatives: (1) identifying third parties which have significant business
relationships with Hartford, including, without limitation, insurance agents,
brokers, third party administrators, banks and other distributors and servicers
of financial products, and inquiring of such third parties regarding their Year
2000 readiness; (2) evaluating such third parties' responses to Hartford's
inquiries; and (3) based on the evaluation of third party responses (or a third
party's failure to respond) and the significance of the business relationship,
conducting additional activities with respect to third parties as determined to
be necessary in each case. These activities may include conducting additional
inquiries, more in-depth evaluations of Year 2000 readiness and plans, and
integrated IT systems testing. Hartford has completed the first third party
initiative and, as of early 1999, had substantially completed evaluating third
party responses received. Hartford has begun conducting the additional
activities described in initiative (3) and management currently anticipates that
it will continue to do so through the end of 1999. However, notwithstanding
these third party Year 2000 efforts, Hartford does not have control over these
third parties and, as a result, Hartford cannot currently determine to what
extent future operating results may be adversely affected by the failure of
these third parties to adequately address their Year 2000 issues.
    
 
   
    YEAR 2000 COSTS -- The costs of Hartford's Year 2000 program that were
incurred through the year ended December 31, 1997 were not material to
Hartford's financial condition or results of operations. The after-tax costs of
Hartford's Year 2000 efforts for the year ended
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
December 31, 1998 were approximately $3 million. Management currently estimates
that after-tax costs related to the Year 2000 program to be incurred in 1999
will be less than $10 million. These costs are being expensed as incurred.
    
 
   
    RISKS AND CONTINGENCY PLANS -- If significant Year 2000 problems arise,
including problems arising with third parties, failures of IT and non-IT systems
could occur, which in turn could result in substantial interruptions in
Hartford's business. In addition, Hartford's investing activities are an
important aspect of its business and Hartford may be exposed to the risk that
issuers of investments held by it will be adversely impacted by Year 2000
issues. Given the uncertain nature of Year 2000 problems that may arise,
especially those related to the readiness of third parties discussed above,
management cannot determine at this time whether the consequences of Year 2000
related problems that could arise will have a material impact on Hartford's
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    Hartford is in the process of developing certain contingency plans so that
if, despite its Year 2000 efforts, Year 2000 problems ultimately arise, the
impact of such problems may be avoided or minimized. These contingency plans are
being developed based on, among other things, known or reasonably anticipated
circumstances and potential vulnerabilities. The contingency planning also
includes assessing the dependency of Hartford's business on third parties and
their Year 2000 readiness. Hartford currently anticipates that internal and
external contingency plans will be substantially complete by the end of the
second quarter of 1999. However, in many contexts, Year 2000 issues are dynamic,
and ongoing assessments of business functions, vulnerabilities and risks must be
made. As such, new contingency plans may be needed in the future and/or existing
plans may need to be modified as circumstances warrant.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
    There are no material legal proceedings pending to which the Separate
Account is a party.
    
 
   
    Counsel with respect to federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue
and sale of the Contracts and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Hartford Life
Insurance Company, P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104-2999.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
    The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
    
 
   
                                MORE INFORMATION
    
 
   
    You may call your Representative if you have any questions or write or call
us at the address below:
    
 
   
 Hartford Life Insurance Company
 Attn: Individual Annuity Services
 P.O. Box 5085
 Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
    
 
   
 Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)
           1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
    
<PAGE>
30                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   APPENDIX I
              INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about
the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a
tax-qualified retirement plan. Because of the complexity of the federal tax
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
    
 
   
    The federal tax rules applicable to owners of Contracts under tax-qualified
retirement plans vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Contract owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person may be
controlled by the terms and conditions of the tax-qualified retirement plan
itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of a Contract. We are not bound
by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms conflict with
a Contract, unless we specifically consent to be bound.
    
 
   
    Some tax-qualified retirement plans are subject to distribution and other
requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures.
Contract owners, participants and beneficiaries are responsible for determining
that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable
law. Tax penalties may apply to transactions with respect to tax-qualified
retirement plans if applicable federal income tax rules and restrictions are not
carefully observed.
    
 
   
    We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types
of tax-qualified retirement plans discussed below and may not offer the
Contracts for all types of tax-qualified retirement plans in the future.
    
 
   
    1. TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLANS -- Eligible employers can
establish certain tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans under section
401 of the Code. Rules under section 401(k) of the Code govern certain "cash or
deferred arrangements" under such plans. Rules under section 408(k) govern
"simplified employee pensions". Tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans
are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons
who may be eligible to participate and the time when distributions must
commence. Employers intending to use the Contracts in connection with
tax-qualified pension or profit-sharing plans should seek competent tax and
other legal advice.
    
 
   
    2. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B) -- Public schools and
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations, as
specified in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, can purchase tax-sheltered annuity
contracts for their employees. Tax-deferred contributions can be made to
tax-sheltered annuity contracts under section 403(b) of the Code, subject to
certain limitations. Generally, such contributions may not exceed the lesser of
$10,000 (indexed) or 20% of the employee's "includable compensation" for such
employee's most recent full year of employment, subject to other adjustments.
Special provisions under the Code may allow some employees to elect a different
overall limitation.
    
 
   
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CONTRACT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT, unless such
distribution is made:
    
 
   
- - after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - upon separation from service;
    
 
   
- - upon death or disability; or
    
 
   
- - in the case of hardship (and in the case of hardship, any income attributable
  to such contributions may not be distributed).
    
 
   
    Generally, the above restrictions do not apply to distributions attributable
to cash values or other amounts held under a section 403(b) contract as of
December 31, 1988.
    
 
   
    3. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 -- A governmental employer
or a tax-exempt employer other than a governmental unit can establish a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code. For these purposes, a
"governmental employer" is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State.
Employees and independent contractors performing services for a governmental or
tax-exempt employer can elect to have contributions made to a Deferred
Compensation Plan of their employer in accordance with the employer's plan and
section 457 of the Code.
    
 
   
    Deferred Compensation Plans that meet the requirements of section 457(b) of
the Code are called "eligible" Deferred Compensation Plans. Section 457(b)
limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on
contributions is 33 1/3% of a participant's includable compensation (typically
25% of gross compensation) or, for 1999, $8,000 (indexed), whichever is less.
The plan may provide for additional "catch-up" contributions during the three
taxable years ending before the year in which the participant attains normal
retirement age.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    All of the assets and income of an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan
established by a governmental employer after August 20, 1996, must be held in
trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For
this purpose, custodial accounts and certain annuity contracts are treated as
trusts. Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans that were in existence on August
20, 1996 may be amended to satisfy the trust and exclusive benefit requirements
any time prior to January 1, 1999, and must be amended not later than that date
to continue to receive favorable tax treatment. The requirement of a trust does
not apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt
(non-governmental) employer. In addition, the requirement of a trust does not
apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer
if the Deferred Compensation Plan is not an eligible plan within the meaning of
section 457(b) of the Code. In the absence of such a trust, amounts under the
plan will be subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
    
 
   
    In general, distributions from an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan are
prohibited under section 457 of the Code unless made after the participating
employee:
    
 
   
- - attains age 70 1/2,
    
 
   
- - separates from service,
    
 
   
- - dies, or
    
 
   
- - suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency as defined in the Code.
    
 
   
    Under present federal tax law, amounts accumulated in a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code cannot be transferred or rolled
over on a tax-deferred basis except for certain transfers to other Deferred
Compensation Plans under section 457 in limited cases.
    
 
   
    4. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS") UNDER SECTION 408
    
 
   
    TRADITIONAL IRAS -- Eligible individuals can establish individual retirement
programs under section 408 of the Code through the purchase of an IRA. Section
408 imposes limits with respect to IRAs, including limits on the amount that may
be contributed to an IRA, the amount of such contributions that may be deducted
from taxable income, the persons who may be eligible to contribute to an IRA,
and the time when distributions commence from an IRA. Distributions from certain
tax-qualified retirement plans may be "rolled-over" to an IRA on a tax-deferred
basis.
    
 
   
    SIMPLE IRAS -- Eligible employees may establish SIMPLE IRAs in connection
with a SIMPLE IRA plan of an employer under section 408(p) of the Code. Special
rollover rules apply to SIMPLE IRAs. Amounts can be rolled over from one SIMPLE
IRA to another SIMPLE IRA. However, amounts can be rolled over from a SIMPLE IRA
to a Traditional IRA only after two years have expired since the employee first
commenced participation in the employer's SIMPLE IRA plan. Amounts cannot be
rolled over to a SIMPLE IRA from a qualified plan or a Traditional IRA. Hartford
is a non-designated financial institution for purposes of the SIMPLE IRA rules.
    
 
   
    ROTH IRAS -- Eligible individuals may establish Roth IRAs under section 408A
of the Code. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. Subject to special
limitations, a Traditional IRA may be converted into a Roth IRA or a
distribution from a Traditional IRA may be rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, a
conversion or a rollover from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is not excludable
from gross income. If certain conditions are met, qualified distributions from a
Roth IRA are tax-free.
    
 
   
    5. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES AND WITHHOLDING -- Distributions from tax-qualified
retirement plans are generally taxed as ordinary income under section 72 of the
Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable from
income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution that bears the
same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
    
 
   
    (A) PENALTY TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes an additional penalty tax equal to 10% of
the taxable portion of a distribution from certain tax-qualified retirement
plans. However, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distributions that is:
    
 
   
- - Made on or after the date on which the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - Made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the employee) on or after the death
  of the employee;
    
 
   
- - Attributable to the employee's becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);
    
 
   
- - Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
  than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the
  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his or her
  designated beneficiary;
    
 
   
- - Except in the case of an IRA, made to an employee after separation from
  service after reaching age 55; or
    
 
   
- - Not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for
  eligible medical expenses during the taxable year.
    
 
   
    IN ADDITION, THE 10% PENALTY TAX DOES NOT APPLY TO A DISTRIBUTION FROM AN
IRA THAT IS:
    
 
   
- - Made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health
  insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
    
 
   
- - Not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses,
  as defined by section 72(t)(7) of the Code; or
    
<PAGE>
32                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - A qualified first-time homebuyer distribution meeting the requirements
  specified at section 72(t)(8) of the Code.
    
 
   
    If you are a participant in a SIMPLE IRA plan, you should be aware that the
10% penalty tax is increased to 25% with respect to non-exempt early
distributions made from your SIMPLE IRA during the first two years following the
date you first commenced participation in any SIMPLE IRA plan of your employer.
    
 
   
    (B) MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX
    
 
   
    If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution for
the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that was
not properly distributed.
    
 
   
    An individual's interest in a tax-qualified retirement plan generally must
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required
Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of:
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2; or
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual retires from service with the
  employer sponsoring the plan.
    
 
   
    The Required Beginning Date for an individual who is a five (5) percent
owner (as defined in the Code), or who is the owner of an IRA, is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the individual attains age
70 1/2.
    
 
   
    The entire interest of the Participant must be distributed beginning no
later than the Required Beginning Date over:
    
 
   
- - the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and the
  Participant's designated beneficiary, or
    
 
   
- - over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's designated
  beneficiary.
    
 
   
    Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the applicable
life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value
as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. In
addition, minimum distribution incidental benefit rules may require a larger
annual distribution.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies before reaching his or her Required Beginning Date,
the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed within five years
of the individual's death. However, this rule will be deemed satisfied, if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of the beneficiary). If the beneficiary is the individual's surviving
spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have attained
age 70 1/2.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies after reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or
after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must generally be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the time of the individual's death.
    
 
   
    (C) WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    In general, regular wage withholding rules apply to distributions from IRAs
and plans described in section 457 of the Code. Periodic distributions from
other tax-qualified retirement plans that are made for a specified period of 10
or more years or for the life or life expectancy of the participant (or the
joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and beneficiary) are
generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were
married claiming three exemptions. The recipient of periodic distributions may
generally elect not to have withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld
at a different rate by providing a completed election form.
    
 
   
    Mandatory federal income tax withholding at a flat rate of 20% will
generally apply to other distributions from such other tax-qualified retirement
plans unless such distributions are:
    
 
   
- - the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
    
 
   
- - required minimum distributions; or
    
 
   
- - direct transfer distributions.
    
 
   
    Direct transfer distributions are direct payments to an IRA or to another
eligible retirement plan under Code section 401(a)(31).
    
 
   
    Certain states require withholding of state taxes when federal income tax is
withheld.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
               APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 1
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you made no Surrenders during the year, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $105,000, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>           <S>
$100,000      Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
   5,000      Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
- --------
 105,000      Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    If you elected the Optional Death Benefit, you would be guaranteed a Death
Benefit payment equal to at least $105,000.
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 2
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you Surrendered $10,000 on January 1, 1999 and your Contract Value immediately
prior to the partial Surrender was $100,000, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $94,500, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>
 $100,000       Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
    5,000       Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
 ($10,500)      Adjustment for partial Surrender*
- ---------
  $94,500       Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
* The Adjustment for the partial Surrender reduces the Interest Accumulation
  Value by an amount equal to the proportion of the partial Surrender to the
  Contract Value prior to the partial Surrender. Therefore, in this example, the
  $10,500 reduction to the Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by dividing
  the amount of the Surrender, $10,000, by the Contract Value paid prior to the
  Surrender, $100,000. This ratio (Surrender DIVIDED BY Contract Value prior to
  Surrender) is multiplied by the Interest Accumulation Value prior to
  Surrenders and results in the adjustment for the partial Surrender.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Interest Accumulation Value prior to Surrenders........  $105,000
Multiplied by ratio of Surrenders  DIVIDED BY Contract
 Value prior to Surrenders ($10,000  DIVIDED BY
 100,000)..............................................   X   .10
                                                         --------
Adjustment for the partial Surrender...................  $ 10,500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Surrender reduced the Interest Accumulation Value by $10,500
($105,000-94,500).
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
34                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SECTION                                                                   PAGE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----
 <S>                                                                       <C>
 DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY..........................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS...................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS..........................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS...............................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN.........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS.................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
This form must be completed for all tax sheltered annuities.
    
 
   
                     SECTION 403(b)(11) ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
    
 
   
    The Hartford Variable Annuity Contract which you have recently purchased is
subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
Contributions to the Contract after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash
value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed to you unless you have:
    
 
   
    a. attained age 59 1/2,
    
 
   
    b. separated from service,
    
 
   
    c. died, or
    
 
   
    d. become disabled.
    
 
   
Distributions of post December 31, 1988 contributions (excluding any income
thereon) may also be made if you have experienced a financial hardship.
    
 
   
Also, there may be a 10% penalty tax for distributions made prior to age 59 1/2
because of financial hardship or separation from service.
    
 
   
Also, please be aware that your 403(b) Plan may also offer other financial
alternatives other than the BB&T Variable Annuity. Please refer to your Plan.
    
 
   
    Please complete the following and return to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
Name of Contract Owner/Participant
    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Address
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
City or Plan/School District
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Date:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Contract No:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Signature:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
   
    To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form
below and mail to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Attn: Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Series II of The BB&T
Director Variable Annuity to me at the following address:
    
 
   
- ----------------------------------------------------
                            Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                          Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                        Zip
Code
    
<PAGE>
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                       PART B

<PAGE>
                                          
                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                          HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                    SERIES II OF BB&T DIRECTOR VARIABLE ANNUITY


This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The 
information contained herein should be read in conjunction with the 
prospectus.

To obtain a prospectus, send a written request to Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Attn:  Individual Annuity Services, P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT  
06102-5085.



   
Date of Prospectus:  May 3, 1999

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  May 3, 1999
    




















333-69485

<PAGE>
                                        -2-

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                          
                                          
SECTION                                                                   PAGE
- -------                                                                   ----
DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

<PAGE>
                                      -3-


                   DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in 
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all 
states of the United States and the District of Columbia.  We were originally 
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and 
subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut.  Our offices are located in 
Simsbury, Connecticut; however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 2999, 
Hartford, CT 06104-2999.  We are ultimately controlled by The Hartford 
Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest financial service 
providers in the United States.

                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  EFFECTIVE
        RATING AGENCY          DATE OF RATING   RATING        BASIS OF RATING
        -------------          --------------   ------        ---------------
 <S>                           <C>              <C>       <C>
 A.M. Best and Company, Inc.      1/1/99           A+     Financial performance
 Standard & Poor's                6/1/98          AA      Insurer financial strength
 Duff & Phelps                   12/21/98         AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>

                               SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Separate Account is held by Hartford.  The assets 
are kept physically segregated and are held separate and apart from 
Hartford's general corporate assets.  Records are maintained of all purchases 
and redemptions of Fund shares held in each of the Sub-Accounts.

                           INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included 
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, 
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect 
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm 
as experts in giving said reports.  The principal business address of Arthur 
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

   
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal 
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account.  
HSD is an affiliate of Hartford.  Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately 
controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal 
business address of HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    

<PAGE>
                                      -4-


The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as 
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives 
of Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.

HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc.

Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium 
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional 
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.

Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a 
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for 
variable insurance compensation.   Compensation is generally based on premium 
payments made by policyholders or contract owners.  This compensation is 
usually paid from the sales charges described in the prospectus.

In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive 
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other 
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation 
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on 
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance 
products. These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers 
or financial institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford 
out of their own assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the 
policyholders or contract owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable 
insurance products.

   
Hartford currently pays HSD underwriting commissions for its role as 
Principal Underwriter of all variable annuities associated with this Separate 
Account. For the past three years, the aggregate dollar amount of 
underwriting commissions paid to HSD in its role as Principal Underwriter has 
been: 1998: $61,629,500, 1997: $64,851,026 and 1996: $59,896,541. HSD has 
retained none of these commissions.
    

                        CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

YIELD OF THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT.  As summarized in the prospectus 
under the heading "Performance Related Information," the yield of the Money 
Market Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period (the "base period") will be 
computed by determining the "net change in value" (calculated as set forth 
below) of a hypothetical account having a balance of one accumulation unit of 
the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical 
charge reflecting deductions from Contract Owner accounts, and dividing the 
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to 
obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the base period return by 
365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.  Net changes in value of a hypothetical account will include net 
investment income of the account (accrued daily dividends as declared by the 
underlying funds, less daily expense charges of the account) for the period, 
but will not include realized gains or losses or unrealized appreciation or 
depreciation on the underlying fund shares.

<PAGE>
                                      -5-

The effective yield is calculated by compounding the base period return by 
adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1 from 
the result, according to the following formula:

                                                365/7
     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)     ] - 1

THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT'S YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD WILL VARY IN 
RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES AND IN THE EXPENSES OF THE 
SUB-ACCOUNT.  THE CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD REFLECT RECURRING CHARGES 
ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

The yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 
1998 for the Money Market Fund Sub-Account was as follows ($30 Annual 
Maintenance Fee):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     SUB-ACCOUNT                           YIELD                EFFECTIVE YIELD
     -----------                           -----                ---------------
     <S>                                   <C>                  <C>
     Money Market*                         3.52%                     3.59%
</TABLE>

*Yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 1998.

YIELDS OF BOND FUND, HIGH YIELD FUND, AND MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
SUB-ACCOUNTS. As summarized in the prospectus under the heading "Performance 
Related Information," yields of the above Sub-Accounts will be computed by 
annualizing a recent month's net investment income, divided by a Fund share's 
net asset value on the last trading day of that month.  Net changes in the 
value of a hypothetical account will assume the change in the underlying 
mutual fund's "net asset value per share" for the same period in addition to 
the daily expense charge assessed, at the sub-account level for the 
respective period.  The Sub-Accounts' yields will vary from time-to-time 
depending upon market conditions and, the composition of the underlying 
funds' portfolios.  Yield should also be considered relative to changes in 
the value of the Sub-Accounts' shares and to the relative risks associated 
with the investment objectives and policies of the underlying Fund.

THE YIELD REFLECTS RECURRING CHARGES ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING 
THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

   
Yield calculations of the Sub-Accounts used for illustration purposes reflect 
the interest earned by the Sub-Accounts, less applicable asset charges 
assessed against a Contract Owner's account over the base period.  Yield 
quotations based on a 30-day period were computed by dividing the dividends 
and interest earned during the period by the maximum offering price per unit 
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:
    

Example:

                                                             6
Current Yield Formula for the Sub-Account  2[((A-B)/(CD) + 1)  - 1]

Where     A = Dividends and interest earned during the period.
          B = Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
          C = The average daily number of units outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends.
          D = The maximum offering price per unit on the last day of 
              the period.


<PAGE>
                                      -6-
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                                                     YIELD
- -----------                                                     -----
<S>                                                             <C>
Bond**                                                          4.61%
High Yield**                                                    7.56%
Mortgage Securities**                                           4.84%
</TABLE>

**Yield quotation based on a 30-day period ended December 31, 1998.

At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower 
than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results 
will continue.

The method of calculating yields described above for these Sub-Accounts 
differs from the method used by the Sub-Accounts prior to May 1, 1989.  The 
denominator of the fraction used to calculate yield was previously the 
average unit value for the period calculated.  That denominator will 
hereafter be the unit value of the Sub-Accounts on the last trading day of 
the period calculated.

   
CALCULATION OF TOTAL RETURN.  As summarized in the prospectus under the 
heading "Performance Related Information," total return is a measure of the 
change in value of an investment in a Sub-Account over the period covered and 
assumes that the Optional Death Benefit has not been elected.  The formula 
for total return used herein includes three steps: (1)  calculating the value 
of the hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 as of the end of the period 
by multiplying the total number of units owned at the end of the period by 
the unit value per unit on the last trading day of the period; (2) assuming 
redemption at the end of the period and deducting any applicable contingent 
deferred sales charge and (3) dividing this account value for the 
hypothetical investor by the initial $1,000 investment and annualizing the 
result for periods of less than one year.  Total return will be calculated 
for one year, five years and ten years or some other relevant periods if a 
Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -7-

The following are the standardized average annual total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

  STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           S/A                                         
                        INCEPTION                                        SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT                DATE      1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION
- -----------             ---------    ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                     <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
BB&T Growth and Income     6/5/97     1.95%       N/A        N/A        12.91%
Advisers                   6/2/86    13.11%      13.11%     11.53%       N/A
Bond                       6/2/86    -3.20%       2.25%      5.13%       N/A
Capital Appreciation       6/2/86     4.04%      13.47%     15.27%       N/A
Dividend & Growth          3/8/94     4.97%       N/A        N/A        17.82%
Global Leaders            9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        21.47%
Growth and Income         5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         8.18%
High Yield                9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        -6.51%
Index                      5/1/87    16.47%      19.00%     14.92%       N/A
International Advisers     3/1/95     1.94%       N/A        N/A         6.90%
International              7/2/90     1.72%       2.48%      N/A         2.96%
Opportunities
MidCap                    7/30/97    15.00%       N/A        N/A        16.89%
Money Market               6/2/86    -6.04%       0.04%      1.46%       N/A
Mortgage Securities        6/2/86    -4.61%       1.94%      4.53%       N/A
Small Company              8/9/96     0.23%       N/A        N/A         8.61%
Stock                      6/2/86    21.82%      19.02%     14.97%       N/A
</TABLE>


     STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION


<TABLE>
                          S/A
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
BB&T Growth and Income   6/5/97    11.79%       N/A        N/A         19.83%
Advisers                 6/2/86    12.92%      12.92%     11.44%        N/A
Bond                     6/2/86    -3.36%       2.07%      4.84%        N/A
Capital Appreciation     6/2/86     3.87%      13.29%     15.08%        N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     4.80%       N/A        N/A         17.64%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         21.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A          8.07%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         -6.55%
Index                    5/1/87    16.28%      18.81%     14.72%        N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     1.77%       N/A        N/A          6.72%
International            7/2/90     1.56%       2.30%      N/A          2.75%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    14.82%       N/A        N/A         16.70%
Money Market             6/2/86    -6.19%      -0.13%      1.43%        N/A
Mortgage Securities      6/2/86    -4.77%       1.77%      4.16%        N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     0.07%       N/A        N/A          8.43%
Stock                    6/2/86    21.62%      18.83%     14.78%        N/A
</TABLE>


   
In addition to the standardized total return, the Sub-Account may advertise a 
non-standardized total return.  This figure will usually be calculated for 
one year, five years, and ten years or other periods. Non-standardized total 
return is measured in the same manner as the standardized total return 
described above, except that the contingent deferred sales charge and the 
Annual Maintenance Fee are not deducted and the time periods used to 
calculate return are based on the inspection date of the underlying Funds.  
Therefore, non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account is higher than 
standardized total return for a Sub-Account.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -8-

The following are the non-standardized annualized total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. 

 NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
                           FUND  
                        INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT                DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------             ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
BB&T Growth and Income   6/5/97    11.95%       N/A        N/A         20.01%
Advisers                3/31/83    23.11%      16.24%     13.66%        N/A
Bond                    8/31/77     6.80%       5.92%      7.51%        N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84    14.04%      16.43%     17.08%        N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94    14.97%       N/A        N/A         20.65%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         31.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         18.18%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A          3.49%
Index                    5/1/87    26.47%      21.84%     16.89%        N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95    11.94%       N/A        N/A         10.68%
International            7/2/90    11.72%       6.12%      N/A          6.00%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    25.00%       N/A        N/A         24.85%
Money Market            6/30/80     3.96%       3.79%      4.21%        N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85     5.39%       5.59%      6.93%        N/A
Small Company            8/9/96    10.23%       N/A        N/A         14.20%
Stock                   8/31/77    31.82%      21.93%     17.01%        N/A
</TABLE>

                                          
NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE
                 SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FUND  
                         INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT                 DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------              ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
BB&T Growth and Income     6/5/97    11.79%       N/A        N/A        19.83%
Advisers                  3/31/83    22.92%      16.06%     13.49%       N/A
Bond                      8/31/77     6.64%       5.76%      7.34%       N/A
Capital Appreciation       4/2/84    13.87%      16.25%     16.91%       N/A
Dividend & Growth          3/8/94    14.80%       N/A        N/A        20.48%
Global Leaders            9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        31.42%
Growth and Income         5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        18.07%
High Yield                9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         3.45%
Index                      5/1/87    26.28%      21.66%     16.72%       N/A
International Advisers     3/1/95    11.77%       N/A        N/A        10.52%
International              7/2/90    11.56%       5.96%      N/A         5.84%
Opportunities
MidCap                    7/30/97    24.82%       N/A        N/A        24.66%
Money Market              6/30/80     3.81%       3.64%      4.05%       N/A
Mortgage Securities        1/1/85     5.23%       5.43%      6.77%       N/A
Small Company              8/9/96    10.07%       N/A        N/A        14.03%
Stock                     8/31/77    31.62%      21.75%     16.84%       N/A
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                      -9-

                              PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
total return in advertisements or in information furnished to present or 
prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
yield and total return in advertisements or information furnished to present 
or prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include 
in advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain 
Sub-Accounts) the ranking of those performance figures relative to such 
figures for groups of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services 
and Morningstar, Inc. as having the same investment objectives.

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the 
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices 
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index 
of 500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a market value-weighted and unmanaged index 
showing the changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks relative to 
the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is composed almost entirely of common 
stocks of companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, although the 
common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock Exchange or 
traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500 companies represented include 
400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial services concerns.  The 
S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Composite Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market 
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate 
market value of approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 
100.00 on February 5, 1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common 
stocks of companies traded over-the-counter and often through the National 
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  
Only those over-the-counter stocks having only one market maker or traded on 
exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an 
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock 
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index 
is weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy 
representation in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Shearson Lehman Government Bond Index (the "SL Government Index") is a 
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; 
all publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all 
quasi-federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government. Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted 
issues are not included in the SL Government Index.

The Shearson Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "SL 
Government/Corporate Index") is a measure of the market value of 
approximately 5,300 bonds with a face value currently in excess of $1.3 
trillion.  To be included in the SL Government/Corporate Index, an issue must 
have amounts outstanding in excess of $1 million, have at least one year to 
maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher ("investment grade") by a nationally 
recognized rating agency.

The Composite Index for Hartford Advisers Fund is comprised of the S&P 500 
(55%), the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (35%), both mentioned 
above, and 90 Day U.S. Treasury Bills (10%).
<PAGE>
 
   
                           AMSOUTH VARIABLE ANNUITY
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 5085
                       HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
                      Telephone:1-800-862-6668 (Contract
                                    Owners)
[LOGO]            1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase Series
II of AmSouth variable annuity. Please read it carefully.
    
 
   
The AmSouth variable annuity is a Contract between you and Hartford Life
Insurance Company where you agree to make at least one payment to us and we
agree to make a series of annuity payments to you at a later date. This annuity
is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both
individuals and groups. It is:
    
 
   
X  Flexible, because you may add premium payments at any time.
    
 
   
X  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
    until we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
X  Variable, because the value of your annuity will fluctuate with the
    performance of the underlying funds.
    
 
   
    At purchase, you allocate your premium payment, which is any purchase
payment less any Premium Taxes, to "Sub-Accounts". These are subdivisions of our
Separate Account, an account that keeps your annuity assets separate from our
company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up
exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These
funds are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or
through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and
the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This annuity offers you
funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you
may pick those funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The
Sub-Accounts and the funds are listed below:
    
 
   
- - AmSouth Equity Income Fund Sub-Account which purchases shares of the AmSouth
  Equity Income Fund of the Variable Insurance Funds.
    
 
   
- - AmSouth Select Equity Fund Sub-Account which purchases shares of the AmSouth
  Select Equity Fund of the Variable Insurance Funds.
    
 
   
- - Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Advisers
  HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Bond Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Bond HLS Fund,
  Inc.
    
 
   
- - Capital Appreciation Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Dividend and Growth Sub-Account which purchase shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Dividend and Growth HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Global Leaders Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Global Leaders HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Growth and Income HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - High Yield Sub-Account which purchases shares of class IA of Hartford High
  Yield HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Index Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Index HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund, Inc
    
 
   
- - International Opportunities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - MidCap Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford MidCap HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Money Market Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Money
  Market HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Mortgage Securities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Mortgage Securities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Small Company Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Small
  Company HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Stock Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Stock HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
<PAGE>
   
You may also allocate some or all of your premium payment to one of the "Fixed
Accumulation Features", which pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain
time period from the time the payment is made. Premium payments put in a Fixed
Accumulation Feature are not segregated from our company assets like the assets
of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
If you decide to buy this annuity, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us at 1-800-862-6668 to get a Statement of Additional
Information, free of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains
more information about this annuity and, like this prospectus, is filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. We have included the Table of Contents for
the Statement of Additional Information at the end of this prospectus. Although
we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commission doesn't approve or disapprove
these securities or determine if the information is truthful or complete. Anyone
who represents that the Securities and Exchange Commission does these things may
be guilty of a criminal offense.
    
 
   
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV).
    
 
   
This annuity IS NOT:
    
 
   
 -  A bank deposit or obligation
    
 
   
 -  Federally insured
    
 
   
 -  Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
    
 
   
This Annuity may not be available for sale in all states.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
 <S>                                                                     <C>
 GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.............................................    4
 FEE TABLE SUMMARY.....................................................    5
 EXAMPLE...............................................................    6
 SUMMARY...............................................................    8
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.......................................   10
 THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................................................   10
 THE FUNDS.............................................................   10
 PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION.......................................   12
 THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES.......................................   13
 THE CONTRACT..........................................................   14
   Contract Value -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date..............   15
   Contract Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement
    Date...............................................................   15
   Surrenders..........................................................   16
   Contract Charges....................................................   17
   Death Benefits......................................................   19
 SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS.................................................   20
   Annuity Payments....................................................   21
   Other Information...................................................   23
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   24
 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   27
   How Contracts Are Sold..............................................   27
   Year 2000...........................................................   28
   Legal Matters.......................................................   29
   Experts.............................................................   29
   More Information....................................................   29
 APPENDIX I -- INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS....   30
 APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES.....................   33
 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   34
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
4                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
    
 
   
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate values before we begin
to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Located at 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. The
mailing address is Post Office Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085.
    
 
   
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments made since
that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
since that anniversary.
    
 
   
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge for annuities having a value of
less than $50,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary or when the annuity is
Surrendered in full. The charge is deducted proportionately from the funds in
use at the time.
    
 
   
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is based. The Annuitant may not
be changed.
    
 
   
ANNUITY: A Contract issued by us that provides, in exchange for premium
payments, a series of annuity payments.
    
 
   
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate your first annuity payment.
    
 
   
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate the value of the annuity
payments we make to you.
    
 
   
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN ("AIR"): The investment return, either 3%, 5% or 6%,
which we base your variable dollar amount payments on. You select the AIR before
we start to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
BENEFICIARY: The person or persons you designate to receive payment of the death
benefit upon the death of the Contract Owner.
    
 
   
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    
 
   
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before we begin making annuity payments.
    
 
   
CONTRACT: The contract is the individual Annuity contract and any endorsements
or riders. If you have a group annuity, you will receive a certificate rather
than a contract.
    
 
   
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The annual anniversary of the date we issued your annuity.
If your contract anniversary falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, then
the next Valuation Day will be your Contract Anniversary for that year.
    
 
   
CONTRACT OWNER(S) OR YOU: The owner(s) or holder(s) of this Annuity.
    
 
   
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of your Annuity that we get by adding up the
value of each of your Sub-Accounts and Fixed Accumulation Features on any
Valuation Day.
    
 
   
CONTRACT YEAR: The 12 months following the date you purchased your annuity and
from any Contract Anniversary.
    
 
   
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ("DCA"): Systematic transfers from one Account to another.
    
 
   
DCA PROGRAM FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES: Fixed Accumulation Features we
establish to use for dollar cost averaging programs. These are part of our
General Account.
    
 
   
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount we pay when the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.
    
 
   
DUE PROOF OF DEATH: A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court
of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof acceptable to us.
    
 
   
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE: This is an account that is part of our General
Account. You may allocate all or a portion of your premium payments or transfer
of Contract Value to this account.
    
 
   
FUNDS: The Funds described in this prospectus or any supplements to the
prospectus.
    
 
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT: Our General Account that includes our company assets and your
annuity assets allocated to any of the Fixed Accumulation Features or DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
HARTFORD OR WE: Hartford Life Insurance Company.
    
 
   
INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE: This is the amount which we use for the purpose of
calculating the optional interest accumulation death benefit.
    
 
   
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE: This is the highest Anniversary Value prior the
deceased's 81st birthday or the date of death, if earlier.
    
 
   
PAYEE: The person or party designated by you to receive annuity payments.
    
 
   
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on premium payments.
    
 
   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: An account that we establish to separate the assets for your
annuity Sub-Accounts from our company assets. Hartford Life Insurance Company
Separate Account Two.
    
 
   
SUB-ACCOUNT: Divisions established within the Separate Account.
    
 
   
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal or distribution from your annuity.
    
 
   
SURRENDER VALUE: What we pay you if you terminate your annuity before we begin
to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
value of the Separate Account is determined as of the close of the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
    
 
   
VALUATION PERIOD: The period between the close of business on successive
Valuation Days.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   FEE TABLE
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
                        Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                               (All Sub-Accounts)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                                                                 <C>
 Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of Premium
   Payments).......................................................    None
 Exchange Fee......................................................        $0
 Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amounts
   Surrendered)(1)
     First Year (2)................................................       7%
     Second Year...................................................       6%
     Third Year....................................................       6%
     Fourth Year...................................................       5%
     Fifth Year....................................................       4%
     Sixth Year....................................................       3%
     Seventh Year..................................................       2%
     Eighth Year...................................................       0%
 Annual Maintenance Fee (3)........................................     $30
 Annual Expenses-Separate Account (as a percentage of daily
   Sub-Account value)..............................................
     Mortality and Expense Risk....................................    1.25%
 Optional Charges
     Optional Interest Accumulation Death Benefit (as a percentage
      of daily Sub-Account value)..................................     .15%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed on partial Surrenders
    which do not exceed 15% of premium payments each Contract year, on a
    non-cumulative basis.
    
 
   
(2) Length of time from each premium payment. The Annual Maintenance Fee is a
    single $30 charge deducted on each Contract Anniversary or upon Surrender if
    the Contract Value is less than $50,000. It is deducted proportionally from
    the investment options in use at the time of the charge.
    
 
   
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that your will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. We will deduct any
Premium Taxes that apply.
    
 
   
                         Annual Fund Operating Expenses
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL FUND
                                                    MANAGEMENT                OPERATING
                                                       FEES                    EXPENSES
                                                    (INCLUDING     OTHER      (INCLUDING
                                                     WAIVERS)     EXPENSES     WAIVERS)
                                                  --------------  --------  --------------
 <S>                                              <C>             <C>       <C>
 AmSouth Equity Income Fund (1)..................     0.320%       0.930%       1.250%
 AmSouth Select Equity Fund (1)..................     0.700%       0.550%       1.250%
 Hartford Bond HLS Fund..........................     0.482%       0.021%       0.503%
 Hartford Stock HLS Fund.........................     0.439%       0.018%       0.457%
 Hartford Money Market HLS Fund..................     0.433%       0.015%       0.448%
 Hartford Advisers HLS Fund......................     0.616%       0.018%       0.634%
 Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund..........     0.623%       0.019%       0.642%
 Hartford Mortgage Securities HLS Fund...........     0.432%       0.030%       0.462%
 Hartford Index HLS Fund.........................     0.382%       0.019%       0.401%
 Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund...     0.681%       0.090%       0.771%
 Hartford Dividend & Growth HLS Fund.............     0.641%       0.018%       0.659%
 Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund........     0.755%       0.108%       0.863%
 Hartford MidCap HLS Fund........................     0.759%       0.034%       0.793%
 Hartford Small Company HLS Fund.................     0.753%       0.019%       0.772%
 Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund (1).........     0.767%       0.040%       0.807%
 Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund (1)............     0.487%       0.120%       0.607%
 Hartford High Yield HLS Fund (1)................     0.487%       0.035%       0.522%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) Each of the adviser and the administrator has agreed to temporarily waive a
    portion of its fees, and the adviser has undertaken to reimburse certain
    expenses for the AmSouth Equity Income Fund and the AmSouth Select Equity
    Fund. Before this waiver, the management fee, other expenses and total fund
    operating expenses would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    AmSouth Equity Income Fund.........      0.600%          0.930%            1.530%
    AmSouth Select Equity Fund.........      0.800%          0.960%            1.760%
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
6                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
(2) Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are new
    Funds. "Total Fund Operating Expenses" are based on annualized estimates of
    such expenses to be incurred in the current fiscal year. HL Investment
    Advisors, LLC has agreed to waive its fees for these until the assets of the
    Funds (excluding assets contributed by companies affiliated with HL
    Investment Advisors, LLC) reach $20 million. Absent this waiver, the
    Management Fee and Total Fund Operating Expenses would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund...      0.775%          0.120%            0.895%
    Hartford High Yield HLS Fund.......      0.775%          0.035%            0.810%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 AmSouth Equity Income          $ 91   $ 139   $ 181    $ 307     $ 27   $  85   $ 145    $ 307     $ 28   $  85   $ 145    $ 307
 AmSouth Select Equity........    91     139     N/A      N/A       27      85     N/A      N/A       28      85     N/A      N/A
 Bond.........................    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 Stock........................    83     115     140      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     104      226
 Money Market.................    83     114     140      225       19      60     103      224       20      60     104      225
 Advisers.....................    84     120     150      224       21      66     113      244       21      66     114      244
 Capital Appreciation.........    85     120     150      245       21      66     113      244       22      66     114      245
 Mortgage Securities..........    83     115     141      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     105      226
 Index........................    82     113     137      220       18      58     101      219       19      59     101      220
 International
   Opportunities..............    86     124     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      70     121      259
 Dividend & Growth............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 International Advisers.......    87     127     161      268       23      73     125      267       24      73     125      268
 MidCap.......................    86     125     158      261       22      71     121      260       23      71     122      261
 Small Company................    86     125     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      71     121      259
 Growth and Income............    86     126     159      262       23      71     122      262       23      72     123      262
 High Yield...................    83     117     N/A      N/A       20      62     N/A      N/A       20      63     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    84     119     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS NOT ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you Surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not Surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 AmSouth Equity Income........  $ 89   $ 135   $ 174    $ 292     $ 26   $  80   $ 137    $ 292     $ 26   $  81   $ 138    $ 292
 AmSouth Select Equity........    89     135     N/A      N/A       26      80     N/A      N/A       26      81     N/A      N/A
 Bond.........................    82     112     135      214       18      57      98      214       19      58      99      214
 Stock........................    81     110     133      209       17      55      96      209       18      56      97      209
 Money Market.................    81     110     132      208       17      55      95      208       18      56      96      208
 Advisers.....................    83     116     142      229       19      61     105      228       20      62     106      229
 Capital Appreciation.........    83     116     142      229       19      61     106      229       20      62     106      229
 Mortgage Securities..........    81     110     133      210       18      56      96      209       18      56      97      210
 Index........................    81     108     130      203       17      54      93      203       18      54      94      203
 International
   Opportunities..............    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Dividend & Growth............    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 International Advisers.......    85     123     154      253       22      68     117      252       22      69     118      253
 MidCap.......................    85     121     150      245       21      66     113      245       22      67     114      245
 Small Company................    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Growth and Income............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 High Yield...................    82     112     N/A      N/A       18      57     N/A      N/A       19      58     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    83     115     N/A      N/A       19      60     N/A      N/A       20      61     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
8                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
HOW DO I PURCHASE THIS ANNUITY?
    
 
   
You must complete our application or order request and submit it to us for
approval with your first premium payment. Your first premium payment must be at
least $1,000 and subsequent premium payments must be at least $500. The minimum
premium payment requirements may differ if you are participating in our
automatic investing ("InvestEase-Registered Trademark-") program.
    
 
   
 -  For a limited time, usually within ten days after you receive your annuity,
    you may cancel your annuity without paying a Contingent Deferred Sales
    Charge. You bear the investment risk for your premium payment prior to our
    receipt of your request for cancellation.
    
 
   
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
    
 
   
Yes. We deduct this $30 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you
completely Surrender your annuity, if, on either of those dates, the value of
your annuity is less than $50,000.
    
 
   
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
    
 
   
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay two different types of
charges each year. The first type of charge is the fee you pay for insurance.
This charge is:
    
 
   
    A mortality and expense risk charge that is subtracted daily and is equal to
an annual charge of 1.25% of your Contract Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
    The second type of charge is the fee you pay for the Funds.
    
 
   
    Currently, total fund operating expenses with waivers range from 0.401% to
1.250% of the average daily value of the amount you have invested in the fund.
See the Annual Operation Expense Table for more complete information and the
funds' prospectuses attached to this prospectus.
    
 
   
    If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge
daily from your Contract Value and is equal to 0.15% per year of your Contract
Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
    
 
   
You can partially or fully Surrender your Contract subject to a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). You can partially Surrender your Contract without
any CDSC applied to the Surrender under the following conditions:
    
 
   
- - Surrenders which don't exceed 15% of premium payments per Contract Year
  (Annual Withdrawal Amount);
    
 
   
- - Surrenders made from premium payments invested more than seven years;
    
 
   
- - 100% Surrender of earnings after the seventh Contract Year;
    
 
   
- - Surrenders under the nursing home waiver (described as Eligible Confinement in
  the Contract); or
    
 
   
- - Surrenders eligible for disability waiver under a group qualified plan.
    
 
   
WILL HARTFORD PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
    
 
   
Your Contract has a Death Benefit and we offer an Optional Interest Accumulation
Death Benefit ("Optional Death Benefit") that you can elect for an additional
fee. There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner, joint owner or Annuitant,
die before we begin to make annuity payments. The Death Benefit will remain
invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions (unless
otherwise mutually specified by your Beneficiaries) and will be subject to
market fluctuations.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    IF YOU DO NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries, of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF YOU ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we will
calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is the highest Anniversary Value
    before the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death; or
    
 
   
4)  Your Interest Accumulation Value.
    
 
   
    The INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. The
Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II". If you elect the Optional Death
Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge daily from your Contract Value
equal to .15% of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's
spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract Owner, unless the
spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the
Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the
Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit
payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. This provision will only apply one time
for each Contract.
    
 
   
WHAT ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
    
 
   
When you purchase your annuity, you may choose one of the following annuity
payment options, or receive a lump sum payment:
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY where we make scheduled payments for the Annuitant's life.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the life of the
Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to the
Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due Proof
of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the Contract
Value, less any applicable Premium Taxes, applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select a variable dollar amount payment
    with the 5% AIR or fixed dollar amount annuity payments.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make payments for
the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed payments for a time
period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 100 years minus
your annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during the lifetimes
of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the Joint Annuitant.
At the time of electing this annuity payment option, the Contract Owner may
elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN
where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing
    
<PAGE>
10                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner may elect reduced payments over the
remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay the value of the remaining payments to your
    Beneficiary, either in a lump sum or we will continue payments until the end
    of the period selected.
    
 
   
    PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments for a
specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during the
first two Contract Years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary. The
maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    You must begin to take payments before the Annuitant's 90th birthday or the
end of the 10th Contract Year, which ever comes later, unless you elect a later
date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect and our approval. If you do not tell us what annuity payment option you
want before that time, we will pay you under the Life Annuity with a 10 year
period certain. You and Hartford can agree to start payments at a later date if
the laws in effect allow us to defer payment and we agree to allow you to defer.
The Annuity Commencement Date in New York may be different. Please consult your
Registered Representative or call us.
    
 
   
                                 HARTFORD LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states
of the United States as well as the District of Columbia. We were originally
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently
redomiciled to Connecticut. Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut;
however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085. We are
ultimately controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the
largest financial service providers in the United States.
    
 
   
                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     EFFECTIVE DATE
RATING AGENCY                          OF RATING     RATING             BASIS OF RATING
- -----------------------------------  --------------  ------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>      <C>
A.M. Best and Company, Inc.........        1/1/99      A+     Financial performance
Standard & Poor's..................        6/1/98     AA      Insurer financial strength
Duff & Phelps......................      12/21/98     AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of
our annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was
established on June 2, 1986 and is registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration does not involve
supervision by the Commission of the management or the investment practices of
the Separate Account or Hartford. The Separate Account meets the definition of
"Separate Account" under federal securities law. This Separate Account holds
only assets for variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account:
    
 
   
- - Holds assets for the benefit of you and other Contract Owners, and the persons
  entitled to the payments described in the Contract.
    
 
   
- - Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Hartford
  may conduct.
    
 
   
- - Is not affected by the rate of return of Hartford's General Account or by the
  investment performance of any of Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
- - May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account which
  holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the Separate
  Account which are not described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
- - Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not realized,
  from the assets it holds.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is
no assurance that the value of your Annuity will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
    
 
   
                                   THE FUNDS
    
 
   
    HL Investment Advisors, Inc. ("HL Advisors") serves as the investment
adviser to each of these Funds except for AmSouth Equity Income Fund and AmSouth
Select Equity Fund. Wellington Management Company, LLP ("Wellington Management")
and The Hartford Investment Management Company ("HIMCO") serve as sub-investment
advisors and provide day to day investment services for the funds advised by HL
Advisers.
    
 
   
    AmSouth Bank serves as the investment adviser to the AmSouth Equity Income
Fund and the AmSouth Select Equity Fund, which are diversified investment
portfolios of
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
the Variable Insurance Funds, a Massachusetts business tryst that is registered
as an open-end management investment company. Rockhaven Asset Management, LLC
("Rockhaven") serves as sub-investment adviser to the AmSouth Equity Income
Fund. OakBrook Investments, LLC ("OakBrook") serves as the investment
sub-adviser of the AmSouth Select Equity Fund.
    
 
   
    Each Fund that is advised by HL Advisers, except for the Hartford Global
Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High
Yield HLS Fund, is a separate Maryland corporation registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as an open-end management investment company.
The Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund
and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are diversified series of Hartford Series
Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation, also registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an open-end management investment company. The shares of
each Fund have been divided into Class IA and Class IB. Only the Class IA shares
are available in this Annuity.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds.
Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject
to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses are more fully described
in the accompanying Funds' prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information,
which may be ordered from us. The Funds' prospectus should be read in
conjunction with this prospectus before investing.
    
 
   
    The Funds may not be available in all states.
    
 
   
    The investment goals of each of the Funds are as follows:
    
 
   
    AMSOUTH EQUITY INCOME FUND -- Seeks to provide above-average income and
capital appreciation. The Fund pursues this goal by primarily investing in
income-producing equity securities. Sub-advised by Rockhaven.
    
 
   
    AMSOUTH SELECT EQUITY FUND -- Seeks to provide long-term growth of capital.
Sub-advised by OakBrook.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total rate of return
by investing in common stocks and other equity securities, bonds and other debt
securities, and money market instruments. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD BOND HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent with
preservation of capital by investing primarily in investment grade fixed-income
securities. Up to 20% of the total assets of this Fund may be invested in debt
securities rated in the highest category below investment grade ("Ba" by Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. or "BB" by Standard & Poor's) or, if unrated, are
determined to be of comparable quality by the Fund's investment adviser.
Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information concerning the
risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer to the section
in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford Bond Fund, Inc."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD CAPITAL APPRECIATION HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing in equity securities selected solely on the basis of potential for
capital appreciation. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD DIVIDEND AND GROWTH HLS FUND -- Seeks a high level of current
income consistent with growth of capital by investing in dividend paying
securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GLOBAL LEADERS HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by U.S. companies and non-U.S. high
quality growth companies worldwide that in the opinion of Wellington Management,
are leaders within their respective industries as indicate by an established
market presence and strong competitive position on a global, regional or country
basis. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD HIGH YIELD HLS FUND -- Seeks high current income by investing in
non-investment grade fixed-income securities. Growth of capital is a secondary
objective. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as
"high yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information
concerning the risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer
to the section in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford
High Yield HLS Fund." Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GROWTH AND INCOME HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital and current
income by investing primarily in equity securities with earnings growth
potential and steady or rising dividends. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- Seeks to provide investment results that
approximate the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in
the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index.* Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total
return by investing in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities.
Securities in which the Fund invests primarily will be denominated in
 
* "STANDARD & POOR'S," "S&P-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "S&P
  500-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "STANDARD & POOR'S 500," AND "500" ARE TRADEMARKS
  OF THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC. AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE BY HARTFORD.
  THE INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY STANDARD &
  POOR'S AND STANDARD & POOR'S MAKES NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE
  ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE INDEX FUND.
    
<PAGE>
12                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
non-U.S. currencies and will be traded in non-U.S. markets. Sub-advised by
Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MIDCAP HLS FUND -- Seeks to achieve long-term capital growth
through capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies with market capitalizations within the range presented by the Standard
& Poor's Mid-Cap 400 Index. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MORTGAGE SECURITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income
consistent with safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity by investing
primarily in mortgage-related securities, including securities issued by the
Government National Mortgage Association. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD SMALL COMPANY HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities within the range represented by the Russell 2000
Index selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Sub-advised
by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD STOCK HLS FUND -- Seeks long-term growth by investing primarily in
equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MONEY MARKET HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent
with liquidity and preservation of capital. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds are sold to our other
Separate Accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other Separate Accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another Fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding,
as disclosed in the funds' prospectus.
    
 
   
    VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the
Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder
meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we
will:
    
 
   
- - Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
  Contract may be voted.
    
 
   
- - Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
  how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
    
 
   
- - Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
  Owners.
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
  received from you, and
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same
  proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
    
 
   
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may
decide to do so. You may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for
your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payments to you, the
number of votes you have will decrease.
    
 
   
    SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right,
subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered
under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New
Funds will be will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we
determined appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional
payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of any of the Funds for any
reason and to substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, substitutions of
shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have
the approval of the Commission and we have notified you of the change.
    
 
   
    In the event of any substitution or change, We may, by appropriate
endorsement, make such changes in the Contract as may be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such substitution or change. If we decide that it is in
the best interest of the Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated
as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law,
may be de-registered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no
longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Performance information about a Sub-Account is based on the Sub-Account's past
performance only and is no indication of future performance.
    
 
   
    When a Sub-Account advertises its STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN, it will usually
be calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant
periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the
Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the
investment at the end of the period and assumes that the Optional Death Benefit
has not been elected.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also advertise NON-STANDARD TOTAL RETURNS THAT
PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. These non-standardized
total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions
for charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. These
non-standardized returns must be accompanied by standardized total returns.
    
 
   
    If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise YIELD IN ADDITION TO TOTAL
RETURN. The yield will be computed in the following manner: the net investment
income per unit earned during a recent one month period, divided by the unit
value on the last day of the period. This figure reflects the recurring charges
at the Separate Account level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Money Market Fund Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield.
The yield of a Sub-Account is based upon the income earned by the Sub-Account
over a seven-day period and then annualized; i.e., the income earned in the
period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week period and stated
as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is calculated similarly but
when annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested
in Sub-Account units and thus compounded in the course of a 52-week period.
Yield and effective yield reflect the recurring charges at the Separate Account
level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also disclose yield for periods prior to the date
the Separate Account commenced operations. For periods prior to the date the
Separate Account commenced operations, performance information for the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated based on the performance of the underlying Funds
and the assumption that the Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods
as those of the underlying Funds, with a level of charges equal to those
currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. No yield disclosure for periods
prior to the date of the Separate Account will be used without the yield
disclosure for periods as of the date of the inception of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
    We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and
prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, dollar cost averaging and
asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred
and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios,
financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment
alternatives, including comparisons between the Contracts and the
characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
    
 
   
                        THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW: THIS PORTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING
TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES IS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES ARE NOT REGISTERED AS
INVESTMENT COMPANIES UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940 ACT"). NONE
OF THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES OR ANY OF THEIR INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT, AND THE STAFF OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF
DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Payments and Contract Values allocated to a Fixed Accumulation Feature
become a part of our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
General Accounts. We have more than one Fixed Accumulation Feature. The standard
Fixed Accumulation Feature (the "Fixed Accumulation Feature") and then a number
of DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features, which we collectively refer to as
the "Fixed Accumulation Features".
    
 
   
    CURRENTLY, WE GUARANTEE THAT WE WILL CREDIT INTEREST AT A RATE OF NOT LESS
THAN 3% PER YEAR, COMPOUNDED ANNUALLY, TO AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT, IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION, TO CREDIT
INTEREST AT A RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR. YOU ASSUME THE RISK THAT INTEREST
CREDITED TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE MAY NOT EXCEED THE MINIMUM GUARANTEE
OF 3% FOR ANY GIVEN YEAR.
    
 
   
    We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates
currently in effect. There is no specific formula for the determination of
interest rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether
to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of
    
<PAGE>
14                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
return currently available and anticipated on our investments, regulatory and
tax requirements and competitive factors. We will account for any deductions,
Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a "first-in",
"first-out" basis. For Contracts issued in the State of New York, Fixed
Accumulation Feature interest rates may vary from other states.
    
 
   
    From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners
under certain programs established at our sole discretion.
    
 
   
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS") PROGRAM -- These programs will use
designated DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features. Currently, Contract Owners
may enroll in a special pre-authorized transfer program known as our Dollar Cost
Averaging Plus Program (the "Program"). Under this Program, Contract Owners who
enroll may allocate a minimum of $5,000 of their payment into the appropriate
DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature (we may allow a lower minimum premium
payment for qualified plan transfers or rollovers, including IRAs) and
pre-authorize transfers to any of the Sub-Accounts under either the 6 Month
Transfer Program or 12 Month Transfer Program. The 6-Month Transfer Program and
the 12-Month Transfer Program will generally have different credited interest
rates. Under the 6 Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 6
months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred from the DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Feature in use to the selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6
months. Under the 12-Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to
12 months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred to the
selected Sub-Accounts in 7 to 12 months. This will be accomplished by monthly
transfers for the period selected and a final transfer of the entire amount
remaining in the Program, which will generally be less than the prior monthly
transfer amounts. Contract Owners who purchase their Contracts in New York have
a different DCA Plus Program, which includes different credited interest rates.
Currently, only one DCA Plus Program transfer period is available in New York,
but that period allows transfers to selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 12 months.
    
 
   
    The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days after we receive the
initial Program payment and complete enrollment instructions. If We do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will transfer any remaining amounts to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and you will receive the Fixed Accumulation Feature's
current effective interest rate. Any subsequent payments we receive within the
Program period selected will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts over the remainder
of that Program transfer period, unless otherwise directed by You.
    
 
   
    You may only have one dollar cost averaging program in place at one time,
this means one standard dollar cost averaging plan or one Dollar Cost Averaging
Plus Program.
    
 
   
    You may elect to terminate the pre-authorized transfers by calling or
writing us of your intent to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation
of enrollment in the Program, you will no longer receive the increased interest
rate and unless we receive instructions to the contrary, the amounts remaining
in the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature may be transferred to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and accrue the interest rate currently in effect.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to discontinue, modify or amend the Program or any
other interest rate program established by Hartford. Any change to the Program
will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. This Program
may not be available in all states; please contact us to determine if it is
available in your state.
    
 
   
                                  THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    THE CONTRACT OFFERED -- The Contracts are individual or group tax-deferred
variable annuity contracts. They are designed for retirement planning purposes
and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including; (a) any
trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a), or
403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (which includes Section 401(k)); (b) annuity
purchase plans adopted by public school systems and certain tax-exempt
organizations according to Section 403(b) of the Code; (c) Individual Retirement
Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code; (d) employee pension
plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state,
or an agency or instrumentality of either a state or a political subdivision of
a state, and (e) certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in
Section 457 of the Code ("Qualified Contracts").
    
 
   
    PURCHASING A CONTRACT -- A prospective Contract Owner may purchase a
Contract by completing and submitting an application or an order request along
with an initial premium payment to the Administrative Office of the Company. The
maximum age for Annuitant, Owner and Joint Owner on the Contract Issue Date is
85. Generally, the minimum premium payment is $1,000. The minimum subsequent
premium payment is $500. Certain plans may be allowed to make smaller periodic
premium payments. Unless we give our prior approval, we will not accept a
premium payment in excess of $1,000,000. Each premium
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
payment, which is your premium payment after the deduction of any applicable
Premium Taxes, may be split among the various Accounts subject to minimum
amounts then in effect. We will send you a confirmation notice upon receipt and
acceptance of your premium payment.
    
 
   
    RIGHT TO EXAMINE THE CONTRACT -- If you are not satisfied with your
purchase, you may cancel the Contract by returning it within 10 days (or longer
in some states) after you receive it. You must send a written request for
cancellation along with the Contract. We will, without deduction for any CDSC
normally assessed, pay you an amount equal to the Contract Value. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE PERIOD PRIOR TO OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR REQUEST FOR
CANCELLATION. We will refund the premium paid only for Individual Retirement
Annuities, if returned within seven days of receipt, and in those states where
required by law.
    
 
   
    CREDITING AND VALUATION -- Your premium payment, which is the balance
remaining after the deduction of any Premium Tax, is credited to your Contract
within two business days of receipt by us at our Administrative Office of a
properly completed application or an order to purchase a Contract and the
premium payment. The payment will be credited to the Accounts according to the
instructions we receive from you.
    
 
   
    If your application or other information is incomplete when received, your
payment will be credited to the Accounts within five business days of receipt of
complete information. If the payment is not credited within five business days,
it will be immediately returned to you unless you have been informed of the
delay and tell us not to return it.
    
 
   
    Subsequent premium payments are priced on the Valuation Day we receive the
payment in our Administrative Office, provided it is received before the New
York Stock Exchange closes. Unless otherwise specified, We will allocate any
subsequent payments to Accounts according to your most recent instructions.
    
 
   
                      CONTRACT VALUE -- BEFORE THE ANNUITY
                               COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    Your Contract Value reflects interest rate credited any amounts allocated to
the Fixed Accumulation Features and the investment performance of the
Sub-Accounts where you have payments allocated.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- Your Sub-Account Values on the date we issue your
Contract is the amount of your premium payment allocated to any Sub-Account.
After that, we determine your Sub-Account value by determining the Accumulation
Unit value for each Sub-Account, and then multiplying that value by the number
of those units. Sub-Account Value reflects any variation of the interest income,
dividends, net capital gains or losses, realized or unrealized, and any amounts
transferred into or out of that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNITS -- When Premium Payments are credited to your
Sub-Accounts, they are converted into accumulation Units by dividing the amount
of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you put into your Contract, the
more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation
Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account,
settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE -- The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account
was arbitrarily set initially at $1 when the Sub-Account began operations. After
that, the Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will equal (a) the
Accumulation Unit value at the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by
(b) the Net Investment Factor (see the definition below) for the Valuation Day
for which the Accumulation Unit value is being calculated.
    
 
   
    You will be advised, at least semiannually, of the number of Accumulation
Units credited to each Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, and
the total value of your Contract.
    
 
   
    THE NET INVESTMENT FACTOR (BEFORE AND AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT
DATE) -- The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure the investment
performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each
Sub-Account, the Net Investment Factor reflects the investment performance of
the Fund in which that Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that
Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is calculated by
dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:
    
 
   
(a) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in that Sub-Account, determined at
    the end of the current Valuation Period (plus the per share amount of any
    dividends or capital gains distributions made by that Fund);
    
 
   
(b) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at
    the beginning of the Valuation Period;
    
 
   
(c) Is a daily factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and any
    optional charges deducted from the Sub-Account, adjusted for the number of
    days in the Valuation Period.
    
 
   
                   CONTRACT VALUE TRANSFERS BEFORE AND AFTER
                         THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    You may transfer your Contract Values from one or more Accounts to another
Account free of charge. WE
    
<PAGE>
16                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
RESERVE THE RIGHT TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF TRANSFERS TO 12 PER CONTRACT YEAR, WITH
NO 2 TRANSFERS OCCURRING ON CONSECUTIVE VALUATION DAYS. Transfers by telephone
may be made by you or by your attorney-in-fact pursuant to a power of attorney
by calling us at 1-800-862-6668 or by the agent of record by calling
1-800-862-7155. Telephone transfers may not be permitted by some states. There
may be limitations on transfers to and from the Fixed Accumulation Features that
are described in your Contract. Some states may allow us to limit the dollar
amount transferred.
    
 
   
    We, or our agents and affiliates will not be responsible for losses
resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be genuine.
We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
by telephone are genuine. The procedure we follow for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers provide certain information for
identification purposes. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-
recorded.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize transfers under certain circumstances.
Transfers between the Accounts may be made both before and after the Annuity
Commencement Date. Generally, the minimum allocation to any Sub-Account may not
be less than $500. All percentage (%) allocations must be in whole numbers
(e.g., 1%). No minimum balance is presently required in any Account.
    
 
   
    IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL CONFIRMATIONS OF
TRANSFERS AND TO PROMPTLY ADVISE US IN OUR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES OF ANY
INACCURACIES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE YOU RECEIVE YOUR CONFIRMATION.
    
 
   
    The right to reallocate Contract Values is subject to modification if we
determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise of that right by one or more
Contract Owners is, or would be, to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners.
Any modification could be applied to transfers to or from some or all of the
Accounts and could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum
time period between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent
acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, or
limiting the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts by
you at any one time. SUCH RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED IN ANY MANNER REASONABLY
DESIGNED TO PREVENT ANY USE OF THE TRANSFER RIGHT WHICH WE CONSIDER TO BE TO THE
DISADVANTAGE OF OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS.
    
 
   
    For Contracts issued in THE STATES OF NEW YORK, FLORIDA, MARYLAND OR OREGON,
the reservation of rights set forth in the preceding paragraph is limited to:
(i) requiring up to a maximum of 10 Valuation Days between each transfer; (ii)
limiting the amount to be transferred on any one Valuation Day to no more than
$2 million; and (iii) upon 30 days prior written notice, to only accepting
transfer instructions from you and not from your representative, agent or person
acting under a power of attorney for you.
    
 
   
    Currently, we will not accept instructions from agents acting under a power
of attorney of multiple Contract Owners whose Accounts aggregate more than $2
million, unless the agent has entered into a third party transfer services
agreement with us.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
                                   SURRENDERS
    
 
   
    Contract Owners should consult their tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of a Surrender.
    
 
   
 -  A Surrender made before age 59 1/2 may result in adverse tax consequences,
    including a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of the Surrender
    Value. (See "Federal Tax Considerations")
    
 
   
    PAYMENT OF SURRENDER AMOUNTS -- Payment of any request for a full or partial
Surrender from the Accounts will be made as soon as possible and in any event no
later than seven days after we receive the request at our Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    There may be postponement in the payment of Surrender Amounts whenever (a)
the New York Stock Exchange is closed; (b) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted as determined by the Commission; (c) the Commission
permits postponement and so orders; or (d) the Commission determines that an
emergency exists making valuation of the amounts or disposal of securities not
reasonably practicable.
    
 
   
    FULL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- At any time prior
to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to fully Surrender the
Contract. In such event, the Surrender Value of the Contract may be taken in the
form of a lump sum cash payment.
    
 
   
    The Surrender Value of the Contract is equal to the Contract Value less any
Premium Taxes, the Annual Maintenance Fee and any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, if applicable. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount
of the payments made to your Contract.
    
 
   
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may make a
partial Surrender of your Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount Surrendered is at least equal to our
minimum amount rules then in effect. Additionally, if the remaining Contract
Value following a Surrender is less than $500, we may terminate the Contract and
pay the Surrender
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Value. For Contracts issued in TEXAS, the Contract will not be terminated when
the remaining Contract Value after a Surrender is less than $500 unless there
were no payments made during the previous 2 Contract Years.
    
 
   
    WHEN REQUESTING A PARTIAL SURRENDER, YOU SHOULD SPECIFY THE ACCOUNT(S) FROM
WHICH THE PARTIAL SURRENDER WILL BE TAKEN; OTHERWISE, THE SURRENDER WILL BE
TAKEN ON A PRO RATA BASIS ACCORDING TO THE VALUE IN EACH ACTIVE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize partial Surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect. We permit partial Surrenders by telephone subject to
dollar amount limitations in effect at the time you request the Surrender. To
request partial Surrenders by telephone, you must have completed and returned to
us a Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form authorizing telephone
Surrenders. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize us to accept
telephone instructions and agree that We may accept telephone instructions for
partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Partial Surrender requests will
not be honored until we receive all required documents in proper form.
    
 
   
    Telephone authorization will remain valid until (a) we receive written
notice of revocation by you, or, in the case of joint Contract Owners, written
notice from either Contract Owner; (b) we discontinue the privilege; or (c) we
have reason to believe that you have entered into a market timing agreement with
an investment adviser and/or broker/ dealer.
    
 
   
    We may record any telephone calls to verify data concerning transactions and
may adopt other procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising out of telephone
instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
    
 
   
    In order to obtain that day's unit values on Surrender, We must receive
telephone Surrender instructions prior to the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m.).
    
 
   
    We may modify, suspend, or terminate telephone transaction privileges at any
time.
    
 
   
    SURRENDERS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may fully Surrender
your Contract on or after the Annuity Commencement Date if you elect the Payment
For a Period Certain Settlement Option. We pay you the commuted value that is
equal to the present value of the remaining payments we are scheduled to make
less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The commuted value is
determined as of the date we receive your written request for Surrender at our
Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    Partial Surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date if you
elect the Payments for a Period certain Settlement Option, but check with your
tax adviser because there may be adverse tax consequences.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION -- THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION
403(B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1988, ALL SECTION 403(B)
ANNUITIES HAVE LIMITS ON FULL AND PARTIAL SURRENDERS. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
CONTRACT MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND ANY INCREASES IN CASH VALUE AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1988 MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED UNLESS THE CONTRACT OWNER/EMPLOYEE HAS
A) ATTAINED AGE 59 1/2, B) SEPARATED FROM SERVICE, C) DIED, D) BECOME DISABLED
OR E) EXPERIENCED FINANCIAL HARDSHIP (CASH VALUE INCREASES MAY NOT BE
DISTRIBUTED FOR HARDSHIPS PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2). DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO AGE
59 1/2 DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE MAY STILL BE SUBJECT
TO A PENALTY TAX OF 10%. WE WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING
WHETHER A SURRENDER IS PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT TAX PENALTY, IN ANY
PARTICULAR SITUATION; OR IN MONITORING SURRENDER REQUESTS REGARDING PRE OR POST
JANUARY 1, 1989 CONTRACT VALUES. ANY FULL OR PARTIAL SURRENDER DESCRIBED ABOVE
MAY AFFECT THE CONTINUING TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS OF SOME CONTRACTS OR PLANS AND
MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE CONTRACT OWNER. THE CONTRACT
OWNER, THEREFORE, SHOULD CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE UNDERTAKING ANY SUCH
SURRENDER. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS")
    
 
   
                                CONTRACT CHARGES
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
18                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
PAYMENTS NOT SUBJECT TO CDSC
    
 
   
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- During the first seven Contract years, you may
make a partial Surrender of Contract Values of up to 15% of the premium payments
each Contract Year on a non-cumulative basis, as determined on the date of the
requested Surrender, without the application of the CDSC. After the seventh
Contract Year, you may make a partial Surrender each Contract Year of 15% of
premium payments made during the seven years prior to the Surrender and 100% of
the Contract Value less the premium payments made during the seven years prior
to the Surrender. These amounts are different for group unallocated Contracts
and Contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.
    
 
   
    EXTENDED SURRENDER PRIVILEGE -- This privilege allows Annuitants who attain
age 70 1/2 with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b)
plan to Surrender an amount equal to the required minimum distribution for the
stated Contract without incurring any CDSC.
    
 
   
WAIVERS OF CDSC
    
 
   
    CONFINEMENT IN A NURSING HOME, HOSPITAL OR LONG TERM CARE FACILITY
(DESCRIBED AS ELIGIBLE CONFINEMENT IN THE CONTRACT) -- We will waive any CDSC
applicable to a partial or full Surrender if the Annuitant, Contract Owner or
joint annuitant is confined, at the recommendation of a physician for medically
necessary reasons, for at least 180 calendar days to: a hospital recognized as a
general hospital by the proper authority of the state in which it is located; or
a hospital recognized as a general hospital by the Joint Commission on the
Accreditation of Hospitals; or a facility certified as a hospital or long-term
care facility; or a nursing home licensed by the state in which it is located
and offers the services of a registered nurse 24 hours a day.
    
 
   
    The Annuitant, Contract Owner or joint annuitant cannot be confined at the
time the Contract is purchased in order to receive this waiver and the Contract
Owner(s) must have been the Contract Owner(s) continuously since the Contract
issue date. You must provide written proof of confinement satisfactory to
Hartford and you must request the partial or full Surrender within 91 calendar
days of the last day of confinement.
    
 
   
    This waiver may not be available in all states. Please contact your
registered representative or contact Us to determine availability.
    
 
   
    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR CONTRACT OWNER OR PAYMENTS UNDER AN ANNUITY
OPTION -- No CDSC otherwise applicable will be assessed in the event of death of
the Annuitant, death of the Contract Owner or if payments are made under an
Annuity option (other than a Surrender of variable payments for a Period Certain
Annuity option) provided for under the Contract.
    
 
   
    OTHER PLANS OR PROGRAMS -- Certain plans or programs established by us from
time to time may have different Surrender privileges.
    
 
   
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- For assuming risks under the Contract,
We deduct a daily charge at the rate of 1.25% per year against all Contract
Values held in the Accounts during the life of the Contract. Although variable
annuity payments made under the Contracts will vary in accordance with the
investment performance of the underlying Fund shares held in the Sub-Account(s),
the payments will not be affected by (a) our actual mortality experience among
Annuitants before or after the Annuity Commencement Date or (b) our actual
expenses, if greater than the deductions provided for in the Contracts because
of the expense and mortality undertakings by us.
    
 
   
    There are two types of mortality risks: those made during the accumulation
or deferral phase and those made during the annuity payout phase. The mortality
risk we take in the accumulation phase is that we may experience a loss
resulting from the assumption of the mortality risk relative to the death
benefit in event of the death of an Annuitant or Contract Owner before
commencement of Annuity payments, in periods of declining value. The mortality
risk we take during the annuity payout phase is to make monthly Annuity payments
(determined in accordance with the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table and
other provisions contained in the Contract) to Annuitants regardless of how long
an Annuitant may live, and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group may
live. These mortality undertakings are based on our determination of expected
mortality rates among all Annuitants. If actual experience among Annuitants
during the Annuity payment period deviates from our actuarial determination of
expected mortality rates among Annuitants because, as a group, their longevity
is longer than anticipated, we must provide amounts from our general funds to
fulfill our contractual obligations. We will bear the loss in such a situation.
    
 
   
    During the accumulation phase, we also provide an expense undertaking. We
assume the risk that the Annual Maintenance Fee for maintaining the Contracts
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date may be insufficient to cover the actual
cost of providing such items.
    
 
   
    ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Each year, on each Contract Anniversary on or
before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee,
if applicable, from Contract Values to reimburse us for expenses relating to the
maintenance of the Contract and Accounts. If during a Contract Year the Contract
is Surrendered for its full value, we will deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee at
the time of such Surrender. The fee is a flat fee that will be due in the full
amount regardless of the time of the Contract Year that Contract Values are
Surrendered. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $30 per Contract Year for Contracts
with
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
less than $50,000 Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary. Fees will be
deducted on a pro rata basis according to the value in each Account under a
Contract.
    
 
   
    WAIVERS OF THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Annual Maintenance Fees are waived
for Contracts with Contract Value equal to or greater than $50,000. In addition,
we will waive one Annual Maintenance Fee for Contract Owners who own one or more
Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $50,000 up to $100,000. If you have
multiple Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $100,000 or greater, we
will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee on all Contracts. However, we reserve the
right to limit the number of Annual Maintenance Fee waivers to a total of six
Contracts. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under other
conditions.
    
 
   
    PREMIUM TAXES -- Charges are also deducted for Premium Tax, if applicable,
imposed by state or other governmental entity. Certain states impose a Premium
Tax, currently ranging up to 3.5%. Some states assess the tax at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess the tax at the time of annuitization.
We will pay Premium Taxes at the time imposed under applicable law. At our sole
discretion, we may deduct Premium Taxes at the time we pay such taxes to the
applicable taxing authorities, at the time the Contract is Surrendered, at the
time a death benefit is paid, or at the time the Contract annuitizes.
    
 
   
    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEE -- If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we
will deduct daily from your Contract Value an additional charge which equals
 .15% per year of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    EXCEPTIONS TO CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACT -- We may offer, at our discretion,
reduced fees and charges including, but not limited to, CDSC, the mortality and
expense risk charge, administration charges, optional charges and the Annual
Maintenance Fee for certain sales (including employer sponsored savings plans)
under circumstances which may result in savings of certain costs and expenses.
Reductions in these fees and charges will not be unfairly discriminatory against
any Contract Owner.
    
 
   
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
    
 
   
DEATH BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    DETERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARY -- If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay a Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE CONTRACT OWNER DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, any surviving
  joint Contract Owner becomes the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving joint
  Contract Owner, the designated Beneficiary will be the Beneficiary. If the
  Contract Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the spouse may elect, in lieu
  of receiving the Contract Value, to be treated as the Contract Owner. If the
  Annuitant is not living and there is no Contingent Annuitant, the spouse will
  be presumed to be the Contingent Annuitant. If no Beneficiary designation is
  in effect or if the Beneficiary has predeceased the Contract Owner, the
  Contract Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE ANNUITANT DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
  Annuitant will become the Annuitant. If either (a) there is no Contingent
  Annuitant, (b) the Contingent Annuitant predeceases the Annuitant, or (c) if
  any sole Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
  Beneficiary, as determined under the Contract control provisions, will receive
  the Death Benefit. However, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
  Commencement Date and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner shall
  be the Beneficiary. In that case, the rights of any designated Beneficiary
  shall be void.
    
 
   
DETERMINATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, Your Death Benefit, which
we will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be
calculated as follows:
    
 
   
    If the deceased HAD NOT REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, the Death Benefit is
the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to the Contract, reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF THE DECEASED REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, then the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value.
    
<PAGE>
20                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    If you did elect the Optional Death Benefit, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value; or
    
 
   
4)  The Interest Accumulation Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. We stop
compounding interest on the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. After
that date, the Interest Accumulation Value will be adjusted by adding any
subsequent payments and subtracting proportional adjustments for any partial
Surrenders. The Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of
premium payments, less proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples
on how the Optional Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II".
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Death Benefit beneficiary is the
Contract Owner's spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract
Owner, unless the spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. This provision will only apply
one time for each Contract.
    
 
   
    CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Commencement Date and a Death Benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive
written notification of Due Proof of Death. THE DEATH BENEFIT REMAINS INVESTED
IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCORDING TO YOUR LAST INSTRUCTIONS UNTIL THE PROCEEDS
ARE PAID OR WE RECEIVE NEW SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE BENEFICIARY. DURING
THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN OUR RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF DUE PROOF OF
DEATH AND OUR RECEIPT OF THE COMPLETE SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, THE CALCULATED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATIONS. UPON RECEIPT OF COMPLETE
SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WE WILL CALCULATE THE PAYABLE AMOUNT.
    
 
   
    Any Annuity payments made on or after the date of death, but before receipt
of written notification of Due Proof of Death will be recovered by us from the
Payee.
    
 
   
DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
If, on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract Owner dies and the
Annuitant is living, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner. If the
Annuitant dies and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner becomes the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death
Benefit may be paid or payments may continue under the following annuity payment
options:
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with Cash Refund
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain
    
 
   
X  Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain and
    
 
   
X  payments for a Period Certain.
    
 
   
    Proceeds from the Death Benefit may be left with us for at least 5 years
from the date of the Contract Owner's death if the death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. These proceeds will remain in the Account(s) to which
they were allocated at the time of death unless the Beneficiary elects to
reallocate them. Full or partial Surrenders may be made at any time. In the
event of a complete Surrender, the remaining value will equal the Contract Value
of the proceeds left with us, minus any partial Surrenders. This option may not
be available under certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.
    
 
   
                             SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
    
 
   
    You select an Annuity Commencement Date which will not be deferred beyond
the Valuation Day immediately following the later of the Annuitant's 90th
birthday or the end of the tenth Contract Year. You may elect a later Annuity
Commencement Date if we allow and subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect. If the Contract is sold as part of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the
Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday. The
Annuity Commencement Date may be changed from time to time, but ANY CHANGE MUST
BE WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE SCHEDULED TO
BEGIN.
    
 
   
    You also elect in writing an annuity payment option, which may be any of the
options described below or any annuity payment option then being offered by us.
The annuity payment option may not be changed on or after the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract contains the six annuity payment options
described below and the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    For Qualified Contracts, the following annuity payment options are only
available if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of
the Annuitant at the time the option becomes effective. The Annuity Proceeds
Settlement option is available for Qualified Contracts only if the guaranteed
payment period is less than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary at the time
the option becomes effective. Such life expectancies are computed on the basis
of the mortality table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the
mortality table in use by us. If you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount
annuity payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date,
under the Life Annuity Payment Option.
    
 
   
    For Non-Qualified Contracts, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar
amount annuity payments will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement
Date under the annuity payment option Life Annuity with payments for a Period
Certain of 10 years. For Qualified Contracts and Contracts issued in Texas, if
you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount annuity payments will begin
automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date, under the Life Annuity Payment
Option.
    
 
   
    With the exception of the option Payments for a Period Certain, if the
variable dollar amount payment is selected, no Surrenders are permitted after
annuity payments begin.
    
 
   
ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS
    
 
   
    OPTION 1 -- LIFE ANNUITY where we make Annuity payments for as long as the
Annuitant lives.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 2 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the
life of the Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to
the Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due
Proof of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the
Contract Value less any applicable Premium Taxes applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select payments using a VARIABLE DOLLAR
    AMOUNT PAYMENT OPTION WITH THE 5% AIR OR FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
    OPTION 3 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make
payments to you for the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed
payments for a time period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a
maximum of 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 4 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during
the lifetimes of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the
Joint Annuitant At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 5 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD
CERTAIN where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is not less than 5 years and no more than 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuity die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining
    payments, either in a lump sum payment or We will continue payments until
    the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 6 -- PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments
for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during
the first two Contract years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary.
The maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    WE MAY OFFER OTHER ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME.
    
 
   
                                ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    When your decide to begin to take payments, we calculate your Contract Value
minus any Premium Tax which we must pay and, unless you instruct us otherwise,
we apply that amount to a variable annuity with the same Sub-Account values. You
may however, choose to have your Contract Value applied to a fixed annuity
instead.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT: YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE QUESTION OF ALLOCATION OF CONTRACT VALUES
(LESS APPLICABLE PREMIUM TAXES) AMONG ACCOUNTS
    
<PAGE>
22                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVE
BEST SUITED TO YOUR NEEDS FOR RETIREMENT.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The minimum Annuity payment is $50. No election may be
made which results in a first payment of less than $50. If at any time Annuity
payments are or become less than $50, we have the right to change the frequency
of payment to intervals so that payments will at least be $50. For Contracts
issued in the State of New York, the minimum monthly Annuity payment is $20. If
any amount due is less than the minimum amount per year, we make such other
settlement as may be equitable to the Payee.
    
 
   
    All Annuity payments under any option will occur the same day of the month
as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the payment frequency selected by
you. Available payment frequencies include monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and
annual. The payment frequency may be changed within 30 days prior to the
anniversary of your Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You select the Annuity Commencement Date in
your application or order request. The Annuity Calculation Date will be no more
than five Valuation Days before the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE -- On the Annuity Calculation Date, your Contract
Value less any applicable Premium Tax is applied to purchase Annuity Units of
the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The first Annuity payment is computed using
the value of these Annuity Units as of the Annuity Calculation Date.
    
 
   
    INCOME PAYMENT DATES -- All Annuity payments after the first Annuity payment
are computed and payable as of the Income Payment Dates. These dates are the
same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the Annuity
payment frequency selected by you. They are also shown on the specification page
of your Contract. You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
payments. The Annuity payment frequency may not be changed once selected by you.
    
 
   
    IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DO NOT SELECT A PAYMENT FREQUENCY, ANNUITY PAYMENTS
WILL BE MADE MONTHLY.
    
 
   
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    THE FIRST VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT -- Variable Annuity payments are periodic
payments we pay to your designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one
Income Payment Date to the next as a function of the net investment performance
of the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The dollar amount of the first Variable
Annuity payment depends on the annuity payment option chosen, the age of the
Annuitant, the gender of the Annuitant (if applicable), the amount of Contract
Value less applicable Premium Tax applied to purchase the Annuity payments, and
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table using projection scale G projected to the year 2000 and an AIR
of not less than 3.0%.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Contract Value
less applicable Premium Tax applied to that Sub-Account on the Annuity
Calculation Date by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor in
the Contract for the selected annuity payment option. The dollar value of the
first Variable Annuity payment is the sum of the first Variable Annuity payments
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY UNITS -- The number of Annuity Units attributable to a Sub-Account
is derived by dividing the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to that
Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account for the Valuation
Period ending on the Annuity Calculation Date or during which the Annuity
Calculation Date falls if the Valuation Period does not end on such date. The
number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract
remains fixed unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The dollar amount of each subsequent
Variable Annuity payment attributable to each Sub-Account is calculated on the
Income Payment Date. It is determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:
    
 
   
(a) is the number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account credited under the
    Contract and
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    The total subsequent Variable Annuity payments equal the sum of the amounts
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    When an Income Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, the
Income Payment is computed as of the prior Valuation Day. If the date of the
month elected does not occur in a given month, i.e., the 29th, 30th, or 31st of
a month, the payment will be computed as of the last Valuation Day of the month.
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal
to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) where:
    
 
   
(a) is the Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity
    Unit value is being calculated;
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
    
 
   
(c) is the Annuity Unit Factor
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    The Annuity Unit Factor neutralizes the AIR percentage (3%, 5%, or 6%). The
daily Annuity Unit Factor corresponding to the AIR percentages of 3%, 5%, and 6%
are 0.999919, 0.999866, and 0.999840, respectively
    
 
   
    THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR) -- The Annuity Unit value will increase
or decrease from one Income Payment Date to the next in direct proportion to the
net investment return of the Sub-Account(s) supporting the Variable Annuity
payments, less an adjustment to neutralize the selected AIR. Dividing what would
otherwise be the Annuity Unit value by the AIR factor is necessary in order to
adjust the change in the Annuity Unit value (resulting from the Net Investment
Factor) so that the Annuity Unit value only changes to the extent that the Net
Investment Factor represents a rate of return greater than or less than the AIR
selected by you. Without this adjustment, the Net Investment Factor would
decrease the Annuity Unit value to the extent that such value represented an
annualized rate of return of less than 0.0% and increase the Annuity Unit value
to the extent that such value represented an annualized rate of return of
greater than 0.0%.
    
 
   
    The Contract permits Contract Owners to select one of three AIRs: 3%, 5% or
6%. A higher AIR will result in a higher initial payment, a more slowly rising
series of subsequent payments when actual investment performance (minus any
deductions and expenses) exceeds the AIR, and a more rapid drop in subsequent
payments when actual investment performance (minus any deductions and expenses)
is less than the AIR. The following examples may help clarify the impact of
selecting one AIR over another:
    
 
   
- - If you select a 3% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 3% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 3% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 3%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 5% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 5% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 5% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 5%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 6% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 6% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 6% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 6%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
    LEVEL VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS WOULD BE PRODUCED IF THE INVESTMENT RATE
RETURNS REMAINED CONSTANT AND EQUAL TO THE AIR. IN FACT, PAYMENTS WILL VARY UP
OR DOWN AS THE INVESTMENT RATE VARIES UP OR DOWN FROM THE AIR.
    
 
   
    EXCHANGE (TRANSFER) OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date,
you may exchange (i.e., transfer) the dollar value of a designated number of
Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of
Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the transfer, the dollar
amount of a Variable Annuity payment generated from the Annuity Units of either
Sub-Account would be the same. Transfers are executed as of the day Hartford
receives a written request for a transfer. For guidelines refer to Sub-Account
Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- Fixed Annuity payments are determined at
annuitization by multiplying the Contract Value (less applicable Premium Taxes)
by a rate to be determined by Hartford which is no less than the rate specified
in the Fixed Annuity option tables in the Contract. The Annuity payment will
remain level for the duration of the Annuity. Any Fixed Annuity allocation may
not be changed.
    
 
   
                               OTHER INFORMATION
    
 
   
    ASSIGNMENT -- Ownership of this Contract is generally assignable. However,
if the Contracts are issued pursuant to some form of Qualified Plan, it is
possible that the ownership of the Contracts may not be transferred or assigned
depending on the type of tax-qualified retirement plan involved. An assignment
of a Non-Qualified Contract may subject the Contract Values or assignment
proceeds to income taxes and certain penalty taxes.
    
 
   
    CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed; however, the
Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date by sending us written notice. We may modify the Contract, but
no modification will effect the amount or
    
<PAGE>
24                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
term of any Contract unless a modification is required to conform the Contract
to applicable Federal or State law. No modification will effect the method by
which Contract Values are determined.
    
 
   
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    What are some of the federal tax consequences which affect these Contracts?
    
 
   
  A. GENERAL
    
 
   
    SINCE FEDERAL TAX LAW IS COMPLEX, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING THIS
CONTRACT WILL VARY DEPENDING ON YOUR SITUATION. YOU MAY NEED TAX OR LEGAL ADVICE
TO HELP YOU DETERMINE WHETHER PURCHASING THIS CONTRACT IS RIGHT FOR YOU.
    
 
   
    Our general discussion of the tax treatment of this contract is based on our
understanding of federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. A
detailed description of all federal income tax consequences regarding the
purchase of this contract cannot be made in the prospectus. We also do not
discuss state, municipal or other tax laws that may apply to this contract. For
detailed information, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser familiar
with your situation.
    
 
   
  B. TAXATION OF HARTFORD AND
     THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of Hartford which is taxed as a life
insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a
"regulated investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.
Investment income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate
Account are reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of
the Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units"). As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
    
 
   
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Contracts.
    
 
   
  C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL
     PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER
     THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
    
 
   
 1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC.
    
 
   
    Code Section 72 contains provisions for contract owners which are not
natural persons. Non-natural persons include corporations, trusts, limited
liability companies, partnerships and other types of legal entities. The tax
rules for contracts owned by non-natural persons are different from the rules
for contracts owned by individuals. For example, the annual net increase in the
value of the contract is currently includible in the gross income of a non-
natural person, unless the non-natural person holds the contract as an agent for
a natural person. There are additional exceptions from current inclusion for:
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by structured settlement companies,
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by an employer with respect to a terminated qualified
  retirement plan and
    
 
   
- - certain immediate annuities.
    
 
   
    A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes
will not be subject to income tax as a result of this provision.
    
 
   
    If the contract owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is
treated as the contract owner in applying mandatory distribution rules. These
rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of the contract
owner. A change in the primary annuitant is also treated as the death of the
contract owner.
    
 
   
 2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS)
    
 
   
    A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract
until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum
payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
    
 
   
    The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity
contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14,
1982.
    
 
   
    A. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
    
 
   
 i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
    gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
    Code.
    
 
   
 ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
     charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
     contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract."
    
 
   
 iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
      Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to come first from any
      such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in the contract,"
      and for these purposes such "income
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    on the contract" shall be computed by reference to any aggregation rule in
      subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed
      received (1) shall be includable in gross income to the extent that such
      amount does not exceed any such "income on the contract," and (2) shall
      not be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does
      exceed any such "income on the contract." If at the time that any amount
      is received or deemed received there is no "income on the contract" (e.g.,
      because the gross value of the Contract does not exceed the "investment in
      the contract" and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received
      or deemed received will not be includable in gross income, and will simply
      reduce the "investment in the contract."
    
 
   
 iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
     pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
     amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
     subparagraph b.
    
 
   
 v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
    consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
    subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not
    apply, however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident
    to divorce.
    
 
   
    B. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE. Annuity payments made
periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are includable in gross income
to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of
the ratio of the "investment in the contract" to the total amount of the
payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement Date (the "exclusion ratio").
    
 
   
 i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
    exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
    Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be
    entirely includable in gross income.
    
 
   
 ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
     as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
     income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
     contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
     unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
     year of the Annuitant.
    
 
   
 iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received after the
      Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
      shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
      after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
      surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
      includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
      referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
    
 
   
    C. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS.
    
 
   
    Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated
insurer) to the same Contract Owner within the same calendar year (other than
certain contracts held in connection with a tax-qualified retirement
arrangement) will be treated as one annuity Contract for the purpose of
determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity
contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new Contract for this
purpose. Hartford believes that for any annuity subject to such aggregation, the
values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added
together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts
received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals
will first be treated as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all
such Contracts is withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are no
regulations interpreting this provision.
    
 
   
    D. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
       PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
 i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
    after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
    to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
    unless an exception applies.
    
 
   
 ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions
     (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan involved):
    
 
   
    1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the
        age of 59 1/2.
    
 
   
    2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
        holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
    
 
   
    3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming disabled.
    
 
   
    4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or
        life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
        expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's designated
        Beneficiary).
    
 
   
    5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in the
        contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
    
 
   
    E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
       EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO
       AUGUST 14, 1982.
    
 
   
    If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be
    
<PAGE>
26                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract"
prior to August 14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior
Contract, (2) then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried
over to, as well as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is
attributable to such pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income
on the contract" and (4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract."
As a result, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed such pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross
income., In addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received
does not exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income
on the contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10%
penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from
such post-exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in
this subparagraph 3.
    
 
   
    F. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
    
 
   
 i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
    
 
   
    Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in ii
    or iii below:
    
 
   
    1.  If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
        before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
        remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
        rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
        such death;
    
 
   
    2.  If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
        entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after
        such death; and
    
 
   
    3.  If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or
        2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as
        the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be
        treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the
        individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
        affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
    
 
   
 ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
    
 
   
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is
    payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary
    may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend
    beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election must be
    made and payments must begin within a year of the death.
    
 
   
 iii. Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the
    benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
    living, such spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion
    for purposes of section i. above. This spousal continuation shall apply only
    once for this contract.
    
 
   
 3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
    
 
   
    The Code requires that investments supporting your contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817 provides that a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments
made by the separate account or underlying fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Department's diversification regulations require, among other
things, that:
    
 
   
- - no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
  account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
    
 
   
- - no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
    
 
   
- - no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
    
 
   
- - no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
    
 
   
    In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities
of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
    
 
   
    A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards
on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter
ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the company
or the contract owner must agree to pay the tax due for the period during which
the diversification requirements were not met.
    
 
   
    We monitor the diversification of investments in the separate accounts and
test for diversification as required by the Code. We intend to administer all
contracts subject to the diversification requirements in a manner that will
maintain adequate diversification.
    
 
   
 4. OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets
in the separate accounts supporting the
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the
contract owner. It is unclear under what circumstances an investor is considered
to have enough control over the assets in the separate account to be considered
the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
 
   
    The IRS has issued several rulings discussing investor control. These
rulings say that certain incidents of ownership by the contract owner, such as
the ability to select and control investments in a separate account, will cause
the contract owner to be treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
 
   
    In its explanation of the diversification regulations, the Treasury
Department recognized that the temporary regulations "do not provide guidance
concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a
segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather than the insurance
company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the account." The
explanation further indicates that "the temporary regulations provide that in
appropriate cases a segregated asset account may include multiple sub-accounts,
but do not specify the extent to which policyholders may direct their
investments to particular sub-accounts without being treated as the owners of
the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will be provided in
regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d), relating to the definition
of variable contract."
    
 
   
    The final regulations issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance
regarding investor control, and as of the date of this prospectus, guidance has
yet to be issued. We do not know if additional guidance will be issued. If
guidance is issued, we do not know if it will have a retroactive effect.
    
 
   
    Due to the lack of specific guidance on investor control, there is some
uncertainty about when a contract owner is considered the owner of the assets
for tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract, as necessary, to
prevent you from being considered the owner of assets in the separate account.
    
 
   
  D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
    
 
   
 1. NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS.
    
 
   
    The portion of a non-periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax withholding unless the recipient elects
not to have taxes withheld. If there is no election to waive withholding, 10% of
the taxable distribution will be withheld as federal income tax. Election forms
will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the necessary
election forms are not submitted to Hartford, Hartford will automatically
withhold 10% of the taxable distribution.
    
 
   
 2. PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN ONE
    YEAR).
    
 
   
    The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income will
be subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were married
claiming three exemptions. A recipient may elect not to have income taxes
withheld or have income taxes withheld at a different rate by providing a
completed election form. Election forms will be provided at the time
distributions are requested.
    
 
   
  E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING
     QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to Appendix I for information relative to the types of plans
for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such
plans.
    
 
   
  F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT
    ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
    The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal
income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or
residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be
subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on annuity distributions at a
30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be
subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that
may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence.
Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser
regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity purchase.
    
 
   
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
    
 
   
                             HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD
    
 
   
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately controlled by
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal business address of
HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
 
   
    The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives of
Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.
    
<PAGE>
28                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.
    
 
   
    Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.
    
 
   
    Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for variable
insurance compensation. Compensation is generally based on premium payments made
by policyholders or contract owners. This compensation is usually paid from the
sales charges described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
    In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance products.
These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers or financial
institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford out of their own
assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the policyholders or contract
owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable insurance products.
    
 
   
                                   YEAR 2000
    
 
   
    IN GENERAL -- The Year 2000 issue relates to the ability or inability of
computer hardware, software and other information technology (IT) systems, as
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment and machinery with imbedded chips and
microprocessors, to properly process information and data containing or related
to dates beginning with the year 2000 and beyond. The Year 2000 issue exists
because, historically, many IT and non-IT systems that are in use today were
developed years ago when a year was identified using a two-digit date field
rather than a four-digit date field. As information and data containing or
related to the century date are introduced to date sensitive systems, these
systems may recognize the year 2000 as "1900", or not at all, which may result
in systems processing information incorrectly. This, in turn, may significantly
and adversely affect the integrity and reliability of information databases of
IT systems, may cause the malfunctioning of certain non-IT systems, and may
result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to a company. In addition, Year
2000 problems that occur with third parties with which a company does business,
such as suppliers, computer vendors, distributors and others, may also adversely
affect any given company.
    
 
   
    The integrity and reliability of Hartford's IT systems, as well as the
reliability of its non-IT systems, are integral aspects of Hartford's business.
Hartford issues insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds and other financial
products to individual and business customers, nearly all of which contain date
sensitive data, such as policy expiration dates, birth dates and premium payment
dates. In addition, various IT systems support communications and other systems
that integrate Hartford's various business segments and field offices. Hartford
also has business relationships with numerous third parties that affect
virtually all aspects of Hartford's business, including, without limitation,
suppliers, computer hardware and software vendors, insurance agents and brokers,
securities broker-dealers and other distributors of financial products, many of
which provide date sensitive data to Hartford, and whose operations are
important to Hartford's business.
    
 
   
    INTERNAL YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Beginning in 1990, Hartford
began working on making its IT systems Year 2000 ready, either through
installing new programs or replacing systems. Since January 1998, Hartford's
Year 2000 efforts have focused on the remaining Year 2000 issues related to IT
and non-IT systems in all of Hartford's business segments. These Year 2000
efforts include the following five main initiatives: (1) identifying and
assessing Year 2000 issues; (2) taking actions to remediate IT and non-IT
systems so that they are Year 2000 ready; (3) testing IT and non-IT systems for
Year 2000 readiness; (4) deploying such remediated and tested systems back into
their respective production environments; and (5) conducting internal and
external integrated testing of such systems. As of December 31, 1998, Hartford
substantially completed initiatives (1) through (4) of its internal Year 2000
efforts. Hartford has begun initiative (5) and management currently anticipates
that such activity will continue into the fourth quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    THIRD PARTY YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Hartford's Year 2000 efforts
include assessing the potential impact on Hartford of third parties' Year 2000
readiness. Hartford's third party Year 2000 efforts include the following three
main initiatives: (1) identifying third parties which have significant business
relationships with Hartford, including, without limitation, insurance agents,
brokers, third party administrators, banks and other distributors and servicers
of financial products, and inquiring of such third parties regarding their Year
2000 readiness; (2) evaluating such third parties' responses to Hartford's
inquiries; and (3) based on the evaluation of third party responses (or a third
party's failure to respond) and the significance of the business relationship,
conducting additional activities with respect to third parties as determined to
be necessary in each case. These activities may include conducting additional
inquiries, more in-depth evaluations of Year 2000 readiness and plans, and
integrated IT systems testing. Hartford has completed the first third party
initiative and, as of early 1999, had substantially completed evaluating third
party responses received. Hartford has begun conducting the additional
activities described in initiative (3) and
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
management currently anticipates that it will continue to do so through the end
of 1999. However, notwithstanding these third party Year 2000 efforts, Hartford
does not have control over these third parties and, as a result, Hartford cannot
currently determine to what extent future operating results may be adversely
affected by the failure of these third parties to adequately address their Year
2000 issues.
    
 
   
    YEAR 2000 COSTS -- The costs of Hartford's Year 2000 program that were
incurred through the year ended December 31, 1997 were not material to
Hartford's financial condition or results of operations. The after-tax costs of
Hartford's Year 2000 efforts for the year ended December 31, 1998 were
approximately $3 million. Management currently estimates that after-tax costs
related to the Year 2000 program to be incurred in 1999 will be less than $10
million. These costs are being expensed as incurred.
    
 
   
    RISKS AND CONTINGENCY PLANS -- If significant Year 2000 problems arise,
including problems arising with third parties, failures of IT and non-IT systems
could occur, which in turn could result in substantial interruptions in
Hartford's business. In addition, Hartford's investing activities are an
important aspect of its business and Hartford may be exposed to the risk that
issuers of investments held by it will be adversely impacted by Year 2000
issues. Given the uncertain nature of Year 2000 problems that may arise,
especially those related to the readiness of third parties discussed above,
management cannot determine at this time whether the consequences of Year 2000
related problems that could arise will have a material impact on Hartford's
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    Hartford is in the process of developing certain contingency plans so that
if, despite its Year 2000 efforts, Year 2000 problems ultimately arise, the
impact of such problems may be avoided or minimized. These contingency plans are
being developed based on, among other things, known or reasonably anticipated
circumstances and potential vulnerabilities. The contingency planning also
includes assessing the dependency of Hartford's business on third parties and
their Year 2000 readiness. Hartford currently anticipates that internal and
external contingency plans will be substantially complete by the end of the
second quarter of 1999. However, in many contexts, Year 2000 issues are dynamic,
and ongoing assessments of business functions, vulnerabilities and risks must be
made. As such, new contingency plans may be needed in the future and/or existing
plans may need to be modified as circumstances warrant.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
    There are no material legal proceedings pending to which the Separate
Account is a party.
    
 
   
    Counsel with respect to federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue
and sale of the Contracts and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Hartford Life
Insurance Company, P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104-2999.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
    The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
    
 
   
                                MORE INFORMATION
    
 
   
    You may call your Representative if you have any questions or write or call
us at the address below:
    
 
   
 Hartford Life Insurance Company
 Attn: Individual Annuity Services
 P.O. Box 5085
 Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
    
 
   
 Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)
           1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
    
<PAGE>
30                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   APPENDIX I
              INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about
the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a
tax-qualified retirement plan. Because of the complexity of the federal tax
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
    
 
   
    The federal tax rules applicable to owners of Contracts under tax-qualified
retirement plans vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Contract owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person may be
controlled by the terms and conditions of the tax-qualified retirement plan
itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of a Contract. We are not bound
by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms conflict with
a Contract, unless we specifically consent to be bound.
    
 
   
    Some tax-qualified retirement plans are subject to distribution and other
requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures.
Contract owners, participants and beneficiaries are responsible for determining
that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable
law. Tax penalties may apply to transactions with respect to tax-qualified
retirement plans if applicable federal income tax rules and restrictions are not
carefully observed.
    
 
   
    We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types
of tax-qualified retirement plans discussed below and may not offer the
Contracts for all types of tax-qualified retirement plans in the future.
    
 
   
    1. TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLANS -- Eligible employers can
establish certain tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans under section
401 of the Code. Rules under section 401(k) of the Code govern certain "cash or
deferred arrangements" under such plans. Rules under section 408(k) govern
"simplified employee pensions". Tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans
are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons
who may be eligible to participate and the time when distributions must
commence. Employers intending to use the Contracts in connection with
tax-qualified pension or profit-sharing plans should seek competent tax and
other legal advice.
    
 
   
    2. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B) -- Public schools and
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations, as
specified in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, can purchase tax-sheltered annuity
contracts for their employees. Tax-deferred contributions can be made to
tax-sheltered annuity contracts under section 403(b) of the Code, subject to
certain limitations. Generally, such contributions may not exceed the lesser of
$10,000 (indexed) or 20% of the employee's "includable compensation" for such
employee's most recent full year of employment, subject to other adjustments.
Special provisions under the Code may allow some employees to elect a different
overall limitation.
    
 
   
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CONTRACT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT, unless such
distribution is made:
    
 
   
- - after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - upon separation from service;
    
 
   
- - upon death or disability; or
    
 
   
- - in the case of hardship (and in the case of hardship, any income attributable
  to such contributions may not be distributed).
    
 
   
    Generally, the above restrictions do not apply to distributions attributable
to cash values or other amounts held under a section 403(b) contract as of
December 31, 1988.
    
 
   
    3. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 -- A governmental employer
or a tax-exempt employer other than a governmental unit can establish a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code. For these purposes, a
"governmental employer" is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State.
Employees and independent contractors performing services for a governmental or
tax-exempt employer can elect to have contributions made to a Deferred
Compensation Plan of their employer in accordance with the employer's plan and
section 457 of the Code.
    
 
   
    Deferred Compensation Plans that meet the requirements of section 457(b) of
the Code are called "eligible" Deferred Compensation Plans. Section 457(b)
limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on
contributions is 33 1/3% of a participant's includable compensation (typically
25% of gross compensation) or, for 1999, $8,000 (indexed), whichever is less.
The plan may provide for additional "catch-up" contributions during the three
taxable years ending before the year in which the participant attains normal
retirement age.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    All of the assets and income of an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan
established by a governmental employer after August 20, 1996, must be held in
trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For
this purpose, custodial accounts and certain annuity contracts are treated as
trusts. Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans that were in existence on August
20, 1996 may be amended to satisfy the trust and exclusive benefit requirements
any time prior to January 1, 1999, and must be amended not later than that date
to continue to receive favorable tax treatment. The requirement of a trust does
not apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt
(non-governmental) employer. In addition, the requirement of a trust does not
apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer
if the Deferred Compensation Plan is not an eligible plan within the meaning of
section 457(b) of the Code. In the absence of such a trust, amounts under the
plan will be subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
    
 
   
    In general, distributions from an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan are
prohibited under section 457 of the Code unless made after the participating
employee:
    
 
   
- - attains age 70 1/2,
    
 
   
- - separates from service,
    
 
   
- - dies, or
    
 
   
- - suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency as defined in the Code.
    
 
   
    Under present federal tax law, amounts accumulated in a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code cannot be transferred or rolled
over on a tax-deferred basis except for certain transfers to other Deferred
Compensation Plans under section 457 in limited cases.
    
 
   
    4. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS") UNDER SECTION 408
    
 
   
    TRADITIONAL IRAS -- Eligible individuals can establish individual retirement
programs under section 408 of the Code through the purchase of an IRA. Section
408 imposes limits with respect to IRAs, including limits on the amount that may
be contributed to an IRA, the amount of such contributions that may be deducted
from taxable income, the persons who may be eligible to contribute to an IRA,
and the time when distributions commence from an IRA. Distributions from certain
tax-qualified retirement plans may be "rolled-over" to an IRA on a tax-deferred
basis.
    
 
   
    SIMPLE IRAS -- Eligible employees may establish SIMPLE IRAs in connection
with a SIMPLE IRA plan of an employer under section 408(p) of the Code. Special
rollover rules apply to SIMPLE IRAs. Amounts can be rolled over from one SIMPLE
IRA to another SIMPLE IRA. However, amounts can be rolled over from a SIMPLE IRA
to a Traditional IRA only after two years have expired since the employee first
commenced participation in the employer's SIMPLE IRA plan. Amounts cannot be
rolled over to a SIMPLE IRA from a qualified plan or a Traditional IRA. Hartford
is a non-designated financial institution for purposes of the SIMPLE IRA rules.
    
 
   
    ROTH IRAS -- Eligible individuals may establish Roth IRAs under section 408A
of the Code. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. Subject to special
limitations, a Traditional IRA may be converted into a Roth IRA or a
distribution from a Traditional IRA may be rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, a
conversion or a rollover from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is not excludable
from gross income. If certain conditions are met, qualified distributions from a
Roth IRA are tax-free.
    
 
   
    5. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES AND WITHHOLDING -- Distributions from tax-qualified
retirement plans are generally taxed as ordinary income under section 72 of the
Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable from
income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution that bears the
same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
    
 
   
    (A) PENALTY TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes an additional penalty tax equal to 10% of
the taxable portion of a distribution from certain tax-qualified retirement
plans. However, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distributions that is:
    
 
   
- - Made on or after the date on which the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - Made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the employee) on or after the death
  of the employee;
    
 
   
- - Attributable to the employee's becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);
    
 
   
- - Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
  than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the
  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his or her
  designated beneficiary;
    
 
   
- - Except in the case of an IRA, made to an employee after separation from
  service after reaching age 55; or
    
 
   
- - Not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for
  eligible medical expenses during the taxable year.
    
 
   
    IN ADDITION, THE 10% PENALTY TAX DOES NOT APPLY TO A DISTRIBUTION FROM AN
IRA THAT IS:
    
 
   
- - Made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health
  insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
    
 
   
- - Not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses,
  as defined by section 72(t)(7) of the Code; or
    
<PAGE>
32                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - A qualified first-time homebuyer distribution meeting the requirements
  specified at section 72(t)(8) of the Code.
    
 
   
    If you are a participant in a SIMPLE IRA plan, you should be aware that the
10% penalty tax is increased to 25% with respect to non-exempt early
distributions made from your SIMPLE IRA during the first two years following the
date you first commenced participation in any SIMPLE IRA plan of your employer.
    
 
   
    (B) MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX
    
 
   
    If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution for
the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that was
not properly distributed.
    
 
   
    An individual's interest in a tax-qualified retirement plan generally must
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required
Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of:
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2; or
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual retires from service with the
  employer sponsoring the plan.
    
 
   
    The Required Beginning Date for an individual who is a five (5) percent
owner (as defined in the Code), or who is the owner of an IRA, is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the individual attains age
70 1/2.
    
 
   
    The entire interest of the Participant must be distributed beginning no
later than the Required Beginning Date over:
    
 
   
- - the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and the
  Participant's designated beneficiary, or
    
 
   
- - over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's designated
  beneficiary.
    
 
   
    Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the applicable
life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value
as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. In
addition, minimum distribution incidental benefit rules may require a larger
annual distribution.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies before reaching his or her Required Beginning Date,
the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed within five years
of the individual's death. However, this rule will be deemed satisfied, if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of the beneficiary). If the beneficiary is the individual's surviving
spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have attained
age 70 1/2.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies after reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or
after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must generally be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the time of the individual's death.
    
 
   
    (C) WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    In general, regular wage withholding rules apply to distributions from IRAs
and plans described in section 457 of the Code. Periodic distributions from
other tax-qualified retirement plans that are made for a specified period of 10
or more years or for the life or life expectancy of the participant (or the
joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and beneficiary) are
generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were
married claiming three exemptions. The recipient of periodic distributions may
generally elect not to have withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld
at a different rate by providing a completed election form.
    
 
   
    Mandatory federal income tax withholding at a flat rate of 20% will
generally apply to other distributions from such other tax-qualified retirement
plans unless such distributions are:
    
 
   
- - the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
    
 
   
- - required minimum distributions; or
    
 
   
- - direct transfer distributions.
    
 
   
    Direct transfer distributions are direct payments to an IRA or to another
eligible retirement plan under Code section 401(a)(31).
    
 
   
    Certain states require withholding of state taxes when federal income tax is
withheld.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
               APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 1
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you made no Surrenders during the year, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $105,000, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>           <S>
$100,000      Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
   5,000      Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
- --------
 105,000      Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    If you elected the Optional Death Benefit, you would be guaranteed a Death
Benefit payment equal to at least $105,000.
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 2
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you Surrendered $10,000 on January 1, 1999 and your Contract Value immediately
prior to the partial Surrender was $100,000, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $94,500, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>
 $100,000       Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
    5,000       Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
 ($10,500)      Adjustment for partial Surrender*
- ---------
  $94,500       Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
* The Adjustment for the partial Surrender reduces the Interest Accumulation
  Value by an amount equal to the proportion of the partial Surrender to the
  Contract Value prior to the partial Surrender. Therefore, in this example, the
  $10,500 reduction to the Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by dividing
  the amount of the Surrender, $10,000, by the Contract Value paid prior to the
  Surrender, $100,000. This ratio (Surrender DIVIDED BY Contract Value prior to
  Surrender) is multiplied by the Interest Accumulation Value prior to
  Surrenders and results in the adjustment for the partial Surrender.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Interest Accumulation Value prior to Surrenders........  $105,000
Multiplied by ratio of Surrenders  DIVIDED BY Contract
 Value prior to Surrenders ($10,000  DIVIDED BY
 100,000)..............................................   X   .10
                                                         --------
Adjustment for the partial Surrender...................  $ 10,500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Surrender reduced the Interest Accumulation Value by $10,500 ($105,000 -
94,500).
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
34                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SECTION                                                                   PAGE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----
 <S>                                                                       <C>
 DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY..........................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS...................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS..........................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS...............................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN.........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS.................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
This form must be completed for all tax sheltered annuities.
    
 
   
                     SECTION 403(b)(11) ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
    
 
   
    The Hartford Variable Annuity Contract which you have recently purchased is
subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
Contributions to the Contract after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash
value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed to you unless you have:
    
 
   
    a. attained age 59 1/2,
    
 
   
    b. separated from service,
    
 
   
    c. died, or
    
 
   
    d. become disabled.
    
 
   
Distributions of post December 31, 1988 contributions (excluding any income
thereon) may also be made if you have experienced a financial hardship.
    
 
   
Also, there may be a 10% penalty tax for distributions made prior to age 59 1/2
because of financial hardship or separation from service.
    
 
   
Also, please be aware that your 403(b) Plan may also offer other financial
alternatives other than the AmSouth Variable Annuity. Please refer to your Plan.
    
 
   
    Please complete the following and return to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
Name of Contract Owner/Participant
    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Address
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
City or Plan/School District
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Date:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Contract No:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Signature:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
   
    To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form
below and mail to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Attn: Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Series II of The
AmSouth Variable Annuity to me at the following address:
    
 
   
- ----------------------------------------------------
                            Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                          Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                        Zip
Code
    
<PAGE>
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          

                                       PART B
                                          
<PAGE>

                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                          HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                       SERIES II OF AMSOUTH VARIABLE ANNUITY


This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The 
information contained herein should be read in conjunction with the 
prospectus.

To obtain a prospectus, send a written request to Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Attn:  Individual Annuity Services, P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT  
06102-5085.


   
Date of Prospectus:  May 3, 1999

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  May 3, 1999
    




















333-69485

<PAGE>
                                      -2-

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION                                                                    PAGE
- -------                                                                    ----
DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .















<PAGE>

                                      -3-

                   DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in 
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all 
states of the United States and the District of Columbia.  We were originally 
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and 
subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut.  Our offices are located in 
Simsbury, Connecticut; however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 2999, 
Hartford, CT 06104-2999.  We are ultimately controlled by The Hartford 
Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest financial service 
providers in the United States.

                                 HARTFORD'S RATINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                EFFECTIVE   
        RATING AGENCY        DATE OF RATING   RATING        BASIS OF RATING
        -------------        --------------   ------        ---------------
 <S>                         <C>              <C>      <C>
 A.M. Best and Company, Inc.      1/1/99         A+    Financial performance
 Standard & Poor's                6/1/98        AA     Insurer financial strength
 Duff & Phelps                   12/21/98       AA+    Claims paying ability
</TABLE>

                                  SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Separate Account is held by Hartford.  The assets 
are kept physically segregated and are held separate and apart from 
Hartford's general corporate assets.  Records are maintained of all purchases 
and redemptions of Fund shares held in each of the Sub-Accounts.

                           INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included 
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, 
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect 
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm 
as experts in giving said reports.  The principal business address of Arthur 
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

   
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal 
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account.  
HSD is an affiliate of Hartford.  Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately 
controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.  The principal 
business address of HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    

<PAGE>
                                      -4-

The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as 
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives 
of Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.

HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc.

Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium 
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional 
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.

Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a 
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for 
variable insurance compensation.   Compensation is generally based on premium 
payments made by policyholders or contract owners.  This compensation is 
usually paid from the sales charges described in the prospectus.

In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive 
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other 
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation 
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on 
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance 
products. These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers 
or financial institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford 
out of their own assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the 
policyholders or contract owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable 
insurance products.

   
Hartford currently pays HSD underwriting commissions for its role as 
Principal Underwriter of all variable annuities associated with this Separate 
Account. For the past three years, the aggregate dollar amount of 
underwriting commissions paid to HSD in its role as Principal Underwriter has 
been: 1998: $61,629,500, 1997: $64,851,026 and 1996: $59,896,541. HSD has 
retained none of these commissions.
    

                       CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

YIELD OF THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT.  As summarized in the prospectus 
under the heading "Performance Related Information," the yield of the Money 
Market Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period (the "base period") will be 
computed by determining the "net change in value" (calculated as set forth 
below) of a hypothetical account having a balance of one accumulation unit of 
the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical 
charge reflecting deductions from Contract Owner accounts, and dividing the 
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to 
obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the base period return by 
365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.  Net changes in value of a hypothetical account will include net 
investment income of the account (accrued daily dividends as declared by the 
underlying funds, less daily expense charges of the account) for the period, 
but will not include realized gains or losses or unrealized appreciation or 
depreciation on the underlying fund shares.

<PAGE>

                                      -5-

The effective yield is calculated by compounding the base period return by 
adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1 from 
the result, according to the following formula:

                                                365/7
     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)     ] - 1

THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT'S YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD WILL VARY IN 
RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES AND IN THE EXPENSES OF THE 
SUB-ACCOUNT. THE CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD REFLECT RECURRING CHARGES 
ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

The yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 
1998 for the Money Market Fund Sub-Account was as follows ($30 Annual 
Maintenance Fee):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                           YIELD                EFFECTIVE YIELD
- -----------                           -----                ---------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
Money Market*                         3.52%                     3.59%
</TABLE>

*Yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 1998.

YIELDS OF BOND FUND, HIGH YIELD FUND, AND MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
SUB-ACCOUNTS. As summarized in the prospectus under the heading "Performance 
Related Information," yields of the above Sub-Accounts will be computed by 
annualizing a recent month's net investment income, divided by a Fund share's 
net asset value on the last trading day of that month.  Net changes in the 
value of a hypothetical account will assume the change in the underlying 
mutual fund's "net asset value per share" for the same period in addition to 
the daily expense charge assessed, at the sub-account level for the 
respective period.  The Sub-Accounts' yields will vary from time-to-time 
depending upon market conditions and, the composition of the underlying 
funds' portfolios.  Yield should also be considered relative to changes in 
the value of the Sub-Accounts' shares and to the relative risks associated 
with the investment objectives and policies of the underlying Fund.

THE YIELD REFLECTS RECURRING CHARGES ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING 
THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

Yield calculations of the Sub-Accounts used for illustration purposes reflect 
the interest earned by the Sub-Accounts, less applicable asset charges 
assessed against a Contract Owner's account over the base period.  Yield 
quotations based on a 30-day period were computed by dividing the dividends 
and interest earned during the period by the maximum offering price per unit 
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

<PAGE>
                                      -6-

Example:

                                                             6
Current Yield Formula for the Sub-Account  2[((A-B)/(CD) + 1)  - 1]

Where     A = Dividends and interest earned during the period.
          B = Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
          C = The average daily number of units outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends.
          D = The maximum offering price per unit on the last day of 
              the period.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                                                     YIELD
- -----------                                                     -----
<S>                                                             <C>
Bond**                                                          4.61%
High Yield**                                                    7.56%
Mortgage Securities**                                           4.84%
</TABLE>

**Yield quotation based on a 30-day period ended December 31, 1998.

At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower 
than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results 
will continue.

The method of calculating yields described above for these Sub-Accounts 
differs from the method used by the Sub-Accounts prior to May 1, 1989.  The 
denominator of the fraction used to calculate yield was previously the 
average unit value for the period calculated.  That denominator will 
hereafter be the unit value of the Sub-Accounts on the last trading day of 
the period calculated.

   
CALCULATION OF TOTAL RETURN.  As summarized in the prospectus under the 
heading "Performance Related Information," total return is a measure of the 
change in value of an investment in a Sub-Account over the period covered and 
assumes that the Optional Death Benefit has not been elected. The formula for 
total return used herein includes three steps: (1)  calculating the value of 
the hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 as of the end of the period by 
multiplying the total number of units owned at the end of the period by the 
unit value per unit on the last trading day of the period; (2) assuming 
redemption at the end of the period and deducting any applicable contingent 
deferred sales charge and (3) dividing this account value for the 
hypothetical investor by the initial $1,000 investment and annualizing the 
result for periods of less than one year.  Total return will be calculated 
for one year, five years and ten years or some other relevant periods if a 
Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -7-

   
The following are the standardized average annual total return quotations for
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. There is no 
information for AmSouth Select Equity Sub-Account because as of December 31, 
1998 the Sub-Account has not commenced operation.
    


   STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          S/A    
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
AmSouth Equity Income   10/23/97     0.97%       N/A        N/A          1.00%
Advisers                  6/2/86    13.11%      13.11%     11.53%        N/A
Bond                      6/2/86    -3.20%       2.25%      5.13%        N/A
Capital Appreciation      6/2/86     4.04%      13.47%     15.27%        N/A
Dividend & Growth         3/8/94     4.97%       N/A        N/A         17.82%
Global Leaders           9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         21.47%
Growth and Income        5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A          8.18%
High Yield               9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         -6.51%
Index                     5/1/87    16.47%      19.00%     14.92%        N/A
International Advisers    3/1/95     1.94%       N/A        N/A          6.90%
International             7/2/90     1.72%       2.48%      N/A          2.96%
Opportunities
MidCap                   7/30/97    15.00%       N/A        N/A         16.89%
Money Market              6/2/86    -6.04%       0.04%      1.46%        N/A
Mortgage Securities       6/2/86    -4.61%       1.94%      4.53%        N/A
Small Company             8/9/96     0.23%       N/A        N/A          8.61%
Stock                     6/2/86    21.82%      19.02%     14.97%        N/A
</TABLE>

     STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          S/A    
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
AmSouth Equity Income   10/23/97     0.81%       N/A        N/A         3.64%
Advisers                 3/31/83    12.92%      12.92%     11.44%       N/A
Bond                     8/31/77    -3.36%       2.07%      4.84%       N/A
Capital Appreciation      4/2/84     3.87%      13.29%     15.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth         3/8/94     4.80%       N/A        N/A        17.64%
Global Leaders           9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        21.42%
Growth and Income        5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         8.07%
High Yield               9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        -6.55%
Index                     5/1/87    16.28%      18.81%     14.72%       N/A
International Advisers    3/1/95     1.77%       N/A        N/A         6.72%
International             7/2/90     1.56%       2.30%      N/A         2.75%
Opportunities
MidCap                   7/30/97    14.82%       N/A        N/A        16.70%
Money Market             6/30/80    -6.19%      -0.13%      1.43%       N/A
Mortgage Securities       1/1/85    -4.77%       1.77%      4.16%       N/A
Small Company             8/9/96     0.07%       N/A        N/A         8.43%
Stock                    8/31/77    21.62%      18.83%     14.78%       N/A
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                     -8-

In addition to the standardized total return, the Sub-Account may advertise a 
non-standardized total return.  This figure will usually be calculated for 
one year, five years, and ten years or other periods. Non-standardized total 
return is measured in the same manner as the standardized total return 
described above, except that the contingent deferred sales charge and the 
Annual Maintenance Fee are not deducted and the time periods used to 
calculate return are based on the inception date of the underlying Funds.  
Therefore, non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account is higher than 
standardized total return for a Sub-Account.

The following are the non-standardized annualized total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. There is no 
information for AmSouth Select Equity Sub-Account because as of December 31, 
1998 the Sub-Account had not commenced operation.

  NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
AmSouth Equity Income   10/23/97    10.97%        N/A        N/A        11.28%
Advisers                 3/31/83    23.11%       16.24%     13.66%       N/A
Bond                     8/31/77     6.80%        5.92%      7.51%       N/A
Capital Appreciation      4/2/84    14.04%       16.43%     17.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth         3/8/94    14.97%        N/A        N/A        20.65%
Global Leaders           9/30/98     N/A          N/A        N/A        31.47%
Growth and Income        5/29/98     N/A          N/A        N/A        18.18%
High Yield               9/30/98     N/A          N/A        N/A         3.49%
Index                     5/1/87    26.47%       21.84%     16.89%       N/A
International Advisers    3/1/95    11.94%        N/A        N/A        10.68%
International             7/2/90    11.72%        6.12%      N/A         6.00%
Opportunities
MidCap                   7/30/97    25.00%        N/A        N/A        24.85%
Money Market             6/30/80     3.96%        3.79%      4.21%       N/A
Mortgage Securities       1/1/85     5.39%        5.59%      6.93%       N/A
Small Company             8/9/96    10.23%        N/A        N/A        14.20%
Stock                    8/31/77    31.82%       21.93%     17.01%       N/A
</TABLE>

  NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
               THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
AmSouth Equity Income   10/23/97     0.09%       N/A        N/A        11.11%
Advisers                 3/31/83    22.92%      16.06%     13.49%       N/A
Bond                     8/31/77     6.64%       5.76%      7.34%       N/A
Capital Appreciation      4/2/84    13.87%      16.25%     16.91%       N/A
Dividend & Growth         3/8/94    14.80%       N/A        N/A        20.48%
Global Leaders           9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        31.42%
Growth and Income        5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        18.07%
High Yield               9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         3.45%
Index                     5/1/87    26.28%      21.66%     16.72%       N/A
International Advisers    3/1/95    11.77%       N/A        N/A        10.52%
International             7/2/90    11.56%       5.96%      N/A         5.84%
Opportunities
MidCap                   7/30/97    24.82%       N/A        N/A        24.66%
Money Market             6/30/80     3.81%       3.64%      4.05%       N/A
Mortgage Securities       1/1/85     5.23%       5.43%      6.77%       N/A
Small Company             8/9/96    10.07%       N/A        N/A        14.03%
Stock                    8/31/77    31.62%      21.75%     16.84%       N/A
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                      -9-

                                 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
total return in advertisements or in information furnished to present or 
prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
yield and total return in advertisements or information furnished to present 
or prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include 
in advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain 
Sub-Accounts) the ranking of those performance figures relative to such 
figures for groups of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services 
and Morningstar, Inc. as having the same investment objectives.

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the 
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices 
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index 
of 500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a market value-weighted and unmanaged index 
showing the changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks relative to 
the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is composed almost entirely of common 
stocks of companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, although the 
common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock Exchange or 
traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500 companies represented include 
400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial services concerns.  The 
S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Composite Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market 
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate 
market value of approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 
100.00 on February 5, 1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common 
stocks of companies traded over-the-counter and often through the National 
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  
Only those over-the-counter stocks having only one market maker or traded on 
exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an 
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock 
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index 
is weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy 
representation in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Shearson Lehman Government Bond Index (the "SL Government Index") is a 
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; 
all publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all 
quasi-federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government. Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted 
issues are not included in the SL Government Index.

The Shearson Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "SL 
Government/Corporate Index") is a measure of the market value of 
approximately 5,300 bonds with a face value currently in excess of $1.3 
trillion.  To be included in the SL Government/Corporate Index, an issue must 
have amounts outstanding in excess of $1 million, have at least one year to 
maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher ("investment grade") by a nationally 
recognized rating agency.

The Composite Index for Hartford Advisers Fund is comprised of the S&P 500 
(55%), the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (35%), both mentioned 
above, and 90 Day U.S. Treasury Bills (10%).
<PAGE>
 
   
                     THE DIRECTOR SELECT VARIABLE ANNUITY
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 5085
                       HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
                      Telephone:1-800-862-6668 (Contract
                                    Owners)
[LOGO]            1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase Series
II of The Director Select variable annuity. Please read it carefully.
    
 
   
The Director Select variable annuity is a Contract between you and Hartford Life
Insurance Company where you agree to make at least one payment to us and we
agree to make a series of annuity payments to you at a later date. This annuity
is a
flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both individuals and
groups. It is:
    
 
   
X  Flexible, because you may add premium payments at any time.
    
 
   
X  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
    until we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
X  Variable, because the value of your annuity will fluctuate with the
    performance of the underlying funds.
    
 
   
At purchase, you allocate your premium payment, which is any purchase payment
less any Premium Taxes, to "Sub-Accounts". These are subdivisions of our
Separate Account, an account that keeps your annuity assets separate from our
company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up
exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These
funds are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or
through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and
the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This annuity offers you
funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you
may pick those funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The
Sub-Accounts and the funds are listed below:
    
 
   
- - Mentor Perpetual International Sub-Account which purchases shares of Mentor
  VIP Perpetual Portfolio of the Mentor Variable Investment Portfolio.
    
 
   
- - Mentor Capital Growth Sub-Account which purchases shares of Mentor VIP Capital
  Growth Portfolio of the Mentor Variable Investment Portfolios.
    
 
   
- - Mentor Growth Sub-Account which purchases shares of Mentor VIP Growth
  Portfolio of the Mentor Variable Investment Portfolios.
    
 
   
- - Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Advisers
  HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Bond Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Bond HLS Fund,
  Inc.
    
 
   
- - Capital Appreciation Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Dividend and Growth Sub-Account which purchase shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Dividend and Growth HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Global Leaders Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Global Leaders HLS Fund.
    
 
   
- - Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Growth and Income HLS Fund.
    
 
   
- - High Yield Sub-Account which purchases shares of class IA of Hartford High
  Yield HLS Fund.
    
 
   
- - Index Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Index HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Opportunities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - MidCap Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford MidCap HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Money Market Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Money
  Market HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Mortgage Securities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Mortgage Securities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Small Company Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Small
  Company HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Stock Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Stock HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
<PAGE>
   
You may also allocate some or all of your premium payment to one of the "Fixed
Accumulation Features", which pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain
time period from the time the payment is made. Premium payments put in a Fixed
Accumulation Feature are not segregated from our company assets like the assets
of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
If you decide to buy this annuity, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us at 1-800-862-6668 to get a Statement of Additional
Information, free of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains
more information about this annuity and, like this prospectus, is filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. We have included the Table of Contents for
the Statement of Additional Information at the end of this prospectus.
    
 
   
Although we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commission doesn't approve or
disapprove these securities or determine if the information is truthful or
complete. Anyone who represents that the Securities and Exchange Commission does
these things may be guilty of a criminal offense.
    
 
   
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV).
    
 
   
This annuity IS NOT:
    
 
   
 -  A bank deposit or obligation
    
 
   
 -  Federally insured
    
 
   
 -  Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
    
 
   
This annuity may not be available for sale in all states.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
 <S>                                                                     <C>
 GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.............................................    4
 FEE TABLE SUMMARY.....................................................    5
 EXAMPLE...............................................................    6
 SUMMARY...............................................................    8
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.......................................   10
 THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................................................   10
 THE FUNDS.............................................................   10
 PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION.......................................   13
 THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES.......................................   13
 THE CONTRACT..........................................................   14
   Contract Value -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date..............   15
   Contract Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement
    Date...............................................................   16
   Surrenders..........................................................   16
   Contract Charges....................................................   17
   Death Benefits......................................................   19
 SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS.................................................   21
   Annuity Payments....................................................   22
   Other Information...................................................   24
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   24
 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   28
   How Contracts Are Sold..............................................   28
   Year 2000...........................................................   28
   Legal Matters.......................................................   29
   Experts.............................................................   29
   More Information....................................................   29
 APPENDIX I -- INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS....   30
 APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES.....................   33
 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   34
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
4                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
    
 
   
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate values before we begin
to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Located at 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. The
mailing address is Post Office Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085.
    
 
   
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments made since
that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
since that anniversary.
    
 
   
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge for annuities having a value of
less than $50,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary or when the annuity is
Surrendered in full. The charge is deducted proportionately from the funds in
use at the time.
    
 
   
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is based. The Annuitant may not
be changed.
    
 
   
ANNUITY: A Contract issued by us that provides, in exchange for premium
payments, a series of annuity payments.
    
 
   
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate your first annuity payment.
    
 
   
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate the value of the annuity
payments we make to you.
    
 
   
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN ("AIR"): The investment return, either 3%, 5% or 6%,
which we base your variable dollar amount payments on. You select the AIR before
we start to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
BENEFICIARY: The person or persons you designate to receive payment of the death
benefit upon the death of the Contract Owner.
    
 
   
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    
 
   
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before we begin making annuity payments.
    
 
   
CONTRACT: The contract is the individual Annuity contract and any endorsements
or riders. If you have a group annuity, you will receive a certificate rather
than a contract.
    
 
   
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The annual anniversary of the date we issued your annuity.
If your contract anniversary falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, then
the next Valuation Day will be your Contract Anniversary for that year.
    
 
   
CONTRACT OWNER(S) OR YOU: The owner(s) or holder(s) of this Annuity.
    
 
   
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of your Annuity that we get by adding up the
value of each of your Sub-Accounts and Fixed Accumulation Features on any
Valuation Day.
    
 
   
CONTRACT YEAR: The 12 months following the date you purchased your annuity and
from any Contract Anniversary.
    
 
   
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ("DCA"): Systematic transfers from one Account to another.
    
 
   
DCA PROGRAM FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES: Fixed Accumulation Features we
establish to use for dollar cost averaging programs. These are part of our
General Account.
    
 
   
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount we pay when the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.
    
 
   
DUE PROOF OF DEATH: A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court
of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof acceptable to us.
    
 
   
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE: This is an account that is part of our General
Account. You may allocate all or a portion of your premium payments or transfer
of Contract Value to this account.
    
 
   
FUNDS: The Funds described in this prospectus or any supplements to the
prospectus.
    
 
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT: Our General Account that includes our company assets and your
annuity assets allocated to any of the Fixed Accumulation Features or DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
HARTFORD OR WE: Hartford Life Insurance Company.
    
 
   
INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE: This is the amount which we use for the purpose of
calculating the optional interest accumulation death benefit.
    
 
   
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE: This is the highest Anniversary Value prior the
deceased's 81st birthday or the date of death, if earlier.
    
 
   
PAYEE: The person or party designated by you to receive annuity payments.
    
 
   
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on premium payments.
    
 
   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: An account that we establish to separate the assets for your
annuity Sub-Accounts from our company assets. Hartford Life Insurance Company
Separate Account Two.
    
 
   
SUB-ACCOUNT: Divisions established within the Separate Account.
    
 
   
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal or distribution from your annuity.
    
 
   
SURRENDER VALUE: What we pay you if you terminate your annuity before we begin
to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
value of the Separate Account is determined as of the close of the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
    
 
   
VALUATION PERIOD: The period between the close of business on successive
Valuation Days.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   FEE TABLE
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
                        Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                               (All Sub-Accounts)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                                                                 <C>
 Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of premium
   payments).......................................................    None
 Exchange Fee......................................................        $0
 Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amounts
   Surrendered)(1)
     First Year (2)................................................       7%
     Second Year...................................................       6%
     Third Year....................................................       6%
     Fourth Year...................................................       5%
     Fifth Year....................................................       4%
     Sixth Year....................................................       3%
     Seventh Year..................................................       2%
     Eighth Year...................................................       0%
 Annual Maintenance Fee (3)........................................     $30
 Annual Expenses -- Separate Account (as a percentage of daily
   Sub-Account value)
     Mortality and Expense Risk....................................    1.25%
 Optional Charges..................................................
     Optional Interest Accumulation Death Benefit (as a percentage
      of daily Sub-Account value)..................................     .15%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed on partial Surrenders
    which do not exceed 15% of premium payments each Contract year, on a
    non-cumulative basis.
    
 
   
(2) Length of time from each premium payment.
    
 
   
(3) The Annual Maintenance Fee is a single $30 charge deducted on each Contract
    Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value is less than $50,000. It
    is deducted proportionally from the investment options in use at the time of
    the charge.
    
 
   
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that your will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. We will deduct any
Premium Taxes that apply.
    
 
   
                         Annual Fund Operating Expenses
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL FUND
                                                    MANAGEMENT                OPERATING
                                                       FEES                    EXPENSES
                                                    (INCLUDING     OTHER      (INCLUDING
                                                     WAIVERS)     EXPENSES     WAIVERS)
                                                  --------------  --------  --------------
 <S>                                              <C>             <C>       <C>
 Mentor VIP Perpetual International Portfolio
   (1)...........................................     1.000%       0.600%       1.600%
 Mentor VIP Capital Growth Portfolio (1).........     0.800%       0.270%       1.070%
 Mentor VIP Growth Portfolio (1).................     0.700%       0.270%       0.970%
 Hartford Bond HLS Fund..........................     0.482%       0.021%       0.503%
 Hartford Stock HLS Fund.........................     0.439%       0.018%       0.457%
 Hartford Money Market HLS Fund..................     0.433%       0.015%       0.448%
 Hartford Advisers HLS Fund......................     0.616%       0.018%       0.634%
 Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund..........     0.623%       0.019%       0.642%
 Hartford Mortgage Securities HLS Fund...........     0.432%       0.030%       0.462%
 Hartford Index HLS Fund.........................     0.382%       0.019%       0.401%
 Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund...     0.681%       0.090%       0.771%
 Hartford Dividend & Growth HLS Fund.............     0.641%       0.018%       0.659%
 Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund........     0.755%       0.108%       0.863%
 Hartford MidCap HLS Fund........................     0.759%       0.034%       0.793%
 Hartford Small Company HLS Fund.................     0.753%       0.019%       0.772%
 Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund.............     0.767%       0.040%       0.807%
 Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund (2)............     0.487%       0.120%       0.607%
 Hartford High Yield HLS Fund (2)................     0.487%       0.035%       0.522%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) Each of the Mentor VIP Perpetual International Portfolio, Mentor VIP Capital
    Growth Portfolio and Mentor VIP Growth Portfolio has adopted a distribution
    plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
    
<PAGE>
6                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    amended. Under the plans, a Portfolio may pay fees as an annual rate up to
    0.25% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets. None of the Portfolios
    currently make payment under the plans, though they may do so at any time in
    the future.
    
 
   
(2) Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are new
    Funds. "Total Fund Operating Expenses" are based on annualized estimates of
    such expenses to be incurred in the current fiscal year. HL Investment
    Advisors, LLC has agreed to waive its fees for these until the assets of the
    Funds (excluding assets contributed by companies affiliated with HL
    Investment Advisors, LLC) reach $20 million. Absent this waiver, the
    Management Fee and Total Fund Operating Expenses would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund...      0.775%          0.120%            0.895%
    Hartford High Yield HLS Fund.......      0.775%          0.035%            0.810%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
 ----------------------------- ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Mentor Perpetual
   International..............  $ 94   $ 150   $ 199    $ 341     $ 31   $  95   $ 162    $ 341     $ 31   $  96   $ 163    $ 341
 Mentor Capital Growth........    89     134     172      289       25      79     135      289       26      80     136      289
 Mentor Growth................    88     131     167      279       24      76     130      278       25      77     131      279
 Bond.........................    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 Stock........................    83     115     140      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     104      226
 Money Market.................    83     114     140      225       19      60     103      224       20      60     104      225
 Advisers.....................    84     120     150      224       21      66     113      244       21      66     114      244
 Capital Appreciation.........    85     120     150      245       21      66     113      244       22      66     114      245
 Mortgage Securities..........    83     115     141      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     105      226
 Index........................    82     113     137      220       18      58     101      219       19      59     101      220
 International
   Opportunities..............    86     124     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      70     121      259
 Dividend & Growth............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 International Advisers.......    87     127     161      268       23      73     125      267       24      73     125      268
 MidCap.......................    86     125     158      261       22      71     121      260       23      71     122      261
 Small Company................    86     125     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      71     121      259
 Growth and Income............    86     126     159      262       23      71     122      262       23      72     123      262
 High Yield...................    83     117     N/A      N/A       20      62     N/A      N/A       20      63     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    84     119     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS NOT ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you Surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not Surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
                               ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Mentor VIP Perpetual
   International Portfolio....  $ 93   $ 145   $ 191    $ 327     $ 29   $  91   $ 155    $ 326     $ 30   $  91   $ 155    $ 327
 Mentor VIP Capital Growth
   Portfolio..................    87     129     164      274       24      74     128      273       24      75     128      274
 Mentor VIP Growth
   Portfolio..................    86     126     159      264       23      71     123      263       23      72     123      264
 Bond.........................    82     112     135      214       18      57      98      214       19      58      99      214
 Stock........................    81     110     133      209       17      55      96      209       18      56      97      209
 Money Market.................    81     110     132      208       17      55      95      208       18      56      96      208
 Advisers.....................    83     116     142      229       19      61     105      228       20      62     106      229
 Capital Appreciation.........    83     116     142      229       19      61     106      229       20      62     106      229
 Mortgage Securities..........    81     110     133      210       18      56      96      209       18      56      97      210
 Index........................    81     108     130      203       17      54      93      203       18      54      94      203
 International
   Opportunities..............    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Dividend & Growth............    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 International Advisers.......    85     123     154      253       22      68     117      252       22      69     118      253
 MidCap.......................    84     120     150      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Small Company................    85     121     150      245       21      66     113      245       22      67     114      245
 Growth and Income............    85     121     149      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 High Yield...................    82     112     N/A      N/A       18      57     N/A      N/A       19      58     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    83     115     N/A      N/A       19      60     N/A      N/A       20      61     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
8                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
HOW DO I PURCHASE THIS ANNUITY?
    
 
   
You must complete our application or order request and submit it to us for
approval with your first premium payment. Your first premium payment must be at
least $1,000 and subsequent premium payments must be at least $500. The minimum
premium payment requirements may differ if you are participating in our
automatic investing ("InvestEase-Registered Trademark-") program.
    
 
   
 -  For a limited time, usually within ten days after you receive your annuity,
    you may cancel your annuity without paying a Contingent Deferred Sales
    Charge. You bear the investment risk for your premium payment prior to our
    receipt of your request for cancellation.
    
 
   
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
    
 
   
Yes. We deduct this $30 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you
completely Surrender your annuity, if, on either of those dates, the value of
your annuity is less than $50,000.
    
 
   
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
    
 
   
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay two different types of
charges each year. The first type of charge is the fee you pay for insurance.
This charge is:
    
 
   
    A mortality and expense risk charge that is subtracted daily and is equal to
an annual charge of 1.25% of your Contract Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
    The second type of charge is the fee you pay for the Funds.
    
 
   
    Currently, total fund operating expenses with waivers range from 0.401% to
1.600% of the average daily value of the amount you have invested in the fund.
See the Annual Operation Expense Table for more complete information and the
funds' prospectuses attached to this prospectus.
    
 
   
    If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge
daily from your Contract Value and is equal to 0.15% per year of your Contract
Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
    
 
   
You can partially or fully Surrender your Contract subject to a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). You can partially Surrender your Contract without
any CDSC applied to the Surrender under the following conditions:
    
 
   
- - Surrenders which don't exceed 15% of premium payments per Contract Year
  (Annual Withdrawal Amount);
    
 
   
- - Surrenders made from premium payments invested more than seven years;
    
 
   
- - 100% Surrender of earnings after the seventh Contract Year;
    
 
   
- - Surrenders under the nursing home waiver (described as Eligible Confinement in
  the Contract); or
    
 
   
- - Surrenders eligible for disability waiver under a group qualified plan.
    
 
   
WILL HARTFORD PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
    
 
   
Your Contract has a Death Benefit and we offer an Optional Interest Accumulation
Death Benefit ("Optional Death Benefit") that you can elect for an additional
fee. There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner, joint owner or Annuitant,
die before we begin to make annuity payments. The Death Benefit will remain
invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions (unless
otherwise mutually specified by your Beneficiaries) and will be subject to
market fluctuations.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    IF YOU DO NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries, of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF YOU ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we will
calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is the highest Anniversary Value
    before the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death; or
    
 
   
4)  Your Interest Accumulation Value.
    
 
   
    The INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. The
Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II". If you elect the Optional Death
Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge daily from your Contract Value
equal to .15% of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's
spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract Owner, unless the
spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the
Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the
Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit
payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. This provision will only apply one time
for each Contract.
    
 
   
WHAT ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
    
 
   
When you purchase your annuity, you may choose one of the following annuity
payment options, or receive a lump sum payment:
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY where we make scheduled payments for the Annuitant's life.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the life of the
Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to the
Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due Proof
of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the Contract
Value, less any applicable Premium Taxes, applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select a variable dollar amount payment
    with the 5% AIR or fixed dollar amount annuity payments.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make payments for
the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed payments for a time
period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 100 years minus
your annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during the lifetimes
of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the Joint Annuitant.
At the time of electing this annuity payment option, the Contract Owner may
elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN
where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing
    
<PAGE>
10                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner may elect reduced payments over the
remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay the value of the remaining payments to your
    Beneficiary, either in a lump sum or we will continue payments until the end
    of the period selected.
    
 
   
    PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments for a
specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during the
first two Contract Years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary. The
maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    You must begin to take payments before the Annuitant's 90th birthday or the
end of the 10th Contract Year, which ever comes later, unless you elect a later
date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect and our approval. If you do not tell us what annuity payment option you
want before that time, we will pay you under the Life Annuity with a 10 year
period certain. You and Hartford can agree to start payments at a later date if
the laws in effect allow us to defer payment and we agree to allow you to defer.
The Annuity Commencement Date in New York may be different. Please consult your
Registered Representative or call us.
    
 
   
                                 HARTFORD LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states
of the United States as well as the District of Columbia. We were originally
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently
redomiciled to Connecticut. Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut;
however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085. We are
ultimately controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the
largest financial service providers in the United States.
    
 
   
                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     EFFECTIVE DATE
RATING AGENCY                          OF RATING     RATING             BASIS OF RATING
- -----------------------------------  --------------  ------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>      <C>
A.M. Best and Company, Inc.........        1/1/99      A+     Financial performance
Standard & Poor's..................        6/1/98     AA      Insurer financial strength
Duff & Phelps......................      12/21/98     AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of
our annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was
established on June 2, 1986 and is registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration does not involve
supervision by the Commission of the management or the investment practices of
the Separate Account or Hartford. The Separate Account meets the definition of
"Separate Account" under federal securities law. This Separate Account holds
only assets for variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account:
    
 
   
- - Holds assets for the benefit of you and other Contract Owners, and the persons
  entitled to the payments described in the Contract.
    
 
   
- - Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Hartford
  may conduct.
    
 
   
- - Is not affected by the rate of return of Hartford's General Account or by the
  investment performance of any of Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
- - May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account which
  holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the Separate
  Account which are not described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
- - Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not realized,
  from the assets it holds.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is
no assurance that the value of your Annuity will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
    
 
   
                                   THE FUNDS
    
 
   
    The Mentor Perpetual VIP International Portfolio, Mentor VIP Capital Growth
Portfolio and Mentor VIP Growth Portfolio are series of Mentor Variable
Investment Portfolios, a Massachusetts business trust. Mentor Perpetual
Advisors, LLC is the investment advisor to the Mentor Perpetual International
Portfolio. Mentor Perpetual Advisors is an investment advisory firm organized in
1995 and owned equally by Perpetual, PLC, a diversified financial services
holding company, and Mentor Investment Advisors, LLC ("Mentor Advisors"). Mentor
Advisors is the investment advisor to the Mentor VIP Capital Growth Portfolio
and Mentor VIP Growth Portfolio. Mentor Advisors is a
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
wholly-owned subsidiary of Mentor Investment Group LLC, which in turn is a
subsidiary of Wheat First Butcher Singer, Inc. Wheat First Butcher Singer is a
wholly owned subsidiary of First Union Corporation, a leading financial services
company with approximately $234 billion in assets and $17 billion in total
stockholders' equity as of December 31, 1998. EVEREN Capital Corporation
currently has a 20% ownership in Mentor Investment Group and may acquire
additional ownership based principally on the amount of Mentor Investment
Group's revenues attributable to clients of EVEREN Securities, Inc. and its
affiliates.
    
 
   
    HL Investment Advisors, Inc. ("HL Advisors") serves as the investment
adviser to each of the Hartford Funds. Wellington Management Company, LLP
("Wellington Management") and The Hartford Investment Management Company
("HIMCO") serve as sub-investment advisors and provide day to day investment
services.
    
 
   
    Each Hartford Fund, except for the Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund, the
Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund, is a
separate Maryland corporation registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as an open-end management investment company. The Hartford Global
Leaders HLS Fund, the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High
Yield HLS Fund are diversified series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc., a Maryland
corporation, also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
open-end management investment company. The shares of each Fund have been
divided into Class IA and Class IB. Only Class IA shares are available in this
Annuity.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds.
Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject
to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses, policies and procedures
are more fully described in the accompanying Funds' prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information, which you may order from us. The Funds' prospectus
should be read in conjunction with this prospectus before investing.
    
 
   
    The Funds may not be available in all states.
    
 
   
    The investment goals of each of the Funds are as follows:
    
 
   
    MENTOR VIP PERPETUAL INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO -- Seeks to provide long-term
capital appreciation by investing in a diversified portfolio of securities of
issuers located outside the United States. The Portfolio's investments will
normally include common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into
commons stocks or preferred stocks, and warrants to purchase common stocks or
preferred stocks. The Portfolio may also invest to a lesser extent in debt
securities and other types of investments if the investment adviser believe that
they would help achieve the Portfolio's objective.
    
 
   
    MENTOR VIP CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- Seeks to provide long-term
appreciation of capital by investing in a wide variety of securities which the
investment advisor believes offers the potential for capital appreciation over
both the immediate and long term.
    
 
   
    MENTOR VIP GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- Seeks to provide long-term growth of capital
through a diversified portfolio of equity securities. Although the Portfolio may
invest in companies of any size, the Portfolio invests principally in common
stocks of small to mid-sized companies.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total rate of return
by investing in common stocks and other equity securities, bonds and other debt
securities, and money market instruments. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD BOND HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent with
preservation of capital by investing primarily in investment grade fixed-income
securities. Up to 20% of the total assets of this Fund may be invested in debt
securities rated in the highest category below investment grade ("Ba" by Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. or "BB" by Standard & Poor's) or, if unrated, are
determined to be of comparable quality by the Fund's investment adviser.
Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information concerning the
risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer to the section
in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford Bond Fund, Inc."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD CAPITAL APPRECIATION HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing in equity securities selected solely on the basis of potential for
capital appreciation. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD DIVIDEND AND GROWTH HLS FUND -- Seeks a high level of current
income consistent with growth of capital by investing primarily in dividend
paying equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GLOBAL LEADERS HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by U.S. companies and non-U.S. high
quality growth companies worldwide that in the opinion of Wellington Management,
are leaders within their respective industries as indicated by an established
market presence and strong competitive position on a global, regional or country
basis. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD HIGH YIELD HLS FUND -- Seeks high current income by investing in
non-investment grade fixed-income securities. Growth of capital is a secondary
objective. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as
"high yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information
concerning the risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer
to the section in the
    
<PAGE>
12                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
accompanying prospectus for the funds entitled "Hartford High Yield HLS Fund."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GROWTH AND INCOME HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital and current
income by investing primarily in equity securities with earnings growth
potential and steady or rising dividends. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- Seeks to provide investment results that
approximate the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in
the aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index.* Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total
return consistent with prudent investment risk by investing in a portfolio of
equity, debt and money market securities. Securities in which the Fund invests
primarily will be denominated in non-U.S. currencies and will be traded in
non-U.S. markets. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MIDCAP HLS FUND -- Seeks to achieve long-term capital growth
through capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies with market capitalizations within the range presented by the Standard
& Poor's Mid-Cap 400 Index. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MORTGAGE SECURITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income
consistent with safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity by investing
primarily in mortgage-related securities, including securities issued by the
Government National Mortgage Association. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD SMALL COMPANY HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities within the range represented by the Russell 2000
Index selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Sub-advised
by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD STOCK HLS FUND -- Seeks long-term growth by investing primarily in
equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MONEY MARKET HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent
with liquidity and preservation of capital. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds are sold to our other
Separate Accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other Separate Accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another Fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding,
as disclosed in the funds' prospectus.
    
 
   
    VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the
Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder
meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we
will:
    
 
   
- - Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
  Contract may be voted.
    
 
   
- - Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
  how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
    
 
   
- - Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
  Owners.
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
  received from you, and
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same
  proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
    
 
   
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may
decide to do so. You may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for
your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payments to you, the
number of votes you have will decrease.
    
 
   
    SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right,
subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered
under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New
Funds will be will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we
determined appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional
payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
* "STANDARD & POOR'S," "S&P-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "S&P
  500-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "STANDARD & POOR'S 500," AND "500" ARE TRADEMARKS
  OF THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC. AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE BY HARTFORD.
  THE INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY STANDARD &
  POOR'S AND STANDARD & POOR'S MAKES NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE
  ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE INDEX FUND.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of any of the Funds for any
reason and to substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, substitutions of
shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have
the approval of the Commission and we have notified you of the change.
    
 
   
    In the event of any substitution or change, We may, by appropriate
endorsement, make such changes in the Contract as may be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such substitution or change. If we decide that it is in
the best interest of the Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated
as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law,
may be de-registered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no
longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
    
 
   
    When a Sub-Account advertises its STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN, it will usually
be calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant
periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the
Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the
investment at the end of the period and assumes that the Optional Death Benefit
has not been elected.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also advertise NON-STANDARD TOTAL RETURNS THAT
PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. These non-standardized
total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions
for charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. These
non-standardized returns must be accompanied by standardized total returns.
    
 
   
    If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise YIELD IN ADDITION TO TOTAL
RETURN. The yield will be computed in the following manner: the net investment
income per unit earned during a recent one month period, divided by the unit
value on the last day of the period. This figure reflects the recurring charges
at the Separate Account level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Money Market Fund Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield.
The yield of a Sub-Account is based upon the income earned by the Sub-Account
over a seven-day period and then annualized; i.e., the income earned in the
period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week period and stated
as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is calculated similarly but
when annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested
in Sub-Account units and thus compounded in the course of a 52-week period.
Yield and effective yield reflect the recurring charges at the Separate Account
level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also disclose yield for periods prior to the date
the Separate Account commenced operations. For periods prior to the date the
Separate Account commenced operations, performance information for the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated based on the performance of the underlying Funds
and the assumption that the Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods
as those of the underlying Funds, with a level of charges equal to those
currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. No yield disclosure for periods
prior to the date of the Separate Account will be used without the yield
disclosure for periods as of the date of the inception of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
    We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and
prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, dollar cost averaging and
asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred
and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios,
financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment
alternatives, including comparisons between the Contracts and the
characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
    
 
   
                        THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW: THIS PORTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING
TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES IS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES ARE NOT REGISTERED AS
INVESTMENT COMPANIES UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940 ACT"). NONE
OF THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES OR ANY OF THEIR INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT, AND THE STAFF OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
    
<PAGE>
14                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE
ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Payments and Contract Values allocated to a Fixed Accumulation Feature
become a part of our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
General Accounts. We have more than one Fixed Accumulation Feature. The standard
Fixed Accumulation Feature (the "Fixed Accumulation Feature") and then a number
of DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features, which we collectively refer to as
the "Fixed Accumulation Features".
    
 
   
    CURRENTLY, WE GUARANTEE THAT WE WILL CREDIT INTEREST AT A RATE OF NOT LESS
THAN 3% PER YEAR, COMPOUNDED ANNUALLY, TO AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT, IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION, TO CREDIT
INTEREST AT A RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR. YOU ASSUME THE RISK THAT INTEREST
CREDITED TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE MAY NOT EXCEED THE MINIMUM GUARANTEE
OF 3% FOR ANY GIVEN YEAR.
    
 
   
    We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates
currently in effect. There is no specific formula for the determination of
interest rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether
to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of return
currently available and anticipated on our investments, regulatory and tax
requirements and competitive factors. We will account for any deductions,
Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a "first-in",
"first-out" basis. For Contracts issued in the State of New York, Fixed
Accumulation Feature interest rates may vary from other states.
    
 
   
    From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners
under certain programs established at our sole discretion.
    
 
   
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS ") PROGRAM -- These programs will use
designated DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features. Currently, Contract Owners
may enroll in a special pre-authorized transfer program known as our Dollar Cost
Averaging Plus Program (the "Program"). Under this Program, Contract Owners who
enroll may allocate a minimum of $5,000 of their payment into the appropriate
DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature (we may allow a lower minimum premium
payment for qualified plan transfers or rollovers, including IRAs) and
pre-authorize transfers to any of the Sub-Accounts under either the 6 Month
Transfer Program or 12 Month Transfer Program. The 6-Month Transfer Program and
the 12-Month Transfer Program will generally have different credited interest
rates. Under the 6 Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 6
months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred from the DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Feature in use to the selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6
months. Under the 12-Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to
12 months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred to the
selected Sub-Accounts in 7 to 12 months. This will be accomplished by monthly
transfers for the period selected and a final transfer of the entire amount
remaining in the Program, which will generally be less than the prior monthly
transfer amounts. Contract Owners who purchase their Contracts in New York have
a different DCA Plus Program, which includes different credited interest rates.
Currently, only one DCA Plus Program transfer period is available in New York,
but that period allows transfers to selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 12 months.
    
 
   
    The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days after we receive the
initial Program payment and complete enrollment instructions. If We do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will transfer any remaining amounts to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and you will receive the Fixed Accumulation Feature's
current effective interest rate. Any subsequent payments we receive within the
Program period selected will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts over the remainder
of that Program transfer period, unless otherwise directed by You.
    
 
   
    You may only have one dollar cost averaging program in place at one time,
this means one standard dollar cost averaging plan or one Dollar Cost Averaging
Plus Program.
    
 
   
    You may elect to terminate the pre-authorized transfers by calling or
writing us of your intent to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation
of enrollment in the Program, you will no longer receive the increased interest
rate and unless we receive instructions to the contrary, the amounts remaining
in the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature may be transferred to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and accrue the interest rate currently in effect.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to discontinue, modify or amend the Program or any
other interest rate program established by Hartford. Any change to the Program
will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. This Program
may not be available in all states; please contact us to determine if it is
available in your state.
    
 
   
                                  THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    THE CONTRACT OFFERED -- The Contracts are individual or group tax-deferred
variable annuity contracts. They are
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
designed for retirement planning purposes and may be purchased by any
individual, group or trust, including; (a) any trustee or custodian for a
retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a), or 403(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code (which includes Section 401(k)); (b) annuity purchase plans adopted
by public school systems and certain tax-exempt organizations according to
Section 403(b) of the Code; (c) Individual Retirement Annuities adopted
according to Section 408 of the Code; (d) employee pension plans established for
employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or an agency or
instrumentality of either a state or a political subdivision of a state, and (e)
certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in Section 457 of the
Code ("Qualified Contracts").
    
 
   
    PURCHASING A CONTRACT -- A prospective Contract Owner may purchase a
Contract by completing and submitting an application or an order request along
with an initial premium payment to the Administrative Office of the Company. The
maximum age for Annuitant, Owner and Joint Owner on the Contract Issue Date is
85. Generally, the minimum premium payment is $1,000. The minimum subsequent
premium payment is $500. Certain plans may be allowed to make smaller periodic
premium payments. Unless we give our prior approval, we will not accept a
premium payment in excess of $1,000,000. Each premium payment, which is your
premium payment after the deduction of any applicable Premium Taxes, may be
split among the various Accounts subject to minimum amounts then in effect. We
will send you a confirmation notice upon receipt and acceptance of your premium
payment.
    
 
   
    RIGHT TO EXAMINE THE CONTRACT -- If you are not satisfied with your
purchase, you may cancel the Contract by returning it within 10 days (or longer
in some states) after you receive it. You must send a written request for
cancellation along with the Contract. We will, without deduction for any CDSC
normally assessed, pay you an amount equal to the Contract Value. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE PERIOD PRIOR TO OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR REQUEST FOR
CANCELLATION. We will refund the premium paid only for Individual Retirement
Annuities, if returned within seven days of receipt, and in those states where
required by law.
    
 
   
    CREDITING AND VALUATION -- Your premium payment, which is the balance
remaining after the deduction of any Premium Tax, is credited to your Contract
within two business days of receipt by us at our Administrative Office of a
properly completed application or an order to purchase a Contract and the
premium payment. The payment will be credited to the Accounts according to the
instructions we receive from you.
    
 
   
    If your application or other information is incomplete when received, your
payment will be credited to the Accounts within five business days of receipt of
complete information. If the payment is not credited within five business days,
it will be immediately returned to you unless you have been informed of the
delay and tell us not to return it.
    
 
   
    Subsequent premium payments are priced on the Valuation Day we receive the
payment in our Administrative Office, provided it is received before the New
York Stock Exchange closes. Unless otherwise specified, We will allocate any
subsequent payments to Accounts according to your most recent instructions.
    
 
   
                      CONTRACT VALUE -- BEFORE THE ANNUITY
                               COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    Your Contract Value reflects interest rate credited any amounts allocated to
the Fixed Accumulation Features and the investment performance of the
Sub-Accounts where you have payments allocated.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- Your Sub-Account Values on the date we issue your
Contract is the amount of your premium payment allocated to any Sub-Account.
After that, we determine your Sub-Account value by determining the Accumulation
Unit value for each Sub-Account, and then multiplying that value by the number
of those units. Sub-Account Value reflects any variation of the interest income,
dividends, net capital gains or losses, realized or unrealized, and any amounts
transferred into or out of that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNITS -- When Premium Payments are credited to your
Sub-Accounts, they are converted into accumulation Units by dividing the amount
of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you put into your Contract, the
more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation
Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account,
settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE -- The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account
was arbitrarily set initially at $1 when the Sub-Account began operations. After
that, the Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will equal (a) the
Accumulation Unit value at the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by
(b) the Net Investment Factor (see the definition below) for the Valuation Day
for which the Accumulation Unit value is being calculated.
    
 
   
    You will be advised, at least semiannually, of the number of Accumulation
Units credited to each Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, and
the total value of your Contract.
    
 
   
    THE NET INVESTMENT FACTOR (BEFORE AND AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT
DATE) -- The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure the investment
performance of a
    
<PAGE>
16                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each Sub-Account, the Net
Investment Factor reflects the investment performance of the Fund in which that
Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that Sub-Account for a
Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is calculated by dividing (a) by (b)
and subtracting (c) from the result, where:
    
 
   
(a) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in that Sub-Account, determined at
    the end of the current Valuation Period (plus the per share amount of any
    dividends or capital gains distributions made by that Fund);
    
 
   
(b) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at
    the beginning of the Valuation Period;
    
 
   
(c) Is a daily factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and any
    optional charges deducted from the Sub-Account, adjusted for the number of
    days in the Valuation Period.
    
 
   
                   CONTRACT VALUE TRANSFERS BEFORE AND AFTER
                         THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    You may transfer your Contract Values from one or more Accounts to another
Account free of charge. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF TRANSFERS TO
12 PER CONTRACT YEAR, WITH NO 2 TRANSFERS OCCURRING ON CONSECUTIVE VALUATION
DAYS. Transfers by telephone may be made by you or by your attorney-in-fact
pursuant to a power of attorney by calling us at 1-800-862-6668 or by the agent
of record by calling 1-800-862-7155. Telephone transfers may not be permitted by
some states. There may be limitations on transfers to and from the Fixed
Accumulation Features that are described in your Contract. Some states may allow
us to limit the dollar amount transferred.
    
 
   
    We, or our agents and affiliates will not be responsible for losses
resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be genuine.
We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
by telephone are genuine. The procedure we follow for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers provide certain information for
identification purposes. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-
recorded.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize transfers under certain circumstances.
Transfers between the Accounts may be made both before and after the Annuity
Commencement Date. Generally, the minimum allocation to any Sub-Account may not
be less than $500. All percentage (%) allocations must be in whole numbers
(e.g., 1%). No minimum balance is presently required in any Account.
    
 
   
    IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL CONFIRMATIONS OF
TRANSFERS AND TO PROMPTLY ADVISE US IN OUR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES OF ANY
INACCURACIES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE YOU RECEIVE YOUR CONFIRMATION.
    
 
   
    The right to reallocate Contract Values is subject to modification if we
determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise of that right by one or more
Contract Owners is, or would be, to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners.
Any modification could be applied to transfers to or from some or all of the
Accounts and could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum
time period between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent
acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, or
limiting the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts by
you at any one time. SUCH RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED IN ANY MANNER REASONABLY
DESIGNED TO PREVENT ANY USE OF THE TRANSFER RIGHT WHICH WE CONSIDER TO BE TO THE
DISADVANTAGE OF OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS.
    
 
   
    For Contracts issued in THE STATES OF NEW YORK, FLORIDA, MARYLAND OR OREGON,
the reservation of rights set forth in the preceding paragraph is limited to:
(i) requiring up to a maximum of 10 Valuation Days between each transfer; (ii)
limiting the amount to be transferred on any one Valuation Day to no more than
$2 million; and (iii) upon 30 days prior written notice, to only accepting
transfer instructions from you and not from your representative, agent or person
acting under a power of attorney for you.
    
 
   
    Currently, we will not accept instructions from agents acting under a power
of attorney of multiple Contract Owners whose Accounts aggregate more than $2
million, unless the agent has entered into a third party transfer services
agreement with us.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
                                   SURRENDERS
    
 
   
    Contract Owners should consult their tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of a Surrender.
    
 
   
 -  A Surrender made before age 59 1/2 may result in adverse tax consequences,
    including a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of the Surrender
    Value. (See "Federal Tax Considerations")
    
 
   
    PAYMENT OF SURRENDER AMOUNTS -- Payment of any request for a full or partial
Surrender from the Accounts will be made as soon as possible and in any event no
later than seven days after we receive the request at our Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    There may be postponement in the payment of Surrender Amounts whenever (a)
the New York Stock
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Exchange is closed; (b) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as
determined by the Commission; (c) the Commission permits postponement and so
orders; or (d) the Commission determines that an emergency exists making
valuation of the amounts or disposal of securities not reasonably practicable.
    
 
   
    FULL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- At any time prior
to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to fully Surrender the
Contract. In such event, the Surrender Value of the Contract may be taken in the
form of a lump sum cash payment.
    
 
   
    The Surrender Value of the Contract is equal to the Contract Value less any
Premium Taxes, the Annual Maintenance Fee and any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, if applicable. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount
of the payments made to your Contract.
    
 
   
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may make a
partial Surrender of your Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount Surrendered is at least equal to our
minimum amount rules then in effect. Additionally, if the remaining Contract
Value following a Surrender is less than $500, we may terminate the oCntract and
pay the Surrender Value. For Contracts issued in TEXAS, the Contract will not be
terminated when the remaining Contract Value after a Surrender is less than $500
unless there were no payments made during the previous 2 Contract Years.
    
 
   
    WHEN REQUESTING A PARTIAL SURRENDER, YOU SHOULD SPECIFY THE ACCOUNT(S) FROM
WHICH THE PARTIAL SURRENDER WILL BE TAKEN; OTHERWISE, THE SURRENDER WILL BE
TAKEN ON A PRO RATA BASIS ACCORDING TO THE VALUE IN EACH ACTIVE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize partial Surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect. We permit partial Surrenders by telephone subject to
dollar amount limitations in effect at the time you request the Surrender. To
request partial Surrenders by telephone, you must have completed and returned to
us a Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form authorizing telephone
Surrenders. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize us to accept
telephone instructions and agree that We may accept telephone instructions for
partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Partial Surrender requests will
not be honored until we receive all required documents in proper form.
    
 
   
    Telephone authorization will remain valid until (a) we receive written
notice of revocation by you, or, in the case of joint Contract Owners, written
notice from either Contract Owner; (b) we discontinue the privilege; or (c) we
have reason to believe that you have entered into a market timing agreement with
an investment adviser and/or broker/ dealer.
    
 
   
    We may record any telephone calls to verify data concerning transactions and
may adopt other procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising out of telephone
instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
    
 
   
    In order to obtain that day's unit values on Surrender, We must receive
telephone Surrender instructions prior to the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m.).
    
 
   
    We may modify, suspend, or terminate telephone transaction privileges at any
time.
    
 
   
    SURRENDERS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may fully Surrender
your Contract on or after the Annuity Commencement Date if you elect the Payment
For a Period Certain Settlement Option. We pay you the commuted value that is
equal to the present value of the remaining payments we are scheduled to make
less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The commuted value is
determined as of the date we receive your written request for Surrender at our
Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    Partial Surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date if you
elect the Payment for a Period Certain Settlement Option, but check with your
tax adviser because there may be adverse tax consequences.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION -- THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION
403(B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1988, ALL SECTION 403(B)
ANNUITIES HAVE LIMITS ON FULL AND PARTIAL SURRENDERS. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
CONTRACT MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND ANY INCREASES IN CASH VALUE AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1988 MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED UNLESS THE CONTRACT OWNER/EMPLOYEE HAS
A) ATTAINED AGE 59 1/2, B) SEPARATED FROM SERVICE, C) DIED, D) BECOME DISABLED
OR E) EXPERIENCED FINANCIAL HARDSHIP (CASH VALUE INCREASES MAY NOT BE
DISTRIBUTED FOR HARDSHIPS PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2). DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO AGE
59 1/2 DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE MAY STILL BE SUBJECT
TO A PENALTY TAX OF 10%. WE WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING
WHETHER A SURRENDER IS PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT TAX PENALTY, IN ANY
PARTICULAR SITUATION; OR IN MONITORING SURRENDER REQUESTS REGARDING PRE OR POST
JANUARY 1, 1989 CONTRACT VALUES. ANY FULL OR PARTIAL SURRENDER DESCRIBED ABOVE
MAY AFFECT THE CONTINUING TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS OF SOME CONTRACTS OR PLANS AND
MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE CONTRACT OWNER. THE CONTRACT
OWNER, THEREFORE, SHOULD CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE UNDERTAKING ANY SUCH
SURRENDER. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS")
    
 
   
                                CONTRACT CHARGES
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to
    
<PAGE>
18                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
distributing organizations and the cost of preparing sales literature and other
promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PAYMENTS NOT SUBJECT TO CDSC
    
 
   
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- During the first seven Contract years, you may
make a partial Surrender of Contract Values of up to 15% of the premium payments
each Contract Year on a non-cumulative basis, as determined on the date of the
requested Surrender, without the application of the CDSC. After the seventh
Contract Year, you may make a partial Surrender each Contract Year of 15% of
premium payments made during the seven years prior to the Surrender and 100% of
the Contract Value less the premium payments made during the seven years prior
to the Surrender. These amounts are different for group unallocated Contracts
and Contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.
    
 
   
    EXTENDED SURRENDER PRIVILEGE -- This privilege allows Annuitants who attain
age 70 1/2 with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b)
plan to Surrender an amount equal to the required minimum distribution for the
stated Contract without incurring any CDSC.
    
 
   
WAIVERS OF CDSC
    
 
   
    CONFINEMENT IN A NURSING HOME, HOSPITAL OR LONG TERM CARE FACILITY
(DESCRIBED AS ELIGIBLE CONFINEMENT IN THE CONTRACT) -- We will waive any CDSC
applicable to a partial or full Surrender if the Annuitant, Contract Owner or
joint annuitant is confined, at the recommendation of a physician for medically
necessary reasons, for at least 180 calendar days to: a hospital recognized as a
general hospital by the proper authority of the state in which it is located; or
a hospital recognized as a general hospital by the Joint Commission on the
Accreditation of Hospitals; or a facility certified as a hospital or long-term
care facility; or a nursing home licensed by the state in which it is located
and offers the services of a registered nurse 24 hours a day.
    
 
   
    The Annuitant, Contract Owner or joint annuitant cannot be confined at the
time the Contract is purchased in order to receive this waiver and the Contract
Owner(s) must have been the Contract Owner(s) continuously since the Contract
issue date. You must provide written proof of confinement satisfactory to
Hartford and you must request the partial or full Surrender within 91 calendar
days of the last day of confinement.
    
 
   
    This waiver may not be available in all states. Please contact your
registered representative or contact Us to determine availability.
    
 
   
    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR CONTRACT OWNER OR PAYMENTS UNDER AN ANNUITY
OPTION -- No CDSC otherwise applicable will be assessed in the event of death of
the Annuitant, death of the Contract Owner or if payments are made under an
Annuity option (other than a Surrender of variable payments for a Period Certain
Annuity option) provided for under the Contract.
    
 
   
    OTHER PLANS OR PROGRAMS -- Certain plans or programs established by us from
time to time may have different Surrender privileges.
    
 
   
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- For assuming risks under the Contract,
We deduct a daily charge at the rate of 1.25% per year against all Contract
Values held in the Accounts during the life of the Contract. Although variable
annuity payments made under the Contracts will vary in accordance with the
investment performance of the underlying Fund shares held in the Sub-Account(s),
the payments will not be affected by (a) our actual mortality experience among
Annuitants before or after the Annuity Commencement Date or (b) our actual
expenses, if greater than the deductions provided for in the Contracts because
of the expense and mortality undertakings by us.
    
 
   
    There are two types of mortality risks: those made during the accumulation
or deferral phase and those made during the annuity payout phase. The mortality
risk we take in the accumulation phase is that we may experience a loss
resulting from the assumption of the mortality risk relative to the death
benefit in event of the death of an Annuitant or Contract Owner before
commencement of Annuity payments, in periods of declining value. The mortality
risk we take during the annuity payout phase is to make monthly Annuity payments
(determined in accordance with the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table and
other provisions contained in the Contract) to Annuitants regardless of how long
an Annuitant may live, and regardless of how long
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
all Annuitants as a group may live. These mortality undertakings are based on
our determination of expected mortality rates among all Annuitants. If actual
experience among Annuitants during the Annuity payment period deviates from our
actuarial determination of expected mortality rates among Annuitants because, as
a group, their longevity is longer than anticipated, we must provide amounts
from our general funds to fulfill our contractual obligations. We will bear the
loss in such a situation.
    
 
   
    During the accumulation phase, we also provide an expense undertaking. We
assume the risk that the Annual Maintenance Fee for maintaining the Contracts
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date may be insufficient to cover the actual
cost of providing such items.
    
 
   
    ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Each year, on each Contract Anniversary on or
before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee,
if applicable, from Contract Values to reimburse us for expenses relating to the
maintenance of the Contract and Accounts. If during a Contract Year the Contract
is Surrendered for its full value, we will deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee at
the time of such Surrender. The fee is a flat fee that will be due in the full
amount regardless of the time of the Contract Year that Contract Values are
Surrendered. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $30 per Contract Year for Contracts
with less than $50,000 Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary. Fees will be
deducted on a pro rata basis according to the value in each Account under a
Contract.
    
 
   
    WAIVERS OF THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Annual Maintenance Fees are waived
for Contracts with Contract Value equal to or greater than $50,000. In addition,
we will waive one Annual Maintenance Fee for Contract Owners who own one or more
Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $50,000 up to $100,000. If you have
multiple Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $100,000 or greater, we
will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee on all Contracts. However, we reserve the
right to limit the number of Annual Maintenance Fee waivers to a total of six
Contracts. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under other
conditions.
    
 
   
    PREMIUM TAXES -- Charges are also deducted for Premium Tax, if applicable,
imposed by state or other governmental entity. Certain states impose a Premium
Tax, currently ranging up to 3.5%. Some states assess the tax at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess the tax at the time of annuitization.
We will pay Premium Taxes at the time imposed under applicable law. At our sole
discretion, we may deduct Premium Taxes at the time we pay such taxes to the
applicable taxing authorities, at the time the Contract is Surrendered, at the
time a death benefit is paid, or at the time the Contract annuitizes.
    
 
   
    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEE -- If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we
will deduct daily from your Contract Value an additional charge which equals
 .15% per year of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    EXCEPTIONS TO CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACT -- We may offer, at our discretion,
reduced fees and charges including, but not limited to, CDSC, the mortality and
expense risk charge, administration charges, optional charges and the Annual
Maintenance Fee for certain sales (including employer sponsored savings plans)
under circumstances which may result in savings of certain costs and expenses.
Reductions in these fees and charges will not be unfairly discriminatory against
any Contract Owner.
    
 
   
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
    
 
   
DEATH BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    DETERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARY -- If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay a Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE CONTRACT OWNER DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, any surviving
  joint Contract Owner becomes the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving joint
  Contract Owner, the designated Beneficiary will be the Beneficiary. If the
  Contract Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the spouse may elect, in lieu
  of receiving the Contract Value, to be treated as the Contract Owner. If the
  Annuitant is not living and there is no Contingent Annuitant, the spouse will
  be presumed to be the Contingent Annuitant. If no Beneficiary designation is
  in effect or if the Beneficiary has predeceased the Contract Owner, the
  Contract Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE ANNUITANT DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
  Annuitant will become the Annuitant. If either (a) there is no Contingent
  Annuitant, (b) the Contingent Annuitant predeceases the Annuitant, or (c) if
  any sole Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
  Beneficiary, as determined under the Contract control provisions, will receive
  the Death Benefit. However, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
  Commencement Date and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner shall
  be the Beneficiary. In that case, the rights of any designated Beneficiary
  shall be void.
    
 
   
DETERMINATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, Your Death Benefit, which
we will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be
calculated as follows:
    
 
   
    If the deceased HAD NOT REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, the Death Benefit is
the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to the Contract, reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
<PAGE>
20                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF THE DECEASED REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, then the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value.
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value; or
    
 
   
4)  The Interest Accumulation Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. We stop
compounding interest on the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. After
that date, the Interest Accumulation Value will be adjusted by adding any
subsequent payments and subtracting proportional adjustments for any partial
Surrenders. The Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of
premium payments, less proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples
on how the Optional Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II".
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Death Benefit beneficiary is the
Contract Owner's spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract
Owner, unless the spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. This provision will only apply
one time for each Contract.
    
 
   
    CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Commencement Date and a Death Benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive
written notification of Due Proof of Death. THE DEATH BENEFIT REMAINS INVESTED
IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCORDING TO YOUR LAST INSTRUCTIONS UNTIL THE PROCEEDS
ARE PAID OR WE RECEIVE NEW SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE BENEFICIARY. DURING
THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN OUR RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF DUE PROOF OF
DEATH AND OUR RECEIPT OF THE COMPLETE SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, THE CALCULATED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATIONS. UPON RECEIPT OF COMPLETE
SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WE WILL CALCULATE THE PAYABLE AMOUNT.
    
 
   
    Any Annuity payments made on or after the date of death, but before receipt
of written notification of Due Proof of Death will be recovered by us from the
Payee.
    
 
   
DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
If, on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract Owner dies and the
Annuitant is living, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner. If the
Annuitant dies and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner becomes the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death
Benefit may be paid or payments may continue under the following annuity payment
options:
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with Cash Refund
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain
    
 
   
X  Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain and
    
 
   
X  payments for a Period Certain.
    
 
   
    Proceeds from the Death Benefit may be left with us for at least 5 years
from the date of the Contract Owner's death if the death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. These proceeds will remain in the Account(s) to which
they were allocated at the time of death unless the Beneficiary elects to
reallocate them. Full or partial Surrenders may be made at any time. In the
event of a complete Surrender, the remaining value will equal the Contract Value
of the proceeds left with us, minus any partial Surrenders. This option may not
be available under certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                             SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
    
 
   
    You select an Annuity Commencement Date which will not be deferred beyond
the Valuation Day immediately following the later of the Annuitant's 90th
birthday or the end of the tenth Contract Year. You may elect a later Annuity
Commencement Date if we allow and subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect. If the Contract is sold as part of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the
Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday. The
Annuity Commencement Date may be changed from time to time, but ANY CHANGE MUST
BE WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE SCHEDULED TO
BEGIN.
    
 
   
    You also elect in writing an annuity payment option, which may be any of the
options described below or any annuity payment option then being offered by us.
The annuity payment option may not be changed on or after the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract contains the six annuity payment options
described below and the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option.
    
 
   
    For Qualified Contracts, the following annuity payment options are only
available if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of
the Annuitant at the time the option becomes effective. The Annuity Proceeds
Settlement option is available for Qualified Contracts only if the guaranteed
payment period is less than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary at the time
the option becomes effective. Such life expectancies are computed on the basis
of the mortality table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the
mortality table in use by us. If you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount
annuity payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date,
under the Life Annuity Payment Option.
    
 
   
    For Non-Qualified Contracts, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar
amount annuity payments will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement
Date under the annuity payment option Life Annuity with payments for a Period
Certain of 10 years. For Qualified Contracts and Contracts issued in Texas, if
you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount annuity payments will begin
automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date, under the Life Annuity Payment
Option.
    
 
   
    With the exception of the option Payments for a Period Certain, if the
variable dollar amount payment is selected, no Surrenders are permitted after
annuity payments begin.
    
 
   
ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS
    
 
   
    OPTION 1 -- LIFE ANNUITY where we make Annuity payments for as long as the
Annuitant lives.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 2 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the
life of the Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to
the Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due
Proof of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the
Contract Value less any applicable Premium Taxes applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select payments using a VARIABLE DOLLAR
    AMOUNT PAYMENT OPTION WITH THE 5% AIR OR FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
    OPTION 3 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make
payments to you for the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed
payments for a time period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a
maximum of 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 4 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during
the lifetimes of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the
Joint Annuitant. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 5 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD
CERTAIN where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is not less than 5 years and no more than 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuity die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining
    payments, either in a lump sum payment or We will continue payments until
    the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 6 -- PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments
for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during
the first two Contract years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary.
The maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity
    
<PAGE>
22                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
   payments have started and we will give you the present value of the remaining
    payments less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    WE MAY OFFER OTHER ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME.
    
 
   
                                ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    When you decide to begin to take payments, we calculate your Contract Value
minus any Premium Tax which we must pay and, unless you instruct us otherwise,
we apply that amount to a variable annuity with the same Sub-Account values. You
may however, choose to have your Contract Value applied to a fixed annuity
instead.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT -- YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE QUESTION OF ALLOCATION OF CONTRACT
VALUES (LESS APPLICABLE PREMIUM TAXES) AMONG ACCOUNTS TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT
ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVE BEST SUITED TO YOUR
NEEDS FOR RETIREMENT.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The minimum Annuity payment is $50. No election may be
made which results in a first payment of less than $50. If at any time Annuity
payments are or become less than $50, we have the right to change the frequency
of payment to intervals so that payments will at least be $50. For Contracts
issued in the State of New York, the minimum monthly Annuity payment is $20. If
any amount due is less than the minimum amount per year, we make such other
settlement as may be equitable to the Payee.
    
 
   
    All Annuity payments under any option will occur the same day of the month
as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the payment frequency selected by
you. Available payment frequencies include monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and
annual. The payment frequency may be changed within 30 days prior to the
anniversary of your Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You select the Annuity Commencement Date in
your application or order request. The Annuity Calculation Date will be no more
than five Valuation Days before the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE -- On the Annuity Calculation Date, your Contract
Value less any applicable Premium Tax is applied to purchase Annuity Units of
the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The first Annuity payment is computed using
the value of these Annuity Units as of the Annuity Calculation Date.
    
 
   
    INCOME PAYMENT DATES -- All Annuity payments after the first Annuity payment
are computed and payable as of the Income Payment Dates. These dates are the
same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the Annuity
payment frequency selected by you. They are also shown on the specification page
of your Contract. You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
payments. The Annuity payment frequency may not be changed once selected by you.
    
 
   
    IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DO NOT SELECT A PAYMENT FREQUENCY, ANNUITY PAYMENTS
WILL BE MADE MONTHLY.
    
 
   
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    THE FIRST VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT -- Variable Annuity payments are periodic
payments we pay to your designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one
Income Payment Date to the next as a function of the net investment performance
of the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The dollar amount of the first Variable
Annuity payment depends on the annuity payment option chosen, the age of the
Annuitant, the gender of the Annuitant (if applicable), the amount of Contract
Value less applicable Premium Tax applied to purchase the Annuity payments, and
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table using projection scale G projected to the year 2000 and an AIR
of not less than 3.0%.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Contract Value
less applicable Premium Tax applied to that Sub-Account on the Annuity
Calculation Date by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor in
the Contract for the selected annuity payment option. The dollar value of the
first Variable Annuity payment is the sum of the first Variable Annuity payments
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY UNITS -- The number of Annuity Units attributable to a Sub-Account
is derived by dividing the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to that
Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account for the Valuation
Period ending on the Annuity Calculation Date or during which the Annuity
Calculation Date falls if the Valuation Period does not end on such date. The
number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract
remains fixed unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The dollar amount of each subsequent
Variable Annuity payment attributable to each Sub-Account is calculated on the
Income Payment Date. It is determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:
    
 
   
(a) is the number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account credited under the
    Contract and
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    The total subsequent Variable Annuity payments equal the sum of the amounts
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    When an Income Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, the
Income Payment is computed as of the prior Valuation Day. If the date of the
month elected does not occur in a given month, i.e., the 29th, 30th, or 31st of
a month, the payment will be computed as of the last Valuation Day of the month.
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal
to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) where:
    
 
   
(a) is the Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity
    Unit value is being calculated;
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
    
 
   
(c) is the Annuity Unit Factor
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit Factor neutralizes the AIR percentage (3%, 5%, or 6%). The
daily Annuity Unit Factor corresponding to the AIR percentages of 3%, 5%, and 6%
are 0.999919, 0.999866, and 0.999840, respectively.
    
 
   
    THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR) -- The Annuity Unit value will increase
or decrease from one Income Payment Date to the next in direct proportion to the
net investment return of the Sub-Account(s) supporting the Variable Annuity
payments, less an adjustment to neutralize the selected AIR. Dividing what would
otherwise be the Annuity Unit value by the AIR factor is necessary in order to
adjust the change in the Annuity Unit value (resulting from the Net Investment
Factor) so that the Annuity Unit value only changes to the extent that the Net
Investment Factor represents a rate of return greater than or less than the AIR
selected by you. Without this adjustment, the Net Investment Factor would
decrease the Annuity Unit value to the extent that such value represented an
annualized rate of return of less than 0.0% and increase the Annuity Unit value
to the extent that such value represented an annualized rate of return of
greater than 0.0%.
    
 
   
    The Contract permits Contract Owners to select one of three AIRs: 3%, 5% or
6%. A higher AIR will result in a higher initial payment, a more slowly rising
series of subsequent payments when actual investment performance (minus any
deductions and expenses) exceeds the AIR, and a more rapid drop in subsequent
payments when actual investment performance (minus any deductions and expenses)
is less than the AIR. The following examples may help clarify the impact of
selecting one AIR over another:
    
 
   
- - If you select a 3% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 3% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 3% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 3%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 5% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 5% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 5% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 5%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 6% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 6% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 6% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 6%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
    LEVEL VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS WOULD BE PRODUCED IF THE INVESTMENT RATE
RETURNS REMAINED CONSTANT AND EQUAL TO THE AIR. IN FACT, PAYMENTS WILL VARY UP
OR DOWN AS THE INVESTMENT RATE VARIES UP OR DOWN FROM THE AIR.
    
 
   
    EXCHANGE (TRANSFER) OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date,
you may exchange (i.e., transfer) the dollar value of a designated number of
Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of
Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the transfer, the dollar
amount of a Variable Annuity payment
    
<PAGE>
24                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same.
Transfers are executed as of the day Hartford receives a written request for a
transfer. For guidelines refer to Sub-Account Value Transfers Before and After
the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
   
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- Fixed Annuity payments are determined at
annuitization by multiplying the Contract Value (less applicable Premium Taxes)
by a rate to be determined by Hartford which is no less than the rate specified
in the Fixed Annuity option tables in the Contract. The Annuity payment will
remain level for the duration of the Annuity. Any Fixed Annuity allocation may
not be changed.
    
 
   
                               OTHER INFORMATION
    
 
   
    ASSIGNMENT -- Ownership of this Contract is generally assignable. However,
if the Contracts are issued pursuant to some form of Qualified Plan, it is
possible that the ownership of the Contracts may not be transferred or assigned
depending on the type of tax-qualified retirement plan involved. An assignment
of a Non-Qualified Contract may subject the Contract Values or assignment
proceeds to income taxes and certain penalty taxes.
    
 
   
    CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed; however, the
Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date by sending us written notice. We may modify the Contract, but
no modification will effect the amount or term of any Contract unless a
modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable Federal or State
law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are
determined.
    
 
   
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    What are some of the federal tax consequences which affect these Contracts?
    
 
   
  A. GENERAL
    
 
   
    SINCE FEDERAL TAX LAW IS COMPLEX, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING THIS
CONTRACT WILL VARY DEPENDING ON YOUR SITUATION. YOU MAY NEED TAX OR LEGAL ADVICE
TO HELP YOU DETERMINE WHETHER PURCHASING THIS CONTRACT IS RIGHT FOR YOU.
    
 
   
    Our general discussion of the tax treatment of this contract is based on our
understanding of federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. A
detailed description of all federal income tax consequences regarding the
purchase of this contract cannot be made in the prospectus. We also do not
discuss state, municipal or other tax laws that may apply to this contract. For
detailed information, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser familiar
with your situation.
    
 
   
  B. TAXATION OF HARTFORD AND
     THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of Hartford which is taxed as a life
insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a
"regulated investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.
Investment income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate
Account are reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of
the Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units"). As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
    
 
   
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Contracts.
    
 
   
  C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL
     PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER
     THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
    
 
   
 1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC.
    
 
   
    Code Section 72 contains provisions for contract owners which are not
natural persons. Non-natural persons include corporations, trusts, limited
liability companies, partnerships and other types of legal entities. The tax
rules for contracts owned by non-natural persons are different from the rules
for contracts owned by individuals. For example, the annual net increase in the
value of the contract is currently includible in the gross income of a non-
natural person, unless the non-natural person holds the contract as an agent for
a natural person. There are additional exceptions from current inclusion for:
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by structured settlement companies,
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by an employer with respect to a terminated qualified
  retirement plan and
    
 
   
- - certain immediate annuities.
    
 
   
    A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes
will not be subject to income tax as a result of this provision.
    
 
   
    If the contract owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is
treated as the contract owner in applying mandatory distribution rules. These
rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of the
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
contract owner. A change in the primary annuitant is also treated as the death
of the contract owner.
    
 
   
 2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS)
    
 
   
    A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract
until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum
payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
    
 
   
    The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity
contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14,
1982.
    
 
   
    A. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
    
 
   
 i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
    gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
    Code.
    
 
   
 ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
     charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
     contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract."
    
 
   
 iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
      Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to come first from any
      such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in the contract,"
      and for these purposes such "income on the contract" shall be computed by
      reference to any aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result,
      any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in
      gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such
      "income on the contract," and (2) shall not be includable in gross income
      to the extent that such amount does exceed any such "income on the
      contract." If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received
      there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because the gross value of the
      Contract does not exceed the "investment in the contract" and no
      aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received
      will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the
      "investment in the contract."
    
 
   
 iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
     pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
     amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
     subparagraph b.
    
 
   
 v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
    consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
    subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not
    apply, however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident
    to divorce.
    
 
   
    B. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE. Annuity payments made
periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are includable in gross income
to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of
the ratio of the "investment in the contract" to the total amount of the
payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement Date (the "exclusion ratio").
    
 
   
 i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
    exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
    Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be
    entirely includable in gross income.
    
 
   
 ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
     as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
     income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
     contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
     unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
     year of the Annuitant.
    
 
   
 iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received after the
      Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
      shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
      after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
      surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
      includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
      referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
    
 
   
    C. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS. Contracts issued after
October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same
Contract Owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held
in connection with a tax-qualified retirement arrangement) will be treated as
one annuity Contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of
distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract
received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance
contract may be treated as a new Contract for this purpose. Hartford believes
that for any annuity subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts
and the investment in the contracts will be added together to determine the
taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will first be treated as
withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is
withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are no regulations
interpreting this provision.
    
<PAGE>
26                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    D. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
       PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
 i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
    after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
    to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
    unless an exception applies.
    
 
   
 ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions
     (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan involved):
    
 
   
    1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the
        age of 59 1/2.
    
 
   
    2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
        holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
    
 
   
    3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming disabled.
    
 
   
    4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or
        life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
        expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's designated
        Beneficiary).
    
 
   
    5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in the
        contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
    
 
   
    E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
       EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO
       AUGUST 14, 1982.
    
 
   
    If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come
(1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract" prior to August
14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior Contract, (2)
then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well
as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such
pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on the contract" and
(4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract." As a result, to the
extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such
pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income., In
addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on the
contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty
tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-
exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this
subparagraph 3.
    
 
   
    F. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
 i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
    
 
   
    Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in ii
    or iii below:
    
 
   
    1.  If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
        before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
        remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
        rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
        such death;
    
 
   
    2.  If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
        entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after
        such death; and
    
 
   
    3.  If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or
        2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as
        the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be
        treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the
        individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
        affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
    
 
   
 ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
    
 
   
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is
    payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary
    may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not extend
    beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election must be
    made and payments must begin within a year of the death.
    
 
   
 iii. Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the
    benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
    living, such spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion
    for purposes of section i. above. This spousal continuation shall apply only
    once for this contract.
    
 
   
 3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
    
 
   
    The Code requires that investments supporting your contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817 provides that a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments
made by the separate account or underlying fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Department's diversification regulations require, among other
things, that:
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
  account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
    
 
   
- - no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
    
 
   
- - no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
    
 
   
- - no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
    
 
   
    In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities
of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
    
 
   
    A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards
on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter
ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the company
or the contract owner must agree to pay the tax due for the period during which
the diversification requirements were not met.
    
 
   
    We monitor the diversification of investments in the separate accounts and
test for diversification as required by the Code. We intend to administer all
contracts subject to the diversification requirements in a manner that will
maintain adequate diversification.
    
 
   
 4. OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets
in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned
by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. It is unclear under what
circumstances an investor is considered to have enough control over the assets
in the separate account to be considered the owner of the assets for tax
purposes.
    
 
   
    The IRS has issued several rulings discussing investor control. These
rulings say that certain incidents of ownership by the contract owner, such as
the ability to select and control investments in a separate account, will cause
the contract owner to be treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
 
   
    In its explanation of the diversification regulations, the Treasury
Department recognized that the temporary regulations "do not provide guidance
concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a
segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather than the insurance
company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the account." The
explanation further indicates that "the temporary regulations provide that in
appropriate cases a segregated asset account may include multiple sub-accounts,
but do not specify the extent to which policyholders may direct their
investments to particular sub-accounts without being treated as the owners of
the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will be provided in
regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d), relating to the definition
of variable contract."
    
 
   
    The final regulations issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance
regarding investor control, and as of the date of this prospectus, guidance has
yet to be issued. We do not know if additional guidance will be issued. If
guidance is issued, we do not know if it will have a retroactive effect.
    
 
   
    Due to the lack of specific guidance on investor control, there is some
uncertainty about when a contract owner is considered the owner of the assets
for tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract, as necessary, to
prevent you from being considered the owner of assets in the separate account.
    
 
   
  D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
    
 
   
 1. NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    The portion of a non-periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax withholding unless the recipient elects
not to have taxes withheld. If there is no election to waive withholding, 10% of
the taxable distribution will be withheld as federal income tax. Election forms
will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the necessary
election forms are not submitted to Hartford, Hartford will automatically
withhold 10% of the taxable distribution.
    
 
   
 2. PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN ONE
    YEAR)
    
 
   
    The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income will
be subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were married
claiming three exemptions. A recipient may elect not to have income taxes
withheld or have income taxes withheld at a different rate by providing a
completed election form. Election forms will be provided at the time
distributions are requested.
    
 
   
  E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING
     QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to Appendix I for information relative to the types of
    
<PAGE>
28                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
plans for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features
of such plans.
    
 
   
  F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT
    ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
    The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal
income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or
residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be
subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on annuity distributions at a
30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be
subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that
may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence.
Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser
regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity purchase.
    
 
   
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
    
 
   
                             HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD
    
 
   
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately controlled by
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal business address of
HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
 
   
    The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives of
Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.
    
 
   
    HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.
    
 
   
    Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.
    
 
   
    Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for variable
insurance compensation. Compensation is generally based on premium payments made
by policyholders or contract owners. This compensation is usually paid from the
sales charges described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
    In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance products.
These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers or financial
institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford out of their own
assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the policyholders or contract
owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable insurance products.
    
 
   
                                   YEAR 2000
    
 
   
    IN GENERAL -- The Year 2000 issue relates to the ability or inability of
computer hardware, software and other information technology (IT) systems, as
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment and machinery with imbedded chips and
microprocessors, to properly process information and data containing or related
to dates beginning with the year 2000 and beyond. The Year 2000 issue exists
because, historically, many IT and non-IT systems that are in use today were
developed years ago when a year was identified using a two-digit date field
rather than a four-digit date field. As information and data containing or
related to the century date are introduced to date sensitive systems, these
systems may recognize the year 2000 as "1900", or not at all, which may result
in systems processing information incorrectly. This, in turn, may significantly
and adversely affect the integrity and reliability of information databases of
IT systems, may cause the malfunctioning of certain non-IT systems, and may
result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to a company. In addition, Year
2000 problems that occur with third parties with which a company does business,
such as suppliers, computer vendors, distributors and others, may also adversely
affect any given company.
    
 
   
    The integrity and reliability of Hartford's IT systems, as well as the
reliability of its non-IT systems, are integral aspects of Hartford's business.
Hartford issues insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds and other financial
products to individual and business customers, nearly all of which contain date
sensitive data, such as policy expiration dates, birth dates and premium payment
dates. In addition, various IT systems support communications and other systems
that integrate Hartford's various business segments and field offices. Hartford
also has business relationships with numerous third parties that affect
virtually all aspects of Hartford's business, including, without limitation,
suppliers, computer hardware and software vendors, insurance agents and brokers,
securities broker-dealers and other distributors of financial products, many of
which provide date sensitive data to Hartford, and whose operations are
important to Hartford's business.
    
 
   
    INTERNAL YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Beginning in 1990, Hartford
began working on making its IT systems Year 2000 ready, either through
installing new programs or replacing systems. Since January 1998, Hartford's
Year 2000 efforts have focused on the remaining Year 2000 issues
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
related to IT and non-IT systems in all of Hartford's business segments. These
Year 2000 efforts include the following five main initiatives: (1) identifying
and assessing Year 2000 issues; (2) taking actions to remediate IT and non-IT
systems so that they are Year 2000 ready; (3) testing IT and non-IT systems for
Year 2000 readiness; (4) deploying such remediated and tested systems back into
their respective production environments; and (5) conducting internal and
external integrated testing of such systems. As of December 31, 1998, Hartford
substantially completed initiatives (1) through (4) of its internal Year 2000
efforts. Hartford has begun initiative (5) and management currently anticipates
that such activity will continue into the fourth quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    THIRD PARTY YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Hartford's Year 2000 efforts
include assessing the potential impact on Hartford of third parties' Year 2000
readiness. Hartford's third party Year 2000 efforts include the following three
main initiatives: (1) identifying third parties which have significant business
relationships with Hartford, including, without limitation, insurance agents,
brokers, third party administrators, banks and other distributors and servicers
of financial products, and inquiring of such third parties regarding their Year
2000 readiness; (2) evaluating such third parties' responses to Hartford's
inquiries; and (3) based on the evaluation of third party responses (or a third
party's failure to respond) and the significance of the business relationship,
conducting additional activities with respect to third parties as determined to
be necessary in each case. These activities may include conducting additional
inquiries, more in-depth evaluations of Year 2000 readiness and plans, and
integrated IT systems testing. Hartford has completed the first third party
initiative and, as of early 1999, had substantially completed evaluating third
party responses received. Hartford has begun conducting the additional
activities described in initiative (3) and management currently anticipates that
it will continue to do so through the end of 1999. However, notwithstanding
these third party Year 2000 efforts, Hartford does not have control over these
third parties and, as a result, Hartford cannot currently determine to what
extent future operating results may be adversely affected by the failure of
these third parties to adequately address their Year 2000 issues.
    
 
   
    YEAR 2000 COSTS -- The costs of Hartford's Year 2000 program that were
incurred through the year ended December 31, 1997 were not material to
Hartford's financial condition or results of operations. The after-tax costs of
Hartford's Year 2000 efforts for the year ended December 31, 1998 were
approximately $3 million. Management currently estimates that after-tax costs
related to the Year 2000 program to be incurred in 1999 will be less than $10
million. These costs are being expensed as incurred.
    
 
   
    RISKS AND CONTINGENCY PLANS -- If significant Year 2000 problems arise,
including problems arising with third parties, failures of IT and non-IT systems
could occur, which in turn could result in substantial interruptions in
Hartford's business. In addition, Hartford's investing activities are an
important aspect of its business and Hartford may be exposed to the risk that
issuers of investments held by it will be adversely impacted by Year 2000
issues. Given the uncertain nature of Year 2000 problems that may arise,
especially those related to the readiness of third parties discussed above,
management cannot determine at this time whether the consequences of Year 2000
related problems that could arise will have a material impact on Hartford's
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    Hartford is in the process of developing certain contingency plans so that
if, despite its Year 2000 efforts, Year 2000 problems ultimately arise, the
impact of such problems may be avoided or minimized. These contingency plans are
being developed based on, among other things, known or reasonably anticipated
circumstances and potential vulnerabilities. The contingency planning also
includes assessing the dependency of Hartford's business on third parties and
their Year 2000 readiness. Hartford currently anticipates that internal and
external contingency plans will be substantially complete by the end of the
second quarter of 1999. However, in many contexts, Year 2000 issues are dynamic,
and ongoing assessments of business functions, vulnerabilities and risks must be
made. As such, new contingency plans may be needed in the future and/or existing
plans may need to be modified as circumstances warrant.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
    There are no material legal proceedings pending to which the Separate
Account is a party.
    
 
   
    Counsel with respect to federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue
and sale of the Contracts and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Hartford Life
Insurance Company, P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104-2999.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
    The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
    
 
   
                                MORE INFORMATION
    
 
   
    You may call your Representative if you have any questions or write or call
us at the address below:
    
 
   
 Hartford Life Insurance Company
 Attn: Individual Annuity Services
 P.O. Box 5085
 Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
    
 
   
 Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)
           1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
    
<PAGE>
30                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   APPENDIX I
              INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about
the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a
tax-qualified retirement plan. Because of the complexity of the federal tax
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
    
 
   
    The federal tax rules applicable to owners of Contracts under tax-qualified
retirement plans vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Contract owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person may be
controlled by the terms and conditions of the tax-qualified retirement plan
itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of a Contract. We are not bound
by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms conflict with
a Contract, unless we specifically consent to be bound.
    
 
   
    Some tax-qualified retirement plans are subject to distribution and other
requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures.
Contract owners, participants and beneficiaries are responsible for determining
that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable
law. Tax penalties may apply to transactions with respect to tax-qualified
retirement plans if applicable federal income tax rules and restrictions are not
carefully observed.
    
 
   
    We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types
of tax-qualified retirement plans discussed below and may not offer the
Contracts for all types of tax-qualified retirement plans in the future.
    
 
   
    1. TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLANS -- Eligible employers can
establish certain tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans under section
401 of the Code. Rules under section 401(k) of the Code govern certain "cash or
deferred arrangements" under such plans. Rules under section 408(k) govern
"simplified employee pensions". Tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans
are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons
who may be eligible to participate and the time when distributions must
commence. Employers intending to use the Contracts in connection with
tax-qualified pension or profit-sharing plans should seek competent tax and
other legal advice.
    
 
   
    2. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B) -- Public schools and
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations, as
specified in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, can purchase tax-sheltered annuity
contracts for their employees. Tax-deferred contributions can be made to
tax-sheltered annuity contracts under section 403(b) of the Code, subject to
certain limitations. Generally, such contributions may not exceed the lesser of
$10,000 (indexed) or 20% of the employee's "includable compensation" for such
employee's most recent full year of employment, subject to other adjustments.
Special provisions under the Code may allow some employees to elect a different
overall limitation.
    
 
   
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CONTRACT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT, unless such
distribution is made:
    
 
   
- - after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - upon separation from service;
    
 
   
- - upon death or disability; or
    
 
   
- - in the case of hardship (and in the case of hardship, any income attributable
  to such contributions may not be distributed).
    
 
   
    Generally, the above restrictions do not apply to distributions attributable
to cash values or other amounts held under a section 403(b) contract as of
December 31, 1988.
    
 
   
    3. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 -- A governmental employer
or a tax-exempt employer other than a governmental unit can establish a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code. For these purposes, a
"governmental employer" is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State.
Employees and independent contractors performing services for a governmental or
tax-exempt employer can elect to have contributions made to a Deferred
Compensation Plan of their employer in accordance with the employer's plan and
section 457 of the Code.
    
 
   
    Deferred Compensation Plans that meet the requirements of section 457(b) of
the Code are called "eligible" Deferred Compensation Plans. Section 457(b)
limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on
contributions is 33 1/3% of a participant's includable compensation (typically
25% of gross compensation) or, for 1999, $8,000 (indexed), whichever is less.
The plan may provide for additional "catch-up" contributions during the three
taxable years ending before the year in which the participant attains normal
retirement age.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    All of the assets and income of an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan
established by a governmental employer after August 20, 1996, must be held in
trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For
this purpose, custodial accounts and certain annuity contracts are treated as
trusts. Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans that were in existence on August
20, 1996 may be amended to satisfy the trust and exclusive benefit requirements
any time prior to January 1, 1999, and must be amended not later than that date
to continue to receive favorable tax treatment. The requirement of a trust does
not apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt
(non-governmental) employer. In addition, the requirement of a trust does not
apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer
if the Deferred Compensation Plan is not an eligible plan within the meaning of
section 457(b) of the Code. In the absence of such a trust, amounts under the
plan will be subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
    
 
   
    In general, distributions from an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan are
prohibited under section 457 of the Code unless made after the participating
employee:
    
 
   
- - attains age 70 1/2,
    
 
   
- - separates from service,
    
 
   
- - dies, or
    
 
   
- - suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency as defined in the Code.
    
 
   
    Under present federal tax law, amounts accumulated in a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code cannot be transferred or rolled
over on a tax-deferred basis except for certain transfers to other Deferred
Compensation Plans under section 457 in limited cases.
    
 
   
    4. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS") UNDER SECTION 408
    
 
   
    TRADITIONAL IRAS -- Eligible individuals can establish individual retirement
programs under section 408 of the Code through the purchase of an IRA. Section
408 imposes limits with respect to IRAs, including limits on the amount that may
be contributed to an IRA, the amount of such contributions that may be deducted
from taxable income, the persons who may be eligible to contribute to an IRA,
and the time when distributions commence from an IRA. Distributions from certain
tax-qualified retirement plans may be "rolled-over" to an IRA on a tax-deferred
basis.
    
 
   
    SIMPLE IRAS -- Eligible employees may establish SIMPLE IRAs in connection
with a SIMPLE IRA plan of an employer under section 408(p) of the Code. Special
rollover rules apply to SIMPLE IRAs. Amounts can be rolled over from one SIMPLE
IRA to another SIMPLE IRA. However, amounts can be rolled over from a SIMPLE IRA
to a Traditional IRA only after two years have expired since the employee first
commenced participation in the employer's SIMPLE IRA plan. Amounts cannot be
rolled over to a SIMPLE IRA from a qualified plan or a Traditional IRA. Hartford
is a non-designated financial institution for purposes of the SIMPLE IRA rules.
    
 
   
    ROTH IRAS -- Eligible individuals may establish Roth IRAs under section 408A
of the Code. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. Subject to special
limitations, a Traditional IRA may be converted into a Roth IRA or a
distribution from a Traditional IRA may be rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, a
conversion or a rollover from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is not excludable
from gross income. If certain conditions are met, qualified distributions from a
Roth IRA are tax-free.
    
 
   
    5. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES AND WITHHOLDING -- Distributions from tax-qualified
retirement plans are generally taxed as ordinary income under section 72 of the
Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable from
income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution that bears the
same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
    
 
   
    (A) PENALTY TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes an additional penalty tax equal to 10% of
the taxable portion of a distribution from certain tax-qualified retirement
plans. However, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distributions that is:
    
 
   
- - Made on or after the date on which the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - Made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the employee) on or after the death
  of the employee;
    
 
   
- - Attributable to the employee's becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);
    
 
   
- - Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
  than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the
  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his or her
  designated beneficiary;
    
 
   
- - Except in the case of an IRA, made to an employee after separation from
  service after reaching age 55; or
    
 
   
- - Not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for
  eligible medical expenses during the taxable year.
    
 
   
    IN ADITION, THE 10% PENALTY TAX DOES NOT APPLY TO A DISTRIBUTION FROM AN IRA
THAT IS:
    
 
   
- - Made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health
  insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
    
 
   
- - Not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses,
  as defined by section 72(t)(7) of the Code; or
    
<PAGE>
32                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - A qualified first-time homebuyer distribution meeting the requirements
  specified at section 72(t)(8) of the Code.
    
 
   
    If you are a participant in a SIMPLE IRA plan, you should be aware that the
10% penalty tax is increased to 25% with respect to non-exempt early
distributions made from your SIMPLE IRA during the first two years following the
date you first commenced participation in any SIMPLE IRA plan of your employer.
    
 
   
    (B) MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX
    
 
   
    If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution for
the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that was
not properly distributed.
    
 
   
    An individual's interest in a tax-qualified retirement plan generally must
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required
Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of:
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2; or
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual retires from service with the
  employer sponsoring the plan.
    
 
   
    The Required Beginning Date for an individual who is a five (5) percent
owner (as defined in the Code), or who is the owner of an IRA, is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the individual attains age
70 1/2.
    
 
   
    The entire interest of the Participant must be distributed beginning no
later than the Required Beginning Date over:
    
 
   
- - the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and the
  Participant's designated beneficiary, or
    
 
   
- - over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's designated
  beneficiary.
    
 
   
    Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the applicable
life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value
as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. In
addition, minimum distribution incidental benefit rules may require a larger
annual distribution.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies before reaching his or her Required Beginning Date,
the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed within five years
of the individual's death. However, this rule will be deemed satisfied, if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of the beneficiary). If the beneficiary is the individual's surviving
spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have attained
age 70 1/2.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies after reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or
after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must generally be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the time of the individual's death.
    
 
   
    (C) WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    In general, regular wage withholding rules apply to distributions from IRAs
and plans described in section 457 of the Code. Periodic distributions from
other tax-qualified retirement plans that are made for a specified period of 10
or more years or for the life or life expectancy of the participant (or the
joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and beneficiary) are
generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were
married claiming three exemptions. The recipient of periodic distributions may
generally elect not to have withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld
at a different rate by providing a completed election form.
    
 
   
    Mandatory federal income tax withholding at a flat rate of 20% will
generally apply to other distributions from such other tax-qualified retirement
plans unless such distributions are:
    
 
   
- - the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
    
 
   
- - required minimum distributions; or
    
 
   
- - direct transfer distributions.
    
 
   
    Direct transfer distributions are direct payments to an IRA or to another
eligible retirement plan under Code section 401(a)(31).
    
 
   
    Certain states require withholding of state taxes when federal income tax is
withheld.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
               APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 1
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you made no Surrenders during the year, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $105,000, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>           <S>
$100,000      Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
   5,000      Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
- --------
$105,000      Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    If you elected the Optional Death Benefit, you would be guaranteed a Death
Benefit payment equal to at least $105,000.
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 2
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you Surrendered $10,000 on January 1, 1999 and your Contract Value immediately
prior to the partial Surrender was $100,000, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $94,500, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>
 $100,000       Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
    5,000       Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
 ($10,500)      Adjustment for partial Surrender*
- ---------
  $94,500       Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
* The Adjustment for the partial Surrender reduces the Interest Accumulation
  Value by an amount equal to the proportion of the partial Surrender to the
  Contract Value prior to the partial Surrender. Therefore, in this example, the
  $10,500 reduction to the Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by dividing
  the amount of the Surrender, $10,000, by the Contract Value paid prior to the
  Surrender, $100,000. This ratio (Surrender DIVIDED BY Contract Value prior to
  Surrender) is multiplied by the Interest Accumulation Value prior to
  Surrenders and results in the adjustment for the partial Surrender.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Interest Accumulation Value prior to Surrenders........  $105,000
Multiplied by ratio of Surrenders  DIVIDED BY Contract
 Value prior to Surrenders ($10,000  DIVIDED BY
 100,000)..............................................   X   .10
                                                         --------
Adjustment for the partial Surrender...................  $ 10,500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Surrender reduced the Interest Accumulation Value by $10,500
($105,000-94,500).
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
34                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SECTION                                                                   PAGE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----
 <S>                                                                       <C>
 DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY..........................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS...................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS..........................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS...............................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN.........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS.................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
This form must be completed for all tax sheltered annuities.
    
 
   
                     SECTION 403(b)(11) ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
    
 
   
    The Hartford Variable Annuity Contract which you have recently purchased is
subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
Contributions to the Contract after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash
value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed to you unless you have:
    
 
   
    a. attained age 59 1/2,
    
 
   
    b. separated from service,
    
 
   
    c. died, or
    
 
   
    d. become disabled.
    
 
   
Distributions of post December 31, 1988 contributions (excluding any income
thereon) may also be made if you have experienced a financial hardship.
    
 
   
Also, there may be a 10% penalty tax for distributions made prior to age 59 1/2
because of financial hardship or separation from service.
    
 
   
Also, please be aware that your 403(b) Plan may also offer other financial
alternatives other than the Directory Select Variable Annuity. Please refer to
your Plan.
    
 
   
    Please complete the following and return to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
Name of Contract Owner/Participant
    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Address
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
City or Plan/School District
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Date:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Contract No:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Signature:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
   
    To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form
below and mail to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Attn: Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Series II of The
Director Select Variable Annuity to me at the following address:
    
 
   
- ----------------------------------------------------
                            Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                          Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                        Zip
Code
    
<PAGE>
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                       PART B
                                          
                                          
<PAGE>

                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                          HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                   SERIES II OF DIRECTOR SELECT VARIABLE ANNUITY


This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The 
information contained herein should be read in conjunction with the 
prospectus.

To obtain a prospectus, send a written request to Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Attn:  Individual Annuity Services, P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT  
06102-5085.




   
Date of Prospectus:  May 3, 1999

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  May 3, 1999
    





















333-69485

<PAGE>
                                      -2-

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                          
                                          
SECTION                                                                   PAGE
- -------                                                                   ----
DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




<PAGE>

                                      -3-


                   DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in the
business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states of
the United States and the District of Columbia.  We were originally incorporated
under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently redomiciled to
Connecticut.  Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut; however, our
mailing address is P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, CT 06104-2999.  We are ultimately
controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest
financial service providers in the United States.


                                 HARTFORD'S RATINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 EFFECTIVE   
        RATING AGENCY          DATE OF RATING   RATING        BASIS OF RATING
        -------------          --------------   ------        ---------------
<S>                            <C>              <C>      <C>
 A.M. Best and Company, Inc.      1/1/99          A+     Financial performance
 Standard & Poor's                6/1/98         AA      Insurer financial strength
 Duff & Phelps                   12/21/98        AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>


                                 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Separate Account is held by Hartford.  The assets 
are kept physically segregated and are held separate and apart from 
Hartford's general corporate assets.  Records are maintained of all purchases 
and redemptions of Fund shares held in each of the Sub-Accounts.

                             INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included in
this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports.  The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
                                          
                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS
   
Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal 
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account.  
HSD is an affiliate of Hartford.  Both HSD and Hartford and ultimately 
controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.  The principal 
business address of HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -4-

The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as 
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives 
of Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.

HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc.

Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium 
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional 
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.

Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a 
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for 
variable insurance compensation.   Compensation is generally based on premium 
payments made by policyholders or contract owners.  This compensation is 
usually paid from the sales charges described in this Prospectus.

In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive 
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other 
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation 
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on 
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance 
products. These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers 
or financial institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford 
out of their own assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the 
policyholders or contract owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable 
insurance products.

   
Hartford currently pays HSD underwriting commissions for its role as 
Principal Underwriter of all variable annuities associated with this Separate 
Account. For the past three years, the aggregate dollar amount of 
underwriting commissions paid to HSD in its role as Principal Underwriter has 
been: 1998: $61,629,500, 1997: $64,851,026 and 1996: $59,896,541. HSD has 
retained none of these commissions.
    

                       CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

YIELD OF THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT.  As summarized in the prospectus 
under the heading "Performance Related Information," the yield of the Money 
Market Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period (the "base period") will be 
computed by determining the "net change in value" (calculated as set forth 
below) of a hypothetical account having a balance of one accumulation unit of 
the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical 
charge reflecting deductions from Contract Owner accounts, and dividing the 
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to 
obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the base period return by 
365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.  Net changes in value of a hypothetical account will include net 
investment income of the account (accrued daily dividends as declared by the 
underlying funds, less daily expense charges of the account) for the period, 
but will not include realized gains or losses or unrealized appreciation or 
depreciation on the underlying fund shares.

<PAGE>

                                      -5-


The effective yield is calculated by compounding the base period return by 
adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1 from 
the result, according to the following formula:


                                                365/7
     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)     ] - 1

THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT'S YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD WILL VARY IN 
RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES AND IN THE EXPENSES OF THE 
SUB-ACCOUNT. THE CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD REFLECT RECURRING CHARGES 
ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

The yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 
1998 for the Money Market Fund Sub-Account was as follows ($30 Annual 
Maintenance Fee):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                           YIELD                EFFECTIVE YIELD
- -----------                           -----                ---------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
Money Market*                         3.52%                     3.59%
</TABLE>


*Yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 1998.

YIELDS OF BOND FUND, HIGH YIELD FUND, AND MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
SUB-ACCOUNTS. As summarized in the prospectus under the heading "Performance 
Related Information," yields of the above Sub-Accounts will be computed by 
annualizing a recent month's net investment income, divided by a Fund share's 
net asset value on the last trading day of that month.  Net changes in the 
value of a hypothetical account will assume the change in the underlying 
mutual fund's "net asset value per share" for the same period in addition to 
the daily expense charge assessed, at the sub-account level for the 
respective period.  The Sub-Accounts' yields will vary from time-to-time 
depending upon market conditions and, the composition of the underlying 
funds' portfolios.  Yield should also be considered relative to changes in 
the value of the Sub-Accounts' shares and to the relative risks associated 
with the investment objectives and policies of the underlying Fund.

THE YIELD REFLECTS RECURRING CHARGES ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING 
THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

Yield calculations of the Sub-Accounts used for illustration purposes reflect 
the interest earned by the Sub-Accounts, less applicable asset charges 
assessed against a Contract Owner's account over the base period.  Yield 
quotations based on a 30-day period were computed by dividing the dividends 
and interest earned during the period by the maximum offering price per unit 
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:


<PAGE>

                                     -6-

Example:

                                                             6
Current Yield Formula for the Sub-Account  2[((A-B)/(CD) + 1)  - 1]

Where     A = Dividends and interest earned during the period.
          B = Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
          C = The average daily number of units outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends.
          D = The maximum offering price per unit on the last day of 
              the period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                                                     YIELD
- -----------                                                     -----
<S>                                                             <C>
Bond**                                                          4.61%
High Yield**                                                    7.56%
Mortgage Securities**                                           4.84%
</TABLE>

**Yield quotation based on a 30-day period ended December 31, 1998.

At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower 
than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results 
will continue.

The method of calculating yields described above for these Sub-Accounts 
differs from the method used by the Sub-Accounts prior to May 1, 1989.  The 
denominator of the fraction used to calculate yield was previously the 
average unit value for the period calculated.  That denominator will 
hereafter be the unit value of the Sub-Accounts on the last trading day of 
the period calculated.

   
CALCULATION OF TOTAL RETURN.  As summarized in the prospectus under the 
heading "Performance Related Information," total return is a measure of the 
change in value of an investment in a Sub-Account over the period covered and 
assumes that the Optional Death Benefit has not been elected.  The formula 
for total return used herein includes three steps: (1)  calculating the value 
of the hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 as of the end of the period 
by multiplying the total number of units owned at the end of the period by 
the unit value per unit on the last trading day of the period; (2) assuming 
redemption at the end of the period and deducting any applicable contingent 
deferred sales charge and (3) dividing this account value for the 
hypothetical investor by the initial $1,000 investment and annualizing the 
result for periods of less than one year.  Total return will be calculated 
for one year, five years and ten years or some other relevant periods if a 
Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -7-

The following are the standardized average annual total return quotations for
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.


  STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          S/A                                        
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mentor Capital           3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        -0.48%
Appreciation 
Mentor Growth            3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A       -18.62%
Mentor Perpetual         3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         0.92%
International
Advisers                 6/2/86     13.11%      13.11%     11.53%       N/A
Bond                     6/2/86     -3.20%       2.25%      5.13%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     6/2/86      4.04%      13.47%     15.27%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94      4.97%       N/A        N/A        17.82%
Global Leaders          9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        21.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         8.18%
High Yield              9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        -6.51%
Index                    5/1/87     16.47%      19.00%     14.92%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95      1.94%       N/A        N/A         6.90%
International            7/2/90      1.72%       2.48%      N/A         2.96%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97     15.00%       N/A        N/A        16.89%
Money Market             6/2/86     -6.04%       0.04%      1.46%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      6/2/86     -4.61%       1.94%      4.53%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96      0.23%       N/A        N/A         8.61%
Stock                    6/2/86     21.82%      19.02%     14.97%       N/A
</TABLE>
    


   STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          S/A                                        
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mentor Capital Growth    3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        -2.61%
Mentor Growth            3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A       -18.73%
Mentor Perpetual         3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A         0.78%
International
Advisers                3/31/83     12.92%     12.92%     11.44%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77     -3.36%      2.07%      4.84%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84      3.87%     13.29%     15.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94      4.80%      N/A        N/A        17.64%
Global Leaders          9/30/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        21.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98      N/A        N/A        N/A         8.07%

High Yield              9/30/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        -6.55%
Index                    5/1/87     16.28%     18.81%     14.72%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95      1.77%      N/A        N/A         6.72%
International            7/2/90      1.56%      2.30%      N/A         2.75%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97     14.82%      N/A        N/A        16.70%
Money Market            6/30/80     -6.19%     -0.13%      1.43%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85     -4.77%      1.77%      4.16%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96      0.07%      N/A        N/A         8.43%
Stock                   8/31/77     21.62%     18.83%     14.78%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

                                      -8-
   
In addition to the standardized total return, the Sub-Account may advertise a 
non-standardized total return.  This figure will usually be calculated for 
one year, five years, and ten years or other periods. Non-standardized total 
return is measured in the same manner as the standardized total return 
described above, except that the contingent deferred sales charge and the 
Annual Maintenance Fee are not deducted and the time periods used to 
calculate return are based on the inception date of hte underlying Funds.  
Therefore, non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account is higher than 
standardized total return for a Sub-Account.
    

The following are the non-standardized annualized total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. 

  NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
               THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>

Mentor Capital           3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A         7.52%
Appreciation
Mentor Growth            3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        -9.27%
Mentor Perpetual         3/2/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        10.92%
International
Advisers                3/31/83     23.11%     16.24%     13.66%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77      6.80%      5.92%      7.51%       N/A
Capital Appr eciation    4/2/84     14.04%     16.43%     17.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     14.97%      N/A        N/A        20.65%
Global Leaders          9/30/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        31.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98      N/A        N/A        N/A        18.18%
High Yield              9/30/98      N/A        N/A        N/A         3.49%
Index                    5/1/87     26.47%     21.84%     16.89%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     11.94%      N/A        N/A        10.68%
International            7/2/90     11.72%      6.12%      N/A         6.00%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97     25.00%      N/A        N/A        24.85%
Money Market            6/30/80      3.96%      3.79%      4.21%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85      5.39%      5.59%      6.93%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     10.23%      N/A        N/A        14.20%
Stock                   8/31/77     31.82%     21.93%     17.01%       N/A
</TABLE>
    


 NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
             THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                          WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT               DATE     1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mentor Capital Growth    3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         7.39%
Mentor Growth            3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        -9.38%
Mentor Perpetual         3/2/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        10.78%
International
Advisers                3/31/83     22.92%      16.06%     13.49%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77      6.64%       5.76%      7.34%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84     13.87%      16.25%     16.91%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     14.80%       N/A        N/A        20.48%
Global Leaders          9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        31.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98      N/A         N/A        N/A        18.07%
High Yield              9/30/98      N/A         N/A        N/A         3.45%
Index                    5/1/87     26.28%      21.66%     16.72%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     11.77%       N/A        N/A        10.52%
International            7/2/90     11.56%       5.96%      N/A         5.84%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97     24.82%       N/A        N/A        24.66%
Money Market            6/30/80      3.81%       3.64%      4.05%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85      5.23%       5.43%      6.77%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     10.07%       N/A        N/A        14.03%
Stock                   8/31/77     31.62%      21.75%     16.84%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                      -9-

                              PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
total return in advertisements or in information furnished to present or 
prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
yield and total return in advertisements or information furnished to present 
or prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include 
in advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain 
Sub-Accounts) the ranking of those performance figures relative to such 
figures for groups of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services 
and Morningstar, Inc. as having the same investment objectives.

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the 
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices 
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index 
of 500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a market value-weighted and unmanaged index 
showing the changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks relative to 
the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is composed almost entirely of common 
stocks of companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, although the 
common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock Exchange or 
traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500 companies represented include 
400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial services concerns.  The 
S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Composite Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market 
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate 
market value of approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 
100.00 on February 5, 1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common 
stocks of companies traded over-the-counter and often through the National 
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  
Only those over-the-counter stocks having only one market maker or traded on 
exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an 
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock 
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index 
is weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy 
representation in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Shearson Lehman Government Bond Index (the "SL Government Index") is a 
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; 
all publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all 
quasi-federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government. Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted 
issues are not included in the SL Government Index.

The Shearson Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "SL 
Government/Corporate Index") is a measure of the market value of 
approximately 5,300 bonds with a face value currently in excess of $1.3 
trillion.  To be included in the SL Government/Corporate Index, an issue must 
have amounts outstanding in excess of $1 million, have at least one year to 
maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher ("investment grade") by a nationally 
recognized rating agency.

The Composite Index for Hartford Advisers Fund is comprised of the S&P 500 
(55%), the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (35%), both mentioned 
above, and 90 Day U.S. Treasury Bills (10%).
<PAGE>
 
   
                     THE DIRECTOR CHOICE VARIABLE ANNUITY
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 5085
                       HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
                      Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract
                                    Owners)
[LOGO]            1-800-862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase Series
II of The Director CHOICE variable annuity. Please read it carefully.
    
 
   
The Director CHOICE variable annuity is a Contract between you and Hartford Life
Insurance Company where you agree to make at least one payment to us and we
agree to make a series of annuity payments to you at a later date. This annuity
is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both
individuals and groups. It is:
    
 
   
X  Flexible, because you may add premium payments at any time.
    
 
   
X  Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
    until we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
X  Variable, because the value of your annuity will fluctuate with the
    performance of the underlying funds.
    
 
   
At purchase, you allocate your premium payment, which is any purchase payment
less any Premium Taxes, to "Sub-Accounts". These are subdivisions of our
Separate Account, an account that keeps your annuity assets separate from our
company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up
exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These
funds are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or
through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and
the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This annuity offers you
funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you
may pick those funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The
Sub-Accounts and the funds are listed below:
    
 
   
- - Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Growth and Income Portfolio Sub-Account which
  purchases shares of Class I of Mitchell Hutchins Growth and Income Portfolio
  of the Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust ("Mitchell Hutchins Growth and Income
  Portfolio")
    
 
   
- - Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Strategic Income Portfolio Sub-Account which
  purchases shares of Class I of Mitchell Hutchins Strategic Income Portfolio of
  the Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust ("Mitchell Hutchins Strategic Income
  Portfolio")
    
 
   
- - Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Tactical Allocation Portfolio Sub-Account which
  purchases shares of Class I of Mitchell Hutchins Tactical Allocation Portfolio
  of the Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust ("Mitchell Hutchins Tactical Allocation
  Portfolio")
    
 
   
- - Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Advisers
  HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Bond Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Bond HLS Fund,
  Inc.
    
 
   
- - Capital Appreciation Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Dividend and Growth Sub-Account which purchase shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Dividend and Growth HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Global Leaders Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Global Leaders HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Growth and Income Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Growth and Income HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - High Yield Sub-Account which purchases shares of class IA of Hartford High
  Yield HLS Fund
    
 
   
- - Index Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Index HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Advisers Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - International Opportunities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of
  Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - MidCap Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford MidCap HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Money Market Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Money
  Market HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Mortgage Securities Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford
  Mortgage Securities HLS Fund, Inc.
    
<PAGE>
   
- - Small Company Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Small
  Company HLS Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
- - Stock Sub-Account which purchases shares of Class IA of Hartford Stock HLS
  Fund, Inc.
    
 
   
You may also allocate some or all of your premium payment to one of the "Fixed
Accumulation Features", which pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain
time period from the time the payment is made. Premium payments put in a Fixed
Accumulation Feature are not segregated from our company assets like the assets
of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
If you decide to buy this annuity, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us at 1-800-862-6668 to get a Statement of Additional
Information, free of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains
more information about this annuity and, like this prospectus, is filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. We have included the Table of Contents for
the Statement of Additional Information at the end of this prospectus.
    
 
   
Although we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commission doesn't approve or
disapprove these securities or determine if the information is truthful or
complete. Anyone who represents that the Securities and Exchange Commission does
these things may be guilty of a criminal offense.
    
 
   
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the Securities and Exchange Commission's website (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV).
    
 
   
This annuity IS NOT:
    
 
   
 -  A bank deposit or obligation
    
 
   
 -  Federally insured
    
 
   
 -  Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
    
 
   
This annuity may not be available for sale in all states.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 3, 1999
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
 <S>                                                                     <C>
 GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.............................................    4
 FEE TABLE SUMMARY.....................................................    5
 EXAMPLE...............................................................    6
 SUMMARY...............................................................    8
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.......................................   10
 THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..................................................   10
 THE FUNDS.............................................................   10
 PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION.......................................   13
 THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES.......................................   13
 THE CONTRACT..........................................................   14
   Contract Value -- Before the Annuity Commencement Date..............   15
   Contract Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement
    Date...............................................................   16
   Surrenders..........................................................   16
   Contract Charges....................................................   17
   Death Benefits......................................................   19
 SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS.................................................   21
   Annuity Payments....................................................   22
   Other Information...................................................   24
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................   24
 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................   28
   How Contracts Are Sold..............................................   28
   Year 2000...........................................................   28
   Legal Matters.......................................................   29
   Experts.............................................................   29
   More Information....................................................   29
 APPENDIX I -- INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS....   30
 APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES.....................   33
 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..............   34
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
4                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
    
 
   
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate values before we begin
to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Located at 200 Hopmeadow Street, Simsbury, CT 06089. The
mailing address is Post Office Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085.
    
 
   
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, increased by the dollar amount of any premium payments made since
that anniversary and reduced by the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
since that anniversary.
    
 
   
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge for annuities having a value of
less than $50,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary or when the annuity is
Surrendered in full. The charge is deducted proportionately from the funds in
use at the time.
    
 
   
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is based. The Annuitant may not
be changed.
    
 
   
ANNUITY: A Contract issued by us that provides, in exchange for premium
payments, a series of annuity payments.
    
 
   
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate your first annuity payment.
    
 
   
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date we start to make annuity payments to you.
    
 
   
ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure we use to calculate the value of the annuity
payments we make to you.
    
 
   
ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN ("AIR"): The investment return, either 3%, 5% or 6%,
which we base your variable dollar amount payments on. You select the AIR before
we start to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
BENEFICIARY: The person or persons you designate to receive payment of the death
benefit upon the death of the Contract Owner.
    
 
   
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    
 
   
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before we begin making annuity payments.
    
 
   
CONTRACT: The contract is the individual Annuity contract and any endorsements
or riders. If you have a group annuity, you will receive a certificate rather
than a contract.
    
 
   
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The annual anniversary of the date we issued your annuity.
If your contract anniversary falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, then
the next Valuation Day will be your Contract Anniversary for that year.
    
 
   
CONTRACT OWNER(S) OR YOU: The owner(s) or holder(s) of this Annuity.
    
 
   
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of your Annuity that we get by adding up the
value of each of your Sub-Accounts and Fixed Accumulation Features on any
Valuation Day.
    
 
   
CONTRACT YEAR: The 12 months following the date you purchased your annuity and
from any Contract Anniversary.
    
 
   
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING ("DCA"): Systematic transfers from one Account to another.
    
 
   
DCA PROGRAM FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES: Fixed Accumulation Features we
establish to use for dollar cost averaging programs. These are part of our
General Account.
    
 
   
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount we pay when the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.
    
 
   
DUE PROOF OF DEATH: A certified copy of a death certificate, an order of a court
of competent jurisdiction, or any other proof acceptable to us.
    
 
   
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE: This is an account that is part of our General
Account. You may allocate all or a portion of your premium payments or transfer
of Contract Value to this account.
    
 
   
FUNDS: The Funds described in this prospectus or any supplements to the
prospectus.
    
 
   
GENERAL ACCOUNT: Our General Account that includes our company assets and your
annuity assets allocated to any of the Fixed Accumulation Features or DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Features.
    
 
   
HARTFORD OR WE: Hartford Life Insurance Company.
    
 
   
INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE: This is the amount which we use for the purpose of
calculating the optional interest accumulation death benefit.
    
 
   
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE: This is the highest Anniversary Value prior the
deceased's 81st birthday or the date of death, if earlier.
    
 
   
PAYEE: The person or party designated by you to receive annuity payments.
    
 
   
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on premium payments.
    
 
   
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: An account that we establish to separate the assets for your
annuity Sub-Accounts from our company assets. Hartford Life Insurance Company
Separate Account Two.
    
 
   
SUB-ACCOUNT: Divisions established within the Separate Account.
    
 
   
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal or distribution from your annuity.
    
 
   
SURRENDER VALUE: What we pay you if you terminate your annuity before we begin
to make annuity payments.
    
 
   
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. The
value of the Separate Account is determined as of the close of the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).
    
 
   
VALUATION PERIOD: The period between the close of business on successive
Valuation Days.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   FEE TABLE
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
                        Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                               (All Sub-Accounts)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                                                                 <C>
 Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of premium
   payments).......................................................    None
 Exchange Fee......................................................        $0
 Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amounts
   Surrendered)(1)
     First Year (2)................................................       7%
     Second Year...................................................       6%
     Third Year....................................................       6%
     Fourth Year...................................................       5%
     Fifth Year....................................................       4%
     Sixth Year....................................................       3%
     Seventh Year..................................................       2%
     Eighth Year...................................................       0%
 Annual Maintenance Fee (3)........................................     $30
 Annual Expenses -- Separate Account (as a percentage of daily
   Sub-Account value)
     Mortality and Expense Risk....................................    1.25%
 Optional Charges
     Optional Interest Accumulation Death Benefit (as a percentage
      of daily Sub-Account value)..................................     .15%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is not assessed on partial Surrenders
    which do not exceed 15% of premium payments each Contract year, on a
    non-cumulative basis.
    
 
   
(2) Length of time from each premium payment.
    
 
   
(3) The Annual Maintenance Fee is a single $30 charge deducted on each Contract
    Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value is less than $50,000. It
    is deducted proportionally from the investment options in use at the time of
    the charge.
    
 
   
    The purpose of this table is to assist you in understanding various costs
and expenses that your will bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects
expenses of the Separate Account and underlying Funds. We will deduct any
Premium Taxes that apply.
    
 
   
                         Annual Fund Operating Expenses
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              TOTAL FUND
                                                    MANAGEMENT                OPERATING
                                                       FEES                    EXPENSES
                                                    (INCLUDING     OTHER      (INCLUDING
                                                     WAIVERS)     EXPENSES     WAIVERS)
                                                  --------------  --------  --------------
 <S>                                              <C>             <C>       <C>
 Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Growth and Income
   Portfolio.....................................     0.700%       0.340%       1.040%
 Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Strategic Income
   Portfolio.....................................     0.750%       0.690%       1.440%
 Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Tactical
   Allocation Portfolio..........................     0.500%       0.450%       0.950%
 Hartford Bond HLS Fund..........................     0.482%       0.021%       0.503%
 Hartford Stock HLS Fund.........................     0.439%       0.018%       0.457%
 Hartford Money Market HLS Fund..................     0.433%       0.015%       0.448%
 Hartford Advisers HLS Fund......................     0.616%       0.018%       0.634%
 Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund..........     0.623%       0.019%       0.642%
 Hartford Mortgage Securities HLS Fund...........     0.432%       0.030%       0.462%
 Hartford Index HLS Fund.........................     0.382%       0.019%       0.401%
 Hartford International Opportunities HLS Fund...     0.681%       0.090%       0.771%
 Hartford Dividend & Growth HLS Fund.............     0.641%       0.018%       0.659%
 Hartford International Advisers HLS Fund........     0.755%       0.108%       0.863%
 Hartford MidCap HLS Fund........................     0.759%       0.034%       0.793%
 Hartford Small Company HLS Fund.................     0.753%       0.019%       0.772%
 Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund.............     0.767%       0.040%       0.807%
 Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund(1).............     0.487%       0.120%       0.607%
 Hartford High Yield HLS Fund(1).................     0.487%       0.035%       0.522%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
   
(1) Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund and Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are new
    Funds. "Total Fund Operating Expenses" are based on annualized estimates of
    such expenses to be incurred in the current fiscal year. HL Investment
    Advisors, LLC has agreed to waive its fees for these until the assets of the
    Funds (excluding assets contributed by
    
<PAGE>
6                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    companies affiliated with HL Investment Advisors, LLC) reach $20 million.
    Absent this waiver, the Management Fee and Total Fund Operating Expenses
    would be:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             TOTAL FUND
                                        MANAGEMENT FEES  OTHER EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES
                                        ---------------  --------------  ------------------
    <S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>
    Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund...      0.775%          0.120%            0.895%
    Hartford High Yield HLS Fund.......      0.775%          0.035%            0.810%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL INTEREST ACCUMULATION DEATH
BENEFIT WAS ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
 ----------------------------- ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Growth and Income
   Portfolio..................  $ 89   $ 138   $ 171    $ 286     $ 25   $  78   $ 134    $ 286     $ 26   $  79   $ 135    $ 286
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Strategic Income
   Portfolio..................    93     145     191      326       29      90     154      325       30      91     155      325
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Tactical Allocation
   Portfolio..................    88     130     166      277       24      75     129      276       25      76     130      277
 Bond.........................    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 Stock........................    83     115     140      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     104      226
 Money Market.................    83     114     140      225       19      60     103      224       20      60     104      225
 Advisers.....................    84     120     150      224       21      66     113      244       21      66     114      244
 Capital Appreciation.........    85     120     150      245       21      66     113      244       22      66     114      245
 Mortgage Securities..........    83     115     141      226       19      60     104      225       20      61     105      226
 Index........................    82     113     137      220       18      58     101      219       19      59     101      220
 International
   Opportunities..............    86     124     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      70     121      259
 Dividend & Growth............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 International Advisers.......    87     127     161      268       23      73     125      267       24      73     125      268
 MidCap.......................    86     125     158      261       22      71     121      260       23      71     122      261
 Small Company................    86     125     157      259       22      70     120      258       23      71     121      259
 Growth and Income............    86     126     159      262       23      71     122      262       23      72     123      262
 High Yield...................    83     117     N/A      N/A       20      62     N/A      N/A       20      63     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    84     119     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A       21      65     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
EXAMPLE
    
 
   
THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT WAS NOT ELECTED:
    
   
<TABLE>
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
                               If you surrender your Contract    If you annuitize your Contract    If you do not surrender your
                               at the end of the applicable      at the end of the applicable      Contract, you would pay the
                               time period you would pay the     time period you would pay the     following expenses on a $1,000
                               following expenses on a $1,000    following expenses on a $1,000    investment, assuming a 5%
                               investment, assuming a 5%         investment, assuming a 5%         annual return on assets:
                               annual return on assets:          annual return on assets:
 
<CAPTION>
 SUB-ACCOUNT                   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS   1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
 ----------------------------- ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------   ------ ------- ------- --------
 <S>                           <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Growth and Income
   Portfolio..................  $ 87   $ 128   $ 163    $ 271     $ 23   $  74   $ 126    $ 270     $ 24   $  74   $ 127    $ 271
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Strategic Income
   Portfolio..................    91     140     183      311       28      86     147      310       28      86     147      311
 Mitchell Hutchins Series
   Trust Tactical Allocation
   Portfolio..................    86     125     158      262       23      71     122      261       23      71     122      262
 Bond.........................    82     112     135      214       18      57      98      214       19      58      99      214
 Stock........................    81     110     133      209       17      55      96      209       18      56      97      209
 Money Market.................    81     110     132      208       17      55      95      208       18      56      96      208
 Advisers.....................    83     116     142      229       19      61     105      228       20      62     106      229
 Capital Appreciation.........    83     116     142      229       19      61     106      229       20      62     106      229
 Mortgage Securities..........    81     110     133      210       18      56      96      209       18      56      97      210
 Index........................    81     108     130      203       17      54      93      203       18      54      94      203
 International
   Opportunities..............    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Dividend & Growth............    83     116     143      231       20      62     106      230       20      62     107      231
 International Advisers.......    85     123     154      253       22      68     117      252       22      69     118      253
 MidCap.......................    85     121     150      245       21      66     113      245       22      67     114      245
 Small Company................    84     120     149      243       21      65     112      242       21      66     113      243
 Growth and Income............    85     121     151      247       21      66     114      246       22      67     115      247
 High Yield...................    82     112     N/A      N/A       18      57     N/A      N/A       19      58     N/A      N/A
 Global Leaders...............    83     115     N/A      N/A       19      60     N/A      N/A       20      61     N/A      N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the Example, the Annual Maintenance Fee is approximately a 0.06% annual
asset charge based on the experience of the Contracts. This Example should not
be considered a representation of past or future expenses and actual expenses
may be greater or less than those shown.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Annual
Maintenance Fee has been reflected in the Examples by a method intended to show
the "average" impact of the Annual Maintenance Fee on an investment in the
Separate Account.
    
<PAGE>
8                                                HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
HOW DO I PURCHASE THIS ANNUITY?
    
 
   
You must complete our application or order request and submit it to us for
approval with your first premium payment. Your first premium payment must be at
least $1,000 and subsequent premium payments must be at least $500. The minimum
premium payment requirements may differ if you are participating in our
automatic investing ("InvestEase-Registered Trademark-") program.
    
 
   
 -  For a limited time, usually within ten days after you receive your annuity,
    you may cancel your annuity without paying a Contingent Deferred Sales
    Charge. You bear the investment risk for your premium payment prior to our
    receipt of your request for cancellation.
    
 
   
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
    
 
   
Yes. We deduct this $30 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you
completely Surrender your annuity, if, on either of those dates, the value of
your annuity is less than $50,000.
    
 
   
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
    
 
   
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay two different types of
charges each year. The first type of charge is the fee you pay for insurance.
This charge is:
    
 
   
    A mortality and expense risk charge that is subtracted daily and is equal to
an annual charge of 1.25% of your Contract Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
    The second type of charge is the fee you pay for the Funds.
    
 
   
    Currently, total fund operating expenses with waivers range from 0.401% to
0.863% of the average daily value of the amount you have invested in the fund.
See the Annual Operation Expense Table for more complete information and the
funds' prospectuses attached to this prospectus.
    
 
   
    If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge
daily from your Contract Value and is equal to 0.15% per year of your Contract
Value invested in the Funds.
    
 
   
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
    
 
   
You can partially or fully Surrender your Contract subject to a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). You can partially Surrender your Contract without
any CDSC applied to the Surrender under the following conditions:
    
 
   
- - Surrenders which don't exceed 15% of premium payments per Contract Year
  (Annual Withdrawal Amount);
    
 
   
- - Surrenders made from premium payments invested more than seven years;
    
 
   
- - 100% Surrender of earnings after the seventh Contract Year;
    
 
   
- - Surrenders under the nursing home waiver (described as Eligible Confinement in
  the Contract); or
    
 
   
- - Surrenders eligible for disability waiver under a group qualified plan.
    
 
   
WILL HARTFORD PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
    
 
   
Your Contract has a Death Benefit and we offer an Optional Interest Accumulation
Death Benefit ("Optional Death Benefit") that you can elect for an additional
fee. There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner, joint owner or Annuitant,
die before we begin to make annuity payments. The Death Benefit will remain
invested in the Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions (unless
otherwise mutually specified by your Beneficiaries) and will be subject to
market fluctuations.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                                9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    IF YOU DO NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries, of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that anniversary. The Maximum
Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest Anniversary Value attained from this
series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF YOU ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we will
calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments you have made to us reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is the highest Anniversary Value
    before the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death; or
    
 
   
4)  Your Interest Accumulation Value.
    
 
   
    The INTEREST ACCUMULATION VALUE is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. The
Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of premium payments, less
proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples on how the Optional
Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II". If you elect the Optional Death
Benefit, we will deduct an additional charge daily from your Contract Value
equal to .15% of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's
spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract Owner, unless the
spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. If the
Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the
Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit
payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. This provision will only apply one time
for each Contract.
    
 
   
WHAT ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
    
 
   
When you purchase your annuity, you may choose one of the following annuity
payment options, or receive a lump sum payment:
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY where we make scheduled payments for the Annuitant's life.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option stop upon the death of the Annuitant, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the life of the
Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to the
Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due Proof
of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the Contract
Value, less any applicable Premium Taxes, applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select a variable dollar amount payment
    with the 5% AIR or fixed dollar amount annuity payments.
    
 
   
    LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make payments for
the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed payments for a time
period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum of 100 years minus
your annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during the lifetimes
of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the Joint Annuitant.
At the time of electing this annuity payment option, the Contract Owner may
elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN
where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is a minimum of 5 years and a maximum 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing
    
<PAGE>
10                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner may elect reduced payments over the
remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay the value of the remaining payments to your
    Beneficiary, either in a lump sum or we will continue payments until the end
    of the period selected.
    
 
   
    PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments for a
specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during the
first two Contract Years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary. The
maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    the value of the remaining payments to your Beneficiary, either in a lump
    sum or we will continue payments until the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    You must begin to take payments before the Annuitant's 90th birthday or the
end of the 10th Contract Year, which ever comes later, unless you elect a later
date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect and our approval. If you do not tell us what annuity payment option you
want before that time, we will pay you under the Life Annuity with a 10 year
period certain. You and Hartford can agree to start payments at a later date if
the laws in effect allow us to defer payment and we agree to allow you to defer.
The Annuity Commencement Date in New York may be different. Please consult your
Registered Representative or call us.
    
 
   
                                 HARTFORD LIFE
                               INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all states
of the United States as well as the District of Columbia. We were originally
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently
redomiciled to Connecticut. Our offices are located in Simsbury, Connecticut;
however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT 06104-5085. We are
ultimately controlled by The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the
largest financial service providers in the United States.
    
 
   
                               HARTFORD'S RATINGS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     EFFECTIVE DATE
RATING AGENCY                          OF RATING     RATING             BASIS OF RATING
- -----------------------------------  --------------  ------   -----------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>      <C>
A.M. Best and Company, Inc.........        1/1/99      A+     Financial performance
Standard & Poor's..................        6/1/98     AA      Insurer financial strength
Duff & Phelps......................      12/21/98     AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of
our annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was
established on June 2, 1986 and is registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration does not involve
supervision by the Commission of the management or the investment practices of
the Separate Account or Hartford. The Separate Account meets the definition of
"Separate Account" under federal securities law. This Separate Account holds
only assets for variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account:
    
 
   
- - Holds assets for the benefit of you and other Contract Owners, and the persons
  entitled to the payments described in the Contract.
    
 
   
- - Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Hartford
  may conduct.
    
 
   
- - Is not affected by the rate of return of Hartford's General Account or by the
  investment performance of any of Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
- - May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account which
  holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the Separate
  Account which are not described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
- - Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not realized,
  from the assets it holds.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is
no assurance that the value of your Annuity will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
    
 
   
                                   THE FUNDS
    
 
   
    All of the Hartford Funds are sponsored and administered by Hartford Life
Insurance Company. HL Investment Advisors, Inc. ("HL Advisors") serves as the
investment adviser to each of the Funds. Wellington Management Company, LLP
("Wellington Management") and The Hartford Investment Management Company
("HIMCO") serve as sub-investment advisers and provide day to day investment
services.
    
 
   
    Each Hartford Fund, except for the Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund, the
Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund, is a
separate
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Maryland corporation registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an open-end management investment company. The Hartford Global Leaders HLS Fund,
the Hartford Growth and Income HLS Fund and the Hartford High Yield HLS Fund are
diversified series of Hartford Series Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation, also
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an open-end management
investment company. The shares of each Fund have been divided into Class IA and
Class IB. Only Class IA shares are available in this Annuity.
    
 
   
    Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. is a wholly-owned asset management
subsidiary of PaineWebber Incorporated. PaineWebber provides investment advisory
and administrative services to the Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Growth and
Income Portfolio, Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Strategic Income Portfolio and
the Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust Tactical Allocation Portfolio.
    
 
   
    We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds.
Since each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject
to different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses, policies and procedures
are more fully described in the accompanying Funds' prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information, which you may order from us. The Funds' prospectus
should be read in conjunction with this prospectus before investing.
    
 
   
    The Funds may not be available in all states.
    
 
   
    The investment goals of each of the Funds are as follows:
    
 
   
    MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO -- Seeks current
income and capital growth by investing primarily in dividend-paying equity
securities of companies believed to have the potential for rapid earnings
growth.
    
 
   
    MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO -- Has a primary
investment objective of high current income and a secondary objective of capital
appreciation. This Fund strategically allocates its investments among three bond
market sectors: U.S. Government and investment grade bonds; U. S. high yield
bonds (sometimes called "junk bonds"); and foreign and emerging market bonds.
    
 
   
    MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO -- Seeks total
return, consisting of long-term capital appreciation and current income, by
using the Tactical Allocation Model, a systematic investment strategy that
allocates its investments between an equity portion designed to track the S&P
500 Composite Price Index and a fixed income portion that generally will be
comprised of either five-year U.S. Treasury notes or 30 day U.S. Treasury Bills.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total rate of return
by investing in common stocks and other equity securities, bonds and other debt
securities, and money market instruments. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD BOND HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent with
preservation of capital by investing primarily in investment grade fixed-income
securities. Up to 20% of the total assets of this Fund may be invested in debt
securities rated in the highest category below investment grade ("Ba" by Moody's
Investor Services, Inc. or "BB" by Standard & Poor's) or, if unrated, are
determined to be of comparable quality by the Fund's investment adviser.
Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information concerning the
risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer to the section
in the accompanying prospectus for the Funds entitled "Hartford Bond Fund, Inc."
Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD CAPITAL APPRECIATION HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing in equity securities selected solely on the basis of potential for
capital appreciation. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD DIVIDEND AND GROWTH HLS FUND -- Seeks a high level of current
income consistent with growth of capital by investing primarily in dividend
paying equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GLOBAL LEADERS HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities issued by U.S. companies and non-U.S. high
quality growth companies worldwide that in the opinion of Wellington Management,
are leaders within their respective industries as indicated by an established
market presence and strong competitive position on a global, regional or country
basis. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD HIGH YIELD HLS FUND -- Seeks high current income by investing in
non-investment grade fixed-income securities. Growth of capital is a secondary
objective. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as
"high yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds." For more information
concerning the risks associated with investing in such securities, please refer
to the section in the accompanying prospectus for the funds entitled "Hartford
High Yield HLS Fund." Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD GROWTH AND INCOME HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital and current
income by investing primarily in equity securities with earnings growth
potential and steady or rising dividends. Sub-advised by Wellington management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- Seeks to provide investment results that
approximate the price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in
the
    
<PAGE>
12                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
aggregate, as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price
Index. * Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL ADVISERS HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum long-term total
return by investing in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities.
Securities in which the Fund invests primarily will be denominated in non-U.S.
currencies and will be traded in non-U.S. markets. Sub-advised by Wellington
Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies.
Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MIDCAP HLS FUND -- Seeks to achieve long-term capital growth
through capital appreciation by investing primarily in equity securities of
companies with market capitalizations within the range presented by the Standard
& Poor's Mid-Cap 400 Index. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MORTGAGE SECURITIES HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income
consistent with safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity by investing
primarily in mortgage-related securities, including securities issued by the
Government National Mortgage Association. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD SMALL COMPANY HLS FUND -- Seeks growth of capital by investing
primarily in equity securities within the range represented by the Russell 2000
Index selected on the basis of potential for capital appreciation. Sub-advised
by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD STOCK HLS FUND -- Seeks long-term growth by investing primarily in
equity securities. Sub-advised by Wellington Management.
    
 
   
    HARTFORD MONEY MARKET HLS FUND -- Seeks maximum current income consistent
with liquidity and preservation of capital. Sub-advised by HIMCO.
    
 
   
    MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds are sold to our other
Separate Accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other Separate Accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another Fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding,
as disclosed in the funds' prospectus.
    
 
   
    VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the
Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder
meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we
will:
    
 
   
- - Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
  Contract may be voted.
    
 
   
- - Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
  how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
    
 
   
- - Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
  Owners.
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
  received from you, and
    
 
   
- - Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same
  proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
    
 
   
    If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present
interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may
decide to do so. You may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for
your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payments to you, the
number of votes you have will decrease.
    
 
   
    SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right,
subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered
under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New
Funds will be will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we
determined appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional
payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of any of the Funds for any
reason and to substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the 1940 Act, substitutions of
shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have
the approval of the Commission and we have notified you of the change.
    
 
   
    In the event of any substitution or change, We may, by appropriate
endorsement, make such changes in the Contract as may be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such substitution or change. If we decide that it is in
the best interest of the Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated
as a management company under the 1940 Act
 
* "STANDARD & POOR'S," "S&P-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "S&P
  500-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-," "STANDARD & POOR'S 500," AND "500" ARE TRADEMARKS
  OF THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC. AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE BY HARTFORD.
  THE INDEX FUND IS NOT SPONSORED, ENDORSED, SOLD OR PROMOTED BY STANDARD &
  POOR'S AND STANDARD & POOR'S MAKES NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING THE
  ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN THE INDEX FUND.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
or any other form permitted by law, may be de-registered under the 1940 Act in
the event such registration is no longer required, or may be combined with one
or more other Separate Accounts.
    
 
   
                        PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
    
 
   
    When a Sub-Account advertises its STANDARDIZED TOTAL RETURN, it will usually
be calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant
periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the
Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the
investment at the end of the period and assumes that the Optional Death Benefit
has not been elected.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also advertise NON-STANDARD TOTAL RETURNS THAT
PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT. These non-standardized
total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in
existence for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions
for charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. These
non-standardized returns must be accompanied by standardized total returns.
    
 
   
    If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise YIELD IN ADDITION TO TOTAL
RETURN. The yield will be computed in the following manner: the net investment
income per unit earned during a recent one month period, divided by the unit
value on the last day of the period. This figure reflects the recurring charges
at the Separate Account level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Money Market Fund Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield.
The yield of a Sub-Account is based upon the income earned by the Sub-Account
over a seven-day period and then annualized; i.e., the income earned in the
period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week period and stated
as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is calculated similarly but
when annualized, the income earned by the investment is assumed to be reinvested
in Sub-Account units and thus compounded in the course of a 52-week period.
Yield and effective yield reflect the recurring charges at the Separate Account
level including the Annual Maintenance Fee.
    
 
   
    The Separate Account may also disclose yield for periods prior to the date
the Separate Account commenced operations. For periods prior to the date the
Separate Account commenced operations, performance information for the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated based on the performance of the underlying Funds
and the assumption that the Sub-Accounts were in existence for the same periods
as those of the underlying Funds, with a level of charges equal to those
currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. No yield disclosure for periods
prior to the date of the Separate Account will be used without the yield
disclosure for periods as of the date of the inception of the Separate Account.
    
 
   
    We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and
prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, dollar cost averaging and
asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred
and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios,
financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment
alternatives, including comparisons between the Contracts and the
characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
    
 
   
                        THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD KNOW: THIS PORTION OF THE CONTRACT RELATING
TO THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES IS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 ("1933 ACT") AND THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES ARE NOT REGISTERED AS
INVESTMENT COMPANIES UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ("1940 ACT"). NONE
OF THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES OR ANY OF THEIR INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT, AND THE STAFF OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE REGARDING THE
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURES. THE FOLLOWING DISCLOSURE ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN GENERALLY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS
OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS REGARDING THE ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF
DISCLOSURE.
    
 
   
    Payments and Contract Values allocated to a Fixed Accumulation Feature
become a part of our general assets. We invest the assets of the General Account
in accordance with applicable law governing the investments of insurance company
General Accounts. We have more than one Fixed Accumulation Feature. The standard
Fixed Accumulation Feature (the "Fixed Accumulation Feature") and then a number
of DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features, which we collectively refer to as
the "Fixed Accumulation Features".
    
 
   
    CURRENTLY, WE GUARANTEE THAT WE WILL CREDIT INTEREST AT A RATE OF NOT LESS
THAN 3% PER YEAR, COMPOUNDED ANNUALLY, TO AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURE.
    
<PAGE>
14                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
WE RESERVE THE RIGHT, IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION, TO CREDIT INTEREST AT A RATE IN
EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR. YOU ASSUME THE RISK THAT INTEREST CREDITED TO THE FIXED
ACCUMULATION FEATURE MAY NOT EXCEED THE MINIMUM GUARANTEE OF 3% FOR ANY GIVEN
YEAR.
    
 
   
    We will periodically publish the Fixed Accumulation Feature interest rates
currently in effect. There is no specific formula for the determination of
interest rates. Some of the factors that we may consider in determining whether
to credit excess interest are: general economic trends, rates of return
currently available and anticipated on our investments, regulatory and tax
requirements and competitive factors. We will account for any deductions,
Surrenders or transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature on a "first-in",
"first-out" basis. For Contracts issued in the State of New York, Fixed
Accumulation Feature interest rates may vary from other states.
    
 
   
    From time to time, we may credit increased interest rates to Contract Owners
under certain programs established at our sole discretion.
    
 
   
    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS") PROGRAM -- These programs will use
designated DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Features. Currently, Contract Owners
may enroll in a special pre-authorized transfer program known as our Dollar Cost
Averaging Plus Program (the "Program"). Under this Program, Contract Owners who
enroll may allocate a minimum of $5,000 of their payment into the appropriate
DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature (we may allow a lower minimum premium
payment for qualified plan transfers or rollovers, including IRAs) and
pre-authorize transfers to any of the Sub-Accounts under either the 6 Month
Transfer Program or 12 Month Transfer Program. The 6-Month Transfer Program and
the 12-Month Transfer Program will generally have different credited interest
rates. Under the 6 Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 6
months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred from the DCA
Program Fixed Accumulation Feature in use to the selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6
months. Under the 12-Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to
12 months and all payments and accrued interest must be transferred to the
selected Sub-Accounts in 7 to 12 months. This will be accomplished by monthly
transfers for the period selected and a final transfer of the entire amount
remaining in the Program, which will generally be less than the prior monthly
transfer amounts. Contract Owners who purchase their Contracts in New York have
a different DCA Plus Program, which includes different credited interest rates.
Currently, only one DCA Plus Program transfer period is available in New York,
but that period allows transfers to selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 12 months.
    
 
   
    The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days after we receive the
initial Program payment and complete enrollment instructions. If We do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will transfer any remaining amounts to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and you will receive the Fixed Accumulation Feature's
current effective interest rate. Any subsequent payments we receive within the
Program period selected will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts over the remainder
of that Program transfer period, unless otherwise directed by You.
    
 
   
    You may only have one dollar cost averaging program in place at one time,
this means one standard dollar cost averaging plan or one Dollar Cost Averaging
Plus Program.
    
 
   
    You may elect to terminate the pre-authorized transfers by calling or
writing us of your intent to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation
of enrollment in the Program, you will no longer receive the increased interest
rate and unless we receive instructions to the contrary, the amounts remaining
in the DCA Program Fixed Accumulation Feature may be transferred to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature and accrue the interest rate currently in effect.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
    We reserve the right to discontinue, modify or amend the Program or any
other interest rate program established by Hartford. Any change to the Program
will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. This Program
may not be available in all states; please contact us to determine if it is
available in your state.
    
 
   
                                  THE CONTRACT
    
 
   
    THE CONTRACT OFFERED -- The Contracts are individual or group tax-deferred
variable annuity contracts. They are designed for retirement planning purposes
and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including; (a) any
trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a), or
403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (which includes Section 401(k)); (b) annuity
purchase plans adopted by public school systems and certain tax-exempt
organizations according to Section 403(b) of the Code; (c) Individual Retirement
Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code; (d) employee pension
plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state,
or an agency or instrumentality of either a state or a political subdivision of
a state, and (e) certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in
Section 457 of the Code ("Qualified Contracts").
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    PURCHASING A CONTRACT -- A prospective Contract Owner may purchase a
Contract by completing and submitting an application or an order request along
with an initial premium payment to the Administrative Office of the Company. The
maximum age for Annuitant, Owner and Joint Owner on the Contract Issue Date is
85. Generally, the minimum premium payment is $1,000. The minimum subsequent
premium payment is $500. Certain plans may be allowed to make smaller periodic
premium payments. Unless we give our prior approval, we will not accept a
premium payment in excess of $1,000,000. Each premium payment, which is your
premium payment after the deduction of any applicable Premium Taxes, may be
split among the various Accounts subject to minimum amounts then in effect. We
will send you a confirmation notice upon receipt and acceptance of your premium
payment.
    
 
   
    RIGHT TO EXAMINE THE CONTRACT -- If you are not satisfied with your
purchase, you may cancel the Contract by returning it within 10 days (or longer
in some states) after you receive it. You must send a written request for
cancellation along with the Contract. We will, without deduction for any CDSC
normally assessed, pay you an amount equal to the Contract Value. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK DURING THE PERIOD PRIOR TO OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR REQUEST FOR
CANCELLATION. We will refund the premium paid only for Individual Retirement
Annuities, if returned within seven days of receipt, and in those states where
required by law.
    
 
   
    CREDITING AND VALUATION -- Your premium payment, which is the balance
remaining after the deduction of any Premium Tax, is credited to your Contract
within two business days of receipt by us at our Administrative Office of a
properly completed application or an order to purchase a Contract and the
premium payment. The payment will be credited to the Accounts according to the
instructions we receive from you.
    
 
   
    If your application or other information is incomplete when received, your
payment will be credited to the Accounts within five business days of receipt of
complete information. If the payment is not credited within five business days,
it will be immediately returned to you unless you have been informed of the
delay and tell us not to return it.
    
 
   
    Subsequent premium payments are priced on the Valuation Day we receive the
payment in our Administrative Office, provided it is received before the New
York Stock Exchange closes. Unless otherwise specified, We will allocate any
subsequent payments to Accounts according to your most recent instructions.
    
 
   
                      CONTRACT VALUE -- BEFORE THE ANNUITY
                               COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    Your Contract Value reflects interest rate credited any amounts allocated to
the Fixed Accumulation Features and the investment performance of the
Sub-Accounts where you have payments allocated.
    
 
   
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- Your Sub-Account Values on the date we issue your
Contract is the amount of your premium payment allocated to any Sub-Account.
After that, we determine your Sub-Account value by determining the Accumulation
Unit value for each Sub-Account, and then multiplying that value by the number
of those units. Sub-Account Value reflects any variation of the interest income,
dividends, net capital gains or losses, realized or unrealized, and any amounts
transferred into or out of that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNITS -- When Premium Payments are credited to your
Sub-Accounts, they are converted into accumulation Units by dividing the amount
of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit
Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you put into your Contract, the
more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation
Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account,
settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.
    
 
   
    ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE -- The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account
was arbitrarily set initially at $1 when the Sub-Account began operations. After
that, the Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account will equal (a) the
Accumulation Unit value at the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by
(b) the Net Investment Factor (see the definition below) for the Valuation Day
for which the Accumulation Unit value is being calculated.
    
 
   
    You will be advised, at least semiannually, of the number of Accumulation
Units credited to each Sub-Account, the current Accumulation Unit values, and
the total value of your Contract.
    
 
   
    THE NET INVESTMENT FACTOR (BEFORE AND AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT
DATE) -- The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure the investment
performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each
Sub-Account, the Net Investment Factor reflects the investment performance of
the Fund in which that Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that
Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is calculated by
dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:
    
 
   
(a) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in that Sub-Account, determined at
    the end of the current Valuation Period (plus the per share amount of any
    dividends or capital gains distributions made by that Fund);
    
 
   
(b) Is the Net Asset Value of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at
    the beginning of the Valuation Period;
    
<PAGE>
16                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
(c) Is a daily factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and any
    optional charges deducted from the Sub-Account, adjusted for the number of
    days in the Valuation Period.
    
 
   
                   CONTRACT VALUE TRANSFERS BEFORE AND AFTER
                         THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    You may transfer your Contract Values from one or more Accounts to another
Account free of charge. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF TRANSFERS TO
12 PER CONTRACT YEAR, WITH NO 2 TRANSFERS OCCURRING ON CONSECUTIVE VALUATION
DAYS. Transfers by telephone may be made by you or by your attorney-in-fact
pursuant to a power of attorney by calling us at 1-800-862-6668 or by the agent
of record by calling 1-800-862-7155. Telephone transfers may not be permitted by
some states. There may be limitations on transfers to and from the Fixed
Accumulation Features that are described in your Contract. Some states may allow
us to limit the dollar amount transferred.
    
 
   
    We, or our agents and affiliates will not be responsible for losses
resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be genuine.
We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
by telephone are genuine. The procedure we follow for transactions initiated by
telephone include requirements that callers provide certain information for
identification purposes. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape-
recorded.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize transfers under certain circumstances.
Transfers between the Accounts may be made both before and after the Annuity
Commencement Date. Generally, the minimum allocation to any Sub-Account may not
be less than $500. All percentage (%) allocations must be in whole numbers
(e.g., 1%). No minimum balance is presently required in any Account.
    
 
   
    IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL CONFIRMATIONS OF
TRANSFERS AND TO PROMPTLY ADVISE US IN OUR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES OF ANY
INACCURACIES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE YOU RECEIVE YOUR CONFIRMATION.
    
 
   
    The right to reallocate Contract Values is subject to modification if we
determine, in our sole opinion, that the exercise of that right by one or more
Contract Owners is, or would be, to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners.
Any modification could be applied to transfers to or from some or all of the
Accounts and could include, but not be limited to, the requirement of a minimum
time period between each transfer, not accepting transfer requests of an agent
acting under a power of attorney on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, or
limiting the dollar amount that may be transferred between the Sub-Accounts by
you at any one time. SUCH RESTRICTIONS MAY BE APPLIED IN ANY MANNER REASONABLY
DESIGNED TO PREVENT ANY USE OF THE TRANSFER RIGHT WHICH WE CONSIDER TO BE TO THE
DISADVANTAGE OF OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS.
    
 
   
    For Contracts issued in THE STATES OF NEW YORK, FLORIDA, MARYLAND OR OREGON,
the reservation of rights set forth in the preceding paragraph is limited to:
(i) requiring up to a maximum of 10 Valuation Days between each transfer; (ii)
limiting the amount to be transferred on any one Valuation Day to no more than
$2 million; and (iii) upon 30 days prior written notice, to only accepting
transfer instructions from you and not from your representative, agent or person
acting under a power of attorney for you.
    
 
   
    Currently, we will not accept instructions from agents acting under a power
of attorney of multiple Contract Owners whose Accounts aggregate more than $2
million, unless the agent has entered into a third party transfer services
agreement with us.
    
 
   
    Transfers made under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program do not count towards
the twelve transfers each Contract Year that we allow without charge and are not
subject to our rule that prohibits any two transfers from occurring on
Consecutive Valuation Days.
    
 
   
                                   SURRENDERS
    
 
   
    Contract Owners should consult their tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of a Surrender.
    
 
   
 -  A Surrender made before age 59 1/2 may result in adverse tax consequences,
    including a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of the Surrender
    Value. (See "Federal Tax Considerations")
    
 
   
    PAYMENT OF SURRENDER AMOUNTS -- Payment of any request for a full or partial
Surrender from the Accounts will be made as soon as possible and in any event no
later than seven days after we receive the request at our Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    There may be postponement in the payment of Surrender Amounts whenever (a)
the New York Stock Exchange is closed; (b) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange is restricted as determined by the Commission; (c) the Commission
permits postponement and so orders; or (d) the Commission determines that an
emergency exists making valuation of the amounts or disposal of securities not
reasonably practicable.
    
 
   
    FULL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- At any time prior
to the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the right to fully Surrender the
Contract. In such event, the Surrender Value of the Contract may be taken in the
form of a lump sum cash payment.
    
 
   
    The Surrender Value of the Contract is equal to the Contract Value less any
Premium Taxes, the Annual Maintenance Fee and any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge, if
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
applicable. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount of the
payments made to your Contract.
    
 
   
    PARTIAL SURRENDERS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may make a
partial Surrender of your Contract Value at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date so long as the amount Surrendered is at least equal to our
minimum amount rules then in effect. Additionally, if the remaining Contract
Value following a Surrender is less than $500, we may terminate the Contract and
pay the Surrender Value. For Contracts issued in TEXAS, the Contract will not be
terminated when the remaining Contract Value after a Surrender is less than $500
unless there were no payments made during the previous 2 Contract Years.
    
 
   
    WHEN REQUESTING A PARTIAL SURRENDER, YOU SHOULD SPECIFY THE ACCOUNT(S) FROM
WHICH THE PARTIAL SURRENDER WILL BE TAKEN; OTHERWISE, THE SURRENDER WILL BE
TAKEN ON A PRO RATA BASIS ACCORDING TO THE VALUE IN EACH ACTIVE ACCOUNT.
    
 
   
    We may permit you to pre-authorize partial Surrenders subject to certain
limitations then in effect. We permit partial Surrenders by telephone subject to
dollar amount limitations in effect at the time you request the Surrender. To
request partial Surrenders by telephone, you must have completed and returned to
us a Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form authorizing telephone
Surrenders. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize us to accept
telephone instructions and agree that We may accept telephone instructions for
partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Partial Surrender requests will
not be honored until we receive all required documents in proper form.
    
 
   
    Telephone authorization will remain valid until (a) we receive written
notice of revocation by you, or, in the case of joint Contract Owners, written
notice from either Contract Owner; (b) we discontinue the privilege; or (c) we
have reason to believe that you have entered into a market timing agreement with
an investment adviser and/or broker/ dealer.
    
 
   
    We may record any telephone calls to verify data concerning transactions and
may adopt other procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising out of telephone
instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
    
 
   
    In order to obtain that day's unit values on Surrender, We must receive
telephone Surrender instructions prior to the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m.).
    
 
   
    We may modify, suspend, or terminate telephone transaction privileges at any
time.
    
 
   
    SURRENDERS AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may fully Surrender
your Contract on or after the Annuity Commencement Date if you elect the Payment
For a Period Certain Settlement Option. We pay you the commuted value that is
equal to the present value of the remaining payments we are scheduled to make
less any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The commuted value is
determined as of the date we receive your written request for Surrender at our
Administrative Office.
    
 
   
    Partial Surrenders are permitted after the Annuity Commencement Date if you
elect the Payment for a Period Certain Settlement Option, but check with your
tax adviser because there may be adverse tax consequences.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION -- THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION
403(B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1988, ALL SECTION 403(B)
ANNUITIES HAVE LIMITS ON FULL AND PARTIAL SURRENDERS. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE
CONTRACT MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1988 AND ANY INCREASES IN CASH VALUE AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1988 MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED UNLESS THE CONTRACT OWNER/EMPLOYEE HAS
A) ATTAINED AGE 59 1/2, B) SEPARATED FROM SERVICE, C) DIED, D) BECOME DISABLED
OR E) EXPERIENCED FINANCIAL HARDSHIP (CASH VALUE INCREASES MAY NOT BE
DISTRIBUTED FOR HARDSHIPS PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2). DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO AGE
59 1/2 DUE TO FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OR SEPARATION FROM SERVICE MAY STILL BE SUBJECT
TO A PENALTY TAX OF 10%. WE WILL NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING
WHETHER A SURRENDER IS PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT TAX PENALTY, IN ANY
PARTICULAR SITUATION; OR IN MONITORING SURRENDER REQUESTS REGARDING PRE OR POST
JANUARY 1, 1989 CONTRACT VALUES. ANY FULL OR PARTIAL SURRENDER DESCRIBED ABOVE
MAY AFFECT THE CONTINUING TAX-QUALIFIED STATUS OF SOME CONTRACTS OR PLANS AND
MAY RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE CONTRACT OWNER. THE CONTRACT
OWNER, THEREFORE, SHOULD CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE UNDERTAKING ANY SUCH
SURRENDER. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS")
    
 
   
                                CONTRACT CHARGES
    
 
   
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("CDSC")
    
 
   
The CDSC covers expenses relating to the sale and distribution of the Contracts,
including commissions paid to distributing organizations and the cost of
preparing sales literature and other promotional activities.
    
 
   
    We assess a CDSC when you request a full or partial Surrender. The
percentage of the CDSC is based on how long each premium payment has been in the
Contract. Each premium payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium payments are
Surrendered in the order that they were received. The longer you leave your
premium payment in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.
    
<PAGE>
18                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    The CDSC is a percentage of the amount Surrendered (not to exceed the total
amount of the premium payments made) and equals:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          LENGTH OF
          TIME FROM
           PREMIUM           CDSC
           PAYMENT           CHARGE
          ---------          ---
          <S>                <C>
           1 year            7%
           2 years           6%
           3 years           6%
           4 years           5%
           5 years           4%
           6 years           3%
           7 years           2%
           8 years
           or more           0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
PAYMENTS NOT SUBJECT TO CDSC
    
 
   
    ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT -- During the first seven Contract years, you may
make a partial Surrender of Contract Values of up to 15% of the premium payments
each Contract Year on a non-cumulative basis, as determined on the date of the
requested Surrender, without the application of the CDSC. After the seventh
Contract Year, you may make a partial Surrender each Contract Year of 15% of
premium payments made during the seven years prior to the Surrender and 100% of
the Contract Value less the premium payments made during the seven years prior
to the Surrender. These amounts are different for group unallocated Contracts
and Contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.
    
 
   
    EXTENDED SURRENDER PRIVILEGE -- This privilege allows Annuitants who attain
age 70 1/2 with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b)
plan to Surrender an amount equal to the required minimum distribution for the
stated Contract without incurring any CDSC.
    
 
   
WAIVERS OF CDSC
    
 
   
    CONFINEMENT IN A NURSING HOME, HOSPITAL OR LONG TERM CARE FACILITY
(DESCRIBED AS ELIGIBLE CONFINEMENT IN THE CONTRACT) -- We will waive any CDSC
applicable to a partial or full Surrender if the Annuitant, Contract Owner or
joint annuitant is confined, at the recommendation of a physician for medically
necessary reasons, for at least 180 calendar days to: a hospital recognized as a
general hospital by the proper authority of the state in which it is located; or
a hospital recognized as a general hospital by the Joint Commission on the
Accreditation of Hospitals; or a facility certified as a hospital or long-term
care facility; or a nursing home licensed by the state in which it is located
and offers the services of a registered nurse 24 hours a day.
    
 
   
    The Annuitant, Contract Owner or joint annuitant cannot be confined at the
time the Contract is purchased in order to receive this waiver and the Contract
Owner(s) must have been the Contract Owner(s) continuously since the Contract
issue date. You must provide written proof of confinement satisfactory to
Hartford and you must request the partial or full Surrender within 91 calendar
days of the last day of confinement.
    
 
   
    This waiver may not be available in all states. Please contact your
registered representative or contact Us to determine availability.
    
 
   
    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT OR CONTRACT OWNER OR PAYMENTS UNDER AN ANNUITY
OPTION -- No CDSC otherwise applicable will be assessed in the event of death of
the Annuitant, death of the Contract Owner or if payments are made under an
Annuity option (other than a Surrender of variable payments for a Period Certain
Annuity option) provided for under the Contract.
    
 
   
    OTHER PLANS OR PROGRAMS -- Certain plans or programs established by us from
time to time may have different Surrender privileges.
    
 
   
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- For assuming risks under the Contract,
We deduct a daily charge at the rate of 1.25% per year against all Contract
Values held in the Accounts during the life of the Contract. Although variable
annuity payments made under the Contracts will vary in accordance with the
investment performance of the underlying Fund shares held in the Sub-Account(s),
the payments will not be affected by (a) our actual mortality experience among
Annuitants before or after the Annuity Commencement Date or (b) our actual
expenses, if greater than the deductions provided for in the Contracts because
of the expense and mortality undertakings by us.
    
 
   
    There are two types of mortality risks: those made during the accumulation
or deferral phase and those made during the annuity payout phase. The mortality
risk we take in the accumulation phase is that we may experience a loss
resulting from the assumption of the mortality risk relative to the death
benefit in event of the death of an Annuitant or Contract Owner before
commencement of Annuity payments, in periods of declining value. The mortality
risk we take during the annuity payout phase is to make monthly Annuity payments
(determined in accordance with the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality Table and
other provisions contained in the Contract) to Annuitants regardless of how long
an Annuitant may live, and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group may
live. These mortality undertakings are based on our determination of expected
mortality rates among all Annuitants. If actual experience among Annuitants
during the Annuity payment period deviates from our actuarial determination of
expected mortality rates among Annuitants because, as a group, their longevity
is longer than anticipated, we must provide amounts from our general funds to
fulfill our contractual obligations. We will bear the loss in such a situation.
    
 
   
    During the accumulation phase, we also provide an expense undertaking. We
assume the risk that the Annual
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Maintenance Fee for maintaining the Contracts prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date may be insufficient to cover the actual cost of providing such items.
    
 
   
    ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Each year, on each Contract Anniversary on or
before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an Annual Maintenance Fee,
if applicable, from Contract Values to reimburse us for expenses relating to the
maintenance of the Contract and Accounts. If during a Contract Year the Contract
is Surrendered for its full value, we will deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee at
the time of such Surrender. The fee is a flat fee that will be due in the full
amount regardless of the time of the Contract Year that Contract Values are
Surrendered. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $30 per Contract Year for Contracts
with less than $50,000 Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary. Fees will be
deducted on a pro rata basis according to the value in each Account under a
Contract.
    
 
   
    WAIVERS OF THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE -- Annual Maintenance Fees are waived
for Contracts with Contract Value equal to or greater than $50,000. In addition,
we will waive one Annual Maintenance Fee for Contract Owners who own one or more
Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $50,000 up to $100,000. If you have
multiple Contracts with a combined Contract Value of $100,000 or greater, we
will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee on all Contracts. However, we reserve the
right to limit the number of Annual Maintenance Fee waivers to a total of six
Contracts. We reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under other
conditions.
    
 
   
    PREMIUM TAXES -- Charges are also deducted for Premium Tax, if applicable,
imposed by state or other governmental entity. Certain states impose a Premium
Tax, currently ranging up to 3.5%. Some states assess the tax at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess the tax at the time of annuitization.
We will pay Premium Taxes at the time imposed under applicable law. At our sole
discretion, we may deduct Premium Taxes at the time we pay such taxes to the
applicable taxing authorities, at the time the Contract is Surrendered, at the
time a death benefit is paid, or at the time the Contract annuitizes.
    
 
   
    OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEE -- If you elect the Optional Death Benefit, we
will deduct daily from your Contract Value an additional charge which equals
 .15% per year of the Sub-Account value.
    
 
   
    EXCEPTIONS TO CHARGES UNDER THE CONTRACT -- We may offer, at our discretion,
reduced fees and charges including, but not limited to, CDSC, the mortality and
expense risk charge, administration charges, optional charges and the Annual
Maintenance Fee for certain sales (including employer sponsored savings plans)
under circumstances which may result in savings of certain costs and expenses.
Reductions in these fees and charges will not be unfairly discriminatory against
any Contract Owner.
    
 
   
                                 DEATH BENEFITS
    
 
   
DEATH BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
    DETERMINATION OF THE BENEFICIARY -- If the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay a Death Benefit to the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE CONTRACT OWNER DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, any surviving
  joint Contract Owner becomes the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving joint
  Contract Owner, the designated Beneficiary will be the Beneficiary. If the
  Contract Owner's spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the spouse may elect, in lieu
  of receiving the Contract Value, to be treated as the Contract Owner. If the
  Annuitant is not living and there is no Contingent Annuitant, the spouse will
  be presumed to be the Contingent Annuitant. If no Beneficiary designation is
  in effect or if the Beneficiary has predeceased the Contract Owner, the
  Contract Owner's estate will be the Beneficiary.
    
 
   
- - IF THE ANNUITANT DIES before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contingent
  Annuitant will become the Annuitant. If either (a) there is no Contingent
  Annuitant, (b) the Contingent Annuitant predeceases the Annuitant, or (c) if
  any sole Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
  Beneficiary, as determined under the Contract control provisions, will receive
  the Death Benefit. However, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity
  Commencement Date and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner shall
  be the Beneficiary. In that case, the rights of any designated Beneficiary
  shall be void.
    
 
   
DETERMINATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID NOT ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, Your Death Benefit, which
we will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be
calculated as follows:
    
 
   
    If the deceased HAD NOT REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, the Death Benefit is
the greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to the Contract, reduced by any
    subsequent Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  Your Maximum Anniversary Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Maximum Anniversary Value is based on a series of calculations on
Contract Anniversaries of Contract Values, premium payments and partial
Surrenders. We will calculate an Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. The Anniversary Value is
equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, increased by the
dollar amount of any premium payments made since that anniversary and reduced by
the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders
    
<PAGE>
20                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
since that anniversary. The Maximum Anniversary Value is equal to the greatest
Anniversary Value attained from this series of calculations.
    
 
   
    IF THE DECEASED REACHED THEIR 81ST BIRTHDAY, then the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders, or
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity, or
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value.
    
 
   
    IF YOU DID ELECT THE OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT, the Death Benefit, which we
will calculate as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, will be the greater
of:
    
 
   
1)  100% of the total premium payments made to us, reduced by any subsequent
    Surrenders;
    
 
   
2)  The Contract Value of your annuity;
    
 
   
3)  The Maximum Anniversary Value; or
    
 
   
4)  The Interest Accumulation Value, which is described below.
    
 
   
    The Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by accumulating interest on
your premium payments at a rate of 5% per year up to the deceased's 81st
birthday or date of death, assuming you have not taken any Surrenders. If you
have taken any Surrenders, the 5% will be accumulated on your premium payments,
but there will be an adjustment for any of the Surrenders. This adjustment will
reduce the Optional Death Benefit proportionally for the Surrenders. We stop
compounding interest on the deceased's 81st birthday or date of death. After
that date, the Interest Accumulation Value will be adjusted by adding any
subsequent payments and subtracting proportional adjustments for any partial
Surrenders. The Optional Death Benefit is limited to a maximum of 200% of
premium payments, less proportional adjustments for any Surrenders. For examples
on how the Optional Death Benefit is calculated see "Appendix II".
    
 
   
    SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Death Benefit beneficiary is the
Contract Owner's spouse, the Contract will continue with the spouse as Contract
Owner, unless the spouse elects to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum
payment or as an annuity payment option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. This provision will only apply
one time for each Contract.
    
 
   
    CALCULATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT -- If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Commencement Date and a Death Benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive
written notification of Due Proof of Death. THE DEATH BENEFIT REMAINS INVESTED
IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCORDING TO YOUR LAST INSTRUCTIONS UNTIL THE PROCEEDS
ARE PAID OR WE RECEIVE NEW SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE BENEFICIARY. DURING
THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN OUR RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF DUE PROOF OF
DEATH AND OUR RECEIPT OF THE COMPLETE SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, THE CALCULATED
DEATH BENEFIT WILL BE SUBJECT TO MARKET FLUCTUATIONS. UPON RECEIPT OF COMPLETE
SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WE WILL CALCULATE THE PAYABLE AMOUNT.
    
 
   
    Any Annuity payments made on or after the date of death, but before receipt
of written notification of Due Proof of Death will be recovered by us from the
Payee.
    
 
   
DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
    
 
   
If, on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Contract Owner dies and the
Annuitant is living, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner. If the
Annuitant dies and the Contract Owner is living, the Contract Owner becomes the
Beneficiary.
    
 
   
    If the Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, a Death
Benefit may be paid or payments may continue under the following annuity payment
options:
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with Cash Refund
    
 
   
X  Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain
    
 
   
X  Joint and Last Survivor Life Annuity with payments for a Period Certain and
    
 
   
X  payments for a Period Certain.
    
 
   
    Proceeds from the Death Benefit may be left with us for at least 5 years
from the date of the Contract Owner's death if the death occurs prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. These proceeds will remain in the Account(s) to which
they were allocated at the time of death unless the Beneficiary elects to
reallocate them. Full or partial Surrenders may be made at any time. In the
event of a complete Surrender, the remaining value will equal the Contract Value
of the proceeds left with us, minus any partial Surrenders. This option may not
be available under certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.
    
 
   
                             SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
    
 
   
    You select an Annuity Commencement Date which will not be deferred beyond
the Valuation Day immediately following the later of the Annuitant's 90th
birthday or the end of the tenth Contract Year. You may elect a later Annuity
Commencement Date if we allow and subject to the laws and regulations then in
effect. If the Contract is sold as part of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the
Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday. The
Annuity Commencement Date may be changed from
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
time to time, but ANY CHANGE MUST BE WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH
ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE SCHEDULED TO BEGIN.
    
 
   
    You also elect in writing an annuity payment option, which may be any of the
options described below or any annuity payment option then being offered by us.
The annuity payment option may not be changed on or after the Annuity
Commencement Date. The Contract contains the six annuity payment options
described below and the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option.
    
 
   
    For Qualified Contracts, the following annuity payment options are only
available if the guaranteed payment period is less than the life expectancy of
the Annuitant at the time the option becomes effective. The Annuity Proceeds
Settlement option is available for Qualified Contracts only if the guaranteed
payment period is less than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary at the time
the option becomes effective. Such life expectancies are computed on the basis
of the mortality table prescribed by the IRS, or if none is prescribed, the
mortality table in use by us. If you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount
annuity payments will begin automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date,
under the Life Annuity Payment Option.
    
 
   
    For Non-Qualified Contracts, if you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar
amount annuity payments will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement
Date under the annuity payment option Life Annuity with payments for a Period
Certain of 10 years. For Qualified Contracts and Contracts issued in Texas, if
you do not elect otherwise, fixed dollar amount annuity payments will begin
automatically on the Annuity Commencement Date, under the Life Annuity Payment
Option.
    
 
   
    With the exception of the option Payments for a Period Certain, if the
variable dollar amount payment is selected, no Surrenders are permitted after
annuity payments begin.
    
 
   
ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS
    
 
   
    OPTION 1 -- LIFE ANNUITY where we make Annuity payments for as long as the
Annuitant lives.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT, even if the
    Annuitant dies after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 2 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND where we make payments during the
life of the Annuitant and when the Annuitant dies, we pay the remaining value to
the Beneficiary. The remaining value is calculated at the time we receive Due
Proof of Death by subtracting the annuity payments already made from the
Contract Value less any applicable Premium Taxes applied to this annuity payment
option.
    
 
   
 -  This option is only available if you select payments using a VARIABLE DOLLAR
    AMOUNT PAYMENT OPTION WITH THE 5% AIR OR FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY
    PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
    OPTION 3 -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we make
payments to you for the life of the Annuitant but you are at least guaranteed
payments for a time period you select which is a minimum of 5 years and a
maximum of 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 4 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY where we make payments during
the lifetimes of the Annuitant and another designated individual called the
Joint Annuitant. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  Payments under this option STOP UPON THE DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AND JOINT
    ANNUITANT, even if the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant die after one payment.
    
 
   
    OPTION 5 -- JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD
CERTAIN where we make payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and a Joint
Annuitant, and we guarantee that those payments for a time period you select
which is not less than 5 years and no more than 100 years minus the younger
Annuitant's age. At the time of electing this Annuity Option, the Contract Owner
may elect reduced payments over the remaining lifetime of the survivor.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant and Joint Annuity die prior to the end of the period
    selected, we will pay your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining
    payments, either in a lump sum payment or We will continue payments until
    the end of the period selected.
    
 
   
    OPTION 6 -- PAYMENTS FOR A PERIOD CERTAIN where we agree to make payments
for a specified time. The minimum period that you can select is 10 years during
the first two Contract years and 5 years after the second Contract Anniversary.
The maximum period that you can select is 100 years minus your Annuitant's age.
    
 
   
 -  If you select this option under a variable dollar amount payment, YOU MAY
    SURRENDER YOUR ANNUITY after annuity payments have started and we will give
    you the present value of the remaining payments less any applicable
    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
    
 
   
 -  If the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the period selected, we will pay
    your Beneficiary the present value of the remaining payments, either in a
    lump sum payment or we will continue payments until the end of the period
    selected.
    
 
   
    WE MAY OFFER OTHER ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME.
    
<PAGE>
22                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    When you decide to begin to take payments, we calculate your Contract Value
minus any Premium Tax which we must pay and, unless you instruct us otherwise,
we apply that amount to a variable annuity with the same Sub-Account values. You
may however, choose to have your Contract Value applied to a fixed annuity
instead.
    
 
   
    IMPORTANT -- YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE QUESTION OF ALLOCATION OF CONTRACT
VALUES (LESS APPLICABLE PREMIUM TAXES) AMONG ACCOUNTS TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT
ANNUITY PAYMENTS ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVE BEST SUITED TO YOUR
NEEDS FOR RETIREMENT.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The minimum Annuity payment is $50. No election may be
made which results in a first payment of less than $50. If at any time Annuity
payments are or become less than $50, we have the right to change the frequency
of payment to intervals so that payments will at least be $50. For Contracts
issued in the State of New York, the minimum monthly Annuity payment is $20. If
any amount due is less than the minimum amount per year, we make such other
settlement as may be equitable to the Payee.
    
 
   
    All Annuity payments under any option will occur the same day of the month
as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the payment frequency selected by
you. Available payment frequencies include monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and
annual. The payment frequency may be changed within 30 days prior to the
anniversary of your Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You select the Annuity Commencement Date in
your application or order request. The Annuity Calculation Date will be no more
than five Valuation Days before the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE -- On the Annuity Calculation Date, your Contract
Value less any applicable Premium Tax is applied to purchase Annuity Units of
the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The first Annuity payment is computed using
the value of these Annuity Units as of the Annuity Calculation Date.
    
 
   
    INCOME PAYMENT DATES -- All Annuity payments after the first Annuity payment
are computed and payable as of the Income Payment Dates. These dates are the
same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date, based on the Annuity
payment frequency selected by you. They are also shown on the specification page
of your Contract. You may choose from monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual
payments. The Annuity payment frequency may not be changed once selected by you.
    
 
   
    IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DO NOT SELECT A PAYMENT FREQUENCY, ANNUITY PAYMENTS
WILL BE MADE MONTHLY.
    
 
   
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
    
 
   
    THE FIRST VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT -- Variable Annuity payments are periodic
payments we pay to your designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one
Income Payment Date to the next as a function of the net investment performance
of the Sub-Accounts selected by you. The dollar amount of the first Variable
Annuity payment depends on the annuity payment option chosen, the age of the
Annuitant, the gender of the Annuitant (if applicable), the amount of Contract
Value less applicable Premium Tax applied to purchase the Annuity payments, and
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table using projection scale G projected to the year 2000 and an AIR
of not less than 3.0%.
    
 
   
    The dollar amount of the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to each
Sub-Account is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Contract Value
less applicable Premium Tax applied to that Sub-Account on the Annuity
Calculation Date by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor in
the Contract for the selected annuity payment option. The dollar value of the
first Variable Annuity payment is the sum of the first Variable Annuity payments
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    ANNUITY UNITS -- The number of Annuity Units attributable to a Sub-Account
is derived by dividing the first Variable Annuity payment attributable to that
Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account for the Valuation
Period ending on the Annuity Calculation Date or during which the Annuity
Calculation Date falls if the Valuation Period does not end on such date. The
number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract
remains fixed unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
    
 
   
    SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS -- The dollar amount of each subsequent
Variable Annuity payment attributable to each Sub-Account is calculated on the
Income Payment Date. It is determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:
    
 
   
(a) is the number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account credited under the
    Contract and
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    The total subsequent Variable Annuity payments equal the sum of the amounts
attributable to each Sub-Account.
    
 
   
    When an Income Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Valuation Day, the
Income Payment is computed as of the prior Valuation Day. If the date of the
month elected does not occur in a given month, i.e., the 29th, 30th, or 31st of
a month, the payment will be computed as of the last Valuation Day of the month.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal
to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) where:
    
 
   
(a) is the Net Investment Factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity
    Unit value is being calculated;
    
 
   
(b) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
    
 
   
(c) is the Annuity Unit Factor
    
 
   
    The Annuity Unit Factor neutralizes the AIR percentage (3%, 5%, or 6%). The
daily Annuity Unit Factor corresponding to the AIR percentages of 3%, 5%, and 6%
are 0.999919, 0.999866, and 0.999840, respectively
    
 
   
    THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN (AIR) -- The Annuity Unit value will increase
or decrease from one Income Payment Date to the next in direct proportion to the
net investment return of the Sub-Account(s) supporting the Variable Annuity
payments, less an adjustment to neutralize the selected AIR. Dividing what would
otherwise be the Annuity Unit value by the AIR factor is necessary in order to
adjust the change in the Annuity Unit value (resulting from the Net Investment
Factor) so that the Annuity Unit value only changes to the extent that the Net
Investment Factor represents a rate of return greater than or less than the AIR
selected by you. Without this adjustment, the Net Investment Factor would
decrease the Annuity Unit value to the extent that such value represented an
annualized rate of return of less than 0.0% and increase the Annuity Unit value
to the extent that such value represented an annualized rate of return of
greater than 0.0%.
    
 
   
    The Contract permits Contract Owners to select one of three AIRs: 3%, 5% or
6%. A higher AIR will result in a higher initial payment, a more slowly rising
series of subsequent payments when actual investment performance (minus any
deductions and expenses) exceeds the AIR, and a more rapid drop in subsequent
payments when actual investment performance (minus any deductions and expenses)
is less than the AIR. The following examples may help clarify the impact of
selecting one AIR over another:
    
 
   
- - If you select a 3% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 3% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 3% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 3%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 5% AIRand if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 5% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 5% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 5%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
- - If you select a 6% AIR and if the net investment return of the Sub-Account for
  an Annuity payment period is equal to the pro-rated portion of the 6% AIR, the
  Variable Annuity payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will
  equal the Annuity payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net
  investment return exceeds an annualized rate of return of 6% for a payment
  period, the Annuity payment for that period will be greater than the Annuity
  payment for the prior period and to the extent that such return for a period
  falls short of an annualized rate of 6%, the Annuity payment for that period
  will be less than the Annuity payment for the prior period.
    
 
   
    LEVEL VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS WOULD BE PRODUCED IF THE INVESTMENT RATE
RETURNS REMAINED CONSTANT AND EQUAL TO THE AIR. IN FACT, PAYMENTS WILL VARY UP
OR DOWN AS THE INVESTMENT RATE VARIES UP OR DOWN FROM THE AIR.
    
 
   
    EXCHANGE (TRANSFER) OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date,
you may exchange (i.e., transfer) the dollar value of a designated number of
Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of
Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the transfer, the dollar
amount of a Variable Annuity payment generated from the Annuity Units of either
Sub-Account would be the same. Transfers are executed as of the day Hartford
receives a written request for a transfer. For guidelines refer to Sub-Account
Value Transfers Before and After the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
   
    FIXED DOLLAR ANNUITY -- Fixed Annuity payments are determined at
annuitization by multiplying the Contract Value (less applicable Premium Taxes)
by a rate to be determined by Hartford which is no less than the rate specified
in the Fixed Annuity option tables in the Contract. The Annuity payment will
remain level for the duration of the Annuity. Any Fixed Annuity allocation may
not be changed.
    
 
   
                               OTHER INFORMATION
    
 
   
    ASSIGNMENT -- Ownership of this Contract is generally assignable. However,
if the Contracts are issued pursuant to
    
<PAGE>
24                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
some form of Qualified Plan, it is possible that the ownership of the Contracts
may not be transferred or assigned depending on the type of tax-qualified
retirement plan involved. An assignment of a Non-Qualified Contract may subject
the Contract Values or assignment proceeds to income taxes and certain penalty
taxes.
    
 
   
    CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed; however, the
Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date by sending us written notice. We may modify the Contract, but
no modification will effect the amount or term of any Contract unless a
modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable Federal or State
law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are
determined.
    
 
   
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    What are some of the federal tax consequences which affect these Contracts?
    
 
   
  A. GENERAL
    
 
   
    SINCE FEDERAL TAX LAW IS COMPLEX, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING THIS
CONTRACT WILL VARY DEPENDING ON YOUR SITUATION. YOU MAY NEED TAX OR LEGAL ADVICE
TO HELP YOU DETERMINE WHETHER PURCHASING THIS CONTRACT IS RIGHT FOR YOU.
    
 
   
    Our general discussion of the tax treatment of this contract is based on our
understanding of federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. A
detailed description of all federal income tax consequences regarding the
purchase of this contract cannot be made in the prospectus. We also do not
discuss state, municipal or other tax laws that may apply to this contract. For
detailed information, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser familiar
with your situation.
    
 
   
  B. TAXATION OF HARTFORD AND
     THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    The Separate Account is taxed as part of Hartford which is taxed as a life
insurance company in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a
"regulated investment company" under subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.
Investment income and any realized capital gains on the assets of the Separate
Account are reinvested and are taken into account in determining the value of
the Accumulation and Annuity Units (See "Value of Accumulation Units"). As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
    
 
   
    No taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital
gains earned by the Separate Account with respect to Qualified or Non-Qualified
Contracts.
    
 
   
  C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL
     PROVISIONS AFFECTING PURCHASERS OTHER THAN QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
    
 
   
 1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS, CORPORATIONS, ETC.
    
 
   
    Code Section 72 contains provisions for contract owners which are not
natural persons. Non-natural persons include corporations, trusts, limited
liability companies, partnerships and other types of legal entities. The tax
rules for contracts owned by non-natural persons are different from the rules
for contracts owned by individuals. For example, the annual net increase in the
value of the contract is currently includible in the gross income of a non-
natural person, unless the non-natural person holds the contract as an agent for
a natural person. There are additional exceptions from current inclusion for:
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by structured settlement companies,
    
 
   
- - certain annuities held by an employer with respect to a terminated qualified
  retirement plan and
    
 
   
- - certain immediate annuities.
    
 
   
    A non-natural person which is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes
will not be subject to income tax as a result of this provision.
    
 
   
    If the contract owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is
treated as the contract owner in applying mandatory distribution rules. These
rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of the contract
owner. A change in the primary annuitant is also treated as the death of the
contract owner.
    
 
   
 2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS)
    
 
   
    A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract
until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum
payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
    
 
   
    The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are
summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting
distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity
contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14,
1982.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    A. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
    
 
   
 i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
    gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
    Code.
    
 
   
 ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
     charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
     contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract."
    
 
   
 iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
      Date (e.g., upon a partial surrender) is deemed to come first from any
      such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in the contract,"
      and for these purposes such "income on the contract" shall be computed by
      reference to any aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result,
      any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in
      gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such
      "income on the contract," and (2) shall not be includable in gross income
      to the extent that such amount does exceed any such "income on the
      contract." If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received
      there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because the gross value of the
      Contract does not exceed the "investment in the contract" and no
      aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received
      will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the
      "investment in the contract."
    
 
   
 iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
     pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
     amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
     subparagraph b.
    
 
   
 v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
    consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
    subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not
    apply, however, to certain transfers of property between spouses or incident
    to divorce.
    
 
   
    B. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE. Annuity payments made
periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are includable in gross income
to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of
the ratio of the "investment in the contract" to the total amount of the
payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement Date (the "exclusion ratio").
    
 
   
 i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
    exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the Annuity
    Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be
    entirely includable in gross income.
    
 
   
 ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
     as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
     income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
     contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
     unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
     year of the Annuitant.
    
 
   
 iii. Generally, nonperiodic amounts received or deemed received after the
      Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
      shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
      after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
      surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
      includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
      referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
    
 
   
    C. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS. Contracts issued after
October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same
Contract Owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held
in connection with a tax-qualified retirement arrangement) will be treated as
one annuity Contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of
distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract
received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance
contract may be treated as a new Contract for this purpose. Hartford believes
that for any annuity subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts
and the investment in the contracts will be added together to determine the
taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will first be treated as
withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is
withdrawn. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are no regulations
interpreting this provision.
    
 
   
    D. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
       PAYMENTS.
    
 
   
 i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
    after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
    to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
    unless an exception applies.
    
<PAGE>
26                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
 ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions
     (exceptions vary based upon the precise plan involved):
    
 
   
    1.  Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the
        age of 59 1/2.
    
 
   
    2.  Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
        holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
    
 
   
    3.  Distributions attributable to a recipient's becoming disabled.
    
 
   
    4.  A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal
        periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or
        life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life
        expectancies of the recipient and the recipient's designated
        Beneficiary).
    
 
   
    5.  Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in the
        contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
    
 
   
    E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
       EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED PRIOR TO
       AUGUST 14, 1982.
    
 
   
    If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come
(1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract" prior to August
14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior Contract, (2)
then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well
as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such
pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on the contract" and
(4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract." As a result, to the
extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such
pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income., In
addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on the
contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty
tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such post-
exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this
subparagraph 3.
    
 
   
    F. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS.
    
 
   
 i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
    
 
   
    Subject to the alternative election or spouse beneficiary provisions in ii
    or iii below:
    
 
   
    1.  If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and
        before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the
        remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
        rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of
        such death;
    
 
   
    2.  If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
        entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after
        such death; and
    
 
   
    3.  If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1. or
        2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be treated as
        the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary annuitant shall be
        treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The primary annuitant is the
        individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
        affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.
    
 
   
 ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above is
     payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such beneficiary
     may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that does not
     extend beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. The election
     must be made and payments must begin within a year of the death.
    
 
   
 iii. Spouse Beneficiary
    If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the
    benefit of his or her spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is
    living, such spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion
    for purposes of section i. above. This spousal continuation shall apply only
    once for this contract.
    
 
   
 3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
    
 
   
    The Code requires that investments supporting your contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817 provides that a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments
made by the separate account or underlying fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
    
 
   
    The Treasury Department's diversification regulations require, among other
things, that:
    
 
   
- - no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
  account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
    
 
   
- - no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
    
 
   
- - no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               27
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
    
 
   
    In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities
of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
    
 
   
    A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards
on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter
ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the company
or the contract owner must agree to pay the tax due for the period during which
the diversification requirements were not met.
    
 
   
    We monitor the diversification of investments in the separate accounts and
test for diversification as required by the Code. We intend to administer all
contracts subject to the diversification requirements in a manner that will
maintain adequate diversification.
    
 
   
 4. OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
    
 
   
    In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets
in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned
by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. It is unclear under what
circumstances an investor is considered to have enough control over the assets
in the separate account to be considered the owner of the assets for tax
purposes.
    
 
   
    The IRS has issued several rulings discussing investor control. These
rulings say that certain incidents of ownership by the contract owner, such as
the ability to select and control investments in a separate account, will cause
the contract owner to be treated as the owner of the assets for tax purposes.
    
 
   
    In its explanation of the diversification regulations, the Treasury
Department recognized that the temporary regulations "do not provide guidance
concerning the circumstances in which investor control of the investments of a
segregated asset account may cause the investor, rather than the insurance
company, to be treated as the owner of the assets in the account." The
explanation further indicates that "the temporary regulations provide that in
appropriate cases a segregated asset account may include multiple sub-accounts,
but do not specify the extent to which policyholders may direct their
investments to particular sub-accounts without being treated as the owners of
the underlying assets. Guidance on this and other issues will be provided in
regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d), relating to the definition
of variable contract."
    
 
   
    The final regulations issued under Section 817 did not provide guidance
regarding investor control, and as of the date of this prospectus, guidance has
yet to be issued. We do not know if additional guidance will be issued. If
guidance is issued, we do not know if it will have a retroactive effect.
    
 
   
    Due to the lack of specific guidance on investor control, there is some
uncertainty about when a contract owner is considered the owner of the assets
for tax purposes. We reserve the right to modify the contract, as necessary, to
prevent you from being considered the owner of assets in the separate account.
    
 
   
  D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    The portion of a distribution which is taxable income to the recipient will
be subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Section 3405 of the
Code. The application of this provision is summarized below:
    
 
   
 1. NON-PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    The portion of a non-periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income
will be subject to federal income tax withholding unless the recipient elects
not to have taxes withheld. If there is no election to waive withholding, 10% of
the taxable distribution will be withheld as federal income tax. Election forms
will be provided at the time distributions are requested. If the necessary
election forms are not submitted to Hartford, Hartford will automatically
withhold 10% of the taxable distribution.
    
 
   
 2. PERIODIC DISTRIBUTIONS (DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE OVER A PERIOD GREATER THAN ONE
    YEAR)
    
 
   
    The portion of a periodic distribution which constitutes taxable income will
be subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were married
claiming three exemptions. A recipient may elect not to have income taxes
withheld or have income taxes withheld at a different rate by providing a
completed election form. Election forms will be provided at the time
distributions are requested.
    
 
   
  E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING
     QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to Appendix I for information relative to the types of plans
for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such
plans.
    
 
   
  F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT
    ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
    The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal
income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or
residents. Purchasers
    
<PAGE>
28                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S.
federal income tax and withholding on annuity distributions at a 30% rate,
unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, purchasers may be subject to
state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that may be
imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or residence. Prospective
purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S.,
state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity purchase.
    
 
   
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
    
 
   
                             HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD
    
 
   
    Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as Principal
Underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account. HSD
is an affiliate of Hartford. Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately controlled by
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. The principal business address of
HSD is the same as that of Hartford.
    
 
   
    The securities will be sold by salesperson of HSD who represent Hartford as
insurance and variable annuity agents and who are registered representatives of
Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.
    
 
   
    HSD is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc.
    
 
   
    Commissions will be paid by Hartford and will not be more than 6% of premium
payments. From time to time, Hartford may pay or permit other promotional
incentives, in cash or credit or other compensation.
    
 
   
    Broker-dealers or financial institutions are compensated according to a
schedule set forth by HSD and any applicable rules or regulations for variable
insurance compensation. Compensation is generally based on premium payments made
by policyholders or contract owners. This compensation is usually paid from the
sales charges described in this prospectus.
    
 
   
    In addition, a broker-dealer or financial institution may also receive
additional compensation for, among other things, training, marketing or other
services provided. HSD, its affiliates or Hartford may also make compensation
arrangements with certain broker-dealers or financial institutions based on
total sales by the broker-dealer or financial institution of insurance products.
These payments, which may be different for different broker-dealers or financial
institutions, will be made by HSD, its affiliates or Hartford out of their own
assets and will not effect the amounts paid by the policyholders or contract
owners to purchase, hold or Surrender variable insurance products.
    
 
   
                                   YEAR 2000
    
 
   
    IN GENERAL -- The Year 2000 issue relates to the ability or inability of
computer hardware, software and other information technology (IT) systems, as
well as non-IT systems, such as equipment and machinery with imbedded chips and
microprocessors, to properly process information and data containing or related
to dates beginning with the year 2000 and beyond. The Year 2000 issue exists
because, historically, many IT and non-IT systems that are in use today were
developed years ago when a year was identified using a two-digit date field
rather than a four-digit date field. As information and data containing or
related to the century date are introduced to date sensitive systems, these
systems may recognize the year 2000 as "1900", or not at all, which may result
in systems processing information incorrectly. This, in turn, may significantly
and adversely affect the integrity and reliability of information databases of
IT systems, may cause the malfunctioning of certain non-IT systems, and may
result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to a company. In addition, Year
2000 problems that occur with third parties with which a company does business,
such as suppliers, computer vendors, distributors and others, may also adversely
affect any given company.
    
 
   
    The integrity and reliability of Hartford's IT systems, as well as the
reliability of its non-IT systems, are integral aspects of Hartford's business.
Hartford issues insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds and other financial
products to individual and business customers, nearly all of which contain date
sensitive data, such as policy expiration dates, birth dates and premium payment
dates. In addition, various IT systems support communications and other systems
that integrate Hartford's various business segments and field offices. Hartford
also has business relationships with numerous third parties that affect
virtually all aspects of Hartford's business, including, without limitation,
suppliers, computer hardware and software vendors, insurance agents and brokers,
securities broker-dealers and other distributors of financial products, many of
which provide date sensitive data to Hartford, and whose operations are
important to Hartford's business.
    
 
   
    INTERNAL YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Beginning in 1990, Hartford
began working on making its IT systems Year 2000 ready, either through
installing new programs or replacing systems. Since January 1998, Hartford's
Year 2000 efforts have focused on the remaining Year 2000 issues related to IT
and non-IT systems in all of Hartford's business segments. These Year 2000
efforts include the following five main initiatives: (1) identifying and
assessing Year 2000 issues; (2) taking actions to remediate IT and non-IT
systems so that they are Year 2000 ready; (3) testing IT and non-IT systems for
Year 2000 readiness; (4) deploying such remediated and tested systems back into
their respective production environments; and (5) conducting internal and
external integrated testing of such systems. As of
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
December 31, 1998, Hartford substantially completed initiatives (1) through (4)
of its internal Year 2000 efforts. Hartford has begun initiative (5) and
management currently anticipates that such activity will continue into the
fourth quarter of 1999.
    
 
   
    THIRD PARTY YEAR 2000 EFFORTS AND TIMETABLE -- Hartford's Year 2000 efforts
include assessing the potential impact on Hartford of third parties' Year 2000
readiness. Hartford's third party Year 2000 efforts include the following three
main initiatives: (1) identifying third parties which have significant business
relationships with Hartford, including, without limitation, insurance agents,
brokers, third party administrators, banks and other distributors and servicers
of financial products, and inquiring of such third parties regarding their Year
2000 readiness; (2) evaluating such third parties' responses to Hartford's
inquiries; and (3) based on the evaluation of third party responses (or a third
party's failure to respond) and the significance of the business relationship,
conducting additional activities with respect to third parties as determined to
be necessary in each case. These activities may include conducting additional
inquiries, more in-depth evaluations of Year 2000 readiness and plans, and
integrated IT systems testing. Hartford has completed the first third party
initiative and, as of early 1999, had substantially completed evaluating third
party responses received. Hartford has begun conducting the additional
activities described in initiative (3) and management currently anticipates that
it will continue to do so through the end of 1999. However, notwithstanding
these third party Year 2000 efforts, Hartford does not have control over these
third parties and, as a result, Hartford cannot currently determine to what
extent future operating results may be adversely affected by the failure of
these third parties to adequately address their Year 2000 issues.
    
 
   
    YEAR 2000 COSTS -- The costs of Hartford's Year 2000 program that were
incurred through the year ended December 31, 1997 were not material to
Hartford's financial condition or results of operations. The after-tax costs of
Hartford's Year 2000 efforts for the year ended December 31, 1998 were
approximately $3 million. Management currently estimates that after-tax costs
related to the Year 2000 program to be incurred in 1999 will be less than $10
million. These costs are being expensed as incurred.
    
   
    RISKS AND CONTINGENCY PLANS -- If significant Year 2000 problems arise,
including problems arising with third parties, failures of IT and non-IT systems
could occur, which in turn could result in substantial interruptions in
Hartford's business. In addition, Hartford's investing activities are an
important aspect of its business and Hartford may be exposed to the risk that
issuers of investments held by it will be adversely impacted by Year 2000
issues. Given the uncertain nature of Year 2000 problems that may arise,
especially those related to the readiness of third parties discussed above,
management cannot determine at this time whether the consequences of Year 2000
related problems that could arise will have a material impact on Hartford's
financial condition or results of operations.
    
 
   
    Hartford is in the process of developing certain contingency plans so that
if, despite its Year 2000 efforts, Year 2000 problems ultimately arise, the
impact of such problems may be avoided or minimized. These contingency plans are
being developed based on, among other things, known or reasonably anticipated
circumstances and potential vulnerabilities. The contingency planning also
includes assessing the dependency of Hartford's business on third parties and
their Year 2000 readiness. Hartford currently anticipates that internal and
external contingency plans will be substantially complete by the end of the
second quarter of 1999. However, in many contexts, Year 2000 issues are dynamic,
and ongoing assessments of business functions, vulnerabilities and risks must be
made. As such, new contingency plans may be needed in the future and/or existing
plans may need to be modified as circumstances warrant.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
    There are no material legal proceedings pending to which the Separate
Account is a party.
    
 
   
    Counsel with respect to federal laws and regulations applicable to the issue
and sale of the Contracts and with respect to Connecticut law is Lynda Godkin,
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Hartford Life
Insurance Company, P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, Connecticut 06104-2999.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
    The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said reports. The principal business address of Arthur
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
    
 
   
                                MORE INFORMATION
    
 
   
    You may call your Representative if you have any questions or write or call
us at the address below:
    
 
   
 Hartford Life Insurance Company
 Attn: Individual Annuity Services
 P.O. Box 5085
 Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
    
 
   
 Telephone: (800) 862-6668 (Contract Owners)
           (800) 862-7155 (Investment Representatives)
    
<PAGE>
30                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                   APPENDIX I
              INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
    
 
   
    This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about
the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a
tax-qualified retirement plan. Because of the complexity of the federal tax
rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their
own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.
    
 
   
    The federal tax rules applicable to owners of Contracts under tax-qualified
retirement plans vary according to the type of plan as well as the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Contract owners, plan participants and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights and benefits of any person may be
controlled by the terms and conditions of the tax-qualified retirement plan
itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of a Contract. We are not bound
by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms conflict with
a Contract, unless we specifically consent to be bound.
    
 
   
    Some tax-qualified retirement plans are subject to distribution and other
requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures.
Contract owners, participants and beneficiaries are responsible for determining
that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable
law. Tax penalties may apply to transactions with respect to tax-qualified
retirement plans if applicable federal income tax rules and restrictions are not
carefully observed.
    
 
   
    We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types
of tax-qualified retirement plans discussed below and may not offer the
Contracts for all types of tax-qualified retirement plans in the future.
    
 
   
    1. TAX-QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLANS -- Eligible employers can
establish certain tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans under section
401 of the Code. Rules under section 401(k) of the Code govern certain "cash or
deferred arrangements" under such plans. Rules under section 408(k) govern
"simplified employee pensions". Tax-qualified pension and profit-sharing plans
are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed, the persons
who may be eligible to participate and the time when distributions must
commence. Employers intending to use the Contracts in connection with
tax-qualified pension or profit-sharing plans should seek competent tax and
other legal advice.
    
 
   
    2. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES UNDER SECTION 403(B) -- Public schools and
certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations, as
specified in section 501(c)(3) of the Code, can purchase tax-sheltered annuity
contracts for their employees. Tax-deferred contributions can be made to
tax-sheltered annuity contracts under section 403(b) of the Code, subject to
certain limitations. Generally, such contributions may not exceed the lesser of
$10,000 (indexed) or 20% of the employee's "includable compensation" for such
employee's most recent full year of employment, subject to other adjustments.
Special provisions under the Code may allow some employees to elect a different
overall limitation.
    
 
   
    Tax-sheltered annuity programs under section 403(b) are subject to a
PROHIBITION AGAINST DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE CONTRACT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
CONTRIBUTIONS MADE PURSUANT TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT, unless such
distribution is made:
    
 
   
- - after the participating employee attains age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - upon separation from service;
    
 
   
- - upon death or disability; or
    
 
   
- - in the case of hardship (and in the case of hardship, any income attributable
  to such contributions may not be distributed).
    
 
   
    Generally, the above restrictions do not apply to distributions attributable
to cash values or other amounts held under a section 403(b) contract as of
December 31, 1988.
    
 
   
    3. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 -- A governmental employer
or a tax-exempt employer other than a governmental unit can establish a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code. For these purposes, a
"governmental employer" is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an
agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State.
Employees and independent contractors performing services for a governmental or
tax-exempt employer can elect to have contributions made to a Deferred
Compensation Plan of their employer in accordance with the employer's plan and
section 457 of the Code.
    
 
   
    Deferred Compensation Plans that meet the requirements of section 457(b) of
the Code are called "eligible" Deferred Compensation Plans. Section 457(b)
limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on
contributions is 33 1/3% of a participant's includable compensation (typically
25% of gross compensation) or, for 1999, $8,000 (indexed), whichever is less.
The plan may provide for additional "catch-up" contributions during the three
taxable years ending before the year in which the participant attains normal
retirement age.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    All of the assets and income of an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan
established by a governmental employer after August 20, 1996, must be held in
trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For
this purpose, custodial accounts and certain annuity contracts are treated as
trusts. Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans that were in existence on August
20, 1996 may be amended to satisfy the trust and exclusive benefit requirements
any time prior to January 1, 1999, and must be amended not later than that date
to continue to receive favorable tax treatment. The requirement of a trust does
not apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt
(non-governmental) employer. In addition, the requirement of a trust does not
apply to amounts under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer
if the Deferred Compensation Plan is not an eligible plan within the meaning of
section 457(b) of the Code. In the absence of such a trust, amounts under the
plan will be subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.
    
 
   
    In general, distributions from an eligible Deferred Compensation Plan are
prohibited under section 457 of the Code unless made after the participating
employee:
    
 
   
- - attains age 70 1/2,
    
 
   
- - separates from service,
    
 
   
- - dies, or
    
 
   
- - suffers an unforeseeable financial emergency as defined in the Code.
    
 
   
    Under present federal tax law, amounts accumulated in a Deferred
Compensation Plan under section 457 of the Code cannot be transferred or rolled
over on a tax-deferred basis except for certain transfers to other Deferred
Compensation Plans under section 457 in limited cases.
    
 
   
    4. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS") UNDER SECTION 408
    
 
   
    TRADITIONAL IRAS -- Eligible individuals can establish individual retirement
programs under section 408 of the Code through the purchase of an IRA. Section
408 imposes limits with respect to IRAs, including limits on the amount that may
be contributed to an IRA, the amount of such contributions that may be deducted
from taxable income, the persons who may be eligible to contribute to an IRA,
and the time when distributions commence from an IRA. Distributions from certain
tax-qualified retirement plans may be "rolled-over" to an IRA on a tax-deferred
basis.
    
 
   
    SIMPLE IRAS -- Eligible employees may establish SIMPLE IRAs in connection
with a SIMPLE IRA plan of an employer under section 408(p) of the Code. Special
rollover rules apply to SIMPLE IRAs. Amounts can be rolled over from one SIMPLE
IRA to another SIMPLE IRA. However, amounts can be rolled over from a SIMPLE IRA
to a Traditional IRA only after two years have expired since the employee first
commenced participation in the employer's SIMPLE IRA plan. Amounts cannot be
rolled over to a SIMPLE IRA from a qualified plan or a Traditional IRA. Hartford
is a non-designated financial institution for purposes of the SIMPLE IRA rules.
    
 
   
    ROTH IRAS -- Eligible individuals may establish Roth IRAs under section 408A
of the Code. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. Subject to special
limitations, a Traditional IRA may be converted into a Roth IRA or a
distribution from a Traditional IRA may be rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, a
conversion or a rollover from a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA is not excludable
from gross income. If certain conditions are met, qualified distributions from a
Roth IRA are tax-free.
    
 
   
    5. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES AND WITHHOLDING -- Distributions from tax-qualified
retirement plans are generally taxed as ordinary income under section 72 of the
Code. Under these rules, a portion of each distribution may be excludable from
income. The excludable amount is the portion of the distribution that bears the
same ratio as the after-tax contributions bear to the expected return.
    
 
   
    (A) PENALTY TAX ON EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes an additional penalty tax equal to 10% of
the taxable portion of a distribution from certain tax-qualified retirement
plans. However, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distributions that is:
    
 
   
- - Made on or after the date on which the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
    
 
   
- - Made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the employee) on or after the death
  of the employee;
    
 
   
- - Attributable to the employee's becoming disabled (as defined in the Code);
    
 
   
- - Part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
  than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the
  joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and his or her
  designated beneficiary;
    
 
   
- - Except in the case of an IRA, made to an employee after separation from
  service after reaching age 55; or
    
 
   
- - Not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for
  eligible medical expenses during the taxable year.
    
 
   
    IN ADDITION, THE 10% PENALTY TAX DOES NOT APPLY TO A DISTRIBUTION FROM AN
IRA THAT IS:
    
 
   
- - Made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health
  insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
    
 
   
- - Not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses,
  as defined by section 72(t)(7) of the Code; or
    
<PAGE>
32                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
- - A qualified first-time homebuyer distribution meeting the requirements
  specified at section 72(t)(8) of the Code.
    
 
   
    If you are a participant in a SIMPLE IRA plan, you should be aware that the
10% penalty tax is increased to 25% with respect to non-exempt early
distributions made from your SIMPLE IRA during the first two years following the
date you first commenced participation in any SIMPLE IRA plan of your employer.
    
 
   
    (B) MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION PENALTY TAX
    
 
   
    If the amount distributed is less than the minimum required distribution for
the year, the Participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that was
not properly distributed.
    
 
   
    An individual's interest in a tax-qualified retirement plan generally must
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required
Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the
calendar year following the later of:
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2; or
    
 
   
- - the calendar year in which the individual retires from service with the
  employer sponsoring the plan.
    
 
   
    The Required Beginning Date for an individual who is a five (5) percent
owner (as defined in the Code), or who is the owner of an IRA, is April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the individual attains age
70 1/2.
    
 
   
    The entire interest of the Participant must be distributed beginning no
later than the Required Beginning Date over:
    
 
   
- - the life of the Participant or the lives of the Participant and the
  Participant's designated beneficiary, or
    
 
   
- - over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's designated
  beneficiary.
    
 
   
    Each annual distribution must equal or exceed a "minimum distribution
amount" which is determined by dividing the account balance by the applicable
life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value
as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. In
addition, minimum distribution incidental benefit rules may require a larger
annual distribution.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies before reaching his or her Required Beginning Date,
the individual's entire interest must generally be distributed within five years
of the individual's death. However, this rule will be deemed satisfied, if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of the beneficiary). If the beneficiary is the individual's surviving
spouse, distributions may be delayed until the individual would have attained
age 70 1/2.
    
 
   
    If an individual dies after reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or
after distributions have commenced, the individual's interest must generally be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the time of the individual's death.
    
 
   
    (C) WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
    In general, regular wage withholding rules apply to distributions from IRAs
and plans described in section 457 of the Code. Periodic distributions from
other tax-qualified retirement plans that are made for a specified period of 10
or more years or for the life or life expectancy of the participant (or the
joint lives or life expectancies of the participant and beneficiary) are
generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the recipient were
married claiming three exemptions. The recipient of periodic distributions may
generally elect not to have withholding apply or to have income taxes withheld
at a different rate by providing a completed election form.
    
 
   
    Mandatory federal income tax withholding at a flat rate of 20% will
generally apply to other distributions from such other tax-qualified retirement
plans unless such distributions are:
    
 
   
- - the non-taxable portion of the distribution;
    
 
   
- - required minimum distributions; or
    
 
   
- - direct transfer distributions.
    
 
   
    Direct transfer distributions are direct payments to an IRA or to another
eligible retirement plan under Code section 401(a)(31).
    
 
   
    Certain states require withholding of state taxes when federal income tax is
withheld.
    
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                               33
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
               APPENDIX II -- OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT -- EXAMPLES
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 1
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you made no Surrenders during the year, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $105,000, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>           <S>
$100,000      Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
   5,000      Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
- --------
$105,000      Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    If you elected the Optional Death Benefit, you would be guaranteed a Death
Benefit payment equal to at least $105,000.
    
 
   
EXAMPLE 2
    
 
   
Assume that you deposited a premium payment of $100,000 on January 1, 1998. If
you Surrendered $10,000 on January 1, 1999 and your Contract Value immediately
prior to the partial Surrender was $100,000, your Interest Accumulation Value on
January 1, 1999 would be $94,500, calculated as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>             <S>
 $100,000       Premium deposited on January 1, 1998
    5,000       Interest accumulated at 5% per year on premiums
 ($10,500)      Adjustment for partial Surrender*
- ---------
  $94,500       Interest Accumulation Value on January 1, 1999.
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
* The Adjustment for the partial Surrender reduces the Interest Accumulation
  Value by an amount equal to the proportion of the partial Surrender to the
  Contract Value prior to the partial Surrender. Therefore, in this example, the
  $10,500 reduction to the Interest Accumulation Value is calculated by dividing
  the amount of the Surrender, $10,000, by the Contract Value paid prior to the
  Surrender, $100,000. This ratio (Surrender DIVIDED BY Contract Value prior to
  Surrender) is multiplied by the Interest Accumulation Value prior to
  Surrenders and results in the adjustment for the partial Surrender.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Interest Accumulation Value prior to Surrenders........  $105,000
Multiplied by ratio of Surrenders  DIVIDED BY Contract
 Value prior to Surrenders
 ($10,000 DIVIDED BY 100,000)..........................   X   .10
                                                         --------
Adjustment for the partial Surrender...................  $ 10,500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The Surrender reduced the Interest Accumulation Value by $10,500 ($105,000 -
94,500).
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
34                                               HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       TO
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SECTION                                                                   PAGE
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----
 <S>                                                                       <C>
 DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY..........................
 SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS...................................................
 INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS..........................................
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS...............................................
 CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN.........................................
 PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS.................................................
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
This form must be completed for all tax sheltered annuities.
    
 
   
                     SECTION 403(b)(11) ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
    
 
   
    The Hartford Variable Annuity Contract which you have recently purchased is
subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
Contributions to the Contract after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash
value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed to you unless you have:
    
 
   
    a. attained age 59 1/2,
    
 
   
    b. separated from service,
    
 
   
    c. died, or
    
 
   
    d. become disabled.
    
 
   
Distributions of post December 31, 1988 contributions (excluding any income
thereon) may also be made if you have experienced a financial hardship.
    
 
   
Also, there may be a 10% penalty tax for distributions made prior to age
59 1/2because of financial hardship or separation from service.
    
 
   
Also, please be aware that your 403(b) Plan may also offer other financial
alternatives other than the Director Choice Variable Annuity. Please refer to
your Plan.
    
 
   
    Please complete the following and return to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
Name of Contract Owner/Participant
    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Address
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
City or Plan/School District
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Date:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Contract No:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
Signature:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<PAGE>
   
    To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form
below and mail to:
    
 
   
    Hartford Life Insurance Company
    Attn: Individual Annuity Services
    P.O. Box 5085
    Hartford, CT 06102-5085
    
 
   
    Please send a Statement of Additional Information for Series II of The
Director CHOICE Variable Annuity to me at the following address:
    
 
   
- ----------------------------------------------------
                            Name
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                          Address
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------
    City/State                                        Zip
Code
    
<PAGE>
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                       PART B
                                          


<PAGE>
                                          
                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                          HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
                   SERIES II OF DIRECTOR CHOICE VARIABLE ANNUITY


This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  The 
information contained herein should be read in conjunction with the 
prospectus.

To obtain a prospectus, send a written request to Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Attn:  Individual Annuity Services, P.O. Box 5085, Hartford, CT  
06102-5085.


   
Date of Prospectus:  May 3, 1999

Date of Statement of Additional Information:  May 3, 1999
    





















333-69485

<PAGE>

                                         -2-

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                          
                                          
SECTION                                                                     PAGE
- -------                                                                     ----
DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4

PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>

                                      -3-

                   DESCRIPTION OF HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Hartford Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company engaged in 
the business of writing life insurance, both individual and group, in all 
states of the United States and the District of Columbia.  We were originally 
incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and 
subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut.  Our offices are located in 
Simsbury, Connecticut; however, our mailing address is P.O. Box 2999, 
Hartford, CT 06104-2999.  We are ultimately controlled by The Hartford 
Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest financial service 
providers in the United States.

                                 HARTFORD'S RATINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                EFFECTIVE
        RATING AGENCY         DATE OF RATING    RATING        BASIS OF RATING
        -------------         --------------    ------        ---------------
 <S>                          <C>               <C>
 A.M. Best and Company, Inc.      1/1/99          A+     Financial performance
 Standard & Poor's                6/1/98         AA      Insurer financial strength
 Duff & Phelps                   12/21/98        AA+     Claims paying ability
</TABLE>


                                SAFEKEEPING OF ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Separate Account is held by Hartford.  The assets 
are kept physically segregated and are held separate and apart from 
Hartford's general corporate assets.  Records are maintained of all purchases 
and redemptions of Fund shares held in each of the Sub-Accounts.

                           INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included 
in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, 
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect 
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm 
as experts in giving said reports.  The principal business address of Arthur 
Andersen LLP is One Financial Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

Hartford Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") serves as principal
underwriter for the securities issued with respect to the Separate Account and
will offer the Contracts on a continuous basis.

   
HSD is an affiliate of Hartford.  Both HSD and Hartford are ultimately 
controlled by The Hartford Finanical Services Group, Inc.  The principal 
business address of HSD is the same as Hartford.
    

<PAGE>

                                      -4-

The securities will be sold by salespersons of HSD, who represent Hartford as 
insurance and Variable Annuity agents and who are registered representatives 
of Broker-Dealers who have entered into distribution agreements with HSD.

HSD is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a Broker-Dealer and is a member of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

   
Hartford currently pays HSD underwriting commissions for its role as 
Principal Underwriter of all variable annuities associated with this Separate 
Account. For the past three years, the aggregate dollar amount of 
underwriting commissions paid to HSD in its role as Principal Underwriter has 
been: 1998: $61,629,500; 1997: $64,851,026; 1996: $59,896,541. HSD has 
retained none of these commissions.
    

                          CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

YIELD OF THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT.  As summarized in the prospectus 
under the heading "Performance Related Information," the yield of the Money 
Market Fund Sub-Account for a seven-day period (the "base period") will be 
computed by determining the "net change in value" (calculated as set forth 
below) of a hypothetical account having a balance of one accumulation unit of 
the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical 
charge reflecting deductions from Contract Owner accounts, and dividing the 
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to 
obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the base period return by 
365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest hundredth of one 
percent.  Net changes in value of a hypothetical account will include net 
investment income of the account (accrued daily dividends as declared by the 
underlying funds, less daily expense charges of the account) for the period, 
but will not include realized gains or losses or unrealized appreciation or 
depreciation on the underlying fund shares.

The effective yield is calculated by compounding the base period return by 
adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1 from 
the result, according to the following formula:


                                                 365/7
     Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)      ] - 1

THE MONEY MARKET FUND SUB-ACCOUNT'S YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD WILL VARY IN 
RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATIONS IN INTEREST RATES AND IN THE EXPENSES OF THE 
SUB-ACCOUNT. THE CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD REFLECT RECURRING CHARGES 
ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

The yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 
1998 for the Money Market Fund Sub-Account was as follows ($30 Annual 
Maintenance Fee):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                           YIELD                EFFECTIVE YIELD
- -----------                           -----                ---------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
Money Market*                         3.52%                     3.59%
</TABLE>

*Yield and effective yield for the seven-day period ending December 31, 1998.

<PAGE>

                                      -5-

YIELDS OF BOND FUND, HIGH YIELD FUND, AND MORTGAGE SECURITIES FUND 
SUB-ACCOUNTS. As summarized in the prospectus under the heading "Performance 
Related Information," yields of the above Sub-Accounts will be computed by 
annualizing a recent month's net investment income, divided by a Fund share's 
net asset value on the last trading day of that month.  Net changes in the 
value of a hypothetical account will assume the change in the underlying 
mutual fund's "net asset value per share" for the same period in addition to 
the daily expense charge assessed, at the sub-account level for the 
respective period.  The Sub-Accounts' yields will vary from time-to-time 
depending upon market conditions and, the composition of the underlying 
funds' portfolios.  Yield should also be considered relative to changes in 
the value of the Sub-Accounts' shares and to the relative risks associated 
with the investment objectives and policies of the underlying Fund.

THE YIELD REFLECTS RECURRING CHARGES ON THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT LEVEL, INCLUDING
THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE.

Yield calculations of the Sub-Accounts used for illustration purposes reflect 
the interest earned by the Sub-Accounts, less applicable asset charges 
assessed against a Contract Owner's account over the base period.  Yield 
quotations based on a 30-day period were computed by dividing the dividends 
and interest earned during the period by the maximum offering price per unit 
on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

Example:

                                                             6
Current Yield Formula for the Sub-Account  2[((A-B)/(CD) + 1)  - 1]

Where     A = Dividends and interest earned during the period.
          B = Expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
          C = The average daily number of units outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends.
          D = The maximum offering price per unit on the last day of 
              the period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT                                                     YIELD
- -----------                                                     -----
<S>                                                             <C>
Bond**                                                          4.61%
High Yield**                                                    7.56%
Mortgage Securities**                                           4.84%
</TABLE>

**Yield quotation based on a 30-day period ended December 31, 1998.

<PAGE>

                                      -6-

At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower 
than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results 
will continue.

The method of calculating yields described above for these Sub-Accounts 
differs from the method used by the Sub-Accounts prior to May 1, 1989.  The 
denominator of the fraction used to calculate yield was previously the 
average unit value for the period calculated.  That denominator will 
hereafter be the unit value of the Sub-Accounts on the last trading day of 
the period calculated.

   
CALCULATION OF TOTAL RETURN.  As summarized in the prospectus under the 
heading "Performance Related Information," total return is a measure of the 
change in value of an investment in a Sub-Account over the period covered and 
assumues that the Optional Death Benefit has not been elected.  The formula 
for total return used herein includes three steps: (1)  calculating the value 
of the hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 as of the end of the period 
by multiplying the total number of units owned at the end of the period by 
the unit value per unit on the last trading day of the period; (2) assuming 
redemption at the end of the period and deducting any applicable contingent 
deferred sales charge and (3) dividing this account value for the 
hypothetical investor by the initial $1,000 investment and annualizing the 
result for periods of less than one year.  Total return will be calculated 
for one year, five years and ten years or some other relevant periods if a 
Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years.
    

The following are the standardized average annual total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.  

  STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          S/A    
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT              DATE      1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Growth and Income        1/2/92     4.82%     13.57%      N/A         8.38%
Mitchell Hutchins
Series Trust
Strategic Income        9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        -7.48%
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Tactical Allocation     9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        14.59%
Advisers                 6/2/86    13.11%     13.11%     11.53%       N/A
Bond                     6/2/86    -3.20%      2.25%      5.13%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     6/2/86     4.04%     13.47%     15.27%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     4.97%      N/A        N/A        17.82%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        21.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A         8.18%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        -6.51%
Index                    5/1/87    16.47%     19.00%     14.92%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     1.94%      N/A        N/A         6.90%
International            7/2/90     1.72%      2.48%      N/A         2.96%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    15.00%      N/A        N/A        16.89%
Money Market             6/2/86    -6.04%      0.04%      1.46%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      6/2/86    -4.61%      1.94%      4.53%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     0.23%      N/A        N/A         8.61%
Stock                    6/2/86    21.82%     19.02%     14.97%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                      -7-

   STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          S/A    
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT              DATE      1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>

Mitchell Hutchins
Series Trust
Growth and Income        1/2/92     5.64%      13.39%      N/A         8.34%
Mitchell Hutchins   
Series Trust
Strategic Income        9/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        -7.52%
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Tactical Allocation     9/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        14.54%
Advisers                3/31/83    12.92%      12.92%     11.44%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77    -3.36%       2.07%      4.84%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84     3.87%      13.29%     15.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94     4.80%       N/A        N/A        17.64%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        21.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A         N/A        N/A         8.07%

High Yield              9/30/98     N/A         N/A        N/A        -6.55%
Index                    5/1/87    16.28%      18.81%     14.72%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95     1.77%       N/A        N/A         6.72%
International            7/2/90     1.56%       2.30%      N/A         2.75%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    14.82%       N/A        N/A        16.70%
Money Market            6/30/80    -6.19%      -0.13%      1.43%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85    -4.77%       1.77%      4.16%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96     0.07%       N/A        N/A         8.43%
Stock                   8/31/77    21.62%      18.83%     14.78%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

   
In addition to the standardized total return, the Sub-Account may 
advertise a non-standardized total return.  This figure will usually be 
calculated for one year, five years, and ten years or other periods. 
Non-standardized total return is measured in the same manner as the 
standardized total return described above, except that the contingent 
deferred sales charge and the Annual Maintenance Fee are not deducted and the 
time periods used to calculate return are based on the inception date of the 
underlying Funds.  Therefore, non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account 
is higher than standardized total return for a Sub-Account.
    

<PAGE>
                                      -8-

The following are the non-standardized annualized total return quotations for 
the Sub-Accounts for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. 

   NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
              THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT              DATE      1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Growth and Income        1/2/92    14.82%     16.69%      N/A        11.43%
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Strategic Income        9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A         2.52%
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Tactical Allocation     9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        24.59%
Advisers                3/31/83    23.11%     16.24%     13.66%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77     6.80%      5.92%      7.51%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84    14.04%     16.43%     17.08%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94    14.97%      N/A        N/A        20.65%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        31.47%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        18.18%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A         3.49%
Index                    5/1/87    26.47%     21.84%     16.89%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95    11.94%      N/A        N/A        10.68%
International            7/2/90    11.72%      6.12%      N/A         6.00%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    25.00%      N/A        N/A        24.85%
Money Market            6/30/80     3.96%      3.79%      4.21%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85     5.39%      5.59%      6.93%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96    10.23%      N/A        N/A        14.20%
Stock                   8/31/77    31.82%     21.93%     17.01%       N/A
</TABLE>
    


   NON-STANDARDIZED ANNUALIZED TOTAL RETURN THAT PRE-DATE THE INCEPTION DATE OF 
               THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                              WITH 15 BPS DEATH OPTION
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FUND
                       INCEPTION                                       SINCE   
SUB-ACCOUNT              DATE      1 YEAR      5 YEAR    10 YEAR     INCEPTION 
- -----------            ---------   ------      ------    -------     ---------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Growth and Income        1/2/92    14.64%     16.51%      N/A        11.27%
Mitchell Hutchins   
Series Trust
Strategic Income        9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A         2.48%
Mitchell Hutchins 
Series Trust
Tactical Allocation     9/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        24.54%
Advisers                3/31/83    22.92%     16.06%     13.49%       N/A
Bond                    8/31/77     6.64%      5.76%      7.34%       N/A
Capital Appreciation     4/2/84    13.87%     16.25%     16.91%       N/A
Dividend & Growth        3/8/94    14.80%      N/A        N/A        20.48%
Global Leaders          9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        31.42%
Growth and Income       5/29/98     N/A        N/A        N/A        18.07%
High Yield              9/30/98     N/A        N/A        N/A         3.45%
Index                    5/1/87    26.28%     21.66%     16.72%       N/A
International Advisers   3/1/95    11.77%      N/A        N/A        10.52%
International            7/2/90    11.56%      5.96%      N/A         5.84%
Opportunities
MidCap                  7/30/97    24.82%      N/A        N/A        24.66%
Money Market            6/30/80     3.81%      3.64%      4.05%       N/A
Mortgage Securities      1/1/85     5.23%      5.43%      6.77%       N/A
Small Company            8/9/96    10.07%      N/A        N/A        14.03%
Stock                   8/31/77    31.62%     21.75%     16.84%       N/A
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

                                      -9-

                              PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS

YIELD AND TOTAL RETURN.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
total return in advertisements or in information furnished to present or 
prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include its 
yield and total return in advertisements or information furnished to present 
or prospective shareholders.  Each Sub-Account may from time-to-time include 
in advertisements its total return (and yield in the case of certain 
Sub-Accounts) the ranking of those performance figures relative to such 
figures for groups of other annuities analyzed by Lipper Analytical Services 
and Morningstar, Inc. as having the same investment objectives.

The total return and yield may also be used to compare the performance of the 
Sub-Accounts against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices 
for stock and bond market performance.  The Standard & Poor's Composite Index 
of 500 Stocks (the "S&P 500") is a market value-weighted and unmanaged index 
showing the changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks relative to 
the base period 1941-43.  The S&P 500 is composed almost entirely of common 
stocks of companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange, although the 
common stocks of a few companies listed on the American Stock Exchange or 
traded over-the-counter are included.  The 500 companies represented include 
400 industrial, 60 transportation and 40 financial services concerns.  The 
S&P 500 represents about 80% of the market value of all issues traded on the 
New York Stock Exchange.

The NASDAQ-OTC Composite Price Index (The "NASDAQ Index") is a market 
value-weighted and unmanaged index showing the changes in the aggregate 
market value of approximately 3,500 stocks relative to the base measure of 
100.00 on February 5, 1971.  The NASDAQ Index is composed entirely of common 
stocks of companies traded over-the-counter and often through the National 
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations ("NASDAQ") system.  
Only those over-the-counter stocks having only one market maker or traded on 
exchanges are excluded.

The Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is an 
unmanaged index, which includes over 1,000 companies representing the stock 
markets of Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and the Far East.  The EAFE Index 
is weighted by market capitalization, and therefore, it has a heavy 
representation in countries with large stock markets, such as Japan.

The Shearson Lehman Government Bond Index (the "SL Government Index") is a 
measure of the market value of all public obligations of the U.S. Treasury; 
all publicly issued debt of all agencies of the U.S. Government and all 
quasi-federal corporations; and all corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government. Mortgage-backed securities, flower bonds and foreign targeted 
issues are not included in the SL Government Index.

The Shearson Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (the "SL 
Government/Corporate Index") is a measure of the market value of 
approximately 5,300 bonds with a face value currently in excess of $1.3 
trillion.  To be included in the SL Government/Corporate Index, an issue must 
have amounts outstanding in excess of $1 million, have at least one year to 
maturity and be rated "Baa" or higher ("investment grade") by a nationally 
recognized rating agency.

The Composite Index for Hartford Advisers Fund is comprised of the S&P 500 
(55%), the Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index (35%), both mentioned 
above, and 90 Day U.S. Treasury Bills (10%).
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                             SA-1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TO HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO AND TO THE
 OWNERS OF UNITS OF INTEREST THEREIN:
 

We have audited the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities of
Hartford Life Insurance Company Separate Account Two (Bond Fund, Stock Fund,
Money Market Fund, Advisers Fund, Capital Appreciation Fund, Mortgage Securities
Fund, Index Fund, International Opportunities Fund, Dividend and Growth Fund,
International Advisers Fund, Small Company Fund, MidCap Fund, Smith Barney Cash
Portfolio, Smith Barney Appreciation Fund, Smith Barney Government Portfolio,
BB&T Growth & Income Fund, AmSouth Equity Income Fund, Mentor VIP Capital Growth
Fund, Mentor VIP Perpetual International Fund, and Mentor VIP Growth Fund)
(collectively, the Account) as of December 31, 1998, and the related statements
of operations and the statements of changes in net assets for the periods
presented. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Account's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Account as of December 31,
1998, and the results of their operations and the changes in their net assets
for the periods presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
Hartford, Connecticut

February 16, 1999                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



<PAGE>
SA-2                                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            BOND FUND      STOCK FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Bond HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 349,618,159
    Cost $365,928,024
      Market Value.......  $377,820,108        --
    Hartford Stock HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 380,740,509
      Cost $1,321,699,321
      Market Value.......       --       $2,498,292,052
    Hartford Money Market
     HLS Fund, Inc. -
     Class IA
      Shares 342,816,331
      Cost $342,816,331
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford Advisers HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares
      1,646,987,741
      Cost $3,054,571,935
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford Capital
     Appreciation HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 417,240,558
      Cost $1,302,905,756
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford Mortgage
     Securities HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 175,411,395
      Cost $189,578,583
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford Index HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 174,516,110
      Cost $371,361,315
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford
     International
     Opportunities HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 294,203,798
      Cost $340,518,189
      Market Value.......       --             --
    Hartford Dividend and
     Growth HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 451,028,566
      Cost $725,280,325
      Market Value.......       --             --
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       204,248         389,733
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........       --             --
                           ------------  --------------
  Total Assets...........   378,024,356   2,498,681,785
                           ------------  --------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       --             --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............       204,309         389,945
                           ------------  --------------
  Total Liabilities......       204,309         389,945
                           ------------  --------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........  $377,820,047  $2,498,291,840
                           ------------  --------------
                           ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                             SA-3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              MONEY                           CAPITAL             MORTGAGE
                           MARKET FUND   ADVISERS FUND   APPRECIATION FUND    SECURITIES FUND      INDEX FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>                  <C>                <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Bond HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 349,618,159
    Cost $365,928,024
      Market Value.......      --             --                --                  --                 --
    Hartford Stock HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 380,740,509
      Cost $1,321,699,321
      Market Value.......      --             --                --                  --                 --
    Hartford Money Market
     HLS Fund, Inc. -
     Class IA
      Shares 342,816,331
      Cost $342,816,331
      Market Value.......  $342,816,331       --                --                  --                 --
    Hartford Advisers HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares
      1,646,987,741
      Cost $3,054,571,935
      Market Value.......      --        $4,916,675,095         --                  --                 --
    Hartford Capital
     Appreciation HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 417,240,558
      Cost $1,302,905,756
      Market Value.......      --             --           $1,985,681,614           --                 --
    Hartford Mortgage
     Securities HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 175,411,395
      Cost $189,578,583
      Market Value.......      --             --                --              $190,242,955           --
    Hartford Index HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 174,516,110
      Cost $371,361,315
      Market Value.......      --             --                --                  --           $  623,101,394
    Hartford
     International
     Opportunities HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 294,203,798
      Cost $340,518,189
      Market Value.......      --             --                --                  --                 --
    Hartford Dividend and
     Growth HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 451,028,566
      Cost $725,280,325
      Market Value.......      --             --                --                  --                 --
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....      --              662,986         10,643,121           --                  267,176
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........   19,488,693        --                --                   412,430           --
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Total Assets...........  362,305,024   4,917,338,081      1,996,324,735        190,655,385        623,368,570
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....   19,483,630        --                --                   408,162           --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............      --              664,510         10,643,361           --                  267,984
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Total Liabilities......   19,483,630         664,510         10,643,361            408,162            267,984
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........  $342,821,394  $4,916,673,571    $1,985,681,374       $190,247,223     $  623,100,586
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                              INTERNATIONAL       DIVIDEND AND
                           OPPORTUNITIES FUND      GROWTH FUND
                               SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -------------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Bond HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 349,618,159
    Cost $365,928,024
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Stock HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 380,740,509
      Cost $1,321,699,321
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Money Market
     HLS Fund, Inc. -
     Class IA
      Shares 342,816,331
      Cost $342,816,331
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Advisers HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares
      1,646,987,741
      Cost $3,054,571,935
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Capital
     Appreciation HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 417,240,558
      Cost $1,302,905,756
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Mortgage
     Securities HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 175,411,395
      Cost $189,578,583
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford Index HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 174,516,110
      Cost $371,361,315
      Market Value.......         --                  --
    Hartford
     International
     Opportunities HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
      Shares 294,203,798
      Cost $340,518,189
      Market Value.......      $398,604,075           --
    Hartford Dividend and
     Growth HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
      Shares 451,028,566
      Cost $725,280,325
      Market Value.......         --             $974,440,901
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....         --                  122,495
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........           364,279           --
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Total Assets...........       398,968,354       974,563,396
                           -------------------   ---------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....           364,240           --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............         --                  122,730
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Total Liabilities......           364,240           122,730
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........      $398,604,114      $974,440,666
                           -------------------   ---------------
                           -------------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-4                                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES -- (CONTINUED)
 DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           INTERNATIONAL        SMALL          MIDCAP       SMITH BARNEY
                           ADVISERS FUND    COMPANY FUND        FUND       CASH PORTFOLIO
                            SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    International
     Advisers HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
    Shares 65,678,237
    Cost $75,055,437
      Market Value.......    $75,837,939         --             --              --
    Small Company HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 93,203,695
    Cost $112,102,718
      Market Value.......       --          $123,132,800        --              --
    MidCap HLS Fund, Inc.
     - Class IA
    Shares 32,171,652
    Cost $39,368,682
      Market Value.......       --               --         $46,303,243         --
    Smith Barney Cash
     Portfolio
    Shares 486,806
    Cost $486,806
      Market Value.......       --               --             --             $486,808
    Smith Barney
     Appreciation Fund
    Shares 13,052
    Cost $99,509
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    Smith Barney
     Government Portfolio
    Shares 34,357
    Cost $34,357
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    BB&T Growth & Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,782,787
    Cost $21,373,783
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    AmSouth Equity Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,999,203
    Cost $21,507,113
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    Mentor VIP Capital
     Growth Portfolio
    Shares 1,375,385
    Cost $16,981,499
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    Mentor VIP Perpetual
     International
     Portfolio
    Shares 771,760
    Cost $10,211,028
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
    Mentor VIP Growth
     Portfolio
    Shares 913,633
    Cost $9,860,193
      Market Value.......       --               --             --              --
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....         37,942       8,326,029        197,604          26,345
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........       --               --             --              --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Total Assets...........     75,875,881     131,458,829     46,500,847         513,153
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       --               --             --              --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............         37,943       8,325,756        198,464          26,450
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Total Liabilities......         37,943       8,325,756        198,464          26,450
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........    $75,837,938    $123,133,073    $46,302,383        $486,703
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                             SA-5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SMITH BARNEY          SMITH BARNEY          BB&T GROWTH &     AMSOUTH EQUITY        MENTOR
                           APPRECIATION FUND    GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO       INCOME FUND        INCOME FUND     CAPITAL GROWTH
                              SUB-ACCOUNT            SUB-ACCOUNT           SUB-ACCOUNT        SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------------   ---------------------   -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                     <C>                 <C>               <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    International
     Advisers HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
    Shares 65,678,237
    Cost $75,055,437
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
    Small Company HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 93,203,695
    Cost $112,102,718
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
    MidCap HLS Fund, Inc.
     - Class IA
    Shares 32,171,652
    Cost $39,368,682
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
    Smith Barney Cash
     Portfolio
    Shares 486,806
    Cost $486,806
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
    Smith Barney
     Appreciation Fund
    Shares 13,052
    Cost $99,509
      Market Value.......       $199,776              --                      --                 --                --
    Smith Barney
     Government Portfolio
    Shares 34,357
    Cost $34,357
      Market Value.......       --                     $34,356                --                 --                --
    BB&T Growth & Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,782,787
    Cost $21,373,783
      Market Value.......       --                    --                   $23,711,070           --                --
    AmSouth Equity Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,999,203
    Cost $21,507,113
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --              $22,511,025          --
    Mentor VIP Capital
     Growth Portfolio
    Shares 1,375,385
    Cost $16,981,499
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --             $18,677,728
    Mentor VIP Perpetual
     International
     Portfolio
    Shares 771,760
    Cost $10,211,028
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
    Mentor VIP Growth
     Portfolio
    Shares 913,633
    Cost $9,860,193
      Market Value.......       --                    --                      --                 --                --
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       --                    --                        29,049           --                  11,902
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........            117                    31                --                   30,849          --
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Total Assets...........        199,893                34,387              23,740,119         22,541,874        18,689,630
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....            106                    30                --                   30,853          --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............       --                    --                        29,053           --                  11,898
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Total Liabilities......            106                    30                  29,053             30,853            11,898
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........       $199,787               $34,357             $23,711,066        $22,511,021       $18,677,732
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
 
<CAPTION>
                           MENTOR PERPETUAL        MENTOR
                             INTERNATIONAL         GROWTH
                              SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -----------------   --------------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    International
     Advisers HLS Fund,
     Inc. - Class IA
    Shares 65,678,237
    Cost $75,055,437
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Small Company HLS
     Fund, Inc. - Class
     IA
    Shares 93,203,695
    Cost $112,102,718
      Market Value.......        --                --
    MidCap HLS Fund, Inc.
     - Class IA
    Shares 32,171,652
    Cost $39,368,682
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Smith Barney Cash
     Portfolio
    Shares 486,806
    Cost $486,806
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Smith Barney
     Appreciation Fund
    Shares 13,052
    Cost $99,509
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Smith Barney
     Government Portfolio
    Shares 34,357
    Cost $34,357
      Market Value.......        --                --
    BB&T Growth & Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,782,787
    Cost $21,373,783
      Market Value.......        --                --
    AmSouth Equity Income
     Fund
    Shares 1,999,203
    Cost $21,507,113
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Mentor VIP Capital
     Growth Portfolio
    Shares 1,375,385
    Cost $16,981,499
      Market Value.......        --                --
    Mentor VIP Perpetual
     International
     Portfolio
    Shares 771,760
    Cost $10,211,028
      Market Value.......     $10,812,357          --
    Mentor VIP Growth
     Portfolio
    Shares 913,633
    Cost $9,860,193
      Market Value.......        --            $10,470,235
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....          15,306           67,722
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........        --                --
                           -----------------   --------------
  Total Assets...........      10,827,663       10,537,957
                           -----------------   --------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....        --                --
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............          15,308           67,727
                           -----------------   --------------
  Total Liabilities......          15,308           67,727
                           -----------------   --------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........     $10,812,355      $10,470,230
                           -----------------   --------------
                           -----------------   --------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-6                                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES -- (CONTINUED)
 DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            GROWTH AND
                           INCOME FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------
<S>                        <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Growth and
     Income HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 5,269,425
    Cost $5,509,163
      Market Value.......   $6,249,337
    Hartford High Yield
     HLS Fund - Class IA
    Shares 1,911,536
    Cost $1,953,422
      Market Value.......      --
    Hartford Global
     Leaders HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 466,167
    Cost $588,674
      Market Value.......      --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Growth & Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 673
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......      --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Strategic Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 808
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......      --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Tactical Allocation
     Portfolio
    Shares 705
    Cost $9,995
      Market Value.......      --
  Investment Income
   Receivable............      --
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....      --
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........       67,470
                           ------------
  Total Assets...........    6,316,807
                           ------------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       67,470
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............      --
                           ------------
  Total Liabilities......       67,470
                           ------------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........   $6,249,337
                           ------------
                           ------------
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                             SA-7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               HIGH          GLOBAL       MITCHELL HUTCHINS GROWTH    MITCHELL HUTCHINS STRATEGIC
                            YIELD FUND    LEADERS FUND      AND INCOME PORTFOLIO            INCOME PORTFOLIO
                           SUB-ACCOUNT     SUB-ACCOUNT           SUB-ACCOUNT                  SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------   -------------   -------------------------   ----------------------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>             <C>                         <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Growth and
     Income HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 5,269,425
    Cost $5,509,163
      Market Value.......      --             --                 --                          --
    Hartford High Yield
     HLS Fund - Class IA
    Shares 1,911,536
    Cost $1,953,422
      Market Value.......   $1,943,548        --                 --                          --
    Hartford Global
     Leaders HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 466,167
    Cost $588,674
      Market Value.......      --            $599,110            --                          --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Growth & Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 673
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......      --             --                   $ 9,973                   --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Strategic Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 808
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......      --             --                 --                              $9,849
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Tactical Allocation
     Portfolio
    Shares 705
    Cost $9,995
      Market Value.......      --             --                 --                          --
  Investment Income
   Receivable............      --             --                       746                          122
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....       47,113        --                 --                          --
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........      --              73,610                    6                            5
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
  Total Assets...........    1,990,661        672,720               10,725                        9,976
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....      --              73,610                    6                            5
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............       47,114        --                 --                          --
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
  Total Liabilities......       47,114         73,610                    6                            5
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........   $1,943,547       $599,110              $10,719                       $9,971
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
                           ------------   -------------            -------                       ------
 
<CAPTION>
                           MITCHELL HUTCHINS TACTICAL
                              ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
                                   SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ---------------------------
<S>                        <C>
ASSETS:
  Investments:
    Hartford Growth and
     Income HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 5,269,425
    Cost $5,509,163
      Market Value.......         --
    Hartford High Yield
     HLS Fund - Class IA
    Shares 1,911,536
    Cost $1,953,422
      Market Value.......         --
    Hartford Global
     Leaders HLS Fund -
     Class IA
    Shares 466,167
    Cost $588,674
      Market Value.......         --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Growth & Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 673
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......         --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Strategic Income
     Portfolio
    Shares 808
    Cost $9,994
      Market Value.......         --
    Mitchell Hutchins
     Tactical Allocation
     Portfolio
    Shares 705
    Cost $9,995
      Market Value.......            $10,502
  Investment Income
   Receivable............                 69
  Due from Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....         --
  Receivable from fund
   shares sold...........                  6
                                     -------
  Total Assets...........             10,577
                                     -------
LIABILITIES:
  Due to Hartford Life
   Insurance Company.....                  6
  Payable for fund shares
   purchased.............         --
                                     -------
  Total Liabilities......                  6
                                     -------
  Net Assets (variable
   annuity contract
   liabilities)..........            $10,571
                                     -------
                                     -------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-8                                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES -- (CONTINUED)
 DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         UNITS
                                       OWNED BY        UNIT        CONTRACT
                                     PARTICIPANTS     PRICE        LIABILITY
                                     -------------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>         <C>
DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN THE
 ACCUMULATION PERIOD:
INDIVIDUAL SUB-ACCOUNTS:
  Bond Fund Qualified 1.00%........        232,939  $ 4.373600  $     1,018,782
  Bond Fund Non-Qualified 1.00%....      1,961,849    4.307093        8,449,866
  Bond Fund 1.25%..................    162,500,684    2.257591      366,860,082
  Bond Fund .25%...................         55,518    1.533539           85,139
  Bond Fund........................        306,878    1.030758          316,317
  Stock Fund Qualified 1.00%.......        802,936   11.737647        9,424,579
  Stock Fund Non-Qualified 1.00%...      2,912,842   11.223740       32,692,982
  Stock Fund 1.25%.................    403,629,126    6.065754    2,448,314,988
  Stock Fund .25%..................      1,056,753    3.251658        3,436,199
  Stock Fund.......................        849,480    1.036706          880,661
  Money Market Fund Qualified
   1.00%...........................        612,050    2.679268        1,639,846
  Money Market Fund Non-Qualified
   1.00%...........................      9,019,394    2.680536       24,176,811
  Money Market Fund 1.25%..........    183,614,324    1.715714      315,029,666
  Money Market Fund .25%...........        373,199    1.299644          485,026
  Money Market Fund................        725,403    1.016497          737,370
  Advisers Fund Qualified 1.00%....      3,191,360    6.604239       21,076,505
  Advisers Fund Non-Qualified
   1.00%...........................      9,942,207    6.604240       65,660,718
  Advisers Fund 1.25%..............  1,095,048,448    4.397886    4,815,898,238
  Advisers Fund .25%...............      1,220,271    2.502440        3,053,655
  Advisers Fund....................      1,915,141    1.035292        1,982,730
  Capital Appreciation Fund
   Qualified 1.00%.................        774,553    9.322862        7,221,051
  Capital Appreciation Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............      2,433,361    9.318523       22,675,331
  Capital Appreciation Fund
   1.25%...........................    352,482,012    5.525767    1,947,733,468
  Capital Appreciation Fund .25%...      2,264,988    2.712640        6,144,097
  Capital Appreciation Fund........        271,922    0.984021          267,577
  Mortgage Securities Fund
   Qualified 1.00%.................        484,096    2.844764        1,377,139
  Mortgage Securities Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............      5,584,466    2.844767       15,886,504
  Mortgage Securities Fund 1.25%...     78,025,873    2.210954      172,511,615
  Mortgage Securities Fund .25%....         14,431    1.458457           21,047
  Mortgage Securities Fund.........         10,000    1.022300           10,223
  Index Fund 1.00%.................        146,209    1.866581          272,911
  Index Fund Non-Qualified 1.00%...        569,781    1.866580        1,063,542
  Index Fund 1.25%.................    131,578,849    4.712432      620,056,376
  Index Fund .25%..................        212,284    3.080896          654,025
  Index Fund.......................        249,634    1.044934          260,851
  International Opportunities Fund
   Qualified 1.00%.................        197,097    1.676915          330,515
  International Opportunities Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............      1,314,169    1.676023        2,202,578
  International Opportunities Fund
   1.25%...........................    240,089,691    1.641190      394,032,800
  International Opportunities Fund
   .25%............................        681,620    1.874113        1,277,433
  International Opportunities
   Fund............................        140,095    0.924280          129,487
  Dividend and Growth Fund
   Qualified 1.00%.................        417,549    2.500875        1,044,238
  Dividend and Growth Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............      1,616,066    2.500878        4,041,584
  Dividend and Growth Fund 1.25%...    391,151,359    2.470981      966,527,576
  Dividend and Growth Fund .25%....        250,697    2.592664          649,973
  Dividend and Growth Fund.........        523,054    1.008273          527,381
  International Advisers Fund
   Sub-Account 1.00%...............         23,172    1.490549           34,539
  International Advisers Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............        201,485    1.490538          300,321
  International Advisers Fund
   1.25%...........................     50,971,459    1.476317       75,250,031
  International Advisers Fund
   .25%............................         39,807    1.534052           61,066
  International Advisers Fund......         80,466    0.971292           78,156
  Small Company Fund 1.00%.........        227,701    1.382431          314,781
  Small Company Fund Non-Qualified
   1.00%...........................      3,669,917    1.382433        5,073,414
  Small Company Fund 1.25%.........     85,431,351    1.374218      117,401,300
  Small Company Fund .25%..........         61,838    1.407436           87,033
  Small Company Fund...............        100,223    0.975195           97,737
  MidCap Fund Sub-Account 1.00%
   Qualified.......................         89,724    1.375964          123,457
  MidCap Fund Sub-Account 1.00%
   Non-Qualified...................        242,882    1.375969          334,198
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         UNITS
                                       OWNED BY        UNIT        CONTRACT
                                     PARTICIPANTS     PRICE        LIABILITY
                                     -------------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>         <C>
INDIVIDUAL SUB-ACCOUNTS --
 (CONTINUED)
  MidCap Fund 1.25%................     33,348,056  $ 1.371074  $    45,722,653
  MidCap Fund 1.00% Qualified......         29,907    1.390711           41,592
  MidCap Fund......................         79,150    1.016841           80,483
  Smith Barney Cash Portfolio
   Qualified 1.00%.................         52,115    2.889398          150,581
  Smith Barney Cash Portfolio
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............        112,418    2.989930          336,122
  Smith Barney Appreciation
   Qualified 1.00%.................         18,002   11.098045          199,787
  Smith Barney Government Portfolio
   Qualified 1.00%.................         13,202    2.602409           34,357
  BB&T Growth and Income Fund......     17,799,083    1.332151       23,711,066
  AMSouth Equity Income Fund 1.00%
   Qualified.......................     19,801,638    1.135502       22,484,800
  Mentor Capital Growth Fund.......     17,370,611    1.075249       18,677,732
  Mentor Perpetual International
   Fund............................      9,747,833    1.109206       10,812,355
  Mentor Growth Fund...............     11,540,088    0.907292       10,470,230
  Growth and Income Fund...........        181,057    1.183528          214,286
  Growth and Income Fund...........         10,000    1.183500           11,835
  Growth and Income Fund...........      4,982,306    1.181798        5,888,079
  Growth and Income Fund...........         16,550    1.188761           19,674
  Growth and Income Fund...........        105,902    1.090282          115,463
  High Yield Fund..................         15,798    1.035511           16,359
  High Yield Fund..................         10,000    1.035500           10,355
  High Yield Fund..................      1,832,207    1.034881        1,896,116
  High Yield Fund..................         10,000    1.037462           10,375
  High Yield Fund..................         10,000    1.034245           10,342
  Global Leaders Fund..............         10,000    1.315500           13,155
  Global Leaders Fund..............         10,000    1.315500           13,155
  Global Leaders Fund..............        415,660    1.314733          546,482
  Global Leaders Fund..............         10,000    1.317944           13,179
  Global Leaders Fund..............         10,000    1.313892           13,139
  Mitchell Hutchins Growth and
   Income Portfolio................         10,000    1.071942           10,719
  Mitchell Hutchins Strategic
   Income Portfolio................         10,000    0.997127            9,971
  Mitchell Hutchins Tactical
   Allocation Portfolio............         10,000    1.057099           10,571
                                                                ---------------
  SUB-TOTAL INDIVIDUAL
   SUB-ACCOUNTS....................                              12,628,840,528
                                                                ---------------
ANNUITY CONTRACTS IN THE ANNUITY
 PERIOD:
INDIVIDUAL SUB-ACCOUNTS:
  Bond Fund Non-Qualified 1.00%....         19,762    4.307092           85,115
  Bond Fund 1.25%..................        445,052    2.257591        1,004,746
  Stock Fund Non-Qualified 1.00%...         25,544   11.223888          286,703
  Stock Fund 1.25%.................        536,739    6.065754        3,255,728
  Money Market Fund Qualified
   1.00%...........................            648    2.679268            1,736
  Money Market Fund Non-Qualified
   1.00%...........................         85,788    2.680536          229,959
  Money Market Fund 1.25%..........        303,652    1.715714          520,980
  Advisers Fund Qualified 1.00%....          2,600    6.604240           17,172
  Advisers Fund Non-Qualified
   1.00%...........................         74,716    6.604240          493,441
  Advisers Fund 1.25%..............      1,930,726    4.397886        8,491,112
  Capital Appreciation Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............         18,217    9.318439          169,754
  Capital Appreciation Fund
   1.25%...........................        266,044    5.525767        1,470,096
  Mortgage Securities Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............         58,753    2.844767          167,139
  Mortgage Securities Fund 1.25%...        123,728    2.210954          273,556
  Index Fund 1.25%.................        168,253    4.712432          792,881
  International Opportunities Fund
   Non-Qualified 1.00%.............          6,240    1.676024           10,459
  International Opportunities Fund
   1.25%...........................        378,288    1.641190          620,842
  Dividend and Growth Fund 1.25%...        667,716    2.470981        1,649,914
  International Advisers Fund
   1.25%...........................         77,101    1.476317          113,825
  Small Company Fund 1.25%.........        115,562    1.374218          158,808
  AMSouth Equity Income Fund.......         23,092    1.135502           26,221
                                                                ---------------
  SUB-TOTAL INDIVIDUAL
   SUB-ACCOUNTS....................                                  19,840,187
                                                                ---------------
GRAND TOTAL........................                             $12,648,680,715
                                                                ---------------
                                                                ---------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-10                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            BOND FUND    STOCK FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT  SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -----------  ------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............  $17,912,357  $ 18,915,114
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........   (3,795,666)  (26,197,986)
                           -----------  ------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............   14,116,691    (7,282,872)
                           -----------  ------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....      --         63,980,079
                           -----------  ------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........      (17,730)   (1,720,391)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................    5,723,478   522,612,064
                           -----------  ------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........    5,705,748   520,891,673
                           -----------  ------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....  $19,822,439  $577,588,880
                           -----------  ------------
                           -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              MONEY                           CAPITAL             MORTGAGE
                           MARKET FUND  ADVISERS FUND    APPRECIATION FUND    SECURITIES FUND      INDEX FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT   SUB-ACCOUNT        SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>              <C>                  <C>                <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............  $15,550,709   $  97,214,065      $ 10,528,844         $11,949,822     $    5,084,024
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........   (3,714,561)    (53,193,739)      (22,767,506)         (2,304,989)        (6,407,798)
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............   11,836,148      44,020,326       (12,238,662)          9,644,833         (1,323,774)
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....      --          130,914,844       114,733,928            --               10,662,058
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........      --            1,826,471        (4,786,085)            473,273           (704,518)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................      --          709,363,622       140,386,292            (228,914)       110,953,813
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........      --          711,190,093       135,600,207             244,359        110,249,295
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....  $11,836,148   $ 886,125,263      $238,095,473         $ 9,889,192     $  119,587,579
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
                           -----------  --------------   ------------------   ----------------   --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                              INTERNATIONAL        DIVIDEND AND
                           OPPORTUNITIES FUND      GROWTH FUND
                               SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -------------------   ----------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............      $ 5,223,310       $     15,429,535
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........       (5,034,289)           (10,513,724)
                           -------------------   ----------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............          189,021              4,915,811
                           -------------------   ----------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....       25,347,181             25,624,259
                           -------------------   ----------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........        1,455,876               (465,941)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       17,463,831             82,775,505
                           -------------------   ----------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........       18,919,707             82,309,564
                           -------------------   ----------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....      $44,455,909       $    112,849,634
                           -------------------   ----------------
                           -------------------   ----------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-12                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           INTERNATIONAL        SMALL          MIDCAP       SMITH BARNEY
                           ADVISERS FUND    COMPANY FUND        FUND       CASH PORTFOLIO
                            SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............    $6,551,901      $   --          $       330       $24,990
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........      (840,602)      (1,090,110)       (320,350)       (5,044)
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............     5,711,299       (1,090,110)       (320,020)       19,946
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....     1,559,601        1,255,431         --            --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........       (62,176)       1,445,433          (3,698)      --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................      (222,372)       9,623,019       6,597,665       --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........      (284,548)      11,068,452       6,593,967       --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....    $6,986,352      $11,233,773     $ 6,273,947       $19,946
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
                           --------------   -------------   ------------       -------
</TABLE>
 
  *  From inception, March 2, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SMITH BARNEY          SMITH BARNEY          BB&T GROWTH &     AMSOUTH EQUITY        MENTOR
                           APPRECIATION FUND    GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO       INCOME FUND        INCOME FUND     CAPITAL GROWTH
                              SUB-ACCOUNT            SUB-ACCOUNT           SUB-ACCOUNT        SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT*
                           ------------------   ---------------------   -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                     <C>                 <C>               <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............        $ 2,368                $1,842              $  218,179         $  313,398        $ --
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........         (1,842)                 (377)               (189,383)          (178,806)          (85,499)
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............            526                 1,465                  28,796            134,592           (85,499)
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....         15,116              --                      --                 --                --
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........             51              --                         1,013              4,124            (4,500)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................         17,076              --                     1,927,801            971,715         1,696,228
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........         17,127              --                     1,928,814            975,839         1,691,728
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....        $32,769                $1,465              $1,957,610         $1,110,431        $1,606,229
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                 -------                ------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
 
<CAPTION>
                           MENTOR PERPETUAL       MENTOR
                             INTERNATIONAL        GROWTH
                             SUB-ACCOUNT*      SUB-ACCOUNT*
                           -----------------   -------------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............       $--               $--
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........        (51,799)          (44,785)
                                --------       -------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............        (51,799)          (44,785)
                                --------       -------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....       --                 --
                                --------       -------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........          1,684            (1,365)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................        601,328           610,042
                                --------       -------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........        603,012           608,677
                                --------       -------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....       $551,213          $563,892
                                --------       -------------
                                --------       -------------
</TABLE>
 
  *  From inception, March 2, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
<PAGE>
SA-14                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             GROWTH AND
                            INCOME FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT**
                           --------------
<S>                        <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............     $ 23,830
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........      (17,863)
                           --------------
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............        5,967
                           --------------
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....      --
                           --------------
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........       (2,267)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................      740,175
                           --------------
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........      737,908
                           --------------
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....     $743,875
                           --------------
                           --------------
</TABLE>
 
 **  From inception, June 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
***  From inception, September 30, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
**** From inception, December 16, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                HIGH             GLOBAL        MITCHELL HUTCHINS GROWTH    MITCHELL HUTCHINS STRATEGIC
                             YIELD FUND       LEADERS FUND       AND INCOME PORTFOLIO            INCOME PORTFOLIO
                           SUB-ACCOUNT***    SUB-ACCOUNT***         SUB-ACCOUNT****              SUB-ACCOUNT****
                           ---------------   ---------------   -------------------------   ----------------------------
<S>                        <C>               <C>               <C>                         <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............      $ 34,816          $   789                  $ 44                         $ 116
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........        (2,794)            (317)                   (6)                           (5)
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............        32,022              472                    38                           111
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....       --                16,340                   702                             6
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........          (287)           1,084             --                           --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................        (9,874)          10,436                   (20)                         (145)
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........       (10,161)          11,520                   (20)                         (145)
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....      $ 21,861          $28,332                  $720                         $ (28)
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
                           ---------------       -------                 -----                         -----
 
<CAPTION>
                           MITCHELL HUTCHINS TACTICAL
                              ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
                                 SUB-ACCOUNT****
                           ---------------------------
<S>                        <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME:
  Dividends..............              $ 13
EXPENSES:
  Mortality and expense
   undertakings..........                (6)
                                      -----
    Net investment income
     (loss)..............                 7
                                      -----
CAPITAL GAINS INCOME.....                56
                                      -----
NET REALIZED AND
 UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS)
 ON INVESTMENTS:
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........         --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................               507
                                      -----
    Net gain (loss) on
     investments.........               507
                                      -----
    Net increase
     (decrease) in net
     assets resulting
     from operations.....              $570
                                      -----
                                      -----
</TABLE>
 
 **  From inception, June 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
***  From inception, September 30, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
**** From inception, December 16, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
<PAGE>
SA-16                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            BOND FUND      STOCK FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................  $ 14,116,691  $   (7,282,872)
  Capital gains income...       --           63,980,079
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........       (17,730)     (1,720,391)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................     5,723,478     522,612,064
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............    19,822,439     577,588,880
                           ------------  --------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............    41,906,997     201,628,213
  Net transfers..........    95,280,889     107,789,657
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....   (24,892,187)   (143,970,482)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       321,142         560,255
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........   112,616,841     166,007,643
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........   132,439,280     743,596,523
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....   245,380,767   1,754,695,317
                           ------------  --------------
  End of period..........  $377,820,047  $2,498,291,840
                           ------------  --------------
                           ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            BOND FUND      STOCK FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................  $ 10,349,134  $   (2,890,041)
  Capital gains income...       --           64,909,605
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........        17,262       1,176,996
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................    10,119,718     315,737,284
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............    20,486,114     378,933,844
                           ------------  --------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............    28,788,526     208,829,884
  Net transfers..........    19,102,654      45,780,800
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....   (18,300,042)    (92,238,226)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       325,387         633,517
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........    29,916,525     163,005,975
                           ------------  --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........    50,402,639     541,939,819
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....   194,978,128   1,212,755,498
                           ------------  --------------
  End of period..........  $245,380,767  $1,754,695,317
                           ------------  --------------
                           ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              MONEY                           CAPITAL             MORTGAGE
                           MARKET FUND   ADVISERS FUND   APPRECIATION FUND    SECURITIES FUND      INDEX FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>                  <C>                <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................  $ 11,836,148  $   44,020,326    $  (12,238,662)      $  9,644,833     $   (1,323,774)
  Capital gains income...       --          130,914,844       114,733,928           --               10,662,058
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........       --            1,826,471        (4,786,085)           473,273           (704,518)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       --          709,363,622       140,386,292           (228,914)       110,953,813
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............    11,836,148     886,125,263       238,095,473          9,889,192        119,587,579
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............    34,983,693     374,759,005       143,597,572          9,146,977         67,409,255
  Net transfers..........   123,126,442     280,406,929       (12,597,119)         8,722,639         58,996,655
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....   (94,130,526)   (329,416,389)     (117,626,736)       (28,665,195)       (34,320,175)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       (32,392)      3,527,169           304,016             39,959            271,456
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........    63,947,217     329,276,714        13,677,733        (10,755,620)        92,357,191
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........    75,783,365   1,215,401,977       251,773,206           (866,428)       211,944,770
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....   267,038,029   3,701,271,594     1,733,908,168        191,113,651        411,155,816
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  End of period..........  $342,821,394  $4,916,673,571    $1,985,681,374       $190,247,223     $  623,100,586
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                              INTERNATIONAL       DIVIDEND AND
                           OPPORTUNITIES FUND      GROWTH FUND
                               SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -------------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................      $    189,021      $     4,915,811
  Capital gains income...        25,347,181           25,624,259
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........         1,455,876             (465,941)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................        17,463,831           82,775,505
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............        44,455,909          112,849,634
                           -------------------   ---------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............        16,804,591          141,279,121
  Net transfers..........       (27,399,853)          99,305,048
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....       (28,546,428)         (49,052,200)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........           244,437              835,197
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........       (38,897,253)         192,367,166
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........         5,558,656          305,216,800
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....       393,045,458          669,223,866
                           -------------------   ---------------
  End of period..........      $398,604,114      $   974,440,666
                           -------------------   ---------------
                           -------------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              MONEY                           CAPITAL             MORTGAGE
                           MARKET FUND   ADVISERS FUND   APPRECIATION FUND    SECURITIES FUND      INDEX FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>                  <C>                <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................  $ 10,558,627  $   36,403,121    $  (10,930,508)      $  9,013,463     $      492,907
  Capital gains income...           792     129,600,221       103,244,397           --               21,612,566
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........       --            2,159,454           413,746             28,917            243,148
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       --          501,068,905       190,913,008          5,074,541         65,120,869
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............    10,559,419     669,231,701       283,640,643         14,116,921         87,469,490
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............    56,766,167     364,832,050       194,562,087          7,925,304         65,766,703
  Net transfers..........    (9,782,834)     27,406,992       (11,521,643)        (9,594,437)        26,458,731
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....   (68,418,264)   (206,501,208)      (87,759,430)       (17,575,723)       (18,692,668)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........        12,261         725,608           361,130             (3,307)           190,331
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........   (21,422,670)    186,463,442        95,642,144        (19,248,163)        73,723,097
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........   (10,863,251)    855,695,143       379,282,787         (5,131,242)       161,192,587
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....   277,901,280   2,845,576,451     1,354,625,381        196,244,893        249,963,229
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
  End of period..........  $267,038,029  $3,701,271,594    $1,733,908,168       $191,113,651     $  411,155,816
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
                           ------------  --------------  ------------------   ----------------   --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                              INTERNATIONAL       DIVIDEND AND
                           OPPORTUNITIES FUND      GROWTH FUND
                               SUB-ACCOUNT         SUB-ACCOUNT
                           -------------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                   <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................      $ (1,529,162)     $     3,234,554
  Capital gains income...        29,748,890            9,959,170
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........            29,653               (4,003)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       (32,127,237)         111,067,791
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............        (3,877,856)         124,257,512
                           -------------------   ---------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............        38,595,370          159,109,767
  Net transfers..........       (16,075,692)          87,528,713
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....       (26,504,799)         (20,331,098)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........            66,746              349,515
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........        (3,918,375)         226,656,897
                           -------------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........        (7,796,231)         350,914,409
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....       400,841,689          318,309,457
                           -------------------   ---------------
  End of period..........      $393,045,458      $   669,223,866
                           -------------------   ---------------
                           -------------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
SA-18                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS -- (CONTINUED)
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           INTERNATIONAL        SMALL          MIDCAP       SMITH BARNEY
                           ADVISERS FUND    COMPANY FUND        FUND       CASH PORTFOLIO
                            SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................    $ 5,711,299    $ (1,090,110)   $   (320,020)      $ 19,946
  Capital gains income...      1,559,601       1,255,431         --             --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........        (62,176)      1,445,433          (3,698)       --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       (222,372)      9,623,019       6,597,665        --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............      6,986,352      11,233,773       6,273,947         19,946
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............      9,244,144      17,606,410      13,468,482        --
  Net transfers..........      5,996,311      27,369,558      18,368,378        --
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....     (3,894,672)     (4,568,343)       (982,314)       (42,255)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........         83,430          98,040         --             --
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........     11,429,213      40,505,665      30,854,546        (42,255)
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........     18,415,565      51,739,438      37,128,493        (22,309)
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....     57,422,373      71,393,635       9,173,890        509,012
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
  End of period..........    $75,837,938    $123,133,073    $ 46,302,383       $486,703
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
                           --------------   -------------   ------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
  *  From inception, March 2, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
 HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS -- (CONTINUED)
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           INTERNATIONAL        SMALL          MIDCAP        SMITH BARNEY
                           ADVISERS FUND    COMPANY FUND        FUND        CASH PORTFOLIO
                            SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT    SUB-ACCOUNT*      SUB-ACCOUNT
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................    $ 1,035,994     $  (457,120)    $   (12,661)       $ 21,390
  Capital gains income...        110,732       3,307,195         --              --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........         13,808         (36,223)         (2,185)        --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................        118,913       1,332,603         336,895         --
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............      1,279,447       4,146,455         322,049          21,390
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............     18,887,741      24,742,079       2,088,623         --
  Net transfers..........      9,531,179      30,544,670       6,774,154         --
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....     (2,110,213)     (1,630,264)        (10,936)        (93,309)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........         25,045          44,603         --              --
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........     26,333,752      53,701,088       8,851,841         (93,309)
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........     27,613,199      57,847,543       9,173,890         (71,919)
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....     29,809,174      13,546,092         --              580,931
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
  End of period..........    $57,422,373     $71,393,635     $ 9,173,890        $509,012
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
                           --------------   -------------   -------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
  *  From inception, July 15, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
 **  From inception, June 3, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
***  From inception, October 23, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SMITH BARNEY          SMITH BARNEY          BB&T GROWTH &     AMSOUTH EQUITY        MENTOR
                           APPRECIATION FUND    GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO       INCOME FUND        INCOME FUND     CAPITAL GROWTH
                              SUB-ACCOUNT            SUB-ACCOUNT           SUB-ACCOUNT        SUB-ACCOUNT      SUB-ACCOUNT*
                           ------------------   ---------------------   -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                     <C>                 <C>               <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................       $    526               $ 1,465             $    28,796        $   134,592       $   (85,499)
  Capital gains income...         15,116              --                      --                 --                --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........             51              --                         1,013              4,124            (4,500)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................         17,076              --                     1,927,801            971,715         1,696,228
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............         32,769                 1,465               1,957,610          1,110,431         1,606,229
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............       --                    --                     9,760,778         14,622,450        11,672,774
  Net transfers..........       --                    --                     6,090,057          5,094,816         5,647,677
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....         (3,555)               (4,272)               (574,799)          (733,985)         (248,948)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       --                    --                      --                   25,393          --
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........         (3,555)               (4,272)             15,276,036         19,008,674        17,071,503
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........         29,214                (2,807)             17,233,646         20,119,105        18,677,732
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....        170,573                37,164               6,477,420          2,391,916          --
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
  End of period..........       $199,787               $34,357             $23,711,066        $22,511,021       $18,677,732
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
 
<CAPTION>
                           MENTOR PERPETUAL       MENTOR
                             INTERNATIONAL        GROWTH
                             SUB-ACCOUNT*      SUB-ACCOUNT*
                           -----------------   -------------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................     $   (51,799)      $   (44,785)
  Capital gains income...        --                 --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........           1,684            (1,365)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................         601,328           610,042
                           -----------------   -------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............         551,213           563,892
                           -----------------   -------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............       6,236,230         6,771,031
  Net transfers..........       4,185,922         3,215,967
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....        (161,010)          (80,660)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........        --                 --
                           -----------------   -------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........      10,261,142         9,906,338
                           -----------------   -------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........      10,812,355        10,470,230
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....        --                 --
                           -----------------   -------------
  End of period..........     $10,812,355       $10,470,230
                           -----------------   -------------
                           -----------------   -------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SMITH BARNEY          SMITH BARNEY          BB&T GROWTH &     AMSOUTH EQUITY     U.S. GOVERNMENT
                           APPRECIATION FUND    GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO       INCOME FUND        INCOME FUND     MONEY MARKET FUND
                              SUB-ACCOUNT            SUB-ACCOUNT          SUB-ACCOUNT**     SUB-ACCOUNT***       SUB-ACCOUNT
                           ------------------   ---------------------   -----------------   ---------------   ------------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                     <C>                 <C>               <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................       $    687               $ 1,594             $    22,704        $     1,732          $   2,019
  Capital gains income...         22,341              --                           662           --                 --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........          6,810              --                      --                 --                 --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................          8,816              --                       409,485             32,195           --
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............         38,654                 1,594                 432,851             33,927              2,019
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............       --                    --                     5,104,417          2,100,608           --
  Net transfers..........       --                    --                     1,006,220            259,438            (88,379)
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....        (40,942)               (4,272)                (66,068)            (2,057)            (9,133)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       --                    --                      --                 --                  (21,870)
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........        (40,942)               (4,272)              6,044,569          2,357,989           (119,382)
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........         (2,288)               (2,678)              6,477,420          2,391,916           (117,363)
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....        172,861                39,842                --                 --                  117,363
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
  End of period..........       $170,573               $37,164             $ 6,477,420        $ 2,391,916          $--
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
                                --------               -------          -----------------   ---------------       ----------
</TABLE>
 
  *  From inception, July 15, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
 **  From inception, June 3, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
***  From inception, October 23, 1997 to December 31, 1997.
 
<PAGE>
SA-20                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS -- (CONTINUED)
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             GROWTH AND
                            INCOME FUND
                           SUB-ACCOUNT**
                           --------------
<S>                        <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................    $    5,967
  Capital gains income...       --
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........        (2,267)
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................       740,175
                           --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............       743,875
                           --------------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............     1,325,581
  Net transfers..........     4,236,085
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....       (56,204)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       --
                           --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........     5,505,462
                           --------------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........     6,249,337
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....       --
                           --------------
  End of period..........    $6,249,337
                           --------------
                           --------------
</TABLE>
 
 **  From inception, June 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
***  From inception, September 30, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
**** From inception, December 16, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                                            SA-21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                HIGH             GLOBAL        MITCHELL HUTCHINS GROWTH    MITCHELL HUTCHINS STRATEGIC
                             YIELD FUND       LEADERS FUND       AND INCOME PORTFOLIO            INCOME PORTFOLIO
                           SUB-ACCOUNT***    SUB-ACCOUNT***         SUB-ACCOUNT****              SUB-ACCOUNT****
                           ---------------   ---------------   -------------------------   ----------------------------
<S>                        <C>               <C>               <C>                         <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................     $   32,022         $    472               $    38                       $  111
  Capital gains income...       --                 16,340                   702                            6
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........           (287)           1,084             --                          --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................         (9,874)          10,436                   (20)                        (145)
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............         21,861           28,332                   720                          (28)
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............        226,463          114,768                10,000                       10,000
  Net transfers..........      1,697,571          456,296             --                          --
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....         (2,348)            (286)                   (1)                          (1)
  Net annuity
   transactions..........       --                --                  --                          --
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........      1,921,686          570,778                 9,999                        9,999
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........      1,943,547          599,110                10,719                        9,971
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....       --                --                  --                          --
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
  End of period..........     $1,943,547         $599,110               $10,719                       $9,971
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
                           ---------------   ---------------            -------                       ------
 
<CAPTION>
                           MITCHELL HUTCHINS TACTICAL
                              ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
                                 SUB-ACCOUNT****
                           ---------------------------
<S>                        <C>
OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income
   (loss)................            $     7
  Capital gains income...                 56
  Net realized gain
   (loss) on security
   transactions..........         --
  Net unrealized
   appreciation
   (depreciation) of
   investments during the
   period................                507
                                     -------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from
   operations............                570
                                     -------
UNIT TRANSACTIONS:
  Purchases..............             10,000
  Net transfers..........         --
  Surrenders for benefit
   payments and fees.....                  1
  Net annuity
   transactions..........         --
                                     -------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets
   resulting from unit
   transactions..........             10,001
                                     -------
  Net increase (decrease)
   in net assets.........             10,571
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of period....         --
                                     -------
  End of period..........            $10,571
                                     -------
                                     -------
</TABLE>
 
 **  From inception, June 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
***  From inception, September 30, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
**** From inception, December 16, 1998 to December 31, 1998.
 
<PAGE>

SA-22                                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
 1.  ORGANIZATION:
 
    Separate Account Two (the Account) is a separate investment account within
    Hartford Life Insurance Company (the Company) and is registered with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a unit investment trust under
    the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Both the Company and the
    Account are subject to supervision and regulation by the Department of
    Insurance of the State of Connecticut and the SEC. The Account invests
    deposits by variable annuity contractholders of the Company in various
    mutual funds (the Funds) as directed by the contractholders.
 
 2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    The following is a summary of significant accounting policies of the
    Account, which are in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles in the investment company industry:
 
   a)  SECURITY TRANSACTIONS--Security transactions are recorded on the trade
       date (date the order to buy or sell is executed). Cost of investments
       sold is determined on the basis of identified cost. Dividend and capital
       gains income are accrued as of the ex-dividend date. Capital gains income
       represents those dividends from the Funds which are characterized as
       capital gains under tax regulations.
 
   b)  SECURITY VALUATION--The investments in shares of the Funds are valued at
       the closing net asset value per share as determined by the appropriate
       Fund as of December 31, 1998.
 
   c)  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES--The operations of the Account form a part of, and
       are taxed with, the total operations of the Company, which is taxed as an
       insurance company under the Internal Revenue Code. Under current law, no
       federal income taxes are payable with respect to the operations of the
       Account.
 
   d)  USE OF ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity
       with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
       estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
       liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported
       amounts of income and expenses during the period. Operating results in
       the future could vary from the amounts derived from management's
       estimates.
 
 3.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACCOUNT AND RELATED CHARGES:
    Deduction and Charges -- Certain amounts are deducted from the Contracts, as
    described below:
 
   a)  MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGES--The Company will make deductions at a
       maximum annual rate of 1.50% of the Contract's value for the mortality
       and expense risks which the Company undertakes.
 
   b)  TAX EXPENSE CHARGE--If applicable, the Company will make deductions at a
       maximum rate of 4.0% of the Contract's value to meet premium tax
       requirements. An additional tax charge based on a percentage of the
       Contract's value may be assessed to partial withdrawals or surrenders.
       These expenses are reflected in surrenders for benefit payments and fees
       on the accompanying statements of changes in net assets.
 
   c)  ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE--An annual maintenance fee in the amount of $30
       may be deducted from the Contract's value each contract year. However,
       this fee is not applicable to contracts with values of $50,000 or more,
       as determined on the most recent contract anniversary. These expenses are
       reflected in surrenders for benefit payments and fees on the accompanying
       statements of changes in net assets.
 
 4.  HARTFORD U.S. GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND:
 
    On June 27, 1997, the Hartford U.S. Government Money Market Fund was merged
    with the HVA Money Market Fund. Accordingly, all contractholder account
    values held in the Hartford U.S. Government Money Market Fund were exchanged
    for equivalent account values of HVA Money Market Fund on June 27, 1997.
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                             F-1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Hartford Life Insurance Company:
 
We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of Hartford Life
Insurance Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related Consolidated Statements of Income, Changes in Stockholder's Equity and
Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998.
These Consolidated Financial Statements and the schedules referred to below are
the responsibility of Hartford Life Insurance Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hartford Life
Insurance Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules are presented for the purpose of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not part
of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and,
in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data
required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements
taken as a whole.
 
                                         ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Hartford, Connecticut
January 26, 1999
<PAGE>
F-2                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                       1998     1997     1996
                                                      ------   ------   ------
                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
 <S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
 Revenues
   Premiums and other considerations...............   $2,218   $1,637   $1,705
   Net investment income...........................    1,759    1,368    1,397
   Net realized capital (losses) gains.............       (2)       4     (213)
                                                      ------   ------   ------
     Total revenues................................    3,975    3,009    2,889
                                                      ------   ------   ------
 Benefits, claims and expenses
   Benefits, claims and claim adjustment
    expenses.......................................    1,911    1,379    1,535
   Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
    costs..........................................      431      335      234
   Dividends to policyholders......................      329      240      635
   Other expenses..................................      766      586      427
                                                      ------   ------   ------
     Total benefits, claims and expenses...........    3,437    2,540    2,831
                                                      ------   ------   ------
   Income before income tax expense................      538      469       58
   Income tax expense..............................      188      167       20
                                                      ------   ------   ------
 Net income........................................   $  350   $  302   $   38
                                                      ------   ------   ------
                                                      ------   ------   ------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                             F-3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS OF DECEMBER
                                                             31,
                                                      -----------------
                                                       1998      1997
                                                      -------   -------
 <S>                                                  <C>       <C>
                                                        (IN MILLIONS,
                                                      EXCEPT FOR SHARE
                                                            DATA)
 Assets
   Investments
   Fixed maturities, available for sale, at fair
    value (amortized cost of $14,505 and
    $13,885).......................................   $14,818   $14,176
   Equity securities, at fair value................        31       180
   Policy loans, at outstanding balance............     6,684     3,756
   Other investments, at cost......................       264        47
                                                      -------   -------
     Total investments.............................    21,797    18,159
   Cash............................................        17        54
   Premiums receivable and agents' balances........        17        18
   Reinsurance recoverables........................     1,257     6,114
   Deferred policy acquisition costs...............     3,754     3,315
   Deferred income tax.............................       464       348
   Other assets....................................       695       682
   Separate account assets.........................    90,262    69,055
                                                      -------   -------
     Total assets..................................   $118,263  $97,745
                                                      -------   -------
                                                      -------   -------
 
 Liabilities
   Future policy benefits..........................   $ 3,595   $ 3,059
   Other policyholder funds........................    19,615    21,034
   Other liabilities...............................     2,094     2,254
   Separate account liabilities....................    90,262    69,055
                                                      -------   -------
     Total liabilities.............................   115,566    95,402
                                                      -------   -------
 
 Stockholder's Equity
   Common stock -- 1,000 shares authorized, issued
    and outstanding, par value $5,690..............         6         6
   Capital surplus.................................     1,045     1,045
   Accumulated other comprehensive income
     Net unrealized capital gains on securities,
      net of tax...................................       184       179
                                                      -------   -------
     Total accumulated other comprehensive
      income.......................................       184       179
                                                      -------   -------
   Retained earnings...............................     1,462     1,113
                                                      -------   -------
     Total stockholder's equity....................     2,697     2,343
                                                      -------   -------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's equity......   $118,263  $97,745
                                                      -------   -------
                                                      -------   -------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
F-4                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ACCUMULATED
                                                                         OTHER
                                                                     COMPREHENSIVE
                                                                        INCOME
                                                                    ---------------
                                                                    NET UNREALIZED
                                                                     CAPITAL GAINS
                                                                      (LOSSES) ON                       TOTAL
                                           COMMON     CAPITAL         SECURITIES,      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDER'S
                                           STOCK      SURPLUS         NET OF TAX       EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                           ------  --------------   ---------------   -----------   -------------
 <S>                                       <C>     <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
 1998
 Balance, December 31, 1997..............    $6        $    1,045        $179           $1,113         $2,343
 Comprehensive income
   Net income............................    --                --          --              350            350
                                                                                                       ------
 Other comprehensive income, net of tax
  (1):
   Changes in net unrealized capital
    gains on securities (2)..............    --                --           5               --              5
                                                                                                       ------
 Total other comprehensive income........                                                                   5
                                                                                                       ------
   Total comprehensive income                                                                             355
                                                                                                       ------
 Dividends...............................    --                --          --               (1)            (1)
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
     Balance, December 31, 1998..........    $6        $    1,045        $184           $1,462         $2,697
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
 1997
 Balance, December 31, 1996..............    $6        $    1,045        $ 30           $  811         $1,892
 Comprehensive income
   Net income............................    --                --          --              302            302
                                                                                                       ------
 Other comprehensive income, net of tax
  (1):
   Changes in net unrealized capital
    gains on securities (2)..............    --                --         149               --            149
                                                                                                       ------
 Total other comprehensive income........                                                                 149
                                                                                                       ------
   Total comprehensive income                                                                             451
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
     Balance, December 31, 1997..........    $6        $    1,045        $179           $1,113         $2,343
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
 1996
 Balance, December 31, 1995..............    $6        $    1,007        $(57)          $  773         $1,729
 Comprehensive income
   Net income............................    --                --          --               38             38
                                                                                                       ------
 Other comprehensive income, net of tax
  (1):
   Changes in net unrealized capital
    gains on securities (2)..............    --                --          87               --             87
                                                                                                       ------
 Total other comprehensive income........                                                                  87
                                                                                                       ------
   Total comprehensive income............                                                                 125
                                                                                                       ------
 Capital contribution....................    --                38          --               --             38
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
     Balance, December 31, 1996..........    $6        $    1,045        $ 30           $  811         $1,892
                                             --
                                             --
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
                                                           ------       -----         -----------      ------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
    (1) Net unrealized capital gain on securities is reflected net of tax of $3,
$80 and $47, as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
    (2) There was no reclassification adjustment for after-tax gains (losses)
realized in net income for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. December
31, 1996 is net of a $142 reclassification adjustment for after-tax losses
realized in net income.
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                             F-5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                       31,
                                          ------------------------------
                                            1998       1997       1996
                                          --------   --------   --------
                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating Activities
  Net income............................  $    350   $    302   $     38
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
   net cash provided by operating
   activities
  Depreciation and amortization.........       (23)         8         14
  Net realized capital losses (gains)...         2         (4)       213
  Decrease in premiums receivable and
   agents' balances.....................         1        119         10
  (Decrease) increase in other
   liabilities..........................       (79)       223        577
  Change in receivables, payables, and
   accruals.............................        83        107        (22)
  Increase (decrease) in accrued
   taxes................................        60        126        (91)
  (Increase) decrease in deferred income
   taxes................................      (118)        40       (102)
  Increase in deferred policy
   acquisition costs....................      (439)      (555)      (572)
  Increase in future policy benefits....       536        585        101
  (Increase) decrease in reinsurance
   recoverables and other related
   assets...............................        (2)        21       (146)
                                          --------   --------   --------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities.........................       371        972         20
                                          --------   --------   --------
Investing Activities
  Purchases of investments..............    (6,061)    (6,869)    (5,854)
  Sales of investments..................     4,901      4,256      3,543
  Maturity of investments...............     1,761      2,329      2,693
                                          --------   --------   --------
    Net cash provided by (used for)
     investing activities...............       601       (284)       382
                                          --------   --------   --------
Financing Activities
  Capital contribution..................        --         --         38
  Net disbursements for investment and
   universal life-type contracts charged
   against policyholder accounts........    (1,009)      (677)      (443)
                                          --------   --------   --------
    Net cash used for financing
     activities.........................    (1,009)      (677)      (405)
                                          --------   --------   --------
  Net (decrease) increase in cash.......       (37)        11         (3)
  Cash -- beginning of year.............        54         43         46
                                          --------   --------   --------
  Cash -- end of year...................  $     17   $     54   $     43
                                          --------   --------   --------
                                          --------   --------   --------
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow
 Information:
  Net Cash Paid During the Year for:
  Income taxes..........................  $    263   $      9   $    189
 
Noncash Investing Activities:
  Due to the recapture of an in force block of business previously ceded
   to MBL Life Assurance Co. of New Jersey, reinsurance recoverables of
   $4,546 were exchanged for the fair value of assets comprised of
   $4,354 in policy loans and $192 in other assets.
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
F-6                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
 
 1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    These Consolidated Financial Statements include Hartford Life Insurance
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries ("Hartford Life Insurance Company" or
the "Company"), Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company (ILA) and Hartford
International Life Reassurance Corporation (HLRe), formerly American Skandia
Life Reinsurance Corporation. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company (HLA), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Hartford Life, Inc. (Hartford Life). Hartford Life is a direct subsidiary of
Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company (HA&I), an indirect subsidiary of The
Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (The Hartford). Pursuant to an initial
public offering (the "IPO") on May 22, 1997, Hartford Life sold 26 million
shares of Class A Common Stock at $28.25 per share and received proceeds, net of
offering expenses, of $687. Of the proceeds, $527 was used to retire debt
related to Hartford Life's outstanding promissory notes and line of credit with
the remaining $160 contributed by Hartford Life to HLA to support growth in its
core businesses. Hartford Life became a publicly traded company upon the sale of
26 million shares representing approximately 18.6% of the equity ownership in
Hartford Life. On December 19, 1995, ITT Industries, Inc. (formerly ITT
Corporation) (ITT) distributed all the outstanding shares of capital stock of
The Hartford to ITT stockholders of record on such date. As a result, The
Hartford became an independent, publicly traded company.
 
    Along with its parent, HLA, the Company is a leading financial services and
insurance company which provides (a) investment products such as individual
variable annuities and fixed market value adjusted annuities, deferred
compensation and retirement plan services and mutual funds for savings and
retirement needs; (b) life insurance for income protection and estate planning;
and (c) employee benefits products such as group life and disability insurance
that is directly written by the Company and is substantially ceded to its
parent, HLA, and (d) corporate owned life insurance.
 
 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
(A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    These Consolidated Financial Statements present the financial position,
results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All material intercompany
transactions and balances between the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates
have been eliminated. The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the
basis of generally accepted accounting principles which differ materially from
the statutory accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory
authorities.
 
    The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most
significant estimates include those used in determining deferred policy
acquisition costs and the liability for future policy benefits and other
policyholder funds. Although some variability is inherent in these estimates,
management believes the amounts provided are adequate.
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information
to conform to the current year presentation.
 
(B) CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
 
    In November 1998, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached consensus on
Issue No. 98-15, "Structured Notes Acquired for a Specific Investment Strategy".
This EITF issue requires companies to account for structured notes acquired for
a specific investment strategy, as a unit. Affected companies that entered into
these notes prior to September 25, 1998 are required to either restate prior
period financial statements to conform with the prescribed unit accounting model
or disclose the related impact on earnings for all periods presented and
cumulatively over the life of the instruments had the registrant accounted for
the structure as a unit. Based upon recently prescribed current generally
accepted accounting principles for such types of transactions entered into after
September 24, 1998, there was no additional earnings impact to the Company
related to combined structured note transactions. As of December 31, 1998, the
Company does not hold any combined structured notes.
 
    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". The new standard establishes
accounting and reporting guidance for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts. The standard requires, among
other things, that all derivatives be carried on the balance sheet at fair
value. The standard also specifies hedge accounting criteria under which a
derivative can qualify for special accounting. In order to receive special
accounting, the derivative instrument must qualify as either
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                             F-7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
a hedge of the fair value or the variability of the cash flow of a qualified
asset or liability. Special accounting for qualifying hedges provides for
matching the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with
the recognition of the corresponding changes in value of the hedged item. SFAS
No. 133 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999.
Initial application for Hartford Life Insurance Company will begin for the first
quarter of the year 2000. While Hartford Life Insurance Company is currently in
the process of quantifying the impact of SFAS No. 133, the Company is reviewing
its derivative holdings in order to take actions needed to minimize potential
volatility, while at the same time maintaining the economic protection needed to
support the goals of its business.
 
    In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA) issued Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use". The SOP provides
guidance on accounting for the costs of internal use software and in determining
whether the software is for internal use. The SOP defines internal use software
as software that is acquired, internally developed, or modified solely to meet
internal needs and identifies stages of software development and accounting for
the related costs incurred during the stages. This statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998 and is not expected to have a
material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
    Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income", which establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose
financial statements. The objective of this statement is to report a measure of
all changes in equity of an enterprise that result from transactions and other
economic events of the period other than transactions with owners. Comprehensive
income is the total of net income and all other nonowner changes in equity.
Accordingly, the Company has reported comprehensive income in the Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity.
 
    In December 1997, the AICPA issued SOP No. 97-3 "Accounting by Insurance and
Other Enterprises for Insurance Related Assessments". This SOP provides guidance
on accounting by insurance and other enterprises for assessments related to
insurance activities. Specifically, the SOP provides guidance on when a guaranty
fund or other assessment should be recognized, how to measure the liability, and
what information should be disclosed. This SOP will be effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1998. Adoption of SOP 97-3 is not expected to
have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations.
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information". The new standard requires public
business enterprises to disclose certain financial and descriptive information
about reportable operating segments in annual financial statements and in
condensed financial statements of interim periods. Operating segments are
components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in
deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. SFAS No. 131 also
establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers. The Company adopted SFAS No. 131 in 1998.
For additional information, see Note 13.
 
    On November 14, 1996, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 96-12,
"Recognition of Interest Income and Balance Sheet Classification of Structured
Notes". This EITF issue requires companies to record income on certain
structured securities on a retrospective interest method. The Company adopted
EITF No. 96-12 for structured securities acquired after November 14, 1996.
Adoption of EITF No. 96-12 did not have a material effect on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
    In June 1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities" which is
effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of
liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996. This statement established
criteria for determining whether transferred assets should be accounted for as
sales or secured borrowings. Adoption of SFAS No. 125 did not have a material
effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
    Effective January 1, 1996, Hartford Life Insurance Company adopted SFAS No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of ". This statement establishes accounting standards for
the impairment of long-lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles and
goodwill related to those assets to be held and used and for long-lived assets
and certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed. Adoption of SFAS No. 121
did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results
of operations.
 
    The Company's cash flows were not impacted by these changes in accounting
principles.
 
(C) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues for investment products and universal life-type policies consist of
policy charges for policy administration, cost of insurance and surrender
charges assessed to policy account balances and are recognized in the period in
which services are provided. Premiums for traditional life insurance policies
are recognized as revenues when they are due from policyholders.
<PAGE>
F-8                             HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(D) FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS AND OTHER POLICYHOLDER FUNDS
 
    Liabilities for future policy benefits are computed by the net level premium
method using interest rate assumptions varying from 3% to 11% and withdrawal and
mortality assumptions appropriate at the time the policies were issued.
Liabilities for universal life-type and investment contracts are stated at
policyholder account values before surrender charges.
 
(E) INVESTMENTS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company's investments in fixed maturities include
bonds and commercial paper which are considered "available for sale" and
accordingly are carried at fair value with the after-tax difference from cost
reflected as a component of stockholder's equity designated "net unrealized
capital gains on securities, net of tax". Equity securities, which include
common and non-redeemable preferred stocks, are carried at fair values with the
after-tax difference from cost reflected in stockholder's equity. Policy loans
are carried at outstanding balance which approximates fair value. Realized
capital gains and losses on security transactions associated with the Company's
immediate participation guaranteed contracts are excluded from revenues and
deferred over the expected maturity of the securities, since under the terms of
the contracts the realized gains and losses will be credited to policyholders in
future years as they are entitled to receive them. Net realized capital gains
and losses, excluding those related to immediate participation guaranteed
contracts, are reported as a component of revenue and are determined on a
specific identification basis.
 
    The Company's accounting policy for impairment requires recognition of an
other than temporary impairment charge on a security if it is determined that
the Company is unable to recover all amounts due under the contractual
obligations of the security. In addition, for securities expected to be sold, an
other than temporary impairment charge is recognized if the Company does not
expect the fair value of a security to recover to cost or amortized cost prior
to the expected date of sale. Once an impairment charge has been recorded, the
Company then continues to review the other than temporarily impaired securities
for additional impairment, if necessary.
 
(F) DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company uses a variety of derivative instruments
including swaps, caps, floors, forwards and exchange traded financial futures
and options as part of an overall risk management strategy. These instruments
are used as a means of hedging exposure to price, foreign currency and/or
interest rate risk on planned investment purchases or existing assets and
liabilities. The Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments for
trading purposes. Hartford Life Insurance Company's accounting for derivative
instruments used to manage risk is in accordance with the concepts established
in SFAS No. 80, "Accounting for Futures Contracts", SFAS No. 52, "Foreign
Currency Translation", AICPA SOP 86-2, "Accounting for Options" and various EITF
pronouncements. Written options are used, in all cases in conjunction with other
assets and derivatives, as part of the Company's asset and liability management
strategy. Derivative instruments are carried at values consistent with the asset
or liability being hedged. Derivative instruments used to hedge fixed maturities
or equity securities are carried at fair value with the after-tax difference
from cost reflected in Stockholder's Equity. Derivative instruments used to
hedge other invested assets or liabilities are carried at cost. For a discussion
of SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities"
issued in June 1998, see (b) Changes in Accounting Principles.
 
    Derivative instruments must be designated at inception as a hedge and
measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an ongoing basis. Hartford
Life Insurance Company's correlation threshold for hedge designation is 80% to
120%. If correlation, which is assessed monthly and measured based on a rolling
three month average, falls outside the 80% to 120% range, hedge accounting will
be terminated. Derivative instruments used to create a synthetic asset must meet
synthetic accounting criteria including designation at inception and consistency
of terms between the synthetic and the instrument being replicated. Consistent
with industry practice, synthetic instruments are accounted for like the
financial instrument it is intended to replicate. Derivative instruments which
fail to meet risk management criteria, subsequent to acquisition, are marked to
market with the impact reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
    Gains or losses on financial futures contracts entered into in anticipation
of the investment of future receipt of product cash flows are deferred and, at
the time of the ultimate investment purchase, reflected as an adjustment to the
cost basis of the purchased asset. Gains or losses on futures used in invested
asset risk management are deferred and adjusted into the cost basis of the
hedged asset when the contract futures are closed, except for futures used in
duration hedging which are deferred and basis adjusted on a quarterly basis. The
basis adjustments are amortized into net investment income over the remaining
asset life.
 
    Open forward commitment contracts are marked to market through stockholder's
equity. Such contracts are accounted for at settlement by recording the purchase
of the specified securities at the previously committed price. Gains or losses
resulting from the termination of forward commitment contracts before the
delivery of the securities are recognized immediately in the Consolidated
Statements of Income as a component of net investment income.
 
    The cost of options entered into as part of a risk management strategy are
basis adjusted to the underlying asset or liability and amortized over the
remaining life of the
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                             F-9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
option. Gains or losses on expiration or termination are adjusted into the basis
of the underlying asset or liability and amortized over the remaining asset
life.
 
    Interest rate swaps involve the periodic exchange of payments without the
exchange of underlying principal or notional amounts. Net receipts or payments
are accrued and recognized over the life of the swap agreement as an adjustment
to investment income. Should the swap be terminated, the gain or loss is
adjusted into the basis of the asset or liability and amortized over the
remaining life. Should the hedged asset be sold or liability terminated without
terminating the swap position, any swap gains or losses are immediately
recognized in net investment income. Interest rate swaps purchased in
anticipation of an asset purchase (anticipatory transaction) are recognized
consistent with the underlying asset components such that the settlement
component is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income while the
change in market value is recognized as an unrealized capital gain or loss.
    Premiums paid on purchased floor or cap agreements and the premium received
on issued cap or floor agreements (used for risk management) are adjusted into
the basis of the applicable asset and amortized over the asset life. Gains or
losses on termination of such positions are adjusted into the basis of the asset
or liability and amortized over the remaining asset life. Net payments are
recognized as an adjustment to income or basis adjusted and amortized depending
on the specific hedge strategy.
 
    Forward exchange contracts and foreign currency swaps are accounted for in
accordance with SFAS No. 52. Changes in the spot rate of instruments designated
as hedges of the net investment in a foreign subsidiary are reflected in the
cumulative translation adjustments component of stockholder's equity. Cash flows
from futures, options, and swaps, accounted for as hedges, are included with the
cash flows of the item being hedged.
 
(G) SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company maintains separate account assets and
liabilities which are reported at fair value. Separate account assets are
segregated from other investments. Separate accounts reflect two categories of
risk assumption: non-guaranteed separate accounts, wherein the policyholder
assumes the investment risk and rewards, and guaranteed separate account assets,
wherein the Company contractually guarantees either a minimum return or account
value to the policyholder.
(H) DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Policy acquisition costs, which include commissions and certain underwriting
expenses associated with acquiring business, are deferred and amortized over the
estimated lives of the contracts, usually 20 years. Generally, acquisition costs
are deferred and amortized using the retrospective deposit method. Under the
retrospective deposit method, acquisition costs are amortized in proportion to
the present value of expected gross profits from surrender charges, investment
charges, mortality and expense margins. Actual gross profits can vary from
management's estimates resulting in increases or decreases in the rate of
amortization. Management periodically updates these estimates, when appropriate,
and evaluates the recoverability of the deferred acquisition cost asset. When
appropriate, management revises its assumptions on the estimated gross profits
of these contracts and the cumulative amortization for the books of business are
re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to income.
 
    Acquisition costs and their related deferral are included in the Company's
other expenses as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1998       1997       1996
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Commissions..........................  $   1,069  $     976  $     848
Deferred acquisition costs...........       (891)      (862)      (823)
Other................................        588        472        402
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total other expenses.............  $     766  $     586  $     427
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(I) DIVIDENDS TO POLICYHOLDERS
 
    Certain life insurance policies contain dividend payment provisions that
enable the policyholder to participate in the earnings on that participating
block of business. The participating insurance in force accounted for 71%, 55%
and 44% in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, of total insurance in force.
 
 3. INVESTMENTS AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
(A) COMPONENTS OF NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                    31,
                                      -------------------------------
                                        1998       1997       1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest income from fixed
 maturities.........................  $     952  $     932  $     918
Interest income from policy loans...        789        425        477
Income from other investments.......         32         26         15
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross investment income.............      1,773      1,383      1,410
Less: Investment expenses...........         14         15         13
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Net investment income...............  $   1,759  $   1,368  $   1,397
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(B) COMPONENTS OF NET REALIZED CAPITAL (LOSSES) GAINS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ---------------------------------
                                             1998        1997        1996
                                           ---------     -----     ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities.........................  $     (28)  $      (7)  $    (201)
Equity securities........................         21          12           2
Real estate and other....................          5          (1)         (4)
Less: Decrease in liability to
 policyholders for realized capital
 gains...................................         --          --         (10)
                                           ---------         ---   ---------
Net realized capital (losses) gains......  $      (2)  $       4   $    (213)
                                           ---------         ---   ---------
                                           ---------         ---   ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
F-10                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(C) NET UNREALIZED CAPITAL (LOSSES) GAINS ON EQUITY SECURITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              -------------------------------------
                                                 1998         1997         1996
                                                 -----        -----        -----
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Gross unrealized capital gains..............   $       2    $      14    $      13
Gross unrealized capital losses.............          (1)          --           (1)
                                                     ---          ---          ---
Net unrealized capital gains................           1           14           12
Deferred income tax expense.................          --            5            4
                                                     ---          ---          ---
Net unrealized capital gains, net of tax....           1            9            8
Balance -- beginning of year................           9            8            1
                                                     ---          ---          ---
Net change in unrealized capital gains on
 equity securities..........................   $      (8)   $       1    $       7
                                                     ---          ---          ---
                                                     ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
(D) NET UNREALIZED CAPITAL GAINS (LOSSES) ON FIXED MATURITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                        31,
                                          -------------------------------
                                            1998       1997       1996
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Gross unrealized capital gains..........  $     421  $     371  $     386
Gross unrealized capital losses.........       (108)       (80)      (341)
Unrealized capital gains credited to
 policyholders..........................        (32)       (30)       (11)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
Net unrealized capital gains............        281        261         34
Deferred income tax expense.............         98         91         12
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
Net unrealized capital gains, net of
 tax....................................        183        170         22
Balance -- beginning of year............        170         22        (58)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
Net change in unrealized capital gains
 (losses) on fixed maturities...........  $      13  $     148  $      80
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(E) FIXED MATURITY INVESTMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   GROSS         GROSS
                                                                   AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                                      COST         GAINS        LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                                   ----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
U. S. Government and Government agencies and authorities
 (guaranteed and sponsored)......................................    $   121       $  2          $ --         $   123
U. S. Government and Government agencies and authorities
 (guaranteed and sponsored) -- asset backed......................      1,001         23            (8)          1,016
States, municipalities and political subdivisions................        165          8            --             173
International governments........................................        393         26            (7)            412
Public utilities.................................................        844         33            (3)            874
All other corporate including international......................      5,469        260           (42)          5,687
All other corporate -- asset backed..............................      4,155         58           (42)          4,171
Short-term investments...........................................      1,847         --            --           1,847
Certificates of deposit..........................................        510         11            (6)            515
                                                                   ----------     -----       -----------   ----------
    Total fixed maturities.......................................    $14,505       $421          $(108)       $14,818
                                                                   ----------     -----       -----------   ----------
                                                                   ----------     -----       -----------   ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   GROSS         GROSS
                                                                   AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED
                                                                      COST         GAINS        LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                                   ----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
U. S. Government and Government agencies and authorities
 (guaranteed and sponsored)......................................    $   217       $  3          $ (1)        $   219
U. S. Government and Government agencies and authorities
 (guaranteed and sponsored) -- asset backed......................      1,175         64           (35)          1,204
States, municipalities and political subdivisions................        211          7            (1)            217
International governments........................................        376         20            (3)            393
Public utilities.................................................        871         26            (3)            894
All other corporate including international......................      5,033        200           (25)          5,208
All other corporate -- asset backed..............................      4,091         41            (8)          4,124
Short-term investments...........................................      1,318         --            --           1,318
Certificates of deposit..........................................        593         10            (4)            599
                                                                   ----------     -----         -----       ----------
    Total fixed maturities.......................................    $13,885       $371          $(80)        $14,176
                                                                   ----------     -----         -----       ----------
                                                                   ----------     -----         -----       ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity investments as
of December 31, 1998 by estimated maturity year are shown below. Expected
maturities differ from contractual maturities due to call or prepayment
provisions. Asset backed securities, including mortgage backed securities and
collateralized mortgage obligations, are distributed to maturity year based on
the Company's estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the
remaining lives of the securities. These estimates are developed using
prepayment speeds provided in broker
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
consensus data. Such estimates are derived from prepayment speeds experienced at
the interest rate levels projected for the applicable underlying collateral and
can be expected to vary from actual experience.
 
                                    MATURITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AMORTIZED
                                              COST      FAIR VALUE
                                           -----------  -----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
One year or less.........................   $   3,047    $   3,116
Over one year through five years.........       4,796        4,843
Over five years through ten years........       3,242        3,318
Over ten years...........................       3,420        3,541
                                           -----------  -----------
    Total................................   $  14,505    $  14,818
                                           -----------  -----------
                                           -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Sales of fixed maturities, excluding short-term fixed maturities, for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 resulted in proceeds of $3.2
billion, $4.2 billion and $3.5 billion, gross realized capital gains of $103,
$169 and $87, gross realized capital losses (including writedowns) of $131, $176
and $298, respectively. In 1996, gross realized capital losses includes an other
than temporary impairment of $137 related to the Company's block of guaranteed
investment contract business written prior to 1995 which could not recover to
amortized cost prior to sale. Sales of equity security investments for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 resulted in proceeds of $35, $132 and $74
and gross realized capital gains of $21, $12 and $2, respectively, and no gross
realized capital losses for all periods.
 
(F) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The Company is not exposed to any significant concentration of credit risk
in fixed maturities of a single issuer greater than 10% of stockholder's equity.
 
(G) DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company utilizes a variety of derivative
instruments, including swaps, caps, floors, forwards and exchange traded futures
and options, in accordance with Company policy and in order to achieve one of
three Company approved objectives: to hedge risk arising from interest rate,
price or currency exchange rate volatility; to manage liquidity; or, to control
transactions costs. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage market
risk through four principal risk management strategies: hedging anticipated
transactions, hedging liability instruments, hedging invested assets and hedging
portfolios of assets and/or liabilities. The Company does not trade in these
instruments for the express purpose of earning trading profits.
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company maintains a derivatives counterparty
exposure policy which establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term
financial stability and creditworthiness, and typically requires credit
enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. Credit risk is measured as the
amount owed to the Company based on current market conditions and potential
payment obligations between the Company and its counterparties. Credit exposures
are quantified weekly and netted, and collateral is pledged to or held by the
Company to the extent the current value of derivatives exceed exposure policy
thresholds.
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company's derivative program is monitored by an
internal compliance unit and is reviewed by senior management and Hartford
Life's Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. Notional amounts, which
represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not
reflective of credit risk, pertaining to derivative financial instruments
(excluding the Company's guaranteed separate account derivative investments),
totaled $6.2 billion and $6.5 billion ($3.9 billion and $4.6 billion related to
the Company's investments, $2.3 billion and $1.9 billion on the Company's
liabilities) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
    The tables below provide a summary of derivative instruments held by
Hartford Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, segregated by
major investment and liability category:
 
<PAGE>
F-12                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998 -- AMOUNT HEDGED (NOTIONAL AMOUNTS)
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  FOREIGN
                                      TOTAL      ISSUED    PURCHASED                  INTEREST    CURRENCY     TOTAL
                                     CARRYING    CAPS &      CAPS &      FUTURES        RATE       SWAPS      NOTIONAL
           ASSETS HEDGED              VALUE      FLOORS      FLOORS        (2)         SWAPS        (3)        AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------  --------   --------   ----------   ----------   ----------   --------   ----------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Asset backed securities (excluding
 inverse floaters and
 anticipatory).....................  $  5,163   $     --   $   188      $     3      $      885     $--       $ 1,076
Inverse floaters (1)...............        24         44        55           --              --      --            99
Anticipatory (4)...................        --         --        --           --             235      --           235
Other bonds and notes..............     7,683        461       597           18           1,300      90         2,466
Short-term investments.............     1,948         --        --           --              --      --            --
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
    Total fixed maturities.........    14,818        505       840           21           2,420      90         3,876
Equity securities, policy loans and
 other investments.................     6,979         --        --           --              --      --            --
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
    Total investments..............  $ 21,797        505       840           21           2,420      90         3,876
    Other policyholder funds.......  $ 19,615      1,100        50           --           1,195      --         2,345
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
    Total derivative instruments --
     notional value................             $  1,605   $   890      $    21      $    3,615     $90       $ 6,221
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
    Total derivative instruments --
     fair value....................             $     (6)  $    19      $    --      $       27     $(7)      $    33
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
                                     --------   --------   ----------       ---      ----------     ---      ----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997 -- AMOUNT HEDGED (NOTIONAL AMOUNTS)
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              FOREIGN
                                      TOTAL    ISSUED    PURCHASED                 INTEREST   CURRENCY   TOTAL
                                     CARRYING  CAPS &      CAPS &                    RATE      SWAPS    NOTIONAL
           ASSETS HEDGED              VALUE    FLOORS      FLOORS     FUTURES (2)    SWAPS      (3)     AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------  --------  -------  ------------  -----------  ---------  --------  -------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Asset backed securities
 (excluding inverse floaters and
 anticipatory).....................  $  5,253  $   500    $   1,404       $  28     $    221    $ --    $2,153
Inverse floaters (1)...............        75       47           80          --           25      --       152
Anticipatory (4)...................        --       --           --          --           --      --        --
Other bonds and notes..............     7,531      462          460          22        1,258      91     2,293
Short-term investments.............     1,317       --           --          --           --      --        --
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
    Total fixed maturities.........    14,176    1,009        1,944          50        1,504      91     4,598
Equity securities, policy loans and
 other investments.................     3,983       --           --          --           --      --        --
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
    Total investments..............  $ 18,159    1,009        1,944          50        1,504      91     4,598
    Other policyholder funds.......  $ 21,034       10          150          --        1,747      --     1,907
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
    Total derivative instruments --
     notional value................            $ 1,019    $   2,094       $  50     $  3,251    $ 91    $6,505
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
    Total derivative instruments --
     fair value....................            $    (8)   $      23       $  --     $     19    $ (6  ) $   28
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
                                     --------  -------  ------------        ---    ---------     ---    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
    (1) Inverse floaters are variations of collateralized mortgage obligations
(CMO's) for which the coupon rates move inversely with an index rate such as the
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The risk to principal is considered
negligible as the underlying collateral for the securities is guaranteed or
sponsored by government agencies. To address the volatility risk created by the
coupon variability, the Company uses a variety of derivative instruments,
primarily interest rate swaps, caps and floors.
 
    (2) As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, approximately 5% and 44% ,
respectively, of the notional futures contracts expire within one year.
 
    (3) As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, approximately 11% and 16%,
respectively, of foreign currency swaps expire within one year.
 
    (4) Deferred gains and losses on anticipatory transactions are included in
the carrying value of fixed maturities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At
the time of the ultimate purchase, they are reflected as a basis adjustment to
the purchased asset. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had no
deferred gains for interest rate swaps. During 1998, $1.5 in deferred gains were
basis adjusted.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    The following is a reconciliation of notional amounts by derivative type and
strategy as of December 31, 1998 and 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DECEMBER 31, 1997               MATURITIES/    DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                              NOTIONAL AMOUNT    ADDITIONS TERMINATIONS (1)  NOTIONAL AMOUNT
                                             -----------------   -------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>      <C>               <C>
BY DERIVATIVE TYPE
Caps.........................................      $1,239         $1,000       $  327            $1,912
Floors.......................................       1,864             --        1,281               583
Swaps/Forwards...............................       3,342          1,838        1,475             3,705
Futures......................................          50              8           37                21
Options......................................          10             --           10                --
                                                 -------         --------     -------           -------
    Total....................................      $6,505         $2,846       $3,130            $6,221
                                                 -------         --------     -------           -------
BY STRATEGY
Liability....................................      $1,907         $1,099       $  661            $2,345
Anticipatory.................................          --            242            7               235
Asset........................................       1,805          1,260          667             2,398
Portfolio....................................       2,793            245        1,795             1,243
                                                 -------         --------     -------           -------
    Total....................................      $6,505         $2,846       $3,130            $6,221
                                                 -------         --------     -------           -------
                                                 -------         --------     -------           -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
    (1) During 1998, the Company had no significant gains or losses on
terminations of hedge positions using derivative financial instruments.
 
 4. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    SFAS No. 107 "Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments" requires
disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments. For certain
financial instruments where quoted market prices are not available, other
independent valuation techniques and assumptions are used. Because considerable
judgment is used, these estimates are not necessarily indicative of amounts that
could be realized in a current market exchange. SFAS No. 107 excludes certain
financial instruments from disclosure, including insurance contracts. Hartford
Life Insurance Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating
the fair value of each class of financial instrument.
 
    Fair value for fixed maturities and marketable equity securities
approximates those quotations published by applicable stock exchanges or
received from other reliable sources.
 
    For policy loans, carrying amounts approximate fair value.
 
    Fair value for other invested assets primarily consist of partnerships and
trusts that are based on external market valuations from partnership and trust
management as well as mortgage loans where carrying amounts approximate fair
value.
 
    Other policyholder funds fair value information is determined by estimating
future cash flows, discounted at the current market rate.
 
    The fair value of derivative financial instruments, including swaps, caps,
floors, futures, options and forward commitments, is determined using a pricing
model which is validated through periodic comparison to dealer quoted prices.
 
    The carrying amount and fair values of Hartford Life Insurance Company's
financial instruments as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998                1997
                                                         ------------------  ------------------
                                                         CARRYING    FAIR    CARRYING    FAIR
                                                          AMOUNT     VALUE    AMOUNT     VALUE
                                                         ---------  -------  ---------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
ASSETS
  Fixed maturities.....................................   $ 14,818  $14,818   $ 14,176  $14,176
  Equity securities....................................         31       31        180      180
  Policy loans.........................................      6,684    6,684      3,756    3,756
  Other investments....................................        264      309         47       91
LIABILITIES
  Other policyholder funds (1).........................   $ 11,709  $11,726   $ 11,769  $11,755
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
    (1) Excludes corporate owned life insurance and universal life insurance
contracts.
 
<PAGE>
F-14                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 5. SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company maintained separate account assets and
liabilities totaling $90.3 billion and $69.1 billion as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively, which are reported at fair value. Separate account assets,
which are segregated from other investments, reflect two categories of risk
assumption: non-guaranteed separate accounts totaling $80.6 billion and $58.6
billion as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, wherein the policyholder
assumes the investment risk, and guaranteed separate accounts totaling $9.7 and
$10.5 billion as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, wherein Hartford
Life Insurance Company contractually guarantees either a minimum return or
account value to the policyholder. Included in non-guaranteed separate account
assets were policy loans totaling $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Net investment income (including net realized
capital gains and losses) and interest credited to policyholders on separate
account assets are not reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
    Separate account management fees and other revenues were $908, $699 and $538
in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The guaranteed separate accounts include
fixed market value adjusted (MVA) individual annuity and modified guaranteed
life insurance. The average credited interest rate on these contracts was 6.6%
and 6.5% as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The assets that support
these liabilities were comprised of $9.5 billion and $10.2 billion in fixed
maturities as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The portfolios are
segregated from other investments and are managed to minimize liquidity and
interest rate risk. In order to minimize the risk of disintermediation
associated with early withdrawals, fixed MVA annuity and modified guaranteed
life insurance contracts carry a graded surrender charge as well as a market
value adjustment. Additional investment risk is hedged using a variety of
derivatives which totaled $40 and $119 in carrying value and $3.5 billion and
$3.0 billion in notional amounts as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
 6. STATUTORY RESULTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                    31,
                                      -------------------------------
                                        1998       1997       1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Statutory net income................  $     211  $     214  $     144
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Statutory surplus...................  $   1,676  $   1,441  $   1,207
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    A significant percentage of the consolidated statutory surplus is
permanently reinvested or is subject to various state regulatory restrictions
which limit the payment of dividends without prior approval. The total amount of
statutory dividends which may be paid by the insurance subsidiaries of the
Company in 1999 is estimated to be $168.
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company and its domestic insurance subsidiaries
prepare their statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting
practices prescribed by the State of Connecticut. Prescribed statutory
accounting practices include publications of the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners, as well as state laws, regulations, and general
administrative rules.
 
 7. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company's employees are included in the 1997
Hartford Life, Inc. Incentive Stock Plan (the "Plan"), which was adopted during
the second quarter of 1997. Under the Plan, options granted may be either
non-qualified options or incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422A
of the Internal Revenue Code. The aggregate number of shares of Class A Common
Stock which may be awarded in any one year shall be subject to an annual limit.
The maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock which may be granted under
the Plan in each year shall be 1.5% of the total issued and outstanding shares
of Hartford Life Class A Common Stock and treasury stock as reported in the
Annual Report on Hartford Life's Form 10-K for the preceding year plus unused
portions of such limit from prior years. In addition, no more than 5 million
shares of Class A Common Stock shall be cumulatively available for awards of
incentive stock options under the Plan, and no more than 20% of the total number
of shares on a cumulative basis shall be available for restricted stock and
performance shares.
 
    All options granted have an exercise price equal to the market price of
Hartford Life's stock on the date of grant and an option's maximum term is ten
years. Certain nonperformance based options become exercisable upon the
attainment of specified market price appreciation of Hartford Life's common
shares or at seven years after the date of grant, while the remaining
nonperformance based options become exercisable over a three year period
commencing with the date of grant.
 
    Also included in the Plan are long-term performance awards which become
payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals achieved over a three
year period.
 
    During the second quarter of 1997, Hartford Life established the Hartford
Life, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). Under this plan, eligible
employees of Hartford Life and the Company may purchase Class A Common Stock of
Hartford Life at a 15% discount from the lower of the market price at the
beginning or end of the quarterly offering period. Hartford Life may sell up to
2,700,000 shares of stock to eligible employees. Hartford Life sold 121,943 and
54,316 shares under the ESPP in 1998 and 1997, respectively. The weighted
average fair value of the discount under the ESPP was $13.80 per share in 1998
and $9.63 per share in 1997.
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 8. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT AND SAVINGS PLANS
 
(A) PENSION PLANS
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company's employees are included in The Hartford's
noncontributory defined benefit pension plans. These plans provide pension
benefits that are based on years of service and the employee's compensation
during the last ten years of employment. The Company's funding policy is to
contribute annually an amount between the minimum funding requirements set forth
in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the
maximum amount that can be deducted for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
Generally, pension costs are funded through the purchase of the Company's group
pension contracts. The cost to the Company was approximately $6 in 1998 and $5
in both 1997 and 1996.
 
    The Company also provides, through The Hartford, certain health care and
life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. A substantial portion of
the Company's employees may become eligible for these benefits upon retirement.
The Company's contribution for health care benefits will depend on the retiree's
date of retirement and years of service. In addition, the plan has a defined
dollar cap which limits average Company contributions. The Company has prefunded
a portion of the health care and life insurance obligations through trust funds
where such prefunding can be accomplished on a tax effective basis.
Postretirement health care and life insurance benefits expense, allocated by The
Hartford, was immaterial to the results of operations for 1998, 1997 and 1996.
 
    The assumed rate in the per capita cost of health care (the health care
trend rate) was 7.8% for 1998, decreasing ratably to 5.0% in the year 2003.
Increasing the health care trend rates by one percent per year would have an
immaterial impact on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the
annual expense. To the extent that the actual experience differs from the
inherent assumptions, the effect will be amortized over the average future
service of covered employees.
 
(B) INVESTMENT AND SAVINGS PLAN
 
    Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate in
The Hartford's Investment and Savings Plan. Under this plan, designated
contributions, which may be invested in Class A Common Stock of Hartford Life or
certain other investments, are matched, up to 3% of compensation, by the
Company. The cost to Hartford Life Insurance Company for the above-mentioned
plan was approximately $4 and $2 in 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
 9. REINSURANCE
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company cedes insurance to other insurers, including
its parent, HLA, in order to limit its maximum loss. Such transfer does not
relieve the Company of its primary liability. The Company also assumes insurance
from other insurers. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could
result in losses to the Company. The Company evaluates the financial condition
of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk.
 
    Net premiums and other considerations were comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                    31,
                                      -------------------------------
                                        1998       1997       1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Gross premiums......................  $   2,722  $   2,164  $   2,138
Assumed.............................        150        159        190
Ceded...............................       (654)      (686)      (623)
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net premiums and other
   considerations...................  $   2,218  $   1,637  $   1,705
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company ceded approximately $128, $76 and $100 of group life premium to
HLA in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, representing $38.4 billion, $33.6
billion and $33.3 billion of insurance in force, respectively. The Company ceded
$383, $339 and $318 of accident and health premium to HLA in 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. The Company assumed $82, $89 and $101 of premium in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively, representing $7.4 billion, $8.2 billion and $8.5
billion of individual life insurance in force, respectively, from HLA.
 
    Life reinsurance recoveries, which reduce death and other benefits,
approximated $97, $158 and $140 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company has no significant reinsurance-related
concentrations of credit risk.
 
 10. INCOME TAX
 
    Hartford Life and The Hartford have entered into a tax sharing agreement
under which each member in the consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return will
make payments between them such that, with respect to any period, the amount of
taxes to be paid by the Company, subject to certain adjustments, generally will
be determined as though the Company were filing separate Federal, state and
local income tax returns.
 
    As long as The Hartford continues to own at least 80% of the combined voting
power and 80% of the value of the outstanding capital stock of Hartford Life,
the Company will be included for Federal income tax purposes in the affiliated
group of which The Hartford is the common parent. It is the intention of The
Hartford and its non-life subsidiaries to file a single consolidated Federal
income tax return. The life insurance companies will file a separate
consolidated federal income tax return. The Company's effective tax rate was
35%, 36% and 35% in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
<PAGE>
F-16                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    Income tax expense is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                         31,
                                           -------------------------------
                                             1998       1997       1996
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current..................................  $     307  $     162  $     118
Deferred.................................       (119)         5        (98)
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income tax expense.....................  $     188  $     167  $      20
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    A reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to
the provision for income taxes is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ---------------------------------
                                              1998       1997        1996
                                            ---------  ---------     -----
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Tax provision at the U.S. Federal
 statutory rate...........................  $     188  $     164   $      20
Other.....................................         --          3          --
                                            ---------  ---------         ---
  Total...................................  $     188  $     167   $      20
                                            ---------  ---------         ---
                                            ---------  ---------         ---
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred tax assets (liabilities) include the following as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1998       1997
                                                 ---------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>
Tax basis deferred policy acquisition costs....  $     751  $     639
Financial statement deferred policy acquisition
 costs and reserves............................        103         69
Employee benefits..............................          4          8
Net unrealized capital gains on securities.....        (98)       (96)
Investments and other..........................       (296)      (272)
                                                 ---------  ---------
  Total........................................  $     464  $     348
                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company had a current tax payable of $65 and $64 as
of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
    Prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1984, the Life Insurance Company Income Tax
Act of 1959 permitted the deferral from taxation of a portion of statutory
income under certain circumstances. In these situations, the deferred income was
accumulated in a "Policyholders' Surplus Account" and, based on current tax law,
will be taxable in the future only under conditions which management considers
to be remote; therefore, no Federal income taxes have been provided on this
deferred income. The balance for tax return purposes of the Policyholders'
Surplus Account as of December 31, 1998 was $104.
 
 11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    Transactions of the Company with HA&I and its affiliates relate principally
to tax settlements, reinsurance, insurance coverage, rental and service fees,
payment of dividends and capital contributions. In addition, certain affiliated
insurance companies purchased group annuity contracts from the Company to fund
pension costs and claim annuities to settle casualty claims. Substantially all
general insurance expenses related to the Company, including rent and employee
benefit plan expenses, are initially paid by The Hartford. Direct expenses are
allocated to the Company using specific identification, and indirect expenses
are allocated using other applicable methods. Indirect expenses include those
for corporate areas which, depending on type, are allocated based on either a
percentage of direct expenses or on utilization. Indirect expenses allocated to
the Company by The Hartford were $47, $34 and $40 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Management believes that the methods used are reasonable.
 
 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
(A) LITIGATION
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is involved in pending and threatened
litigation in the normal course of its business in which claims for monetary and
punitive damages have been asserted. Although there can be no assurances, at the
present time the Company does not anticipate that the ultimate liability arising
from such pending or threatened litigation, after consideration of provisions
made for potential losses and costs of defense, will have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition or operating results of the Company.
 
(B) GUARANTY FUNDS
 
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws in each state, the District of Columbia
and Puerto Rico, insurers licensed to do business can be assessed by state
insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of insolvent insurance
companies to policyholders and claimants. Recent regulatory actions against
certain large life insurers encountering financial difficulty have prompted
various state insurance guaranty associations to begin assessing life insurance
companies for the deemed losses. Most of these laws do provide, however, that an
assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's solvency
and further provide annual limits on such assessments. Part of the assessments
paid by the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to these laws may be used as
credits for a portion of the associated premium taxes. The Company paid guaranty
fund assessments of approximately $9, $15 and $11 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, of which $4, $4 and $5, respectively, were estimated to be
creditable against premium taxes.
 
(C) LEASES
 
    The rent paid to Hartford Fire for space occupied by the Company was $7 in
both 1998 and 1997 and $3 in 1996. Future minimum rental commitments are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
1999.............  $       7
2000.............         12
2001.............         12
2002.............         13
2003.............         13
Thereafter.......         74
                   ---------
  Total..........  $     131
                   ---------
                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    Rental expense is recognized on a level basis over the term of the primary
sublease, which expires on December 31, 2009, and amounted to approximately $9
in both 1998 and 1997 and $8 in 1996.
 
(D) TAX MATTERS
 
    Hartford Life's federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the
Internal Revenue Service. Hartford Life is currently under audit for the years
1993 through 1995, with the audit for the years 1996 through 1997 expected to
begin during early 1999. Management believes that adequate provision has been
made in the financial statements for items that may result from tax examinations
and other tax related matters.
 
(E) INVESTMENTS
 
    As of December 31, 1998, Hartford Life Insurance Company held $71 of asset
backed securities securitized and serviced by Commercial Financial Services,
Inc. (CFS) of which $50 were included in the Company's general account and $21
in the Company's guaranteed separate account. In October 1998, the Company
became aware of allegations of improper activities at CFS. On December 11, 1998,
CFS filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of December
31, 1998, CFS continues to service the asset backed securities, which remain
current on payments of principal and interest, however, the Company does not
expect to recover all of its principal investment. Based upon information
available in the fourth quarter 1998, the Company recognized a $25, after-tax,
writedown related to its holdings in CFS of which $18 was related to the
Company's general account assets. The ultimate realizable amount depends on the
outcome of the bankruptcy of CFS and these estimates are therefore subject to
material change as new information becomes available. The Company is presently
unable to determine the amount of further potential loss, if any, related to the
securities.
 
 13. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", during the fourth quarter of
1998. This statement replaces SFAS No. 14, "Financial Reporting for Segments of
a Business Enterprise", and establishes new standards for reporting information
about operating segments in annual financial statements and in interim financial
reports issued to shareholders. It also establishes standards for related
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.
This statement requires that the reportable operating segments be based on the
Company's internal operations. On this basis, Hartford Life Insurance Company's
segments represent strategic operations which offer different products and
services as well as serve different markets.
 
    Hartford Life Insurance Company is organized into three reportable operating
segments which include Investment Products, Individual Life and Corporate Owned
Life Insurance (COLI). Investment Products offers individual variable annuities,
fixed market value adjusted (MVA) annuities and fixed and variable immediate
annuities, mutual funds, deferred compensation and retirement plan services,
structured settlement contracts and other special purpose annuity contracts.
Individual Life sells a variety of life insurance products, including variable
life, universal life, interest-sensitive whole life and term life insurance.
COLI primarily offers variable products used by employers to fund non-qualified
benefits or other post-employment benefit obligations as well as leveraged COLI.
The Company includes in "Other" corporate items not directly allocable to any of
its reportable operating segments as well as certain employee benefit products
including group life and disability insurance that is directly written by the
Company and is substantially ceded to its parent, HLA.
 
    The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as
those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2.
Hartford Life Insurance Company evaluates performance of its segments based on
revenues, net income and the segment's return on allocated capital. The Company
charges direct operating expenses to the appropriate segment and allocates the
majority of indirect expenses to the segments based on an intercompany expense
arrangement. Intersegment revenues are not significant and primarily occur
between corporate and the operating segments. These amounts include interest
income on allocated surplus and the amortization of net realized capital gains
and losses through net investment income utilizing the duration of the segment's
investment portfolios. The Company's revenues are primarily derived from
customers within the United States. The Company's long-lived assets primarily
consist of deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred tax assets from within
the United States. The following table outlines summarized financial information
concerning the Company's segments. The information for 1997 and 1996 has been
restated to conform to the 1998 presentation.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         INVESTMENT INDIVIDUAL
1998                                                     PRODUCTS    LIFE      COLI      OTHER    TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Total revenues.........................................   $ 1,779   $  543    $  1,567  $    86  $ 3,975
Net investment income..................................       736      181         793       49    1,759
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs......       326      105          --       --      431
Income tax expense (benefit)...........................       145       35          12       (4)     188
Net income (loss)......................................       270       64          24       (8)     350
Assets.................................................    87,207    5,228      22,631    3,197  118,263
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
F-18                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         INVESTMENT INDIVIDUAL
1997                                                     PRODUCTS    LIFE      COLI      OTHER    TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Total revenues.........................................   $ 1,510   $  487    $    980  $    32  $ 3,009
Net investment income..................................       739      164         429       36    1,368
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs......       250       83          --        2      335
Income tax expense.....................................       111       30          15       11      167
Net income.............................................       206       55          27       14      302
Assets.................................................    72,288    4,914      17,800    2,743   97,745
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         INVESTMENT INDIVIDUAL
1996                                                     PRODUCTS    LIFE      COLI      OTHER    TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Total revenues.........................................   $ 1,002   $  440    $  1,360  $    87  $ 2,889
Net investment income..................................       684      153         480       80    1,397
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs......       174       60          --       --      234
Income tax expense (benefit)...........................       (42 )     24          11       27       20
Net income (loss)......................................       (77 )     44          26       45       38
Assets.................................................    57,410    3,753      14,222    2,377   77,762
</TABLE>
 
 14. QUARTERLY RESULTS FOR 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          MARCH 31,              JUNE 30,           SEPTEMBER 30,          DECEMBER 31,
                                     --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                                       1998       1997       1998       1997       1998       1997       1998       1997
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues...........................   $    915   $    651   $    721   $    645   $    826   $    679   $  1,513   $  1,034
Benefits, claims and expenses......        787        550        591        536        688        550      1,371        904
Net income.........................         83         63         85         74         89         81         93         84
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  SCHEDULE I -- SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS -- OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES
                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AMOUNT AT
                                                                     WHICH
                                                         FAIR       SHOWN ON
TYPE OF INVESTMENT                              COST     VALUE   BALANCE SHEET
- ---------------------------------------------  -------  -------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
Fixed Maturities
Bonds and Notes
  U. S. Government and Government agencies
   and authorities (guaranteed and
   sponsored)................................  $   121  $   123     $   123
  U. S. Government and Government agencies
   and authorities (guaranteed and sponsored)
   -- asset backed...........................    1,001    1,016       1,016
  States, municipalities and political
   subdivisions..............................      165      173         173
  Foreign governments........................      393      412         412
  Public utilities...........................      844      874         874
  All other corporate including
   international.............................    5,469    5,687       5,687
  All other corporate -- asset backed........    4,155    4,171       4,171
  Short-term investments.....................    1,847    1,847       1,847
Certificates of deposit......................      510      515         515
                                               -------  -------     -------
Total fixed maturities.......................   14,505   14,818      14,818
                                               -------  -------     -------
Equity Securities
Common Stocks
  Industrial and miscellaneous...............       30       31          31
                                               -------  -------     -------
Total equity securities......................       30       31          31
                                               -------  -------     -------
Total fixed maturities and equity
 securities..................................   14,535   14,849      14,849
                                               -------  -------     -------
Policy Loans.................................    6,684    6,684       6,684
                                               -------  -------     -------
Other Investments
  Mortgage loans on real estate..............      206      207         206
  Other invested assets......................       58      102          58
                                               -------  -------     -------
Total other investments......................      264      309         264
                                               -------  -------     -------
Total investments............................  $21,483  $21,842     $21,797
                                               -------  -------     -------
                                               -------  -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
F-20                            HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              SCHEDULE III -- SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DEFERRED
                                                 POLICY       FUTURE       OTHER         PREMIUMS          NET
                                               ACQUISITION    POLICY     POLICYHOLDER    AND OTHER      INVESTMENT
SEGMENT                                           COSTS      BENEFITS      FUNDS      CONSIDERATIONS     INCOME
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------   ---------   ----------   ---------------   ---------
 
<S>                                            <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
1998
Investment Products..........................    $2,823       $2,407      $ 9,194         $1,043         $  736
Individual Life..............................       931          466        2,307            363            181
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............        --          225        8,097            774            793
Other........................................        --          497           17             38             49
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
Consolidated operations......................    $3,754       $3,595      $19,615         $2,218         $1,759
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
 
1997
Investment Products..........................    $2,478       $2,070      $ 9,620         $  771         $  739
Individual Life..............................       837          392        2,182            323            164
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............        --           56        9,259            551            429
Other........................................        --          541          (27)            (8)            36
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
Consolidated operations......................    $3,315       $3,059      $21,034         $1,637         $1,368
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
 
1996
Investment Products..........................    $2,030       $1,526      $10,140         $  537         $  684
Individual Life..............................       730          346        2,160            287            153
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............        --           --        9,823            880            480
Other........................................        --          602           11              1             80
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
Consolidated operations......................    $2,760       $2,474      $22,134         $1,705         $1,397
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
                                               -----------   ---------   ----------       ------        ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                   NET        BENEFITS,    AMORTIZATION
                                                REALIZED     CLAIMS AND     OF DEFERRED
                                                 CAPITAL        CLAIM         POLICY
                                                  GAINS      ADJUSTMENT     ACQUISITION    DIVIDENDS TO     OTHER
SEGMENT                                         (LOSSES)      EXPENSES         COSTS       POLICYHOLDERS   EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
1998
Investment Products..........................    $  --         $  670          $326            $ --         $  368
Individual Life..............................       (1)           262           105              --             77
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............       --            924            --             329            278
Other........................................       (1)            55            --              --             43
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
Consolidated operations......................    $  (2)        $1,911          $431            $329         $  766
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
1997
Investment Products..........................    $  --         $  677          $250            $ --         $  266
Individual Life..............................       --            242            83              --             77
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............       --            439            --             240            259
Other........................................        4             21             2              --            (16)
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
Consolidated operations......................    $   4         $1,379          $335            $240         $  586
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
1996
Investment Products..........................    $(219)        $  744          $175            $ --         $  203
Individual Life..............................       --            245            59              --             68
Corporate Owned Life Insurance...............       --            545            --             634            144
Other........................................        6              1            --               1             12
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
Consolidated operations......................    $(213)        $1,535          $234            $635         $  427
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
                                               -----------   -----------      -----           -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES                            F-21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                           SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 CEDED TO      ASSUMED FROM               PERCENTAGE
                                                     GROSS        OTHER           OTHER         NET        OF AMOUNT
                                                     AMOUNT     COMPANIES       COMPANIES      AMOUNT   ASSUMED TO NET
                                                    --------  --------------  --------------  --------  ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>       <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1998
Life insurance in force...........................  $326,400     $ 200,782       $  18,289    $143,907        12.7%
Premiums and other considerations
  Life insurance and annuities....................  $  2,329     $     271       $     142    $  2,200         6.5%
  Accident and health insurance...................       393           383               8          18        44.4%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
Total premiums and other considerations...........  $  2,722     $     654       $     150    $  2,218         6.8%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
For the year ended December 31, 1997
  Life insurance in force.........................  $245,487     $ 178,771       $  33,156    $ 99,872        33.2%
Premiums and other considerations
  Life insurance and annuities....................  $  1,818     $     340       $     157    $  1,635         9.6%
  Accident and health insurance...................       346           346               2           2       100.0%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
Total premiums and other considerations...........  $  2,164     $     686       $     159    $  1,637         9.7%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
For the year ended December 31, 1996
  Life insurance in force.........................  $177,094     $ 106,146       $  31,957    $102,905        31.1%
Premiums and other considerations
  Life insurance and annuities....................  $  1,801     $     298       $     169    $  1,672        10.1%
  Accident and health insurance...................       337           325              21          33        63.6%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
Total premiums and other considerations...........  $  2,138     $     623       $     190    $  1,705        11.1%
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
                                                    --------  --------------       -------    --------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>




                                     PART C




<PAGE>

                                OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a)  All financial statements are included in Part A and Part B of the
          Registration Statement.

     (b)  (1)  Resolution of the Board of Directors of Hartford Life Insurance
               Company ("Hartford") authorizing the establishment of the 
               Separate Account.(1)

          (2)  Not applicable.

          (3)  (a)  Principal Underwriter Agreement.(2)

          (3)  (b)  Form of Dealer Agreement.(2)

          (4)  Form of Individual Flexible Premium Variable Annuity 
               Contract.(3)

          (5)  Form of Application.(3)

          (6)  (a)  Articles of Incorporation of Hartford.(4)

          (6)  (b)  Bylaws of Hartford.(1)

          (7)  Not applicable.

          (8)  Not applicable.

          (9)  Opinion and Consent of Lynda Godkin, Senior Vice President,
               General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary.

          (10) Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants.

          (11) No financial statements are omitted.

          (12) Not applicable.

- ----------------------------------

(1)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2, to
     the Registration Statement File No. 33-73570, dated May 1, 1995.

(2)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3, to
     the Registration Statement File No. 33-73570, dated April 29, 1996.

(3)  Incorporated by reference to the initial filing to the Registration
     Statement File No. 333-69485, dated December 22, 1998.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19, to
     the Registration Statement File No. 33-73570, dated April 14, 1997.

<PAGE>

          (13) Not applicable.

          (14) Not applicable.

          (15) Copy of Power of Attorney.

          (16) Organizational Chart.

Item 25.  Directors and Officers of the Depositor

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME                     POSITION WITH HARTFORD
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
Wendell J. Bossen        Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gregory A. Boyko         Senior Vice President, Director*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter W. Cummins         Senior Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Timothy M. Fitch         Vice President 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mary Jane B. Fortin      Vice President & Chief Accounting Officer 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David T. Foy             Senior Vice President & Treasurer
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lynda Godkin             Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate 
                         Secretary, Director*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lois W. Grady            Senior Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen T. Joyce         Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael D. Keeler        Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert A. Kerzner        Senior Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas M. Marra          Executive Vice President, Director*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph J. Noto           Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Craig R. Raymond         Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donald A. Salama         Vice President
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lowndes A. Smith         President and Chief Executive Officer, Director*  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David M. Znamierowski    Senior Vice President, Director*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal business address of each of the above
individuals is P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, CT  06104-2999.
    

*Denotes Board of Directors.

Item 26.  Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the Depositor or
          Registrant

          Filed herewith as Exhibit 16.

<PAGE>

Item 27.  Number of Contract Owners
   
          As of February 28, 1999, there were 216,531 Contract Owners.
    

Item 28.  Indemnification

          Under Section 33-772 of the Connecticut General Statutes, unless
          limited by its certificate of incorporation, the Registrant must
          indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or
          otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party
          because he is or was a director of the corporation against reasonable
          expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding.

   
          The Registrant may indemnify an individual made a party to a
          proceeding because he is or was a director against liability incurred
          in the proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
          reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
          the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no
          reason to believe his conduct was unlawful. Conn. Gen. Stat. Section
          33-771(a). Additionally, pursuant to Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 33-776,
          the Registrant may indemnify officers and employees or agents for
          liability incurred and for any expenses to which they become subject
          by reason of being or having been employees or officers of the
          Registrant.  Connecticut law does not prescribe standards for the
          indemnification of officers, employees and agents and expressly 
          states that their indemnification may be broader than the right of
          indemnification granted to directors. 
    

          The foregoing statements are specifically made subject to the 
          detailed provisions of Section 33-770 et seq.

   
          Notwithstanding the fact that Connecticut law obligates the 
          Registrant to indemnify a only a director that was successful on 
          the merits in a suit, under Article VIII, Section 1 of the 
          Registrant's bylaws, the Registrant must indemnify both directors 
          and officers of the Registrant for (1) any claims and liabilities 
          to which they become subject by reason of being or having been a 
          director or officer of the company and legal and (2) other 
          expenses incurred in defending against such claims, in each case, 
          to the extent such is consistent with statutory provisions.
    

          Additionally, the directors and officers of Hartford and Hartford
          Securities Distribution Company, Inc. ("HSD") are covered under a
          directors and officers liability insurance policy issued to The
          Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  Such
          policy will reimburse the Registrant for any payments that it shall
          make to directors and officers pursuant to law and will, 

<PAGE>

          subject to certain exclusions contained in the policy, further pay 
          any other costs, charges and expenses and settlements and judgments 
          arising from any proceeding involving any director or officer of 
          the Registrant in his past or present capacity as such, and for 
          which he may be liable, except as to any liabilities arising from 
          acts that are deemed to be uninsurable.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
          Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and 
          controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing 
          provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in 
          the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such 
          indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act 
          and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for 
          indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by 
          the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer 
          or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense 
          of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, 
          officer or controlling person in connection with the securities 
          being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its 
          counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, 
          submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether 
          such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in 
          the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such 
          issue.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

          (a)  HSD acts as principal underwriter for the following investment
               companies:

               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account One
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two (DC 
               Variable Account I)
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two (DC 
               Variable Account II)
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two (QP 
               Variable Account)
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two (Variable
               Account "A")
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two (NQ 
               Variable Account)
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Putnam Capital Manager Trust
               Separate Account
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Three
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Five
               Hartford Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Seven
               Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account 
               One
               Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Putnam Capital 
               Manager Trust Separate Account Two

<PAGE>

               Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account 
               Three
               Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account 
               Five
               Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company - Separate Account 
               Six
               Alpine Life Insurance Company - Separate  Account One
               Alpine Life Insurance Company - Separate  Account Two
               American Maturity Life Insurance Company - Separate Account 
               AMLVA
               Royal Life Insurance Company - Separate Account One
               Royal Life Insurance Company - Separate Account Two

          (b)  Directors and Officers of HSD

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Name and Principal                Positions and Offices
                Business Address                    With Underwriter
               ------------------                ---------------------
               <S>                      <C>
               Lowndes A. Smith         President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                        Director
               Thomas M. Marra          Executive Vice President, Director
               Peter W. Cummins         Senior Vice President
               Lynda Godkin             Senior Vice President, General Counsel
                                        and Corporate Secretary
               David T. Foy             Treasurer
               George R. Jay            Controller
</TABLE>

               Unless otherwise indicated, the principal business address of
               each the above individuals is P.O. Box 2999, Hartford, CT 
               06104-2999.

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

          All of the accounts, books, records or other documents required to be
          kept by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules
          thereunder, are maintained by Hartford at 200 Hopmeadow Street,
          Simsbury, Connecticut 06089.

Item 31.  Management Services

          All management contracts are discussed in Part A and Part B of this
          Registration Statement.

Item 32.  Undertakings

          (a)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective
               amendment to this Registration Statement as frequently as is
               necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the
               Registration Statement are never more than 16 months old so long
               as payments under the variable annuity Contracts may be 
               accepted.

<PAGE>

          (b)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part 
               of any application to purchase a Contract offered by the 
               Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a 
               Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a post card or 
               similar written communication affixed to or included in the 
               Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a 
               Statement of Additional Information.

          (c)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of
               Additional Information and any financial statements required to
               be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral
               request.

          (d)  Hartford hereby represents that the aggregate fees and charges
               under the Contract are reasonable in relation to the services
               rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks
               assumed by Hartford.

          The Registrant is relying on the no-action letter issued by the
          Division of Investment Management to American Counsel of Life
          Insurance, Ref. No. IP-6-88, November 28, 1988.  The Registrant has
          complied with conditions one through four of the no-action letter.

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 
1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on 
its behalf, in the City of Hartford, and State of Connecticut on this 9th day 
of April, 1999.

HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY -
SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
      (Registrant)
     
By:  Thomas M. Marra                           *By:  /s/ Marianne O'Doherty
     -----------------------------------------       ----------------------
     Thomas M. Marra, Executive Vice President         Marianne O'Doherty
                                                      Attorney-in-Fact
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
      (Depositor)

*By: Thomas M. Marra
     -----------------------------------------
     Thomas M. Marra, Executive Vice President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this 
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons and in 
the capacity and on the date indicated.

   
Gregory A. Boyko, Senior Vice President,
       Director *
Lynda Godkin, Senior Vice President, 
    General Counsel & Corporate Secretary,
    Director*
Thomas M. Marra, Executive Vice                *By:   /s/ Marianne O'Doherty
    President, Director *                             ----------------------
Lowndes A. Smith, President &                          Marianne O'Doherty
    Chief Executive Officer, Director *                Attorney-In-Fact
David M. Znamierowski, Senior Vice President,     
    Director*                                     Dated: April 9, 1999
    

<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT INDEX


(9)    Opinion and Consent of Lynda Godkin, Senior Vice President, General 
       Counsel and Corporate Secretary.

(10)   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants.

(15)   Power of Attorney.

(16)   Organizational Chart.



<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 9



                                        [LOGO]
                                        [HARTFORD LIFE]



April 9, 1999                          LYNDA GODKIN
                                       Senior Vice President, General Counsel &
                                       Corporate Secretary


Board of Directors
Hartford Life Insurance Company
200 Hopmeadow Street
Simsbury, CT  06089

RE:  HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT TWO
     HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     FILE NO. 333-69485

Dear Sir/Madam:

I have acted as General Counsel to Hartford Life Insurance Company (the 
"Company"), a Connecticut insurance company, and Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Separate Account Two (the "Account") in Connecticut with the 
registration of an indefinite amount of securities in the form of variable 
annuity contracts (the "Contracts") with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  I have examined 
such documents (including the Form N-4 registration statement) and reviewed 
such questions of law as I considered necessary and appropriate, and on the 
basis of such examination and review, it is my opinion that:

1.   The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing as a 
     stock life insurance company under the laws of the State of Connecticut 
     and is duly authorized by the Insurance Department of the State of 
     Connecticut to issue the Contacts.

2.   The Account is a duly authorized and existing separate account established
     pursuant to the provisions of Section 38a-433 of the Connecticut Statutes.

3.   To the extent so provided under the Contracts, that portion of the assets
     of the Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with
     respect to the Account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out
     of any other business that the Company may conduct.

4.   The Contracts, when issued as contemplated by the Form N-4 Registration
     Statement, will constitute legal, validly issued and binding obligations 
     of the Company.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form N-4 
registration statement for the Contracts and the Account.

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Lynda Godkin

Lynda Godkin


<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 10


                                 ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP




                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                      -----------------------------------------



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our 
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of 
this Registration Statement File No. 333-69485 for Hartford Life Insurance 
Company Separate Account Two on Form N-4.


Hartford, Connecticut                      /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
April 12, 1999


<PAGE>

                        HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------

                               Gregory A. Boyko
                                 David T. Foy
                                 Lynda Godkin
                                Thomas M. Marra
                                Lowndes A. Smith
                              Raymond P. Welnicki
                              Lizabeth H. Zlatkus
                             David M. Znamierowski


do hereby jointly and severally authorize Lynda Godkin, Christine Repasy, 
Marianne O'Doherty, Thomas S. Clark and Brian Lord to sign as their agent, 
any Registration Statement, pre-effective amendment, post-effective amendment 
and any application for exemptive relief of the Hartford Life Insurance 
Company under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 
1940, and do hereby ratify any such signatures heretofore made by such 
persons.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney for 
the purpose herein set forth.

/s/ Gregory A. Boyko                    Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Gregory A. Boyko

/s/ David T. Foy                        Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
David T. Foy

/s/ Lynda Godkin                        Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Lynda Godkin

/s/ Thomas M. Marra                     Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Thomas M. Marra

/s/ Lowndes A. Smith                    Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Lowndes A. Smith

/s/ Raymond P. Welnicki                 Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Raymond P. Welnicki

/s/ Lizabeth H. Zlatkus                 Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
Lizabeth H. Zlatkus

/s/ David M. Znamierowski               Dated as of January 15, 1999
- ------------------------------
David M. Znamierowski


<PAGE>


                                                     ORGANIZATIONAL CHART


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                        <C>

                                           THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
                                                           (DELAWARE)
                                                                |
                                                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                     NUTMEG INSURANCE COMPANY                               |
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)                         THE HARTFORD INVESTMENT
                                                                |                                   MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                                 HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY                         (DELAWARE)
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)                                    |
                                                                |                                           |
                                            HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY                HARTFORD INVESTMENT
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)                              SERVICES, INC.
                                                                |                                      (CONNECTICUT)
                                                       HARTFORD LIFE, INC.
                                                           (DELAWARE)
                                                                |
                                           HARTFORD LIFE & ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)
                                                                |
                                                                |
                                                                |
        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        |          |       |              |                   |                |               |             |             |
ITT HARTFORD LIFE  |       |              |                   |                |               |           HLIC         PLANCO
INTERNATIONAL LTD. |       |              |                   |                |               |          CANADA       FINANCIAL
  (CONNECTICUT)    |       |              |                   |                |               |      HOLDINGS, INC.   SERVICES,
        |          |       |              |                   |                |               |        (CANADA)     INCORPORATED
        |          |       |              |                   |                |               |             |     (PENNSYLVANIA)
        |          |       |              |                   |                |               |             |             |
        |          |  ALPINE LIFE  HARTFORD FINANCIAL   HARTFORD LIFE       HARTFORD        AMERICAN         |             |
        |          |   INSURANCE     SERVICES LIFE    INSURANCE COMPANY    FINANCIAL      MATURITY LIFE      |             |
        |          |    COMPANY      INSURANCE CO.      (CONNECTICUT)    SERVICES, LLC  INSURANCE COMPANY    |             |
        |          | (CONNECTICUT)   (CONNECTICUT)            |           (DELAWARE)      (CONNECTICUT)      |      PLANCO, INC.
        |          |                                          |                |               |             |     (PENNSYLVANIA)
        |          |      -------------------------------------                |       AML FINANCIAL, INC.   |
  HARTFORD CALMA   |      |                 |                 |                |         (CONNECTICUT)       |
    COMPANY        | ROYAL LIFE          HARTFORD          HARTFORD            |                         HARTFORD
   (FLORIDA)       | INSURANCE         INTERNATIONAL       LIFE AND            |                       LIFE INSURANCE
                   |  COMPANY        LIFE REASSURANCE   ANNUITY INSURANCE      |                         COMPANY 
                   | OF AMERICA            CORP.           COMPANY             |                         OF CANADA
                   |(CONNECTICUT)      (CONNECTICUT)     (CONNECTICUT)         |                          (CANADA)
                   |                                          |                |
                   |                                          |                |
                   |                                     ITT HARTFORD          |
                   |                                      LIFE, LTD.           |
                   |                                      (BERMUDA)            |
                   |                                                           |
                   |                                                           |
         ----------|         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         |                   |                     |                     |                  |                            |
   INTERNATIONAL           MS FUND          HL INVESTMENT           HARTFORD       HARTFORD SECURITIES        HARTFORD COMP. EMP.
     CORPORATE         AMERICA 1993-K       ADVISORS, LLC         EQUITY SALES        DISTRIBUTION              BENEFITS SERVICE
MARKETING GROUP, INC.     SPE, INC.         (CONNECTICUT)         COMPANY, INC.       COMPANY, INC.                  COMPANY
   (CONNECTICUT)         (DELAWARE)              |                (CONNECTICUT)       (CONNECTICUT)                (CONNECTICUT)
         |                                       |
         |                                       |
   THE EVERGREEN                         HARTFORD INVESTMENT
    GROUP, INC.                          FINANCIAL SERVICES
    (NEW YORK)                                 COMPANY
                                              (DELAWARE)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>

                                           THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
                                                           (DELAWARE)
                                                                |
                                                     NUTMEG INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)
                                                                |
                                                 HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)
                                                                |
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     |           |                                              |
     |           |                                       ITT HARTFORD LIFE                
     |           |                                -------INTERNATIONAL LTD.
     |           |                                |       (CONNECTICUT)
     |           |                                |             |         
     |           |                                |        ITT HARTFORD    
     |           |                                |    ----SUDAMERICANA    
     |           |                                |   |     HOLDING S.A.    
     |           |                                |   |    (ARGENTINA)     
     |           |                                |   |------------------------------------------------------
     |           |                                |   |                               |                      |
     |           |                                |   |        HARTFORD            GALICIA              INSTITUTO DE
     |           |                                |   |        SEGUROS          VIDA COMPANIA        SALTA COMPANIA DE
     |           |                                |   |--------DE VIDA         DE SEGUROS S.A.      SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A.
     |           |                                |   |       (URUGUAY)          (ARGENTINA)            (ARGENTINA)
     |           |                                |   |    
     |           |             ICATU              |   |      ITT HARTFORD   
     |           |            HARTFORD            |   |-----SEGUROS DE VIDA 
     |           |          SEGUROS S.A.----------|   |       (ARGENTINA)
     |           |            (BRAZIL)            |   |                     
     |           |                |               |   |                     
     |           |                |               |   |      ITT HARTFORD   
     |           |   -- ----------|               |   |------SEGUROS DE    
     |           |   |            |               |   |       RETIRO S.A.   
     |           |   |            |               |   |       (ARGENTINA)   
     |-----------|----------------|---------------|---|--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     |           |   |            |               |   |
     |           |   |      ICATU HARTFORD        |   |  CONSULTORA DE CAPITALES
     |           |   |     FUNDO DE PENSAO        |   |   S.A. SOCIEDAD GERENTE
     |           |   |         (BRAZIL)           |   |----DE FONDOS COMUNES
     |           |   |            |               |   |      DE ENVERSION
     |           |   |            |               |   |       (ARGENTINA)
     |           |   |      ICATU HARTFORD        |   |
     |           |   |    CAPITALIZACAO S.A.      |   |          CLARIDAD
     |           |   |         (BRAZIL)           |   |     ADMINISTRADORA DE
     |           |   |            |               |   |---FONDOS DE JUBILACIONES
     |           |   |        BRAZILCAP           |   |      Y PENSIONES S.A.
     |           |   |     CAPITALIZACAO S.A.     |   |       (ARGENTINA)
     |           |   |         (BRAZIL)           |   |
     |           |   |                            |   |
     |           |    --------------------------  |   |
     |           |---------------              |  |   |
     |                          |              |  |   |
HARTFORD FIRE               HARTFORD FIRE      |  |   |------- SEGPOOL S.A.
INTERNATIONAL------------INTERNATIONAL, LTD.   |  |   |        (ARGENTINA)
(GERMANY) GMBH              (CONNECTICUT)      |  |   |
(WEST GERMANY)                                 |  |   |
                                               |  |   |
                           ICATU HARTFORD      |  |   |         THESIS S.A.
                            ADMINISTRACAO      |  |   |-------- (ARGENTINA)
                          DE BENEFICIOS LTDA-- |  |   |
                              (BRAZIL)            |   |
                                                  |   |
                                  -----------------   |
                                  |                   |
                                 CAB                  |--------- U.O.R., S.A.
                             CORPORATION                         (ARGENTINA)
                       (BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS)       

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                                           THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
                                                           (DELAWARE)
                                                                |
                                                     NUTMEG INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)
                                                                |
                                                 HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                                           (CONNECTICUT)
                                                                |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
                                                                                                      |                         |
                                                                                         THE HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL             |
                |-----------------------------------------------------------------------FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.          |
                |                                 |                    |                          (DELAWARE)                    |
                |                                 |                    |         ----------------------|-----------------       |
                |                                 |                    |         |                     |         |       |      |
             ZWOLSCHE                             |                    |    ITT HARTFORD         LONDON AND      |   HARTFORD   |
          ALGEMEENE N.V.                          |                    | INTERNATIONAL, LTD.     EDINBURGH       | EUROPE, INC. |
          (NETHERLANDS)                           |                    |       (U.K.)       INSURANCE GROUP, LTD.|  (DELAWARE)  |
                |                                 |                    |                           (U.K.)        |              |
                |                                 |                    |                             |           |              |
                |                                 |                    |                -------------            |              |
                |                                 |                    |                |                        |              |
                |                           ITT ASSURANCES      HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL  |    LONDON AND          --ITT ERCOS    |
                |                              S.A.              INSURANCE CO., N.V.    |---  EDINBURGH           DE SEGUROS Y  |
                |    ZWOLSCHE ALGEMEENE      (FRANCE)                (BELGIUM)          | INSURANCE CO., LTD.    REASEGUROS S.A.|
                |----SCHADEVERZEKERING                                   |              |        (U.K.)             (SPAIN)     |
        --------|          N.V.-----------------------------------       |              |            |                          |
        |       |      (NETHERLANDS)                              |      |              |            |                          |
       Z.A.     |                                                 |      |              |   EXCESS INSURANCE                    |
- --VERZEKERINGEN |                                                 |      |              |     COMPANY LTD.                      |
|      N.V.     |      ZWOLSCHE ALGEMEENE                         |      |              |        (U.K.)                         |
|  (BELGIUM)    |------HERVERZEKERING B.V.                        |      |              |                                       |
|   |      -----|        (NETHERLANDS)                            |      |              |      LONDON AND                       |
|   |     |     |                                                 |      |              |--- EDINBURGH LIFE                     |
| Z.A. LUX S.A. |                                                 |      |              |  ASSURANCE CO., LTD.                  |
| (LUXEMBURG)   |    ZWOLSCHE ALGEMEENE                           |      |              |         (U.K.)                        |
|               |--LEVENS-VERZEKERING N.V.------------            |      |              |                                       |
|               |      (NETHERLANDS)                 |            |      |              |                                       |
- ----------------|------------------------------------|------------|------|--------------|---------------------------------------|
|               |                                    |            |      |              |                                       |
|       --------                                     |            |      |              |                                       |
|       |       |                                    |            |      |              |                                       |
|   ZWOLSCHE    |    ZWOLSCHE ALGEMEENE       ZWOLSCHE ALGEMEENE  |      |              |                                       |
|  ALGEMEENE    |-----HYPOTHEKEN N.V.        BELEGGINGEN III B.V. |      |              |                                       |
|  EUROPA B.V.  |      (NETHERLANDS)             (NETHERLANDS)    |      |              |                                       |
| (NETHERLANDS) |                                       ----------       |              |                                       |
- --------|       |                                       |                |              |                                       |
                |      EXPLOITATIEMAAT-          BELEGGINGSMAAT-         |              |                                       |
                |-----   SCHAPPIJ                 SCHAPPIJ               |              |                                       |
                |      BUIZERDLAAN B.V.          BUIZERDLAAN B.V.        |              |                                       |
                |        (NETHERLANDS)             (NETHERLANDS)         |              |                                       |
                |                                                        |              |                                       |
                |                                                        |              |                                  -----
                |          HOLLAND                                       |              |--------------------------        |
                |---- BELEGGINGSGROEP B.V.                               |              |                          |       |
                        (NETHERLANDS)                                    |              |-----------------         |       |
                                                                         |       -------|                 |        |       |
                                                                         |       |      |                 |        |       |
                                                                         |       |      |                 |        |       |
                                                                    F.A. KNIGHT  |  MACALISTER &    LONDON AND     | HARTFORD FIRE
                                                                     & SON N.V.  |  DUNDAS, LTD.     EDINBURGH     | INTERNATIONAL
                                                                     (BELGIUM)   |   (SCOTLAND)     TRUSTEES, LTD. |   SERVICIOS
                                                                                 |                    (U.K.)       |    (SPAIN)
                                                                                  -------------------------        -----------
                                                                                        |                 |                |
                                                                                    FENCOURT           QUOTEL        LONDON AND
                                                                                  PRINTERS, LTD.      INSURANCE       EDINBURGH
                                                                                     (U.K.)         SYSTEMS, LTD.  SERVICES, LTD.
                                                                                                       (U.K.)           (U.K.)
                                                                                                          |
                                                                                                      EUROSURE
                                                                                                      INSURANCE
                                                                                                    MARKETING, LTD.
                                                                                                        (U.K.)

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission